the Meridian at London that morning at foure of the clocke 25. minutes 34. seconds which 17. minutes 24. seconds substracted from 25.34 leaueth 8.10 of time for the difference of longitude betwixt the Meridian of London for which the Ephemerides was made and the Meridian passing by this place in Groenland Now the Moones motion that day was 12. degrees 7. minutes which conuerted into minutes of time were 48. minutes 29. seconds which working by the rule of proportion the worke is thus if 48. minutes 29. seconds the time that the Moone commeth to the Meridian sooner that day then she did the day before giue 360. the whole circumference of the earth what shall 8. minutes 10. seconds giue to wit 60. degrees 30. minutes or neere there abuut which is the difference of longitude betweene the Meridian of London and this place in Groenland called Cockins Sound lying to the Westward of London This finding of the longitude I confesse is somewhat difficult and troublesome and there may be some small errour But if it be carefully looked vnto and exactly wrought there will be no great errour if your Ephemerides be true But some will say that this kinde of working is not for Marriners because they are not acquainted to worke propositions by the table of signes and an instrument is not precise enough to finde out the houre minute and second For the losse of one minute of time is the losse of 7. degrees of longitude I answere that although the most part are not vsed to this worke yet I know some of the better sort which are able to worke this and the like propositions exactly And those which yeâ— cannot and are desirous to learne may in short space attaine to such knowledge as shall be sufficient for such things And how necessary it is that the longitude of places should be knowne I leaue to the iudgement of all skilfull Marriners and others that are learned in the Mathematicks This afternoone it was agreed by the chiefe of our Company that our Master Iames Hall should goe in the smaller Ship farther to the Northward The foresaid Thursday in the euening he departed out of the Patience into the Harts-ease to get forth of the Harbor which our Master called Cockins-ford in remembrance of Alderman Cockin one of the Aduenturers which place is in the latitude of 65. degrees 20 minutes And the variation of the compasse is 23. degrees 58. minutes to the Westward That euening was very calme and we towed our Shippe forth with the Shallops and Ships Boat But within an houre or two after we were got into the Offin the winde being at North it blew a great storme which continued all that night The foureteenth our Master turned the Ship vp to the Riuer againe toward the Riuer where the supposed mine should be But the tyde was so farre spent that we could not get to Sea but were constrained to Anker in a roade at the South side of the Riuer some three leagues from the Patience in which place are many good Rode-steeds to be found Thursday the sixteenth day the winde was at North-west and blew so stiffe a â—ale that we could not get to Sea that day That night eighteene of vs went into the Ilands to looke for some Deere but found none But we perceiued the foote-steps of some great Beast which wee supposed to be of some great Elke the foote was as bigge as any Oxe foote Tuesday the twentie one the weather still continued in such sort that wee could not by any meanes get to the Riuer where the supposed Myne should bee Wherefore our Master bare roome for Ramelsford being a Riuer Southward of another called Cunninghams ford some twelue leagues And we came to an Anchor at the entrance on the Southside of the Ford about seuen of the clocke Wednesday the two and twentieth day about nine or ten of the clocke the Sauages came to barter with vs being about fortie of them and continued about an houre and an halfe At which time our Master Iames Hall being in the Boate a Sauage with his Dart strooke him a deadly wound vpon the right side which our Surgean did thinke did pierce his liuer We all mused that he should strike him and offer no harme to any of the rest vnlesse it were that they knew him since he was there with the Danes for out of that Riuer they carried away fiue of the people whereof neuer any returned againe and in the next Riuer they killed a great numbâ—r And it should seeme that he which killed him was either brother or some neere kinsman to some of them that were carried away for he did it very resolutely and came within foure yards of him And for ought we could see the people are very kinde one to another and ready to reuenge any wrong offred to them All that day he lay very sore pained looking for death euery houre and resigned all his charge to Master Andrew Barker Master of the Harts-ease willing him to place another in his roome Master of the small Ship Thursday the three and twentieth about eight of the clocke in the morning he dyed being very penitent for all his former offences And after we had shrowded him wee carried him in the Shallop to burie him in some out Iland according to his owne request while he was liuing After we had buried him we went in the Shallop to seeke for the mine which we had expected so long All that day we rowed along toward the North passing by a Cape called Queene Sophias Cape That night we staied at an Iland some three leagues short of the Riuer Friday the foure and twentieth in the morning wee rowed along and came to the place which is on the South-side of the entrance of Cunninghams Riuer And we found diuers places where the Danes had digged it was a kinde of shining stone which when our Goldsmith Iames Carlile had tried it was found of no value and had no mettall at all in it but was like vnto Moscouia slâ—ddâ— and of a glittering colour That day after we had dyned wee rowed vp that Riuer some foure leagues where diuers of our company went vp into the Mountaines and found a Valley more pleasant then they had seene in the Countrey That euening we returned and came to the place where the Danes had digged their supposed Mine and tooke some of it in our Boate to carry with vs and returned toward our Ship That night we rowed and sailed and the next morning about nine of the clocke we came to our Ship Saturday the fiue and twentieth being Saint Iames his day in the forenoone we came to our Shippe lying on the South side of the Riuer called Ramels Riuer And as soone as our Master found that the people came no more to trade with vs he determined to depart with the Shippe into the Kings Ford to the Patience
this resolution we put within the Ice the wind being at East North-east this first entrance I liked not very well scarce finding any place to put in our ships head and being neere thirtie leagues from the shoare towards Euening wee were fast amongst the Ice But sometimes each day the Ice would a little open we making what way we could towards the North-west in for the shoare till the two and twentieth day hauing had the wind all Southerly Yet we plainly saw that we set to the Southwards for all that wee could doe The two and twentieth day the wind came vp at North North-west then our Master determined to stand forth againe For if the wind should haue come to the North-east it would be vnpossible for vs to fetch any part of the Channell seeing wee droue so fast to the Southwards with Southerly winds and hauing so farre into the shoare not hauing seene the Land Our Master was also determined to spend some twentie or foure and twentie dayes in Fretum Dauis to see what hopes would be that wayes supposing there would be little good to be done in Hudsons Streights for this time limited then we plying to get to Sea-ward and so by eight a clock at night the three and twentieth day we were cleere of the thick Ice againe the Lord make vs thankfull the wind at North-west and by North faire weather but no sooner were we forth of the Ice but that our Master changed his opinion and beeing cleere of this thicke Ice wee stood to the Northward as much as the Ice and winde would giue vs leaue running some thirteene leagues true North-east by North being in the latitude of 61. degrees 50. minutes The foure and twentieth day faire weather the fiue and twentieth day also faire weather the wind at North and by West till sixe a clocke we hauing made a North-east by North way about twelue leagues and an halfe our latitude at noone 62. degrees 20. minutes at sixe a clocke the wind was at the North North-east The sixe and twentieth day all the forenoone faire weather and cold but in the afternoone it blew very hard being close hasie weather that about two a clocke this afternoone wee tooke in our sailes and hulled with our ship till the next morning at foure a clocke all the time that we sayled this day we past through many ledges of Ice hauing great quantitie to the Northward of vs and hauing runne about twentie one leagues true vpon a West course And note where I put this word true I meane the true course the variation of the Compasse and other accidents allowed The seuen and twentieth day close foggy weather with much snow freezing on our shrowds and tackling the like we had not all this yeare before but towards foure a clocke in the afternoone it began to cleere vp and about fiue a clocke we saw Land being the Iland of Resolution and bearing West from vs about thirteene or fourteene leagues This morning we set sayle and stood to and fro as the Ice would suffer vs and at ten at night wee moored our ship to a piece of Ice the wind being at West The eight and twentieth day being Whitsunday it was faire weather but the winde was at the West and West by North al this day we were fast to the piece of Ice Yet we plainly perceiued that we set a great deale more into the Streights with the floud Then we set forth with the ebbe the nine and twentieth day the wind was variable and faire weather about eleuen a clock we set saile and tacked to and fro along by the Iland And about two a clocke the next morning the wind came to the South South-east but we had so much Ice that we could doe but little good with a faire wind the wind continued all this day and night a stiffe gale this night or rather Euening because it was not darke at all we were set within the point of the Iland so that now we were within the Streights The one thirtieth day also faire weather the wind for the most part at North North-west the afternoone being cleere wee saw the point of the South shoare called Buttons Iles to beare from vs due South by the Compasse which is indeed South South-east somewhat Eastward because here the Compasse is varied to the Westwards twentie foure degrees The first of Iune wee had some snow in the forenoone but very faire weather in the afternoone the wind at West North-west We perceiuing the Ice to be more open close aboord the shoare made the best way we could to get in and to come to Anchor if the place were conuenient and by seuen a clocke we were in a good Harbour on the North-west side of the Iland of Resolution where an East South-east Moone maketh full Sea or halfe an houre past seuen on the change day as Sea-men account the water doth rise and fall neere foure fathomes the Compasse doth vary to the West 24. degrees 6. minutes and is in longitude West from London 66. degrees 35. minutes The breadth of the South Channell or the distance betweene the Iland and the South shoare is sixteene leagues and the North Channell is eight miles wide in the narrowest place Vpon this Iland we went on shoare but found no certaine signe of Inhabitants but the tract of Beares and Foxes Rockes and stonie ground hardly any thing growing thereon it is indifferent high Land to the Northward hauing one high Hill or Hummocke on the North-east side but to the Southward it falleth away very low The second of Iune in the morning the wind came vp at East South-east with much snow and fowle weather about noone wee weighed Anchor and stood vp along by the Iland so well as the Ice would giue vs leaue to get to the North shoare Wee continuing our courses so neere the North shoare as conueniently we could with much variable weather and windes but stedfast in continuance among Ice till the eight day hauing the wind full contrary to vs and being somewhat neere a point of Land or rather a company of Ilands which after wee called Sauage Iles hauing a great Sound or In-draught betweene the North shoare and them At sixe a clocke we came to Anchor neere one of them being the Eastermost sauing one But whiles wee were furling our sailes we heard and saw a great company of Dogges running vp and downe with such howling and barking that it seemed very strange Shortly after we had moored our ship we sent our Boat somewhat neerer the shoare to see if they could perceiue any people who returning told vs that there were Tents and Boats or Canowes with a great many Dogges but people they saw none After Prayer when our men had supt wee fitted our Boate and our selues with things conuenient then my selfe with seuen others landed and went to their Tents where finding no people we marched vp to the top of a Hill
being about a flight shot off where we saw one great Canow or Boat which had about fourteene men in it being on the furthest or North-west point of the Iland and from vs somewhat more then a Musket shot Then I called vnto them vsing some words of Groenlandish speech making signes of friendship They did the like to vs but seeing them so fearefull of vs and we not willing to trust them I made another signe to them shewing them a Knife and other Trifles which I left on the top of the Hill and returned downe to their Tents againe There wee found some Whale Finnes to the number of fortie or fiftie with a few Seale skinnes which I tooke aboord leauing Kniues Beades and Counters instead thereof and amongst their houses I found a little bagge in which was a company of little Images of men one the Image of a woman with a child at her backe all the which I brought away Among these Tents being fiue in number all couered with Seales skinnes were running vp and downe about thirtie fiue or fortie Dogges most of them muzled They were of our mungrell Mastiffes being of a brinded blacke colour looking almost like Wolues These Dogges they vse in stead of Horses or rather as the Lappians doe their Deere to draw their sleds from place to place ouer the Ice their sleds are shod or lined with great bones of fishes to keepe them from wearing and their Dogges haue Collars and Furniture very fitting These people haue their Apparell Boots Tents and other necessaries much like to the Inhabitants in Groineland sauing that they are not so neate and artificiall seeming to bee more rude and vnciuill ranging vp and downe as their fishing is in season For in most places where wee came ashoare we saw where people had beene although not this yeere but where their Habitation or their abode in Winter is I cannot well coniecture This Iland lyeth in the latitude of 62. degrees 30. minutes and in longitude West from London 72. degrees or neere thereabouts being sixtie leagues from the entrance of the Streights here the Compasse doth varie 27. degrees 30. minutes and a South-east Moone foure degrees East maketh a full Sea it doth ebbe and flow almost as much water as it doth at the Resolution and here the floud commeth from the Eastward although our Master was of opinion to the contrarie The tenth day in the morning at sixe a clocke we set sayle the winde at North which continued not but was very variable till noone and then it came to North-west we hauing sayled along by the shoare about some nine leagues and an halfe North North-west the Ice lying so thicke in the offen that wee could not well get out of it then perceiuing a good Harbour betweene two small Ilands and the Mayne wee went in with our ship where wee moored her and stayed till the twelfth day at Euening In this place it is high water on the change day at nine of the clocke or a South-east Moone maketh a full Sea the latitude of this place is 62. degrees 40. minutes and the floud doth come from the Eastward although our Master was perswaded otherwise as well in this place as at Saluage Ilands for being among Ilands euery point hath his seuerall set and eddie But I going to the top of the Iland plainely perceiued the Ice to come from the South-east and from the North-west on the ebbe In this place is no signe of people as we could perceiue The sixteenth day lying still in the Ice the weather being very close and hasey as it hath beene these six dayes and being neere a great company of Ilands in the afternoone the winde being at West North-west wee stood in amongst these Ilands and in the euening we moared our Shippe to one of them in a small coue the better to defend her from the Ice In this place wee stayed all the seuenteenth day and vpon the eighteenth being Sunday about eleuen a clocke we set sayle being almost calme making the best way wee could to get forth Here are a great company of Ilands each hath his seuerall set and eddy that the Ice doth so runne to and fro and with such violence that our Shippe was in more safetie further off then in this place the latitude of the I le we rode by is 63. degrees 26. minutes and longitude West from London neere 72. degrees 25. minutes the Compasse hath variation 27. degrees 46. minutes and at a quarter of an houre after nine on the Change day doth make a full Sea This Euening and the next morning wee had a faire steering gale of winde at South-east wee standing along by the Land it beeing all small broken Ilands to a point of Land about twelue leagues in distance from the I le wee put last from which Point I called Broken Point it being indeede a point of broken Iles. On the nineteenth day by twelue a clocke at noone wee were about foure miles from the Point before named fast inclosed with Ice very faire weather and well we might haue called this Point Fairenesse or Faire Point for from this day till the thirtieth day the weather was so faire and almost or altogether calme that in few places elsewhere finer weather could not be and till the seuen and twentieth at night wee were so fast inclosed vp with Ice that at some times one could not well dippe a paile of water by the Ship sides while wee were thus fast in the Ice vpon the one and twentieth day I saw both the Sunne and Moone at one time as indeede it is vsuall in faire weather This one and twentieth being faire weather as afore is said and I seeing both the Sunne and Moone so faire I thought it a fit time to make an obseruation for the longitude But the two and twentieth day being very faire and cleare and also calme being almost as steedy as on shoare it was no neede to bid me fit my Instrument of variation to take the time of the Moones comming to the Meridian hauing also my quadrant ready to take the Sunnes almicanter it being indifferent large as of foure foote semiâ—â—amiter haue taken the variation of my needle as precisely as possible I could which was 28. degrees 20. minutes West and if any be desirous to worke the same they may but my worke was as followeth The Sunnes almicanter at the instant when the Moone was on the Meridian was 26. degrees 40. minutes and the Sunnes declination for that time 23. degrees 6. minutes By which three things giuen I found the houre to be fiue a clocke 4. minutes 52. seconds 1. third 4. fourths or 76. degrees 13. minutes 16. seconds of the equinoctiall afternoone and according to Searles Ephemerides the Moone came to the Meridian at London at foure a clocke 54. minutes 30. seconds and after Origanus the Moone came to the Meridian at foure a clocke 52. minutes 5.
seconds at Wittenberge the same day Now hauing this knowne it is no hard matter to finde the longitude of this place sought For according to the Moones meane motion which is 12. degrees a day that is in time 48. minutes and to this account if she be on the Meridian at twelue a clock this day to morrow it will be 48. min. past 12. So I hauing the time found by obseruation at this place viz. 5. houres 4. minutes 52. seconds 1. third 4. fourths but in this I neede not come so precise and at London at 4. houres 54. minutes 30. seconds which substracted from the former leaueth 10. minutes 22. seconds 1. third 4. fourths now the Moones motion that foure and twentie houres was 22. degrees 38. minutes which conuerted into time is 50. minutes 25. seconds 20. thirds then the proportion standeth thus If 50. minutes 25. seconds 20. thirds giue 360. degrees what shall 10. minutes 22. seconds 1. third 4. fourths giue the fourth proportionall will be 74. degrees 5. minutes which is West of London because the Moone came later by 10. minutes 22. seconds and by the same working by Origanus Ephemerides the distance is 91. degrees 35. minutes West of West But whether be the truer I leaue to others to iudge in these workings may some errour be committed if it be not carefully looked vnto as in the obseruation and also in finding what time the Moone commeth to the Meridian at the place where the Ephemerides is supputated for and perchance in the Ephemerides themselues in all which the best iudicious may erre yet if obseruations of this kinde or some other at places farre remote as at the Cape Bonasperanze Bantam Iapan Noua Albion and Magellan Straits I suppose wee should haue a truer Geography then we haue And seeing I am entred to speake of celestiall obseruations I will note another which I made the twenty sixt of April being outward bound at Sea by the Moones comming in a right line with two fixed Starres the one was the Lyons heart a Starre of the first magnitude the other a Starre in the Lyons rumpe of the second magnitude as followeth The circumference or outward edge of the Moone being in a right or straight line with those two Starres before named at the instant I tooke the altitude of the South ballance which was 2. degrees 38. minutes because I would haue the time but in this it is good to waite a fit time as to haue her in a right line with two Stars not farre distant and those not to be much different in longitude because the Moon will soone alter the angle or position and such a time would be taken when the Moone is in the nintieth degree of the eclipticke aboue the horizon for then there no paralell of longitude but onely in latitude but who so is painefull in these businesses shall soone see what is needefull and what is not my obseruations were as followeth Lyons heart Right assention 46. deg 28. min. 30. sec. Lyons rumpe Right assention 163. deg 23. min. 00. se. Lyons heart Declination 13. deg 57. mi. 30. sec. Lyons rumpe Declination 22. deg 38. min 00. se. Lyons heart Longitude 24. deg 29. mi. 45. sec. Lyons rumpe Longitude 5. deg 53. min. 45. sec. Lyons heart Latitude 00. deg 26. min. 30. sec. Lyons rumpe Latitude 14. deg 20. min. 00. sec. Lyons heart Almicanter 33. deg 40. min. 00. se. Lyons rumpe Moones Paralax 00. deg 47. min. 46. sec. North. Moones Latitude 03. deg 20. min. 00. sec. North. Moones Almicanter 37 deg 00. min. 00. sec. North. Latitude of the place 56. deg 43. min. These notes I haue set downe that if any other be desirous to trie they may spend a little time therein my selfe haue spent some therein and more I would haue spent if leisure would haue permitted but finding it not to my minde I haue not here set downe my particular worke the working of this obseruation I receiued from Master Rudston But if it had pleased God we had performed the action we were bound for I would not feare but to haue brought so good contentment to the Aduenturers concerning the true scituation of notable places that small doubt should haue beene thereof but seeing so small hopes are in this place I haue not set downe so many obseruations as otherwise I would We lying here inclosed with the Ice with faire calme weather as before is said till the seuen and twentieth day at euening at which time we set sayle the winde at South-east an easie gale all the eight and twentieth and nine and twentieth dayes we made the best way through the Ice we could but the nine and twentieth day the Ice was more open then it had beene these ten dayes before and at noone we saw Salisbury Iland it bearing due West from vs. The first of Iuly close foggie weather with much raine the winde at South South-east by noone this day we were some three leagues from the Land but hauing much Ice by the shoare we stood along the Iland to the Northward and the next morning wee were faire by another small Ile or rather a company of small Ilands which after we called Mill Iland by reason of grinding the Ice as this night we made proofe thereof at noone being close to this I le wee took the latitude thereof which is neere 64. degrees Here driuing to and fro with the Ice all this day till seuen or eight a clocke at what time the Ice began to open and seperate The Ice as is said beginning to open we had not stood along by the I le on the East side thereof an houre but the Ice came driuing with the tide of floud from the South-east with such swiftnesse that it ouer went our Shippe hauing all our sayles abroad with a reasonable gale of winde and put her out of the streame into the eddy of these Iles. This Iland or Iles lying in the middle of the channell hauing many sounds running through them with many points or headlands encountering the force of the tide caused such a rebound of water Ice which ran one way and the streame another our ship hauing met the Ice with the first of the floud which put her so neere the shoare that she was in the partition betweene the Ice which the eddy caused to runne one way and the streame the other where shee endured great distresse but God which is still stronger then either Ice or streame preserued vs and our Shippe from any harme at all This continued till towards a high water which was about one a clocke then with no small trouble we got into the channell and stood away to the North-west ward After we had past some distance from this Iland wee had the Sea more open then it was since we put first into the Straits and sailed all the next day through an indifferent cleare Sea with the winde at South-west but towards eight a clocke
forth in May 1555. and Master George Killingworth was made their first Agent the particulars whereof are found at large in Master Hakluyts first Tome of Voyages as also other things touching that Trade then setled which heere I omit and come to Master Ienkinsons Voyage to Mosco and thence to Tartaria §. II. The first Voyage made by Master ANTHONIE IENKINSON from the Citie of London toward the Land of Russia begunne the twelfth of May in the yeare 1557. FIrst by the grace of God the day and yeare aboue mentioned I departed from the said Citie and the same day at Grauesend embarked my selfe in a good ship named the Primrose being appointed although vnworthy chiefe Captaine of the same and also of the other three good ships to say the Iohn Euangelist the Anne and the Trinitie hauing also the conduct of the Emperour of Russia his Ambassadour named Osep Nopea Gregoriwich who passed with his company in the said Primrose And thus our foure tall ships being well appointed as well for men as victuals as other necessary furniture the said twelfth day of the moneth of May we weighed our Anchors and departed from the said Grauesend in the after-noone and plying downe the Thames the wind being Easterly and faire weather the thirteenth day we came a ground with the Primrose vpon a sand called the blacke tayle where wee sate fast vntill the fourteenth day in the morning and then God bee praysed shee came off and that day we plyed downe as farre as our Ladie of Holland and there came to an Anchor the winde being Easterly and there remayned vntill the twentieth day then wee weyed and went out at Goldmore gate and from thence in at Balsey slade and so into Orwell wands where we came to an Anchor but as we came out at the said Goldemore gate the Trinitie came on ground on certayne Rockes that lye to the North-ward of the said gate and was like to be bilged and lost But by the ayde of God at the last she came off againe being very leake and the one and twentieth day the Primrose remaining at an Anchor in the wands the other three ships bare into Orwell Hauen where I caused the said Trinitie to be grounded searched and repayred So we remayned in the said Hauen vntill the eight and twentieth day and then the wind being Westerly the three ships that were in the Hauen weighed and came forth and in comming forth the Iohn Euangelist came on ground vpon a Sand called the Andros where she remayned one tyde and the next full Sea she came off againe without any great hurt God be praysed The nine and twentieth day in the morning all foure ships weighed in the Wands and that tyde went as farre as Orfordnesse where we came to an Anchor because the wind was Northerly And about sixe of the clocke at night the wind vered to the South-west and we weighed Anchor and bare cleere of the Nesse and then set our course North-east and by North vntill mid-night being then cleare of Yarmouth sands Then wee winded North and by West and North North-west vntill the first of Iune at noone then it waxed calme and continued so vntill the second day at noone then the wind came at North-west with a tempest and much raine and we lay close by and caped North North-east and North-east and by North as the wind shifted and so continued vntill the third day at noone then the winde vered Westerly againe and we went North our right course and so continued our way vntill the fourth day at three of the clocke in the after-noone at which time the winde vered to the North-west againe and blew a fresh gale and so continued vntill the seuenth day in the morning wee lying with all our ships close by and caping to the Northwards and then the winde vering more Northerly we were forced to put roomer with the Coast of England againe and fell ouerthwart New-castle but went not into the Hauen and so plyed vpon the Coast the eight day and the ninth The tenth day the wind came to the North North-west and wee were forced to beare roomer with Flamborow head where we came to an Anchor and there remayned vntill the seuenteenth day Then the wind came faire and we weighed set our course North and by East time and so continued the same with a merry wind vntill the one and twentieth at noone at which we took the Sunne and had the latitude in sixtie degrees Then we shifted our course and went North North-east North-east and by North vntill the fiue and twentieth day Then we discouered certain Ilands called Heilick Ilands lying from vs Northeast being in the latitude of sixty sixe degrees fortie minutes Then we went North and by West because we would not come too nigh the Land and running that course foure houres we discouered and had sight of Rost Ilands joyning to the mayne Land of Finmarke Thus continuing our course along the Coast of Norway and Finmarke the seuen and twentieth day we tooke the Sunne being as farre shot as Lofoot and had the latitude in sixtie nine degrees And the same day in the afternoone appeared ouer our heads a Rain-bow like a Semicircle with both ends vpward Note that there is betweene the said Rost Ilands and Lofoot a Whirle-poole called Malestrand which from halfe ebbe vntill halfe floâ—d maketh such a terrible noyse that it shaketh the Rings in the doores of the Inhabitants Houses of the said Ilands ten miles off Also if there commeth any Whale within the current of the same they make a pittifull cry Moreouer if great Trees be carryed into it by force of streames and after with the ebbe be cast out againe the ends and boughes of them haue beene so beaten that they are like the stalkes of Hempe that is bruized Note that all the Coast of Finmarke is high Mountaynes and Hils being couered all the yeare with Snow And hard aboard the shoare of this Coast there is one hundred or one hundred and fiftie fathomes of water in depth Thus proceeding and sayling forward we fell with an Iland called Zenam being in the latitude of seuentie degrees About this Iland wee saw many Whales very monstrous about our ships some by estimation of sixtie foote long and being the ingendring time they roared and cryed terribly From thence we fell with an Iland called Kettlewicke This Coast from Rost vnto Lofoot lyeth North and South and from Lofoot to Zenam North-east and South-west and from Zenam to Kettelwicke East North-east and West South-west From the said Kettelwicke we sayled East and by North ten leagues and fell with a Land called Inger sound where we fished being becalmed and tooke great plentie of Cods Thus plying along the Coast we fell with a Cape called the North Cape which is the Northermost Land that we passe in our Voyage to Saint Nicholas and is in the latitude of seuentie one
degrees and ten minutes and is from Inger sound East and to the North-wards fifteene leagues And being at this North Cape the second day of Iuly wee had the Sunne at North foure degrees aboue the Horizon The third day we came to Wardhouse hauing such mists that wee could not see the Land This Wardhouse is a Castle standing in an Iland two miles from the mayne of Finland subject to the King of Denmarke and the Eastermost Land that he hath There are two other Ilands neere adjoyning vnto that whereon the Castle of Wardhouse standeth The Inhabitants of those three Ilands liue onely by fishing and make much Stock-fish which they dry with Frost their most feeding is fish bread and drinke they haue none but such as is brought them from other places They haue small store of Cattle which are also fed with fish From Wardhouse we sayled South South-east ten leagues and fell with a Cape of Land called Kegor the Northermost part of the Land of Lappia And betweene Wardhouse and the said Cape is a great Bay called Dommes haff in the South part whereof is a Monastery of Monkes of the Russes Religion called Pechinchow Thus proceeding forward and sayling along the Coast of the said Land of Lappia winding South-east the fourth day through great mists and darknesse we lost the company of the other three ships and met not with them againe vntill the seuenth day when we fell with a Cape or head-land called Swetinoz which is the entring into the Bay of Saint Nicholas At this Cape lyeth a great sâ—one to the which the Barkes that passed thereby were wont to make Offerings of Butter Meale and other Victuals thinking that vnlesse they did so their Barkes or Vessels should there perish as it hath beene oftentimes seene and there it is very darke and mystie Note that the sixt day wee passed by the place where Sir Hugh Willoughby with all his company perished which is called Arzina reca that is to say the Riuer Arzina The Land of Lappia is an high Land hauing snow lying on it commonly all the yeere The people of the Countrey are halfe Gentiles they liue in the Summer time neere the Sea side and vse to take fish of the which they make bread and in the Winter they remoue vp into the Countrey into the Woods where they vse hunting and kill Deere Beares Wolues Foxes and other beasts with whose flesh they be nourished and with their skins apparelled in such strange fashion that there is nothing seene of them bare but their eyes They haue none other habitation but only in Tents remouing from place to place according to the season of the yeere They know no arte nor facultie but onely shooting which they exercise daily as well men as women and kill such beasts as serue them for their food Thus proceeding along the coast from Swetinoz aforesaid the ninth day of Iuly wee came to Cape Grace being in the latitude of 66. degrees and 45. minutes and is at the entring in of the Bay of Saint Nicolas Aboard this Land there is twentie or thirtie fathoms water and sundry grounds good to anchor in The current at this Cape runneth South-west and North-east From this Cape wee proceeded along vntill we came to Crosse Iland which is seuen leagues from the said Cape South-west and from this Iland wee set ouer to the other side of the Bay and went South-west and fell with an Head-land called Foxenose which is from the said Iland fiue and twentie leagues The entring of this Bay from Crosse Iland to the neerest Land on the other side is seuen leagues ouer From Foxenose proceeding forward the twelfth day of the said moneth of Iuly all our foure ships arriued in safety at the Road of Saint Nicolas in the Land of Russia where we anchored and had sayled from London vnto the said Road seuen hundred and fiftie leagues The Russian Ambassadour and his companie with great ioy got to shoare and our ships heere forthwith discharged themselues and being laden againe and hauing a faire winde departed toward England the first of August The third of the said moneth I with other of my companie came vnto the Citie of Colmogro being an hundred verstes from the Bay of Saint Nicolas and in the latitude of 64. degrees 25. minutes I tarried at the said Colmogro vntill the fifteenth day and then I departed in a lâ—ttle Boat vp the Riuer of Duina which runneth very swiftly and the selfe same day passed by the mouth of a Riuer called Pinego leauing it on our left hand fifteene verstes from Colmogro On both sides of the mouth of this Riuer Pinego is high Land great Rockes of Alabaster great Woods and Pine-apple trees lying along within the ground which by report haue lyen there since Noâ—s flood And thus proceeding forward the nineteenth day in the morning I came into a Towne called Yemps an hundred verstes from Colmogro All this way along they make much Tarre Pitch and ashes of Aspen trees From thence I came to a place called Vstiug an ancient Citie the last day of August At this Citie meet two Riuers the one called Iug and the other Sucana both which fall into the aforesaid Riuer of Duina The Riuer Iug hath his spring in the Land of the Tartars called Cheremizzi ioyning to the Countrey of Permia and Sucana hath his head from a Lake not farre from the Citie of Vologda Thus departing from Vstiug and passing by the Riuer Sucana we came to a Towne called Totma About this place the water is very shallow and stonie and troublesome for Barkes and Boats of that Countrey which they call Nassades and Dosneckes to passe that way wherein merchandise are transported from the aforesaid Colmogro to the Citie of Vologda These vessels called Nassades are very long builded broad made and close aboue flat bottomed and draw not aboue foure foot water and will carrie two hundred tunnes they haue no Iron appertayning to them but all of Timber and when the winde serueth they are made to sayle Otherwise they haue many men some to hale and draw by the neckes with long small ropes made fast to the said Boats and some set with long poles There are many of these Barkes vpon the Riuer of Duina And the most part of them belongeth vnto the Citie of Vologda for there dwell many Merchants and they occupie the said Boats with carrying of Salt from the Sea side vnto the said Vologda The twentieth of September I came vnto Vologda which is a great Citie and the Riuer passeth through the midst of the same The houses are builded with wood of Firre trees ioyned one with another and round without the houses are foure square without any Iron or stone worke couered with Birch barkes and wood ouer the same Their Churches are all of wood two for euery Parish one to be heated for Winter and the other for Summer
be of any reputation so that a man shall not see one of them but at a chance when shee goeth to Church at Christmasse or at Easter or else going to visit some of her friends The most part of the women vse to ride a-stride in Saddles with stirrops as men doe and some of them on Sleds which in Summer is not commendable The Husband is bound to find the Wife colours to paint her with all for they vse ordinarily to paint themselues it is such a common practice among them that it is counted for no shame they grease their faces with such colours that a man may discerne them hanging on their faces almost a flight shoot off I cannot so well liken them as to a Millers Wife for they looke as though they were beaten about the face with a bagge of Meale but their Eye-browes they colour as blacke as I eat The best propertie that the women haue is that they can sewe well and imbroider with Silke and Gold excellently When any man or woman dyeth they stretch him out and put a new paire of shooes on his feet because he hath a great Iourney to goe then doe they wind him in a sheet as wee doe but they forget not to put a testimonie in his right hand which the Priest giueth him to testifie vnto Saint Nicholas that he dyed a Christian man or woman And they put the Corse alwayes in a Coffin of Wood although the partie be very poore and when they goe towards the Church the Friends and Kinsmen of the partie departed carrie in their hands small Waxe Candles and they weepe and howle and make much lamentation They that bee hanged or beheaded or such like haue no testimonie with them how they are reciued into Heauen it is a wonder without their Pasport There are a great number of poore people among them which dye daily for lacke of sustenance which is a pitifull case to behold for there hath bin buried in a small time within these two yeares aboue eightie persons yong and old which haue dyed onely for lacke of sustenance for if they had had straw and water enough they would make shift to liue for a great many are forced in the Winter to dry straw and stampe it and to make bread thereof or at the least they eate it in stead of bread In the Summer they make good shift with grasse herbes and roots barkes of Trees are good meat with them at all times There is no people in the World as I suppose that liue so miserably as doe the pouertie in those parts and the most part of them that haue sufficient for themselues and also to relieue others that need are so vnmercifull that they care not how many they see dye of famine or hunger in the streets It is a Countrey full of Diseases diuers and euill and the best remedie is for any of them as they hold opinion to goe often vnto the Hot-houses as in a manner euery man hath one of his owne which he heateth commonly twice euery weeke and all the houshold sweat and wash themselues therein The first and principall Meade is made of the juyce or liquor taken from a Berrie called in Russia Malieno which is of a maruellous sweet taste and of a Carmosant colour which Berrie I haue seene in Paris The second Meade is called Visnoua because it is made of a Berrie so called and is like a blacke Gooseberrie but it is like in colour and taste to the red Wine of France The third Meade is called Amarodina or Smorodina short of a small Berrie much like to the small Raisin and groweth in great plentie in Russia The fourth Meade is called Chereunikyna which is made of the wild blacke Cherrie The fift Meade is made of Honey and Water with other mixtures There is also a delicate Drinke drawne from the Root of the Birch Tree called in the Russe Tongue Berozeuites which drinke the Noblemen and others vse in Aprill May and Iune which are the three moneths of the Spring-time for after those moneths the sap of the Tree dryeth and then they cannot haue it I haue by me a Letter of Master Christopher Hoddesdon written the seuenteenth of Nouember 1555. wherein he writes that it seemes there is no great punishment for breaking their Region some of them aduenturing to eate Milke with him on a Fasting day which yet others refused Yarostâ—sly so he cals the Towne where he writ is fairer then Volga the Riuer almost a mile broad he was asked seuen Altines for a Sturgeon he had giuen at Danske nine Mark-sprace for a worser neither had he seene such abundance of Ling in England as there of Sturgeons there being in that dayes Market about three thousand §. IIII. The Voyage of Master ANTHONIE IENKINSON made from the Citie of Mosco in Russia to the Citie of Boghar in Bactria in the yeare 1558. written by himselfe to the Merchants of London of the Moscouie Company THe three and twentieth day of Aprill in the yeare 1558. hauing obtayned the Emperour of Russia his Letters directed vnto sundry Kings and Princes by whose Dominions I should passe departed from Mosco by water hauing with mee two of your Seruants namely Richard Iohnson and Robert Iohnson and a Tartar Tolmach with diuers parcels of Wares as by the Inuentorie appeareth and the eight and twentieth day wee came to a Towne called Collom distant from the Mosco twentie leagues and passing one league beyond the said Collom we came vnto a Riuer called Occa into the which the Riuer Mosco falleth and loseth his name and passing downe the said Riuer Occa eight leagues wee came vnto a Castle called Terreuettisko which we left vpon our right hand and proceeding forward the second day of May wee came vnto another Castle called Peroslaue distant eight leagues leauing it also on our right hand The third day we came vnto the place where old Rezan was situate being now most of it ruined and ouer-growne and distant from the said Peroslaue sixe leagues the fourth day we passed by a Castle called Terrecouia from Rezan twelue leagues and the sixt day we came to another Castle called Cassim vnder the gouernment of a Tartar Prince named Vtzar Zegoline sometime Emperour of the worthy Citie of Cazan and now subject vnto the Emperour of Russia But leauing Cassim on our left hand the eight day we came vnto a faire Towne called Morom from Cassim twentie leagues where wee tooke the Sunne and found the latitude fiftie sixe degrees and proceeding forward the eleuenth day wee came vnto another faire Towne and Castle called Nyse Nouogrod situated at the falling of the foresaid Riuer Occa into the worthy Riuer of Volga distant from the said Moron fiue and twentie leagues in the latitude of fiftie sixe degrees eighteene minutes From Rezan to this Nyse Nouogrod on both sides the said Riuer of Occa is raysed the
great fishing for Sturgeon so continuing our way vntill the two and twentieth day and passing by another great Riuer called Samar which falleth out of the aforesaid Countrey and runneth through Nagay and entreth into the said Riuer of Volga The eight and twentieth day we came vnto a great Hill where was in times past a Castle made by the Crimmes but now it is ruined being the just mid-way betweene the said Cazan and Astrachan which is two hundred leagues or thereabout in the latitude of one and fiftie degrees fortie seuen minutes Vpon all this shoare groweth abundance of Licoris whose Root runneth within the ground like a Vine Thus going forward the sixt day of Iuly we came to a place called Perouolog so named because in times past the Tartars carried their Boats from Volga vnto the Riuer Tanais otherwise called Don by Land when they would rob such as passed downe the said Volga to Astracan and also such as passed downe by the Riuer Tanais to Afou Caffa or any other Towne situated vpon Mare Euxinum into which Sea Tanais falleth who hath his Springs in the Countrey of the Rezan out of a plaine ground It is at this streight of Perouolog from the one Riuer to the other two leagues by Land and is a dangerous place for Theeues and Robbers but now it is not so euill as it hath beene by reason of the Emperour of Russia his Conquests Departing from Perouolog hauing the Wildernesse on both sides wee saw a great Heard of Nagayans pasturing as is abouesaid by estimation aboue a thousand Camels drawing of Carts with Houses vpon them like Tents of a strange fashion seeming to bee afarre off a Towne that Herd was belonging to a great Murse called Smille the greatest Prince in all Nagay who hath slaine and driuen away all the rest not sparing his owne Brethren and Children and hauing peace with this Emperour of Russia hee hath what hee needeth and ruleth alone so that now the Russes liue in peace with the Nagayans who were wont to haue mortall Warres together The fourteenth day of Iuly passing by an old Castle which was Old Astracan and leauing it vpon our right hand we arriued at New Astracan which this Emperour of Russia conquered sixe yeares past in the yeare 1552. It is from the Mosco vnto Astracan sixe hundred leagues or thereabout The Towne of Astracan is situated in an Iland vpon a Hill side hauing a Castle within the same walled about with Earth and Timber neither faire nor strong The Towne is also walled about with Earth the Buildings and Houses except it be the Captaines Lodging and certaine other Gentlemens most base simple The Iland is most destitute and barren of wood and pasture and the ground will beare no Corne the Aâ—re is there most infected by reason as I suppose of much fish and specially Sturgeon by which onely the Inhabitants liue hauing great scarsitie of flesh and bread They hang vp their fish in their streets and Houses to dry for their prouision which causeth such abundance of flyes to increase there as the like was neuer seene in any Land to their great Plague And at my beeing at the said Astracan there was a great Famine and Plague among the people and specially among the Tartars called Nagayans who the same time came thither in great numbers to render themselues to the Russes their Enemies and to seeke succour at their hands their Countrey being destroyed as I said before but they were but ill entertayned or releeued for there dyed a great number of them for hunger which lay all the Iland through in heapes dead and like to beasts vnburied very pittifull to behold many of them were also sold by the Russes and the rest were banished from the Iland At that time it had beene an easie thing to haue conuerted that wicked Nation to the Christian Faith if the Russes themselues had beene good Christians but how should they shew compassion vnto other Nations when they are not mercifull vnto their owne At my being there I could haue bought many goodly Tartars Children if I would haue had a thousand of their owne Fathers and Mothers to say a Boy or a Wench for a Loafe of bread worth sixe pence in England but we had more need of victuals at that time then of any such Merchandize This Astracan is the furthest hold that this Emperour of Russia hath conquered of the Tartars towards the Caspian Sea which he keepeth very strong sending thither euery yeare prouision of men and victuals and Timber to build the Castle There is a certayne Trade of Merchandize there vsed but as yet so small and beggerly that it is not worth the making mention and yet there come Merchants thither from diuers places The chiefest Commodities that the Russes bring thither are red Hides red sheeps skinnes woodden Vessels Bridles and Saddles Kniues and other Trifles with Corne Bacon and other Victuals The Tartars bring thither diuers kinds of Wares made of Cotton Wooll with diuers kinds of wrought Silkes and they that come out of Persia namely from Shamacki doe bring sewing Silke which is the coursest that they vse in Russeland Crasso diuers kinds of pide Silkes for Girdles Shirts of Male Bowes Swords and such like things and some yeares Corne and Wal-nuts but all such things in such small quantitie the Merchants being so beggeâ—ly and poore that bring the same that it is not worth the writing neither is there any hope of Trade in all those parts worth the following This foresaid Iland of Astracan is in length twelue leagues and in breadth three and lyâ—th East and West in the latitude of fortie seuen degrees nine minutes we tarryed there vntiâ—l thâ— sixt day of August and hauing bought and prouided a Boate in company with certayne Tartars and Persians wee laded our goods and imbarked our selues and the same day departed I with the said two Iohnsons hauing the whole charge of the Nauigation downe the said Riuer Volga beeing very crooked and full of flats toward the mouth thereof Wee entred into the Caspian Sea the tenth day of August at the Easterly side of the said Riuer being twentie leagues from Astracan aforesaid in the latitude of fortie sixe degrees twentie seuen minutes Volga hath seuentie mouthes or fals into the Sea and we hauing a large wind kept the North-east shoare and the eleuenth day we sayled seuen leagues East North-east and came vnto an Iland hauing an high Hill therein called Accurgar a good Marke in the Sea From thence East ten leagues we fell with another Iland called Bawhiâ—ta much higher then the other Within these two Ilands to the Northwards is a great Bay called the Blue Sea From thence wee sayled East and by North ten leagues and hauing a contrary wind wee came to an Anchor in a fathome water and so rid vntill the fifteenth day hauing a great storme at South-east being a most contrary
prouiding some victuals and shifting certaine of their Cossacks or Barkmen and so departed thence the same day vp the Sughano and came to Totma which is counted somewhat more then halfe the way from Vstyoug the fifteenth day where they shifted some of their Cossacks and departed thence the same day and came to the Citie Vologda the nineteenth of August where they landed their goods and stayed at that place till the thirtieth of the same Hauing prouided at Vologda Telegas or Waggons whereupon they laded their goods they departed thence with the same by land towards Yeraslaue the said thirtieth of August at eight of the clocke in the morning and came to the East side of the riuer Volga ouer against Yeraslaue with fiue and twentie Telegas laden with the said goods the seuenth of September at fiue of the clocke afternoone Then the three stroogs or barkes prouided to transport the said goods to Astracan where they should meete the ship that should carrie the same from thence into Persia came ouer from Yeraslaue vnto the same side of the riuer Volga there tooke in the said goods And hauing prepared the said Barks ready with all necessarie furniture they departed with them from Yeraslaue down the riuer of Volga on the fourteenth day of September at nine of the clocke in the morning and they arriued at Niznouogrod the seuenteenth day at three of the clocke afternoone where they shewed the Emperours letters to passe free without paying any custome and tarried there about three houres to prouide necessaries and then departing arriued at Cazan or neere the same Towne on the two and twentieth of September at fiue of the clocke afternoone where through contrary windes and for prouiding new Cossacks in the places of some that there went from them they remayned till the sixe and twentieth day at what time they departed thence about two of the clocke after noone and arriued at Tetushagorod which is on the Crim side of Volga and in latitude 55. degrees 22. minutes the eight and twentieth day at ten in the forenoone where they anchored and remained about three houres and departing thence came to Oueak which is on the Crims side on the Westerne side of Volga the fift of October about fiue of the clocke in the morning This place is accounted halfe the way betweene Cazan and Astracan and heere there groweth great store of Liqouris the soyle is very fruitfull they found there Apple-trees and Cherrie-trees The latitude of Oueak is 51. degrees 30. minuts At this place had beene a very faire stone Castle called by the name Oueak and adioyning to the same was a Towne called by the Russes Sodom this Towne and part of the Castle by report of the Russes was swallowed into the earth by the iustice of God for the wickednesse of the people that inhabited the same There remayneth at this day to be seene a part of the ruines of the Castle and certaine Tombes wherein as it seemeth haue beene layd noble personages for vpon a tombe stone might be perceiued the forme of a Horse and a man sitting on it with a Bow in his hand and Arrowes girt to his side there was a piece of a Scutchion also vpon one of the stones which had characters grauen on it whereof some part had been consumed with the weather and the rest left vnperfect but by the forme of them that remained we iudged them to be characters of Armenia and other characters were grauen also vpon another tombe stone Now they departed from Oueak the said fift of October at fiue of the clocke after noone and came to Perauolok the tenth day about eleuen or twelue of the clocke that night making no abode at that place but passed alongst by it This word Perauolok in the Russe tongue doth signifie a narrow straight or necke of land between two waters and it is so called by them because from the riuer Volga at that place to the riuer Don or Tanais is counted thirtie versts or as much as a man may well trauell on foot in one day And seuen versts beneath vpon an Iland called Tsaritsna the Emperour of Russia hath fiftie Gunners all Summertime to keepe watch called by the Tartar name Carawool Betweene this place and Astracan are fiue other Carawools or watches The First is named Kameni Carawool and is distant from Perauolok one hundred and twentie verstes The second named Stupino Carowool distant from the first fiftie verstes The third called Polooy Carowool is one hundred and twentie verstes distant from the second The fourth named Keezeyur Carawool is fiftie verstes distant from the third The fift named Ichkebre is thirtie verstes distant from the fourth and from Ichkebre to Astracan is thirtie verstes The sixteenth of October they arriued at Astracan The ninteenth of Nouember the winde being northerly there was a great frost and much Ice in the Riuer the next day being the twentieth of Nouember the Ice stood in the Riuer and so continued vntill Easter day The sixth of Ianuarie being Twelfe day which they call Chreshenia the Russes of Astracan brake a hole in the Ice vpon the Riuer Volga and hallowed the water with great solemnitie according to the manner of their Countrey at which time all the Souldiers of the Towne shot off their small Peeces vpon the Ice and likewise to gratifie the Captaine of the Castle being a Duke whose name is Pheodor Michalouich Troiocouria who stood hard by the ship beholding them as they were on the Riuer was shot off all the Ordnance of our ship being fifteene Peeces viz. two Faulcons two Faulconets foure Fowlers foure Fowlers Chambers and three oother small Peeces made for the Stroogs to shoot Haile-stones and afterwards the great Ordnance of the Castle was shot off On the one and thirtieth of Ianuarie there happened a great Eclipse of the Moone which began about twelue of the clocke at night and continued before shee was cleere an houre and an halfe by estimation which ended the first of Februarie about halfe an houre past one in the morning shee was wholly darkned by the space of halfe an houre The seuenteenth of Aprill the variation of the Compasse obserued in Astracan was 13. degrees 40. minutes from North to West This Spring there came newes to Astracan that the Queene of Persia the King being blind had beene with a great Armie against the Turkes that were left to possesse Media and had giuen them a great ouerthrow yet notwithstanding Derbent and the greatest part of Media were still possessed and kept by the Turkes The Factors of the Companie consulting vpon their affaires determined to leaue at Astracan the one halfe of their goods with Arthur Edwards and with the other halfe the other three Factors would proceed in the ship on their purposed Voyage to the coast of Media to see what might bee done there where if they could not finde safe trafficke
they determined to proceed to the coast of Gilan which is a Prouince neere the Caspian Sea bordering vpon Persia and thereupon appointed the said goods to be laden aboord the ship and tooke into her also some merchandise of Tisiks or Persian Merchants The second of May they weighed and plyed downe the Riuer Volga toward the Caspian Sea The seuenth of May in the morning they passed by a Tree that standeth on the left hand of the Riuer as they went downe which is called Mahomet Agatch or Mahomets Tree and about three verstes further that is to say to the Southwards of the said Tree is a place called Vchoog that is to say The Russe Weare but Ochoog is the name of a Weare in the Tartar tongâ—e where are certaine Cotages and the Emperour hath lying at that place certaine Gunners to guard his Fisher-men that keepe the Weare This Vchoog is counted from Astracan sixty verstes they proceeded downe the said Riuer without staying at the Vchoog The ninth and tenth dayes they met with shallow water and were forced to lighten their ship by the Pauos The eleuenth day they sent backe to the Vchoog for an other Pauos This day by mischance the ship was bilged on the grapnell of the Pauos whereby the companie had sustayned great losses if the chiefest part of their goods had not beene layd into the Pauos for notwithstanding their pumping with three Pumps heauing cut water with Buckets and all the best shifts they could make the ship was halfe full of water ere the leake could be found and stopt The twelfth day the Pauos came to them from the Vchoog whereby they lighted the ship of all the goods The thirteenth day in the morning there came to them a small Boat sent by the Captaine of Astracan to learne whether the ship were at Sea cleare off the flats The fifteenth day by great industrie and trauell they got their ship cleare off the shoales and flats wherewith they had beene troubled from the ninth day vntill then they were forced to passe their ship in three foot water or lesse The sixteenth day they came to the Chetera Bougori or Iland of foure Hillockes which are counted fortie verstes from Vchoog and are the furthest Land towards the Sea The seuenteenth day they bare off into the Sea and being about twelue verstes from the Foure hillockes riding in fiue foot and a halfe water about eleuen of the clocke in the fore-noone they tooke their goods out of the Pauoses into the ship and filled their ship with all things necessarie The eighteenth day in the morning about seuen of the clocke the Pauoses being discharged departed away towards Astracan the winde then at South-east they rode still with the ship and obseruing the eleuation of the Pole at that place found it to be 45. degrees 20. minutes The nineteenth day the winde South-east they rode still The twentieth day the winde at North-west they set sayle about one of the clocke in the morning and steered thence South by West and South South-west about three leagues and then anchored in sixe foot and a halfe water about nine of the clocke before noone at which time it fell calme the eleuation of the Pole at that place 45. degrees 13. minutes The one and twentieth hauing the winde at North-west they set sayle and steered thence South by West and South vntill eleuen of the clocke and had then nine foote water and at noone they obserued the latitude and found it to bee 44. degrees 47. minutes then had they three fathoms and a halfe water being cleare off the flats It is counted from the Foure hillockes to the Sea about fiftie verstes From the said noone-tide vntill foure of the clocke they sayled South by East fiue leagues and a halfe then had they fiue fathoms and a halfe and brackish water from that till twelue at night they sayled South by East halfe a league East ten leagues then had they eleuen fathoms and the water salter From that till the two and twentieth day three of the clocke in the morning they sayled three and fiftie leagues then had they sixteene fathoms water from thence they sayled vntill noone South and by West seuen leagues and a halfe the latitude then obserued 43. degrees 15. minutes the depth then eight and twentie fathoms and shallow ground from that vntill eight of the clocke at night they sayled South by East fiue leagues and a halfe then had they three and fortie fathoms shallow ground From thence till the three and twentieth at foure of the clocke in the morning they sayled South South-west three leagues and a halfe then could they get no ground in two and fiftie fathoms deepe From thence vntill noone they sayled South nine leagues then the latitude obserued was 42. degrees 20. minutes From that till the foure and twentieth day at noone they sayled South by West seuenteene leagues and a halfe then the latitude obserued was one and fortie degrees two and thirtie minutes From noone till seuen of the clocke at night they sayled South South-west foure leagues then had they perfect sight of high Land or Hills which were almost couered with Snow and the midst of them were West from the ship being then about twelue leagues from the neerest Land they sounded but could finde no ground in two hundred fathoms From thence they sayled South-west vntill mid-night about three leagues from thence till the fiue and twentieth day foure of the clocke in the morning they sayled West three leagues being then little winde and neere the Land they tooke in their sayles and lay hulling at noone the latitude obserued was 40. degrees 54. minutes they sounded but could get no ground in two hundred fathoms At foure of the clocke in the after-noone the winde North-west they set their sayles and from thence till the sixe and twentieth day at noone they sayled East South-east foure leagues From thence they sayled till eight of the clocke at night South-west three leagues the winde then at North. From thence they sayled vntill the seuen and twentieth day two of the clocke in the morning West South-west eight leagues the winde blowing at North very much From the said two till foure of the clocke they sayled South by West one league then being day light they saw the Land plaine which was not past three leagues from them being very high ragged Land There were certaine Rockes that lay farre off into the Sea about fiue leagues from the same Land which are called Barmake Tash they sayled betweene those Rockes and the Land and about fiue of the clocke they passed by the Port Bilbill where they should haue put in but could not and bearing longst the shoare about two of the clocke after noone they came to Bildih in the Countrey of Media or Sheruan against which place they anchored in nine foot water Presently after they were at
Snowes from the Hills whence they spring By the heate in that Iourney of a moneth and sometimes two moneths the viands which they carrie are often corrupted before they come to Pequin for which cause they coole them with Ice and in all those wayes much Ice is preserued for that purpose and distributed to the passengers and so all things are carryed fresh to the Court. The Eunuches of those Ships sell emptie roomes to the Passengers for their gayne for the Chinois thinke it a glory to send that which goeth to the King in many ships not to giue them their full lading which is also profitable for that sterilitie of Pequin Merchants by these conuenient fraights making nothing to want there where nothing growes Ours hyred a roome in like manner for their ease By reason of the great heat they all fell sicke yet by Gods helpe recouered When they were to passe out of the Riuer in the Prouince of Sciantum they met with a hand-made Riuer which runnes out neere Pequin to the Tower Tiensin Another Riuer from Pequin or rather from Tartaria meetes it and runnes together with it into the Sea or into that Bay betwixt Corai and China after they haue runne together one day In this Tower there was a new Vice-roy extraordinary by reason of that inuasion of Corai from Iapon Hee prouided a huge Fleet for defence of Corai by which meanes that whole Riuer was full of Ships of warre and militarie tumult Ours went thorow the thickest of them without let and at length came to the Port or Banke rather of Pequin which banke is a dayes journey from the walls of Pequin And although by Art they haue made a huge Channell to the walls yet lest it should bee filled with multitude of Ships they suffer none but the Kings burthens to goe that way the others being carryed by Carts Beasts and Porters They came to Pequin on a festiuall day the Eeuen of the Virgins Natiuitie The chiefe Mart Townes in this way were Iamcheu in Nanquin Prouince in thirtie two degrees thirtie minutes Hoaingan in thirtie foure not all so much Sinceu in thirtie foure degrees thirtie minutes In Sciantum Prouince Zinim in thirtie fiue degrees fortie minutes Lincin in thirtie seuen degrees fortie minutes In Pequin Prouince Tiencin in thirtie nine degrees thirtie minutes Pequin in fortie large They are deceiued which eleuate it to fiftie Now from Canton which is two dayes from Amacao are of China furlongs fiue of which make a mile and fifteene a league by Riuer to Nanhiun one thousand one hundred and seuentie Thence to Nancian eleuen hundred and twentie From that to Nanquin one thousand foure hundred and fortie And thence to Pequin three thousand three hundred thirtie fiue in all seuen thousand sixtie fiue which makes of miles one thousand foure hundred and thirteene PEquin is situated in the Northerne border about one hundred miles from the wall against the Tartars Nanquin exceeds it in greatnesse composition of the Streets hugenesse of Buildings and Munitions but Pequin exceedeth it in multitude of Inhabitants and of Magistrates To the South it is compassed with two walls high and strong so broad that twelue Horses may easily runne abrest oin the breadth without hindering one the other They are made of Brickes saue that on the foot it stands all on huge stones the midle of the wall is filled with Earth the height farre xceeds those in Europe To the North is but one wall On these walls by night is kept as vigilant watch as if it were time of warre in the day Eunuches guard the gates or rather exact Tributes which is not done in other Cities The Kings Palace riseth within the inner Southerne wall neere the City gates and extends to the Northerne walls seeming to take vp the whole Citie the rest of the Citie running forth on both sides It is some-what narrower then the Palace of Nanquin but more goodly and glorious that seeming by the Kings absence as a carkasse without soule Few of the Streets are paued with Bricke or Stone so that in Winter dirt and dust in Summer are very offensiue and because it raineth there seldome the ground is all crumbled into dust and if any wind blow it enters euery Roome To preuent which they haue brought in a custome that no man of whatsoeuer ranke goeth on foot or rideth without a Veile or Bonnet hanging to his brest of that subtiltie that he may see and yet the dust not annoy him which also hath another commoditie that he may goe any whither vnseene so freed from innumerable tedious salutations and also he spares attendance and cost For to ride is not magnificent enough with the Chinois and to bee carried in their Seats is costly with Attendants especially and in that time of Warre it fitted with ours to passe vnknowne being Strangers Muletters stood at the Palace and City gates and in euery Street to let Mules themselues also attending the Hirers whether they would in the City which leading the beasts by the bridle in that frequencie made way being also skilfull of the wayes knowing most of the great mens Houses all at a reasonable rate There is a Booke also which truly relateth all the Streets Lanes Regions of the City Porters also with Seats to carrie Men and Horses are euery-where found but dearer then at Nanquin or other places All things are to bee had in abundaace but brought thither and therefore dearer Wood is scarce but supplied with Mine-coles we call them Sea-cole necessary to that Region cold beyond what the Glimate vsually exacteth their Beds are so made with Brick-workes that they by a new kind of Stones admit the heate of those Coles a thing vsuall in all those Northerne Regions These Northerne Chinois are some-what more dull but better Souldiers then the other Here they learned that this Kingdome is Cataio and the King of China the great Can and Pequin Cambalu For the nine Kingdomes of Mangi are those Southerly Prouinces which are vnder the great Riuer Iansuchian and sixe vpon it make vp the fifteene so great that some one of them is as great as all Italy Anno 1608. whiles we write it is fortie yeares since two Turkes or Moores out of Arabia brought to China a Lion a beast seldome here seene by Land which had an Office giuen by the King to them and theirs to keepe the Lion and that they should carry no Tales thence They in conference called this Kingdome great Catay and this City Camhalu the like we heard of others which had comne from Persia. The Chinois also haue heard of that name and still call the Tartars Lu and the North parts Pa and Pe to which Can the Tartarian Title added easily makes Canpalu or Cambalu with others for the Chinois seldome vse B. and Marco Polo comming in with the Tartars called it by their name And at
off and so hee could doe nothing The first of March it was faire still weather the wind West but very cold and we were forced to spare our Wood because it was so great labour for vs to fetch it so that when it was day we exercised our selues as much as we might with running going and leaping and to them that lay in their Cabins wee gaue hot stones to warme them and towards night we made a good fire which we were forced to endure The second it was cold cleere weather with a West wind the same day we tooke the height of the Sunne and found that it was eleuated aboue the Horizon 6. degrees and 48. minutes and his Declination was 7. degrees and 12. minutes which substracted from 90. degrees resteth 76. degrees for the height of the Pole The third it was faire weather with a West wind at which time our Sicke men were somewhat better and sate vpright in their Cabins to doe some thing to passe the time away but after they found that they were too ready to stirre before their times The fourth it was faire weather with a West wind the same day there came a Beare to our House whom we watcht with our Pieces as wee did before and shot at her and hit her but shee runne away at that time fiue of vs went to our Ship where we found that the Beares had made worke and had opened our Cookes cupbord that was couered ouer with snow thinking to finde some thing in it and had drawne it out of the Ship where we found it The seuenth it was still foule weather and as great a winde so that wee were shut vp in our House and they that would goe out must climbe vp through the Chimney which was a common thing with vs and still we saw more open water in the Sea and about the Land whereby wee were in doubt that the Ship in that foule weather and driuing of the Ice would bee loose for as then the Ice draue while we were shut vp in our House and wee should haue no meanes to helpe it The eight it was still foule vveather with a South-west storme and great store of Snow whereby vve could see no Ice in the North-east nor round about in the Sea whereby vve were of opinion that North-east from vs there was a great Sea The ninth it was foule vveather but not so foule as the day before and lesse snow and then vve could see further from vs and perceiue that the vvater vvas open in the North-east but not from vs towards Tartaria for there vve could still see Ice in the Tartarian Sea otherwise called the Ice Sea so that vve vvere of opinion that there it was not very wide for vvhen it was cleere vveather vve thought many times that wee saw the Land and shewed it to our companions South and South-east from our house like a hilly Land as land commonly showeth it selfe when we see it The eleuenth it was cold but faire Sun-shine vveather the vvind North-east then we tooke the height of the Sunne vvith our Astrolabium and found it to bee eleuated aboue the Horizon 10. degrees and 19. minutes his Declination was 3. degrees and 41. minutes which being added to the height aforesayd made 14. degrees which substracted from 90. degrees there resteth 76. degrees for the height of the Pole Then twelue of vs went to the place where wee vsed to goe to fetch a Sled of Wood but still vve had more paine and labour therewith because we were vveaker and when we came home vvith it and were very vvearie we prayed the Master to giue each of vs a draught of Wine which hee did vvherewith we were somewhat releeued and comforted and after that were the willinger to labour vvhich vvas vnsupportable for vs if meere extremitie had not compelled vs thereunto saying oftentimes one vnto the other That if the Wood vvere to be bought for Money we would giue all our Earnings or Wages for it The twelfth it was foule weather the Winde North-east then the Ice came mightily driuing in which the South-west Wind had beene driuen out and it was then as cold as it had bin before in the coldest time of Winter The fifteenth it was faire vveather the Wind North that day wee opened our doore to goe out but the cold rather increased then diminished and was bitterer then before it had beene The sixteenth it vvas faire cleere weather but extreame cold with a North Wind which put vs to great extreamitie for that vve had almost taken our leaues of the cold and then it began to come againe This continued till the one and twentieth The one and twentieth it vvas faire weather but still very cold the Wind North the same day the Sunne entred into Aries in the Equinoctiall Line and at noone vvee tooke the height of the Sunne and found it to be eleuated 14. degrees aboue the Horizon but for that the Sunne was in the middle Line and of the like distance from both the Tropickes there was no declination neither on the South nor North side and so the 14. degrees aforesayd being substracted from 90. degrees there rested 76. degrees for the height of the Pole The same day we made shooes of Felt or Rugge which we drew vpon our feete for vve could not goe in our shooes by reason of the great cold for the shooes on our feet vvere as hard as hornes and then vve fetcht a Sled full of Wood home to our house with sore and extreame labour and with extremitie of cold which we indured as if March meant to bid vs farewell for our hope and comfort was that the cold could not still continue in that force but that at length the strength thereof would bee broken The three and twentieth it was very foule weather with infernall bitter cold the wind North-east so that we were forced to make more fire as we had beene at other times for then it was as cold as euer it had beene and it froze very hard in the floore and vpon the walls of our house The foure and twentieth it was alike cold with great store of snow and a North wind whereby we were once againe shut vp into the house and then the Coles serued vs well which before by reason of our bad vsing of them we disliked of The sixe and twentieth it was faire cleare weather and very calme then we digd our selues out of the house again and went out and then we fetcht another Sled of Wood for the great cold had made vs burne vp all that we had The eight and twentieth it was faire weather the wind South-west whereby the Ice draue away very fast The same day sixe of vs went aboord the ship to see how it lay and found it still in one sort but we perceiued that the Beares had kept an euill fauoured house therein The second of Aprill it was faire weather the wind North-east and very
South-east and set at West due by the Compasse as I could set it the variation being two points Westerly for at a South South-west the Sunne commeth to the Meridian The twentieth I had conference with a Russe concerning their trade of Molgomsey who had beene there twice and he was the first that euer attempted it and none hath beene farther then he to the Eastwards And he told me that their course from Medenskoy Zauorot at the mouth of Pechora to the Eastward to the two Ilands called Zyelensa is two dayes and three nights distance sayling with a faire wind From thence to Breit-vinnose three dayes and three nights sailing with a faire wind which is within the Streight of Vaygats And from thence by an Iland or rather a Rocke called Socolia Lowdia leauing it on the Starboord side for feare of Rockes still keeping your course North-east vntill you come to a long Point on the Starboord side with a sand lying off into the Sea three miles some fiue or sixe dayes sayling Which when you haue gotten about you must hold your course somewhat more enclining to the South fiue or six dayes more and then you shall come to the Riuer of Ob against the mouth whereof lieth an Iland but you must keepe the Sea-boord of it by reason it is shoald betwixt it and the Mayne The Land all alongst the shoare is a fine lowe Land and the going into the Riuer is on the East side of the Iland The Riuer is reported to be a Summer dayes sayling ouer in bredth and is full of Ilands whereby they report it to be shoald Yet in my opinion so great a Riuer cannot be without a mayne channell which as yet they haue not sought for and therefore they iudge it innauigable Also they report it to bee very plentifull of Fish of diuers sorts but the people here and the Russes are vnwilling that wee should goe thither Moreouer hee told mee that from the Riuer Ob to the Eastwards the Land stretcheth East some sixe or eight dayes sayling more To the Eastward of the Riuer Ob lieth another great Riuer as large as Ob and is very deepe water and runneth from the South how farre as yet it is vnknowne Although that hee affirmed that he himselfe had sayled at the least three weekes vp the Riuer and all along as they went they met with sundry sorts of People differing in Language one from another which they call Samoyeds Yea and the People there did certifie them that vp more towards the South there are Tartars inhabiting who ride vpon Horses And hee affirmed that they found pieces of Ploughes that had beene driuen downe the Riuer by the flouds caused by the Snow melting from the Mountaines This Riuer is very high Land and deepe water on both sides Into this Riuer on the East side falleth another Riuer called Tingussey and the Inhabitants thereof are so called whereby I coniecture that it is not farre from the Citie Tangut in Cathay These Tingusses report that there is another huge Riuer that trendeth to the Southwards which the necke of a Land parteth from the Riuer of Tingussey wherein there are great ships not vnlike vnto the Russes ships that sayle in it hauing many Masts and Gunnes which when they are shot off make all the earth shake with the noyse which should seeme to be the Chinians that trade thither in the Summer and returne backe againe ere the Winter doth come The like also affirmeth another being a Russe who hath beene in the Riuer of Tingussey where the people make this report The first of March the Russes tooke their Iourney from hence from Pustozer into Russia with such commodities as they bought The twelfth the Sunnes altitude by the Quadrant was 67. degrees and 40. minutes and the declination no degrees 52. minutes which being added maketh 68. degrees and 30. minutes being the true heigth of Pustozer The thirteenth the Sun arose at East and by South a little Southerly and set at West North-west This day the Sunnes altitude by the Quadrant was 67. degrees 20. minutes and the declination 1. degree 15. minutes which added together maketh 68. degrees 35. minutes so that I conclude that Pustozer standeth in about 68. degrees 30. minutes The eight and twentieth the Sunne arose at East and by North and set at North-west and by West The eleuenth of Aprill the Inhabitants of this Towne returned from Slobodca bringing with them Rie Rieâ—meale and other prouisions The one and twentieth hauing conference with a Permack concerning what commodities were to be had at the Towne of Vst-zilma he told me that there were Losh hides Squerrils Sables white Foxes and Rosomackes Moreouer he told me that beyond the Riuer of Yenissey the Land trendeth due East and then there is a Riuer called Peaseda and beyond that another called Catonga which runneth into Cathay whose King these Permacks and Russes call Teulka tsar The Riuer lieth North and South as they of Yenissey say but they cannot tell how farre for there hath not any beene vp the Riuer by reason they are afraid of their shot And this Permack told me that on the Sea coast betwixt these two Riuers Peaseda and Catonga they found certaine stones like vnto Gold and some like Siluer being about the halfe way betwixt the two Riuers The two and twentieth we had newes brought that the Ice was broken in the Pechora all alongst by the sides The ninth of May the Sunne arose at North-east somwhat Easterly and set at North somwhat Westerly it being iust foure houres by the Houre-glasse vnder the Horizon The three and twentieth the Sun did not goe vnder the Horizon for it was a pretie height aboue the Horizon at a North North-east point of the Compasse it then being at the lowest The foure and twentieth we had newes that the Pechora brake vp vpon the twentieth day of this instant moneth The sixe and twentieth at foure of the clocke in the after-noone I departed from Pustozer to goe to Vst-zilma where I arriued the thirtieth day instant And the Riuer of Pechora lieth most part North North-east and South South-west and sometimes North and South Vst-zilma is a Village of some thirtie or fortie houses and standeth in the height of 66. degrees and 30. minutes They haue Corne growing there both Barley and Rie and their Barley is passing faire and white almost as Rice The ninth of Iune I departed from Vst-zilma backe againe to Pustozer where I arriued the eleuenth of Iune The one and twentieth seuenteene Soymas departed from hence to goe to Molgomsey some belonging to this place some to Vst-zilma and some to Mezen and Penega The two and twentieth diuers Boats went from hence to the Sea to fish for Omelyes and Bealowgaes Oyle The foure and twentieth I sent downe William Pursgloue to the Sea side to buy the Oyle which God shall send them The third of Iuly I
friends will kill three Deere to draw him in the new World and they will strangle a Slaue to tend on him The Deere they kill in this manner to serue the dead man they make a Stake sharpe which they thrust into the Beasts fundament with many howlings and cryings till they be dead The Master with the Slaue they burie the Deere they eate as well raw as boyled or roast although they vse all three If a young Child dye vnder foureteene of their yeeres which is seuen of ours they doe hang it by the necke on some Tree saying it must flie to Heauen If any Controuersie bee which cannot bee decided or the truth knowne then one of the two betwixt whom the Controuersie is must bee sworne which is in this manner they will make an Image of a Man of Snow bringing a Wolues nose deliuering a Sword to him that must sweare he rehearsing by name all his Friends desiring that they might all bee cut in peeces in that manner as hee doth cut that Image of Snow Then he himselfe doth cut the Image of Snow all to peeces with the Sword then after the Wolues nose being layd before him he desires that the Wolfe may destroy all his tame Deere and that hee may neuer more take or kill any wilde Deere after that if hee speake not the Truth so cutting the Wolues nose in peeces there is no more to bee sayd of that Controuersie The Samoit is stout and bold of Spirit not very tall but broad Brested broad Faces with hollow Eyes Their ordinary instruments for Warre are Bowes and Arrowes very dangerous they haue long Speares the heads bee made in Monganzey by another sort of Samoits and short Swords not much vnlike some that I haue seene brought from East India When they would know any thing to come they send for their Priest or Witch to conuerse with the Deuill sitting in one side of the Tent hauing before his face a peece of an old shirt of Mayle hung with Bels and peeces of Brasse in his right hand a great Tabor made with a Wolues skinne beating vpon the same with a Hares foot making a very dolefull sound with singing and calling for the Deuill to answer his demand which being ended they strangle a Deere for a Sacrifice making merrie with the Flesh. The Women be very hard of Nature for at their Child-bearing the Husband must play the Midwife and being deliuered the Child is washed with cold water or Snow and the next day the Woman able to conduct her Argish The Russes haue a yeerely Trade with the Merchants of Beghar at a place called Tumen in Tartarie whither they of Boghar come with Camels euery yeere From Tumen in Tobal in Siberia they come in foureteene dayes From Tobal they come to Beresoua in nine dayes all downe the Riuer Ob. From Beresoua partly by the Riuer Ob then ouer a necke of Land of halfe a mile ouer into the Riuer Ouse and downe the Riuer Ouse into the Riuer Pechora and so to Pustozera in three weekes At Pustozera the English haue Wintered three yeeres CHAP. XIII Diuers Voyages to Cherie Iland in the yeeres 1604. 1605. 1606. 1608. 1609. Written by IONAS POOLE WEe set sayle from London the fifteenth of Aprill 1604. in a Ship called the God Speed of sixtie Tunnes with thirteene Men and a Boy our Merchant was one Master Thomas Welden our Master was one Steuen Bonnit of Saint Catherins We arriued at Cola in Lapland the first of May where wee tarried till the last of the same Moneth at which time wee set sayle from Cola and went to an Harbour called Pechingo which lyeth betweene Cola and Ward-house In which Harbour of Pechingo we continued vntill the thirtieth of Iune At which time wee set sayle from thence and through contrarie windes and foule weather were put into Ward-house where we tooke in fresh water and stayed vntill the sixth of Iuly The same day the wind came Southerly and we steered away Northwest and by North about 56. leagues wee obserued the Sunne at twelue of the clocke at Noone and found our selues to be in 73. degrees 5. minutes of Northerly Latitude The seuenth of Iuly it was all day calme and wee sounded but had no ground in two hundred and fiftie fathoms The eight day we had little winde which was at South-east and foggie weather and at eight of the clocke at Night wee saw great flockes of Sea-fowles which we call Willockes some of these Fowles had each of them a small Fish in their bills and flew toward the North-west and by North. The other without Fish some of them flew contrarie to the former and some sate in the Sea very neere our Ship About twelue of the clocke at night we sounded and had ground at one hundred and twentie fathomes We steered away North-west and by North till foure of the clocke the eight day in the morning then it fell calme and as the ship lay still our Master spied a Morsse which came to our ship and swamme round about it While we were all gazing at this Monster I spied the Iland ten leagues off bearing North North-west halfe a point Westerly which shewed very high Land and much Snow vpon it The wind came to the North-east The ninth day wee came to an Anchor on the South South-east side in fiue and twentie fathomes streamie ground We â—oysed out our Boate and Master Welden went toward the Land but thinking to haue landed he could not because there went a great Sea and great store of Ice all along the shoares side Within one houre the Boate came aboard and they â—aid there were so many Fowles that they couered the Rockes and flew in such great flockes that they shewed like a Cloud While thus they were talking close by the Boate rose vpâ—n huge Morsse putting his head aboue the water looking earnestly at the Boate and made such an horrible noyse and roaring that they in the Boate thought he would haue sunke it The same day at eight of the clocke at night we weighed and stood away South-west and by South about foure miles where wee doubled the Southermost point of the Iland and found the Land to trend North North-west and all along the shoare some scattering Ice We sayled along the shoare finding seuenteene eighteene and sometimes twentie fathomes streamie ground with white shels We held this course till wee saw all the Northermost part of the Iland and being within three miles of it and about thirteene miles from the Point wee came round about it And some two miles from the Land we anchored in sixteene fathomes streamie ground We had not ridden one houre to an end but a great piece of Ice came directly with the tyde vpon vs and before wee could weigh it strooke the ship with such force that it hilded on the one side Assoone as it was past we went on shoare where wee found
but fish thereon wherefore presently weighing Anchor we sayled West to see if we could haue any true obseruation the next day which wee had and found our selues to bee in 74. degrees 30. minutes The same day directing our course for London where we arriued the tenth of September by Gods helpe in health and safetie CHAP. XIIII Diuers Voyages and Northerne Discoueries of that worthy irrecouerable Discouerer Master HENRY HVDSON His Discouerie toward the North Pole set forth at the charge of certaine Worshipfull Merchants of London in May 1607. Written partly by IOHN PLAYSE one of the Company and partly by H. HVDSON ANno 1607. Aprill the nineteenth at Saint Ethelburge in Bishops Gate street did communicate with the rest of the Parishioners these persons Seamen purposing to goe to sea foure dayes after for to discouer a Passage by the North Pole to Iapan and China First Henry Hudson Master Secondly William Colines his Mate Thirdly Iames Young Fourthly Iohn Colman Fiftly Iohn Cooke Sixtly Iames Benbery Seuenthly Iames Skrutton Eightly Iohn Pleyce Ninthly Thomas Baxter Tenthly Richard Day Eleuenthly Iames Knight Twelfthly Iohn Hudson a Boy The first of May 1607. we weyed Anchor at Grauesâ—nd and on Tuesday the sixe and twentieth day in the morning we made the Iles of Shotland and at noone we were in 60. degrees 12. minutes and sixe leagues to the Eastward of them the Compasse had no variation We had sixtie foure fathomes at our sounding blacke ozie sandie with some yellow shels Our ship made more way then we did suppose On Saturday the thirtieth of May by our obseruation we were in 61. degrees 11. minutes This day I found the Needle to incline 79. degrees vnder the Horizon For foure dayes space we made very little way by contrary winds On Thursday the fourth of Iune we were by our obseruation still in 61. degrees and 14. minutes eight and twentie or thirtie leagues from the Norther part of Shotland the Land bearing by our Accompt East and by North off vs I found variation in fiue degrees Westerly The seuenth of Iune wee were in 63. degrees 25. minutes The eighth all the fore-noone we had a fresh gale Southerly we steered away North and by West and by obseruation we were in 65. degrees 27. minutes The eleuenth wee saw sixe or seuen Whales neere our shippe wee were in sixtie seuen degrees thirtie minutes About fiue of the clocke the winde came vp at North-east and by East wee steered away North North-west with a fresh gale all the night at East The twelfth the winde was at East North-east a stiffe gale wee steered away as afore and accounted wee had runne by this day noone thirtie leagues In the after-noone wee steered away North and by West fifteene leagues all the night prooued a great fogge with much wind The thirteenth betweene one and two in the morning we saw some Land on head of vs and some Ice and it being a thicke fogge we steered away Northerly and hauing much wind wee stood away South and by East sixe or eight leagues Our sayle and shroudes did freeze At eight in the morning it cleered vp the wind being at North-east and by East with much wind wee were hardly able to maintayne a sayle This was a very high Land most part couered with Snow The neather part was vncouered At the top it looked reddish and vnderneath a blackish Clay with much Ice lying about it The part which we saw when wee cast about trended East and West And the Norther part which we saw trended North-east and by North and North-east and the length which wee saw was nine leagues wee saw much Fowle Also wee saw a Whale close by the shoare We called the Head-land which we saw Youngs Cape and neere it standeth a very high Mount like a round Castle which wee called the Mount of Gods Mercie All the after-noone and all the Eeuening it rained At eight in the Eeuening we cast about and steered all night North and by West and sometimes North North-west The fourteenth being neere the Land we had Snow At foure in the morning the wind vering Northerly we cast about and stood South-east and by South This day wee had much wind and raine we shorted sayle being neere the Land The fifteenth in the morning it blowed so much wind at North-east that wee were not able to maintayne any sayle wee then strooke a hull and let our ship driue wayting for a fitâ—er wind this night was very much raine The sixteenth was much wind at North-east The seuenteenth we set sayle at noone we steered away East and by South and East South-east The eighteenth in the afternoone a fine gale South-east which toward the Eeuening increased and we steered North-east three Watches twelue leagues The nineteenth we steered away North North-east sixteene leagues At noone wee had raine with fogge From twelue to foure we steered North North-east eight leagues and did account our selues in seuentie degrees neerest hand purposing to see whether the Land which we made the thirteenth day were an Iland or part of Groneland But then the fogge increased very thicke with much wind at South which made vs alter our course and to shorten our sayle and we steered away North-east Being then as we supposed in the Meridian of the same land hauing no obseruation since the eleuenth day and lying a hull from the fifteenth to the seuenteenth day wee perceiued a current setting to the South-west This day wee saw three Whales neere our ship and hauing steered away North-east almost one watch fiue leagues the Sea was growne euery way we supposed wee were thwart of the North-east part of that Land which we made the thirteenth day and the current setting to wind-ward The reason that mooued vs to thinke so was that after we had sayled fiue or sixe leagues in this Sea the wind neither increasing nor dulling we had a pleasant and smooth Sea All this night was foggie with a good gale of wind we steered away North-east vntill the next day at noone and sayled in that course twentie leagues The twentieth all the morning was a thicke fogge with the winde at South wee steered North-east till noone Then we changed our course and steered away North North-east hoping for an open Sea in our course to fall with the bodie of Newland This day at two in the afternoone it cleered vp and wee saw the Sunne which wee had not seene since the second of this moneth Hauing steered North North-east two watches and an halfe fifteene or sixteene leagues wee saw Land on our Larboord about foure leagues off vs trending as wee could ghesse North-east and South-west We steered away East North-east the wind at South a good gale but reasonable cleere wee saw many Birds with blacke backes and white bellies in forme much like a Ducke we saw also many pieces of Ice driuing at the Sea We loofed for one and went roomer for another And
this morning about foure a thicke fogge we saw a head of vs. The one and twentieth in the morning we steered North-east and East North-east two watches fiue or sixe leagues Then it grew thicke fogge And we cast about and steered North-east and East North-east two watches sixe leagues finding wee were embayed The wind came at East South-east a little gale we tacked about and lay South All this night was a thicke fog with little wind East we lay with the stemme The two and twentieth in the morning it cleered vp being calme about two or three of the clocke after we had a prettie gale and we steered away East and by North three leagues Our obseruation was in 72. degrees 38. minutes and changing our course we steered North-east the wind at South-east a prettie gale This morning when it cleered vp we saw the Land trending neere hand East North-east and West South-west esteeming our selues from it twelue leagues It was a mayne high Land nothing at all couered with snow and the North part of that mayne high Land was very high Mountaynes but we could see no snow on them We accounted by our obseruation the part of the mayne Land lay neerest hand in 73. degrees The many fogs and calmes with contrary winds and much Ice neere the shoare held vs from farther Discouery of it It may bee objected against vs as a fault for haling so Westerly a course The chiefe cause that moued vs thereunto was our desire to see that part of Groneland which for ought that we know was to any Christian vnknowne and wee thought it might as well haue beene open Sea as Land and by that meanes our passage should haue beene the larger to the Pole and the hope of hauing a Westerly wind which would be to vs a landerly wind if wee found Land And considering wee found Land contrarie to that which our Cards make mention of we accounted our labour so much the more worth And for ought that wee could see it is like to bee a good Land and worth the seeing On the one and twentieth day in the morning while we steered our course North North-east we thought we had embayed our selues finding Land on our Larboord and Ice vpon it and many great pieces of Drift Ice we steered away North-east with diligent looking out euery cleere for Land hauing a desire to know whether it would leaue vs to the East both to know the bredth of the Sea and also to shape a more Northerly course And considering wee knew no name giuen to this Land wee thought good to name it Hold with hope lying in 73. degrees of latitude The Sunne was on the Meridian on the South part of the Compasse neerest hand Heere is to bee noted that when we made The Mount of Gods Mercie and Youngs Cape the Land was couered with snow for the most part and extreame cold when wee approached neere it But this Land was very temperate to our feeling And this likewise is to be noted that being two dayes without obseruation notwithstanding our lying a hull by reason of much contrary wind yet our obseruation and dead reckoning were within eight leagues together our shippe beeing before vs eight leagues This night vntill next morning prooued little Winde The three and twentieth in the morning we had an hard gale on head of vs with much rayne that fell in very great drops much like our Thunder showers in England wee tacked about and stood East-Northerly with a short sayle to our feeling it was not so cold as before we had it It was calme from noone to three of the clocke with fogge After the winde came vp at East and East South-east we steered away North-east with the fogge and rayne About seuen or eight of the clocke the winde increased with extreame fogge wee steered away with short sayle East North-east and sometimes East and by North. About twelue at mid-night the wind came vp at South-west we steered away North being reasonable cleere weather The foure and twentieth in the morning about two of the clocke the Masters mate thought he saw Land on the Larboord trending North North-west Westerly and the longer we ranne North the more it fell away to the West and did thinke it to bee a mayne high Land This day the wind being Westerly we steered away North and by obseruation wee were in 73. degrees nearest hand At noone we changed our course and steered away North and by East and at our last obseruation and also at this we found the Meridian all Leeward on the South and by West Westerly part of the Compasse when we had sayled two Watches eight leagues The fiue and twentieth the wind scanted and came vp at North North-west we lay North-east two Watches 8. leagues After the wind became variable betweene the North-east and the North we steered away East and by North and sometimes East we had thicke fogge About noone three Granpasses played about our shippe This After-noone the wind vered to the East and South-east we haled away North and by East This night was close weather but small fogge we vse the word Night for distinction of time but long before this the Sunne was alway aboue the Horizon but as yet we could neuer see him vpon the Meridian North. This Night being by our accompt in the Latitude of 75. degrees we saw small flockes of Birds with blacke Backes and white Bellies and long speare Tayles We supposed that Land was not farre off but we could not discrie any with all the diligence which we could vse being so close weather that many times we could not see sixe or seuen leagues off The sixe and twentieth in the morning was close weather we had our wind and held our course as afore This day our obseruation was 76. degrees 38. minutes and we had Birds of the same sort as afore and diuers other of that colour hauing red Heads that we saw when we first made the Mount of Gods Mercy in Greenland but not so many After we steered away North and by East two VVatches 10. leagues with purpose to fall with the Souther part of Newland accounting our selues 10. or 12. leagues from the Land Then wee stood away North-east one VVatch fiue leagues The seuen and twentieth about one or two of the clocke in the morning we made Newland being cleere weather on the Sea but the Land was couered with fogge the Ice lying very thick all along the shoare for 15. or 16. leagues which we saw Hauing faire wind wee coasted it in a very pleasing smooth sea and had no ground at an hundred fathoms foure leagues from the shoare This day at noone wee accounted we were in 78. degrees and we stood along the shoare This day was so foggie that we were hardly able to see the Land many times but by our account we were neare Vogel Hooke About eight of the clocke this Eeuening we purposed to
shape our course from thence North-west Heere is to bee noted that although we ranne along neere the shoare we found no great cold which made vs thinke that if we had beene on shoare the place is temperate Holding this North-west course about ten of the clocke at night we saw great store of Ice on head off vs bearing Wester off vs which we could not goe cleere off with the foresayd course Then we tact about and stood away betweene the South and the South-east as much desirous to leaue this Land as we were to see it The eight and twentieth was a hard gale of wind all the fore-noone betweene the South and the South-west We shaped our course we did it to bee farther from the Ice and Land It pleased God that about twelue of the clocke this night it cleered vp and we found that we were betweene the Land and the Ice Vogel Hooke then bearing nearest hand East off vs. Then we tacked about and stood in for the shoare hauing Sea-roome between the Ice and the Land The nine and twentieth at foure in the morning the wind at North-east a pretie gale we thought best to shorten our way so we tacked about and stood North North-west the wind a little increasing About twelue at noone we saw Ice a head off vs we cast about again and stood away East South-east with very much wind so that we shortned our sayles for the space of two Watches Then about eight this Eeuening we strucke a Hull and it proued the hardest storme that we had in this Voyage The thirtieth in the morning was stormie about noone it ceased at seuen in the Eeuening it proued almost calme The first of Iuly all the fore-noone the wind was at South-east we stood North-east for the shoare hoping to finde an open Sea betweene the shoare and the Ice About noone wee were embayed with Ice lying betweene the Land and vs. By our obseruation we were in 78. degrees 42. minutes whereby we accounted we were thwart of The great Indraught And to free our selues of the Ice we steered betweene the South-east and South and to the Westward as we could haue sea And about six this Eeuening it pleased God to giue vs cleere weather and we found we were shot farre into the Inlet being almost a Bay and enuironed with very high Mountaynes with low Land lying betweene them wee had no ground in this Bay at an hundred fathoms Then being sure where we were we steered away West the wind at South-east and calme and found all our Ice on the Norther shoare and a cleare Sea to the Southward The second it pleased God to giue vs the wind at North-east a faire gale with cleere weather the Ice being to the Northward off vs and the weather shoare and an open Sea to the South-wards vnder our Lee. We held on our course North-west till twelue of the clocke hauing sayled in that course 10. leagues and finding the Ice to fall from vs to the we gaue thankes to God who maruellously preserued vs from so many dangers amongst so huge a quantitie of Ice and Fogge. We steered away North-west hoping to be free from Ice we had obseruation 78. degrees 56. minutes we fell with Ice againe and trended it as it lay betweene the West and South South-east The third we had obseruation 78. degrees 33. minutes This day wee had our shrouds frozen it was searching cold we also trended the Ice not knowing whether we were cleare or not the wind being at North. The fourth was very cold and our shroudes and sayles frozen we found we were farre in the Inlet The wind being at North we beare vp and stood South South-east and South and South-west by West till ten this night The fift was very much wind at North Easterly at twelue we strooke a Hull hauing brought our selues neare the mouth of the Inlet The sixth in the morning the wind was as before and the Sea growne This morning we came into a very Greene Sea we had our obseruation 77. degrees 30. minutes This after-noone the wind and Sea asswaged About foure of the clocke we set sayle and steered North-west and by West the wind being at North North-east This day proued the clearest day we had long before The seuenth at foure in the morning was very cleare weather and the fairest Morning that we saw in three weekes before we steered as afore being by our account in 78. degrees nearest hand and out of the Sacke We found we were compassed in with Land and Ice and were againe entred into a Blacke Sea which by proofe we found to be an open passage Now hauing the wind at North North-east we steered away South by East with purpose to fall with the Southermost part of this Land which we saw hoping by this meane either to defray the charge of the Voyage or else if it pleased God in time to giue vs a faire wind to the North-east to satisfie expectation All this day and night afterward proued calme The eight all the fore-noone proued calme and very thicke fogge This morning we saw many peeces of Drift-wood driue by vs we heaued out our Boate to stop a leake and mended our riggings This day wee saw many Seales and two Fishes which we iudged to bee Sea-horses or Morses At twelue this night we had the winde at East and by South wee stood away North-east The ninth all the fore-noone was little wind at South-east with thicke fogge This day we were in amongst Ilands of Ice where we saw many Seales The tenth in the morning was foggie afterward it proued cleere we found we were compassed with Ice euery way about vs wee tacked about and stood South and by West and South South-west one Watch fiue leagues hoping to get more Sea-roome and to stand for the North-east we had the wind at North-west The eleuenth very cleere weather with the winde at South South-east we were come out of the Blue Sea into our Greene Sea againe where we saw Whales Now hauing a fresh gale of wind at South South-east it behooued mee to change my course and to sayle to the North-east by the Souther end of Newland But being come into a Greene Sea praying God to direct mee I steered away North ten leagues After that we saw Ice on our Larboord we steered away East and by North three leagues and left the Ice behind vs. Then we steered away North till noone This day wee had the Sunne on the Meridian South and by West Westerly his greatest height was 37. degrees 20. minutes By this obseruation we were in 79. degrees 17. minutes we had a fresh gale of wind and a smooth sea by meanes whereof our ship had out-runne vs. At ten this Eeuening cleere weather and then we had the company of our troublesome neighbours Ice with fogge The wind was at South South-west Heere we saw plentie of Seales
Bay we wanted also halfe a dozen long Oares to rowe in our ship At noone the day cleered vp and we saw by the skie Ice bearing off vs from West South-west to the North and North North-east Then we had a good gale at West we steered away South till foure 7. leagues From foure to six South 4. leagues and found by the Icy skie and our neerenesse to Groneland that there is no passage that way which if there had beene I meant to haue made my returne by the North of Groneland to Dauis his Streights and so for England Here finding we had the benefit of a Westerly wind which all this Voyage we had found scant we altered our course and steered to the Eastward and ran South-east foure leagues From eight this Eeuening till noone the next day East South-east 30. leagues All this day and night proued very cold by meanes as I suppose of the winds comming off so much Ice The eight and twentieth very cold the wind at West not very foggie At noone this day we steered away South-east and by East and by obseruation we were 76. degrees 36. minutes From noone to eight 10. leagues Then the wind scanted to South-east and by South we steered away East and by North 18. leagues till the next day noone The nine and twentieth all the fore-noone a thicke fog and wet the wind at South-east and by East neerest hand and raw cold From noone to foure wee sayled three leagues East and by North halfe a point Northerly Then the wind vered more large we steered East and by South 8. leagues till twelue at night At this timet to windward we heard the rutte of Land which I knew to be so by the colour of the Sea It was extreme thicke fog so that we could hardly see a Cables length from our ship We had ground 25. fathoms small blacke peble stones Wee sounded againe and had ground at 30. fathomes small stones like Beanes at the next cast no ground at 60. fathomes I cast about againe and steered South-west 6. leagues West and by North two leagues till the next day noone All this day and night extreme thicke fog The thirtieth all the fore-noone very thicke fog At noone almost calme after we had little wind and steered North North-west till two then it cleered vp so that we could see from vs 2. leagues with the wind at North-west Then we steered East South-east after it cleered At South in the Eeuening we saw an Iland bearing off vs North-west from vs 5. leagues and we saw land bearing off vs from vs 7. leagues We had land likewise bearing off vs from East South-east to South-east and by East as wee iudged 10. leagues Then hauing the winde at West North-west we steered South and by East It presently proued calme till ten this Eeuening then wee had a little gale at South-west and by West wee steered away South South-east till twelue this night and accounted ourselues in 76. from Land 10. leagues which was the likeliest Land that wee had seene on all the parts of Newland being playne riggie Land of a meane height and not ragged as all the rest was that we had seene this Voyage nor couered with snow At twelue this night we saw two Morses in the Sea neere vs swimming to Land From twelue at night to foure calme The one and thirtieth at foure this morning we had the wind at South-east we steered South South-west Then it proued calme and so continued all the fore-noone The after-noone wee had the wind at East South-east we steered South 8. leagues Then being like to proue much wind contrarie to our purpose and finding our fog more thicke and troublesome then before diuers things necessarie wanting and our time well nigh spent to doe further good this yeere I commanded to beare vp for our returne for England and steered away South South-west And this night proued a hard gale of wind at South-east and by East Wee were thwart of Cheries Iland the next morning at foure of the clocke being to windward off vs 5. leagues knowing we were neere it we looked out carefully for the same and it prouing cleere we saw it being a very ragged Land on the Wester side rising like Hey-cockes The first of August a very hard gale of wind at East South-east we shorted sayle and steered away South South-west This night was very foggie with a hard gale of wind at East and by South we steered by our account 27. leagues and from eight this Eeuening till the next morning foure 10. leagues as afore All this night was very foggie wet and raw cold The second in the morning calme with a thicke fog cold and slabbie weather About noone we had a little gale West and by North wee steered away as afore The third in the morning calme and cleere weather with a little gale East and by South we sayled South South-west then wee had the wind at South-east wee sayled as afore All this day and night proued close weather a little fogge at noone which continued not long At twelue this night the wind vered to the East and by North wee held our course South South-west as afore The fifteenth of August we put into the Iles of Farre standing in 52. degrees and the fifteenth of September I arriued in Tilberie Hope in the Thames CHAP. XV. A second Voyage or Employment of Master HENRY HVDSON for finding a passage to the East Indies by the North-east written by himselfe THeir names employed in this action are as followeth Henry Hudson Master and Pilot Robert Iuet the Master his Mate Ludlowe Arnall Iohn Cooke Boat-sonne Philip Stacie Carpenter Iohn Barns Iohn Braunch Cooke Iohn Adrey Iames Strutton Michael Feirce Thomas Hilles Richard Tomson Robert Raynar Iohn Hudson and Humfrey Gilby The courses obserued in this Iournall were by a Compasse that the Needle and the North of the Flye were directly one on the other Anno 1608. the two and twentieth of Aprill being Friday we set sayle at Saint Katherines and fell downe to Blacke wall The twentieth of May at noone by obseruation we were in 64. degrees 52. minutes and at this time and place the Needle declined vnder the Horizon by the Inclinatory 81. degrees and wee had a smooth Sea by meanes whereof my obseruation was good The one and twentieth at night thicke fog wee sayled North North-east with the wind at East The two and twentieth in the fore-noone the winde at South-east wee steered North North-east as afore in the after-noone little wind and thicke fog we accounted vs in 67. degrees the Sea smooth the Needle declined 82. degrees this night was calme and cleere The three and twentieth in the morning the wind was Easterly we stood North North-East and North and by East All the fore-noone was foggie in the after-noone it cleered and the wind shortned vpon vs we made our way good North all night The foure and twentieth the
wind at East North-east and East and by North we lay as neere as wee could with a full sayle wee accounted Lowfoot from vs East Northerly 16. leagues distant from vs at foure a clocke this after-noone wee stood all night as afore The fiue and twentieth the wind at East North-east we stood away North as we could lie all this day was cleere weather and searching cold which cold begunne the one and twentieth day and then my Carpenter was taken sicke and so doth yet continue and three or foure more of our companie were enclining to sicknesse I suppose by meanes of the cold All the night it was calme The sixe and twentieth cold but cleere weather the wind betweene East and East North-east we stood North-easterly till twelue a clocke at night then wee had the wind at North-east North North-east we stood South-east and East till noone the next day The seuen and twentieth cold and drie weather at noone we had the wind North and North North-west Wee stood away North-east and East North-east as we could and accounted our selues in 69. degrees 40. minutes and the Needle enclined hauing a smooth Sea neerest 84. degrees All night we had wind and weather as afore The eight and twentieth drie cold cleere weather the wind betweene North North-west and North we made our way good East North-east wee saw the Sunne on the North Meridian aboue the Horizon 5. degrees 35. minutes All this night we had much wind as afore The nine and twentieth a hard gale at North North-west by account we ranne from mid-night to noone 21. leagues East North-east Wee had the Sunne on the Meridian 5. degrees the latitude 73. degrees 13. minutes whereby wee found our ship to haue out-runne vs. At mid-night the wind came to South-east we cast about and stood East North-east This day partly cleere weather with some snow The thirtieth cold cleere weather the wind betweene North-east and East and by North we went East South-east and obseruing were in 73. degrees 50. minutes The one and thirtieth cold and cleere weather from the last day till this day noone we stood South-east and by South in the latitude of 72. degrees 45. minutes The first of Iune a hard gale at East North-East with snow we made our way good South South-east The second a hard gale of wind at North-east towards night calme with fogge our course was South-east all day The third in the morning we had a sight of the North Cape and at a West and by North Sunne the Cape bore off vs South-west halfe a point Southerly being from vs 8. leagues and obseruing the variation I found it to the Westward 11. degrees and hauing a smooth Sea the Needle enclined vnder the Horizon 84. degrees and a halfe the neerest I could finde We had the wind at South-west and wee stood away North-east and by East It was cleere weather and we saw Norway Fisher-men at Sea The fourth warme cleere sun-shine we stood away North-east and by East Now by Gods helpe our Carpenter recouered and made a Mast for our ship-boat and the companie made a Sayle we had the Sunne in the sight on the North Meridian his height was 5. degrees 40. minutes Inclination 23. degrees 21. minutes Poles height 72. degrees 21. minutes The fift in the morning calme weather wee sounded and had 140. fathoms sand Oze here wee saw a swelling Sea setting North-east and by East and South-west and by West with streame-leches and we saw drift wood After we had wind and we sayled and made our way North North-east towards night we sounded and found ground at 150. fathoms sand Oze This day cleere weather and not cold The sixt wee had cleere weather the wind being at East North-East from the last day till this day noone we shaped our way on diuers courses North and by West in the latitude of 73. degrees 24. minutes We found that our ship had out-runne vs sounding in 160. fathoms in the after-noone little wind The seuenth in the morning the wind at South after at South South-east from the last day till this day noone wee accounted our way from diuers courses North-east 15. leagues This day was close but cleere weather and we had a good gale of wind at this time And three dayes before this our Cooke and one more of our companie were very sicke In the morning we had ground at 150. fathoms and at night we had no ground at 180. fathoms which encreased hope This night we had some snow which continued foure houres then the wind came at North-east and by East with storme and with short sayle we stood North and by West here the Needle enclined 86. degrees I accounted that we were in 74. degrees and a halfe at neerest hand This night we saw the Sunne on the North Meridian his height was 7. degrees 40. minutes which maketh the Poles height 74. degrees 23. minuâ—es The eight from twelue a clocke last night till noone we accounted our way on diuers courses North and by East then our latitude was 74. degrees 38. minutes and we had no ground at 200. fathoms In the after-noone the wind came at South South-east and South-east and by East This day and night wee had cleere weather and we were here come into a blacke blue Sea The ninth cleere weather the wind came at South-east and by East from the last day till this day noone wee had a good way North-east in latitude of 75. degrees 29. minutes then wee entred into Ice being the first we saw in this Voyage our hope was to goe through it we stood into it and held our course betweene North-east and East North-east loosing for one and bearing roome for another till foure in the after-noone at which time we were so farre in and the Ice so thicke and firme ahead being in it foure or fiue leagues that wee had endangered vs somewhat too farre wee returned as wee went in and with a few rubbes of our ship against the Ice by eight a clocke this Eeuening wee got free of it Wee made our way till next day at noone South-west and by South 18 leagues in the middest of this way wee had no ground at 180. fathoms The tenth in the morning hasey weather but at noone it cleered vp and then we cast about and stood away North and by East the wind being at East South-east two watches fiue leagues then we had the wind at East we cast about and stood South South-east and made a South way sixe leagues The eleuenth in the morning a hard storme at East and East and by South we strooke a hull The twelfth in the morning fog and all day after cleere weather the wind at South South-west we steered East and by North at noone being in the latitude 75. degrees 30. minutes From noone till foure a clocke fiue leagues East and by North then we saw Ice ahead of vs and vnder
our Lee trending from the North-west to the North and East of vs We had sounding 100. fathom greenish Oze Here we saw diuers pieces of drift wood by vs driuing and streame Leeches lying South South-west and North North-east We many times saw the like since we saw the North Cape The thirteenth cleere weather the wind at East we made a South way 6. leagues two watches then we cast about and made a North way one watch 3. leagues 1 â— At twelue at night much wind with fog we strooke a hull and layed our ships head to the Southward The fourteenth in the fore-noone fog and our shroudes were frozen the after-noone was cleere Sun-shine and so was all the night The fifteenth all day and night cleere sun-shine the wind at East the latitude at noone 75. degrees 7. minutes We held Westward by our account 13. leagues In the after-noone the Sea was asswaged and the wind being at East we set sayle and stood South and by East and South South-east as we could This morning one of our companie looking ouer boord saw a Mermaid and calling vp some of the companie to see her one more came vp and by that time shee was come close to the ships side looking earnestly on the men a little after a Sea came and ouerturned her from the Nauill vpward her backe and breasts were like a womans as they say that saw her her body as big as one of vs her skin very white and long haire hanging downe behind of colour blacke in her going downe they saw her tayle which was like the tayle of a Porposâ—e and speckled like a Macrell Their names that saw her were Thomas Hilles and Robert Rayner The sixteenth cleere weather the wind being at East From the last day till this day noone we made our way South and by East 9. leagues and from noon to eight a clocke in the Eeuening 6. leagues then we cast about and stood to the Northwards The seuenteenth cleere weather the wind at South-east and by East from the last day till this day noone our way was North-east and by East at noone being in the latitude of 74. degrees 40. minutes At after-noone we sounded and had ground at 86. fathom greene Oze and our water whitish greene Here we saw Whales Porpoises and the Sea full of Fowles from noone to mid-night North-east and by East we had the Sunne at lowest on the North and by East Easterly part of the Compasse latitude 74. degrees 54. minutes Sounding we had 92. fathoms water Oze as before The eighteenth faire weather the wind at South-east and by East from mid-night till this day noone wee sayled North-east and by East in the Latitude of 75. degrees 24. minutes and had ground at ninetie fiue fathome Oze as afore Heere we had Ice in our sight to the Northward off vs. In the after-noone hauing little wind at North-east we cast about and lay East South-east and at sixe a clocke had ground at ninetie fiue fathoms and a halfe Oze as afore From noone to twelue a clocke at night our way was South-east and South-east and by East and had the Sunne on the Meridian North and by East halfe a point Eastward The Sunnes height was eight degrees 40. minutes Sounding ninetie fathom All this day we had Ice on our Larboord trending and at this time from the North-west off vs to the East South-east I haue some reason to thinke there is a Tide or Current setting to the Northwards the course wee held and the way we made betweene this noone and mid-night Obseruations doe make mee suspect it the more The nineteenth faire and warme weather the sea smooth Here the Needle inclined vnder the Horizon 89. degrees and a halfe being in the Latitude at noone of 75. degrees 22. minutes Sounding wee had ground in an hundred fathom From twelue a clocke last night till this day at noone we accounted our way from East and by North to South-east ten leagues hauing Ice alwayes in our sight trending on our Larboord wee had the winde betweene North and North North-west We saw the Sunne at the lowest on the North and by East halfe a point Easterly his height was 8. degrees 10. minutes which maketh the Poles height 74. degrees 56. minutes Sounding we had ground in one hundred and twentie sixe fathom From noone to this time wee accounted our way East and by South and East South-east twelue leagues The twentieth faire warme weather this morning at foure of the clocke wee had depth one hundred and twentie fiue fathom Heere we heard Beares roare on the Ice and we saw vpon the Ice and neare vnto it an incredible number of Seales We had sounding one hundred and fifteen fathom and after ground at ninetie fiue fathom sandie Oze We had the Sun on the Meridian North and by East halfe a point Easterly his height was 7. degrees 20. minutes From twelue a clocke last night to twelue a clocke this night our way was made good by our account South-east and by South twelue leagues and South-east three leagues and a halfe the Ice alwayes being on our Larboord The wind this day betweene North and North-west The one and twentieth at foure a clocke in the morning wee sounded and had one hundred and twentie fathome greene Oze and the Ice bore off vs East the winde variable in diuers courses wee made our way good South South-east our Latitude at noone being 74. degrees 9. minutes we were haled to the Northward beyond expectation All this day faire cleere and warme weather and Ice on our Larboord at a North and by East Sunne being then at lowest his height was 7. degrees 40. minutes which made the Poles height 74. degrees 33. minutes From the last day at noone till twelue a clocke this night by account of our ships way wee made our way good East North-east sixe leagues and a halfe whereby it doth appeare how we were haled to the Northward Heere wee had ground at one hundred and thirteene fathome greene sandie Oze The two and twentieth faire cleare weather the winde at West North-west At eight a clocke in the Morning we had ground at one hundred and fifteene fathom greene Oze From mid-night to noone our course was North-east and by East being in the Letitude of 74. degrees 35. minutes and we found that our ships way and our obseruation were not but there was carefull heed taken of both Heere we had Ice a head off vs trending to the South-east and all day before Ice on our Larboord Here we stood South-east fiue leagues then the Ice trended South and by West sixe leagues we sayled by it and doubled it by eight a clocke in the Eeuening and then it bore East off vs. Heere hauing a smooth sea the Needle inclined 85. degrees from eight a clocke to twelue North and by East Easterly Then we had the Sunne on the Meridian North and by East ½ a
rought for they had beene vp the Riuer sixe or seuen leagues and sounded it from twentie to three and twentie and after brought it to eight sixe and one fathome and then to foure foot in the best they then went ashoare and found good store of wilde Goose quills a piece of an old Oare and some Flowers and greene things which they found growing they saw many Deere and so did we in our after-dayes sayling They being come aboord we presently set sayle with the wind at North North-west and we stood out againe to the South-westwards with sorrow that our labour was in vaine for had this Sound held as it did make shew of for breadth depth safenesse of harbour and good anchor ground it might haue yeelded an excellent passage to a more Easterly Sea Generally all the Land of Noua Zembla that yet wee haue seene is to a mans eye a pleasant Land much mayne high Land with no Snow on it looking in some places greene and Deere feeding thereon and the Hills are partly couered with Snow and partly bare It is no maruell that there is so much Ice in the Sea toward the Pole so many Sounds and Riuers being in the Lands of Noua Zembla and Newland to ingender it besides the coasts of Pechora Russia and Groenland with Lappia as by proofes I finde by my trauell in these parts by meanes of which Ice I suppose there will be no nauigable passage this way This Eeuening wee had the wind at West and by South wee therefore came to anchor vnder Deere Point and it was a storme at Sea wee rode in twentie fathomes Ozie ground I sent my Mate Ladlow with foure more ashoare to see whether any Morses were on the shoare and to kill some Fowle for we had seene no Morses since Saturday the second day of this moneth that wee saw them driuing out of the Ice They found good landing for them but no signe that they had beene there but they found that fire had beene made there yet not lately At ten of the clocke in the Eeuening they came aboord and brought with them neere an hundred Fowles called Wellocks this night it was wet fogge and very thicke and cold the winde at West South-west The sixt in the morning wee had the wind stormie and shifting betweene the West and South-west against vs for doing any good we rode still and had much Ice driuing by vs to the Eastward of vs. At nine of the clocke this Eeuening wee had the wind at North North-west we presently weighed and set sayle and stood to the Westward being out of hope to find passage by the North-east And my purpose was now to see whether Willoughbies Land were as it is layd in our Cardes which if it were wee might finde Morses on it for with the Ice they were all driuen from hence This place vpon Noua Zembla is another then that which the Hollanders call Costing Sarch discouered by Oliuer Brownell and William Barentsons obseruation doth witnesse the same It it layd in plot by the Hollanders out of his true place too farre North to what end I know not vnlesse to make it hold course with the Compasse not respecting the variation It is as broad and like to yeeld passage as the Vaygats and my hope was that by the strong streame it would haue cleered it selfe but it did not It is so full of Ice that you will hardly thinke it All this day for the most part it was fogge and cold The seuenth cleere but cold weather in the morning the wind was at the North from the last Eeuening to this morning we set saile and kept our course West and by South fifteene leagues from morning to eight a clocke in the Eeuening it was calme then we had the wind againe at North and we sayled till nine a clocke next morning West South-west eight leagues then the wind being West and by South wee went North and by West three leagues and wee had the Sunne at the highest South South-west in the latitude of 71. degrees 2. minutes The eight faire weather at noone we had the wind at East North-east we stood North three leagues till foure a clocke then the wind being at west and by North wee stemmed North and by West one league and a halfe till six a clocke in the Eeuening then the wind was at North-east a hard gale and wee stood till next day at noone West and by North by account three and twentie leagues we had the Sunne on the Meridian South and by West halfe a point neerest West in the latitude of 70. degrees 41. minutes The ninth cleere weather from this to the next day at noone we sayled South-west and by West twelue leagues and Northward three leagues and in these courses had these soundings 41.42.46.48 and 45. fathoms we had the Sunne South and by VVest halfe a point to the VVest part of the Compasse The Sea was loftie our latitude was 70. degrees 20. minutes The tenth cleere but close weather from this till next day noone wee had little wind at West North-west by account we made our way fiue leagues North-easterly Wee had the Sun at the highest on the South and by West point and a terce Westward in the latitude of 70. degrees 55. minutes and I thinke we had a rustling tide vnder vs and in this time had sounding betweene fortie fiue and fortie fathomes white sand The eleuenth cleere weather from this to the next day at noone little wind at North North-east and sometimes calme wee sayled West and by North by account fiue leagues and had the Sunne on the Meridian on the South and by West point â…“ West in the latitude of 70. degrees 26. minutes and found a rustling vnder vs. This fore-noone we were come into a greene Sea of the colour of the mayne Ocean which we first lost the eight of Iune since which time wee haue had a Sea of a black blue colour which both by the last and this yeeres experience is a Sea-pestered with Ice The twelfth faire weather from noone to mid-night wee had the wind shifting betweene the North and West our course was betweene VVest North-west and South South-west Then we had the wind at South we sayled till the next day at noone West and by North thirteene leagues wee accounted our way from the last day till this day noone Westward eighteene leagues This after-noone wee saw more Porpoises then in all our Voyage afore The thirteenth close weather in the after-noone hauing much wind at South with short sayle we stood away West and by North till eight a clocke in the Eeuening then we had the wind at South but most times calme till noone the next day wee stood away as afore foure leagues which made in all twelue leagues we had the Sunne ere it began to fall South and by West in the latitude of 70. degrees 22. minutes The fourteenth wee stood West North-west till
mid-night seuenteene leagues then the wind scanted and came at West we stood North North-west one league and a halfe then the wind being more Southerly wee sayled West North-west fiue leagues From the last till this day at noone our way was out of diuers courses North-west and by West foure and twentie leagues We had the Sunne beginning to fall at South and by West in the latitude of 70. degrees 54. minutes The fifteenth faire but towards night like to be stormie with thunder the wind betweene South and South South-east from this till the sixteenth day at noone our course was West and by North seuen and twentie leagues and the Sunne then began to fall at South three quarters of a point Westward in the latitude of 70. degrees 42. minutes The sixteenth faire our way was from this till next day at noone North-west twelue leagues out of diuers courses and we had the wind shifting sometimes at East at West South-west and West and by North the latitude by a bad obseruation 71. degrees 44. minutes The seuenteenth in the fore-noone faire the wind being at West and by North. At foure a clocke this morning we saw Land beare off vs West and South South-west which was about Ward-house this after-noone wee had a storme at West and by North we layed it to trie till eight a clocke in the Eeuening and then set sayle with the wind betweene West North-west and North-west our course till the next day at noone was South-west and by South twelue leagues the Cape Hopewell bore off vs South South-west and we were foure or fiue leagues from land The eighteenth gusty with raine all the fore-noone then we had the wind shifting till next day at noone from South South-east to East and South-east our course in generall was North-west foure and twentie leagues then did North Kene beare off vs West halfe a point Southward being from vs foure leagues and the North Cape in sight bearing West and by North c. The seuen and twentieth cold with raine and storme this night we began to burne Candle in the Betacle which we had not done since the nineteenth of May by reason wee had alwaies day from thence till now The thirtieth we had the Sunne vpon the Meridian due South in the latitude of 68. degrees 46. minutes whereby we found vs to bee afore our ship ten or twelue leagues and Lowfoot bore East of vs but not in sight The seuenth of August I vsed all diligence to arriue at London and therefore now I gaue my companie a certificate vnder my hand of my free and willing returne without perswasion or force of any one or more of them for at my being at Noua Zembla the sixt of Iuly voide of hope of a North-east passage except by the Vaygats for which I was not fitted to trie or proue I therefore resolued to vse all meanes I could to sayle to the North-west considering the time and meanes wee had if the wind should friend vs as in the first part of our Voyage it had done and to make triall of that place called Lumleys Iulet and the furious ouer-fall by Captayne Dauis hoping to runne into it an hundred leagues and to returne as God should enable mee But now hauing spent more then halfe the time I had and gone but the shortest part of the way by meanes of contrary winds I thought it my dutie to saue Victuall Wages and Tackle by my speedy returne and not by foolish rashnesse the time being wasted to lay more charge vpon the action then necessitie should compell I arriued at Grauesend the six and twentieth of August CHAP. XVI The third Voyage of Master HENRIE HVDSON toward Noua Zembla and at his returne his passing from Farre Ilands to New-found Land and along to fortie foure degrees and ten minutes and thence to Cape Cod and so to thirtie three degrees and along the Coast to the Northward to fortie two degrees and an halfe and vp the Riuer neere to fortie three degrees Written by ROBERT IVET of Lime-house ON Saturday the fiue and twentieth of March 1609. after the old Account we set sayle from Amsterdam and by the seuen and twentieth day we were downe at the Texel and by twelue of the clocke we were off the Land it being East of vs two leagues off And because it is a journey vsually knowne I omit to put downe what passed till we came to the height of The North Cape of Finmarke which we did performe by the fift of May stilo nouo being Tuesday On which day we obserued the height of the Pole and found it to bee 71. degrees and 46. minutes and found our Compasse to vary six degrees to the West and at twelue of the clocke the North Cape did beare South-west and by South tenne leagues off and wee steered away East and by South and East After much trouble with fogges sometimes and more dangerous of Ice The nineteenth being Tuesday was close stormie weather with much wind and snow and very cold the wind variable betweene the North North-west and North-east We made our way West and by North till noone Then we obserued the Sunne hauing a slake and found our heigth to bee 70. degrees 30. minutes And the ship had out-runne vs twentie leagues by reason of the set of the streame of The White Sea and we had sight of Wardhouse Then at two of the clocke wee tacke to the Eastward for we could not get about the North Cape the wind was so scant and at eight of the clocke at night on the one and twentieth the North Cape did beare South-east and by South seuen leagues off And at mid-night Assumption Point did beare South and by East fiue leagues off vs. The two and twentieth gusting weather with haile and snow the Sunne breaking out sometimes we continued our course along the Land West South-west And at tenne of the clocke at night we were thwart off Zenam The bodie of it did beare East off vs fiue leagues and the course from the North Cape to Zenam is for the most part West and by South and West South-west fiftie foure leagues The three and twentieth faire Sun-shining weather the wind at East and by South and East South-east wee steered along the Land South-west and South-west and by West eight leagues a Watch for so we found the Land to lye from Zenam to Lofoote And the distance is fiftie leagues from the bodie of Zenam to the Westermost Land of Lofoote And from the one to the other the course is South-west and by West For the Needle of our Compasse was set right to the North. At twelue of the clocke at night the bodie of Lofoote did beare South-east sixe leagues off The foure and twentieth faire cleere Sun-shining weather the wind variable vpon all points of the Compasse but most vpon the South-east and sometimes calme We continued our course West South-west as before And
at eight of the clocke at night the Souther part of Lofoote did beare South-east ten leagues off vs. The fiue and twentieth much wind at North-east with some snow and haile The first watch the wind came to the East a fine gale and so came to the North-east the second watch at foure of the clocke and freshed in And at eight of the clocke it grew to a storme and so continued At noone we obserued and made the ship to be in 67. degrees 58. minutes Wee continued our course South-west twelue leagues a watch At nine of the clocke Lofoote did beare East of vs 15. leagues off And we found the Compasse to haue no variation The wind increased to a storme The six and twentieth was a great storme at the North North-east and North-east Wee steered away South-west afore the wind with our fore-course abroad for wee were able to maintayne no more sayles it blew so vehemently and the Sea went so high and brake withall that it would haue dangered a small ship to lye vnder the Sea So we skudded seuenty leagues in foure and twentie houres The storme began to cease at foure of the clocke The seuen and twentieth indifferent faire weather but a good stiffe gale of wind at North and North North-east wee held on our course as before At noone wee obserued and found our heigth to be 64. degrees 10. minutes And wee perceiued that the Current had hindred vs in fortie eight houres to the number of 16. leagues to our best judgement We set our mayne-sayle sprit-sayle and our mayne-top-sayle and held on our course all night hauing faire weather The eight and twentieth faire weather and little wind at North-east we held on our course South-west At noone wee obserued the heigth and were in 62. degrees and 30. minutes The after-noone was little wind at North North-west The second watch it fell calme At foure of the clocke wee had sight of the Iles called Farre and found them to lye out of their place in the Sea Chart fourteene leagues to farre Westerly For in running South-west from Lofoote wee had a good care to our steerage and obseruations and counted our selues thirtie leagues off by our course and obseruation and had sight of them sixteene or eighteene leagues off The nine and twentieth faire weather sometimes calme and sometimes a gale with the wind varying at South-west and so to the North-east Wee got to the Ilands but could not get in So we stood along the Ilands The ebbe being come we durst not put in The thirtieth faire weather the wind at South-east and East South-east In the morning we turned into a Road in Stromo one of the Ilands of Farre betweene Stromo and Mugge-nes and got in by nine of the clocke for it flowed so there that day And assoone as we came in we went to Romage and sent our Boat for water and filled all our emptie Caskes with fresh water Wee made in end of our Romaging this night by ten of the clocke The one and thirtieth faire Sun-shining weather the wind at East South-east In the forenoone our Master with most of his Company went on shoare to walke and at one of the clocke they returned aboord Then we set sayle The first of Iune stilo nouo faire Sun-shining weather the wind at East South-east We continued on our course South-west and by West At noone wee obserued the Sunne and found our heigth to be 60. degrees 58. minutes and so continued on our course all night with faire weather This night we lighted Candles in the Bittacle againe The second mystie weather the wind at North-east At noone we steered away West South-west to find Busse Iland discouered in the yeere 1578. by one of the ships of Sir Martin Frobisher to see if it lay in her true latitude in the Chart or no wee continued our course as before all night with a faire gale of wind this night we had sight of the first stars and our water was changed colour to a white greene The Compasse had no variation The third faire Sun-shining weather the wind at North-east We steered on our course South-west and by West with a stiffe gale of wind At noone we obserued and found our heigth to bee 58. degrees 48. minutes And I was before the ship 16. leagues by reason of the Current that held vs so strong out of the South-west For it is eight leagues in foure and twentie houres We accounted our selues neere Busse Iland by mid-night we looked out for it but could not see it The fourth in the morning was much wind with fogge and raine Wee steered away South-west by west all the fore-noone the wind so increasing that wee were enforced to take in our top-sayle the winde continuing so all the after-noone Wee steered away South-west all the fore-part of the night and at ten of the clocke at night it was little wind and that was at South and so came vp to the South South-east The fift stormie weather and much wind at South and South by East so that at foure of the clocke in the morning we tooke in our fore-sayle and lay a try with our mayne corse and tryed away West North-west foure leagues But at noone it was lesse wind and the Sunne shewed forth and we obserued and found our heigth to be 56. degrees 21. minutes In the after-noone the wind vered to and fro betweene the South-west and the South-east with raine and fogge and so continued all night Wee found that our ship had gone to the VVestward of our course The sixth thicke hasie weather with gusts of wind and showers of raine The wind varied betweene East South-East and South-west wee steered on many courses a West South-west way The afternoone watch the wind was at East South-east a stiffe gale with myst and raine Wee steered away South-west by West eight leagues At noone the Sunne shone forth and we found the heigth to bee 56. degrees 8. minutes The seuenth faire sun-shining weather all the fore-noone and calme vntill twelue of the clocke In the after-noone the wind came to the North-west a stiffe gale We steered South-west by West and made a South-west way At noone we found the height to bee 56. degrees one minute and it continued all night a hard gale The eight stormy weather the wind variable betweene West and North-west much wind at eight of the clocke wee tooke off our Bonnets At noone the Sunne shewed forth and wee obserued and our height was 54. degrees 30. minutes The ninth faire sun-shining weather and little wind all the fore-part of the day vntill eleuen of the clocke Then the wind came to the South South-east and we steered away West South-west At noone we found our height to bee 53. degrees and 45. minutes and we had made our way South by West ten leagues In the after-noone the wind increased and continued all night at East North-east and East The
noone I found the height to bee 43. degrees 56. minutes This Eeuening being very faire weather wee obserued the variation of our Compasse at the Sunnes going downe and found it to bee 10. degrees from the North to the VVestward The seuen and twentieth faire sun-shining weather the winde shifting betweene the South-west and West and by North a stiffe gale we stood to the Southward all day and made our way South and by West seuen and twentie leagues At noone our height was 42. degrees 50. minuts At foure of the clocke in the after-noone wee cast about to the Northward At eight of the clocke we tooke in our top-sayles and our fore-bonnet and went with a short sayle all night The eight and twentieth very thicke and mystie and a stiffe gale of wind varying betweene South South-west and South-west and by VVest we made our way North-west and by VVest seuen and twentie leagues wee sounded many times and could get no ground At fiue of the clocke we cast about to the Southward the wind at South-west and by VVest At which time we sounded and had ground at seuentie fiue fathoms At eight wee had sixtie fiue fathoms At ten sixtie At twelue of the clocke at mid-night fiftie sixe fathoms gray sand The Compasse varyed 6. degrees the North point to the VVest The nine and twentieth faire weather we stood to the Southward and made our way South and by VVest a point South eighteene leagues At noone we found our height to bee 42. degrees 56. minutes wee sounded oft and had these 60.64.65.67.65.65.70 and 75. fathoms At night wee tryed the variation of our Compasse by the setting of the Sunne and found that it went downe 37. degrees to the North-ward of the VVest and should haue gone downe but 31. degrees The Compasse varyed 5. 1 â— degrees The thirtieth very hot all the fore-part of the day calme the wind at South South-east wee steered away VVest South-west and sounded many times and could find no ground at one hundred and seuentie fathomes VVe found a great current and many ouer-falls Our current had deceiued vs. For at noone we found our height to be 41. degrees 34. minutes And the current had heaued vs to the Southward fourteene leagues At eight of the clocke at night I sounded and had ground in fiftie two fathomes In the end of the mid-night watch wee had fiftie three fathomes This last obseruation is not to be trusted The one and thirtieth very thicke and mystie all day vntill tenne of the clocke At night the wind came to the South and South-west and South We made our way West North-west nineteene leagues Wee sounded many times and had difference of soundings sometimes little stones and sometimes grosse gray sand fiftie six fiftie foure fortie eight fortie seuen fortie foure fortie six fiftie fathomes and at eight of the clocke at night it fell calme and we had fiftie fathomes And at ten of the clocke we heard a great Rut like the Rut of the shoare Then I sounded and found the former Depths and mistrusting a current seeing it so still that the ship made no way I let the lead lie on the ground and found a tide set to the South-west and South-west by West so fast that I could hardly vere the Line so fast and presently came an hurling current or tyde with ouer-fals which cast our ship round and the Lead was so fast in the ground that I feared the Lines breaking and we had no more but that At mid-night I sounded againe and we had seuentie fiue fathomes and the strong streame had left vs. The first of August all the fore-part of the day was mystie and at noone it cleered vp We found that our height was 41. degrees 45. minutes and we had gone nineteene leagues The after-noon was reasonable cleere We found a rustling tide or current with many ouer-fals to continue still and our water to change colour and our sea to bee very deepe for wee found no ground in one hundred fathomes The night was cleere and the winde came to the North and North North-east we steered West The second very faire weather and hot from the morning till noone we had a gale of wind but in the after-noone little wind At noone I sounded and had one hundred and ten fathomes and our height was 41. degrees 56. minutes And wee had runne foure and twentie leagues and an halfe At the Sun-setting we obserued the variation of the Compasse and found that it was come to his true place At eight of the clocke the gale increased so wee ranne sixe leagues that watch and had a very faire and cleere night The third very hot weather In the morning we had sight of the Land and steered in with it thinking to goe to the North-ward of it So we sent our shallop with fiue men to found in by the shore and they found it deepe fiue fathomes within a Bow-shot of the shoare and they went on Land and found goodly Grapes and Rose trees and brought them aboord with them at fiue of the clocke in the Eeuening We had seuen and twentie fathomes within two miles of the shoare and we found a floud come from the South-east and an ebbe from the North-west with a very strong streame and a great hurling and noyses At eight of the clocke at night the wind began to blow a fresh gale and continued all night but variable Our sounding that wee had to the Land was one hundred eightie seuentie foure fiftie two fortie sixe twentie nine twentie seuen twentie foure nineteene seuenteene sometimes Oze and sometimes gray sand The fourth was very hot we stood to the North-west two watches and one South in for the Land and came to an Anchor at the Norther end of the Headland and heard the voyce of men call Then we sent our Boat on shoare thinking they had beene some Christians left on the Land but wee found them to bee Sauages which seemed very glad of our comming So wee brought one aboord with vs and gaue him meate and he did eate and drinke with vs. Our Master gaue him three or foure glasse Buttons and sent him on Land with our shallop againe And at our Boats comming from the shoare he leapt and danced and held vp his hands and pointed vs to a riuer on the other side for we had made signes that we came to fish there The bodie of this Headland lyeth in 41. degrees 45. minutes We set sayle againe after dinner thinking to haue got to the Westward of this Headland but could not so we beare vp to the Southward of it made a South-east way and the Souther point did beare West at eight of the clocke at night Our soundings about the Easter and Norther part of this Headland a league from the shoare are these at the Easterside thirtie twentie seuen twentie seuen twentie foure twentie fiue twentie The North-east point 17. degrees
18. minutes and so deeper The North-end of this Headland hard by the shoare thirtie fathomes and three leagues off North North-west one hundred fathomes At the South-east part a league off fifteene sixteene and seuenteene fathomes The people haue greene Tabacco and pipes the boles whereof are made of Earth and the pipes of red Copper The Land is very sweet The fift all mystie At eight of the clocke in the morning wee tact about to the Westward and stood in till foure of the clocke in the after-noone at which time it cleered and wee had sight of the Head-land againe fiue leagues from vs. The Souther point of it did beare West off vs and we sounded many times and had no ground And at foure of the clocke we cast about and at our staying wee had seuentie fathomes Wee steered away South and South by East all night and could get no ground at seuentie and eightie fathomes For wee feared a great Riffe that lyeth off the Land and steered away South and by East The sixth faire weather but many times mysting Wee steered away South South-east till eight of the clocke in the morning Then it cleered a little and wee cast about to the Westward Then we sounded and had thirtie fathomes grosse sand and were come to the Riffe Then wee kept our Lead and had quicke shoalding from thirtie twentie nine twentie seuen twentie foure twentie two twentie and an halfe twentie twentie nineteene nineteene nineteene eighteene eighteene seuenteene and so deeping againe as proportionally as it shoalded For we steered South and South-east till we came to twentie sixe fathomes Then we steered South-west for so the tyde doth set By and by it being calme we tryed by our Lead for you shall haue sixteene or seuenteene fathomes and the next cast but seuen or six fathomes And farther to the Westward you shall haue foure and fiue foot water and see Rockes vnder you and you shall see the Land in the top Vpon this Riffe we had an obseruation and found that it lyeth in 40. degrees 10. minutes And this is that Headland which Captaine Bartholomew Gosnold discouered in the yeere 1602. and called Cape Cod because of the store of Cod-fish that hee found thereabout So we steered South-west three leagues and had twentie and twentie foure fathomes Then we steered West two Glasses halfe a league and came to fifteene fathomes Then we steered off South-east foure Glasses but could not get deepe water for there the tyde of ebbe laid vs on and the streame did hurle so that it laid vs so neere the breach of a shoald that wee were forced to Anchor So at seuen of the clocke at night wee were at an Anchor in tenne fathomes And I giue God most heartie thankes the least water wee had was seuen fathomes and an halfe We rode still all night and at a still water I sounded so farre round about our ship as we could see a light and had no lesse then eight nine ten and eleuen fathomes The myst continued being very thicke The seuenth faire weather and hot but mystie Wee rode still hoping it would cleere but on the floud it fell calme and thicke So we rode still all day and all night The floud commeth from the South-west and riseth not aboue one fathome and an halfe in nepe streames Toward night it cleered and I went with our shallop and sounded and found no lesse water then eight fathomes to the South-east off vs but we saw to the North-west off vs great Breaches The eight faire and cleere weather In the morning by sixe of the clocke at flake water wee weighed the wind at North-east and set our fore-sayle and mayne top-sayle and got a mile ouer the Flats Then the tyde of ebbe came so we anchored againe till the floud came Then wee set sayle againe and by the great mercie of God wee got cleere off them by one of the clocke this after-noone And wee had sight of the Land from the West North-west to the North North-west So we steered away South South-east all night and had ground vntill the middle of the third watch Then we had fortie fiue fathomes white sand and little stones So all our soundings are twentie twentie twentie two twentie seuen thirtie two fortie three fortie three fortie fiue Then no ground in seuentie fathomes The ninth very faire and hot weather the wind a very stiffe gale In the morning at foure of the clocke our shallop came running vp against our sterne and split in all her stemme So we were faine to cut her away Then wee tooke in our mayne sayle and lay atrie vnder our fore-sayle vntill twelue of the clocke at mid-day Then the wind ceased to a faire gale so wee stood away South-west Then we lay close by on many courses a South by West way fifteene leagues and three watches South-east by East ten leagues At eight of the clocke at night wee tooke in our top-sayles and went with a low sayle because we were in an vnknowne sea At noone we obserued and found our heigth to be 38. degrees 39. minutes The tenth in the morning some raine and cloudie weather the winde at South-west wee made our way South-east by East ten leagues At noone wee obserued and found our heigth to bee 38. degrees 39. minutes Then wee tackt about to the Westward the wind being at South and by East little wind At foure of the clocke it fell calme and we had two Dolphines about our ship and many small fishes At eight of the clocke at night wee had a small lingring gale All night we had a great Sea out of the South-west and another great Sea out of the North-east The eleuenth all the fore-part of the day faire weather and very hot VVee stood to the VVest South-west till noone Then the wind shorted and we could lye but South-west and by South At noone wee found our heigth to bee 39. degrees 11. minutes And that the current had laid vs to the Northward thirtie two minutes contrary to our expectation At foure of the clocke in the after-noone there came a myst which endured two houres But wee had it faire and cleere all night after The Compasse varied the North point to the VVest one whole point The twelfth faire weather the wind variable betweene the South-west and by South and the North little wind In the morning we killed an extraordinary fish and stood to the Westward all day and all night At noone we found our heigth to be 38. degrees 13. minutes And the obseruation the day before was not good This noone we found the Compasse to vary from the North to the West ten degrees The thirteenth faire weather and hot the wind at North-east Wee steered away West and by our Compasse two and twentie leagues At noone wee found our height to bee 37. degrees 45. minutes and that our way from noone to noone was West South-west halfe a point Southerly The Compasse was
weather the winde at South in the morning from twelue vntill two of the clocke we steered North North-west and had sounding one and twentie fathoms and in running one Glasse we had but sixteene fathoms then seuenteene and so shoalder and shoalder vntill it came to twelue fathoms We saw a great Fire but could not see the Land then we came to ten fathoms whereupon we brought our tackes aboord and stood to the Eastward East South-east foure Glasses Then the Sunne arose and we steered away North againe and saw the Land from the West by North to the North-west by North all like broken Ilands and our soundings were eleuen and ten fathoms Then wee looft in for the shoare and faire by the shoare we had seuen fathoms The course along the Land we found to be North-east by North. From the Land which we had first sight of vntill we came to a great Lake of water as wee could iudge it to bee being drowned Land which made it to rise like Ilands which was in length ten leagues The mouth of that Lake hath many shoalds and the Sea breaketh on them as it is cast out of the mouth of it And from that Lake or Bay the Land lyeth North by East and wee had a great streame out of the Bay and from thence our sounding was ten fathoms two leagues from the Land At fiue of the clocke we Anchored being little winde and rode in eight fathoms water the night was faire This night I found the Land to hall the Compasse 8. degrees For to the Northward off vs we saw high Hils For the day before we found not aboue 2. degrees of Variation This is a very good Land to fall with and a pleasant Land to see The third the morning mystie vntill ten of the clocke then it cleered and the wind came to the South South-east so wee weighed and stood to the Northward The Land is very pleasant and high and bold to fall withall At three of the clocke in the afeer-noone wee came to three great Riuers So we stood along to the Northermost thinking to haue gone into it but we found it to haue a very shoald barre before it for we had but ten foot water Then wee cast about to the Southward and found two fathoms three fathoms and three and a quarter till we came to the Souther side of them then we had fiue and sixe fathoms and Anchored So wee sent in our Boate to sound and they found no lesse water then foure fiue sixe and seuen fathoms and returned in an houre and a halfe So wee weighed and went in and rode in fiue fathoms Ozie ground and saw many Salmons and Mullets and Rayes very great The height is 40. degrees 30. minutes The fourth in the morning as soone as the day was light wee saw that it was good riding farther vp So we sent our Boate to sound and found that it was a very good Harbour and foure and fiue fathoms two Cables length from the shoare Then we weighed and went in with our ship Then our Boate went on Land with our Net to Fish and caught ten great Mullets of a foot and a halfe long a peece and a Ray as great as foure men could hale into the ship So wee trimmed our Boate and rode still all day At night the wind blew hard at the North-west and our Anchor came home and wee droue on shoare but tooke no hurt thanked bee God for the ground is soft sand and Oze This day the people of the Countrey came aboord of vs seeming very glad of our comming and brought greene Tabacco and gaue vs of it for Kniues and Beads They goe in Deere skins loose well dressed They haue yellow Copper They desire Cloathes and are very ciuill They haue great store of Maiz or Indian Wheate whereof they make good Bread The Countrey is full of great and tall Oakes The fifth in the morning as soone as the day was light the wind ceased and the Flood came So we heaued off our ship againe into fiue fathoms water and sent our Boate to sound the Bay and we found that there was three fathoms hard by the Souther shoare Our men went on Land there and saw great store of Men Women and Children who gaue them Tabacco at their comming on Land So they went vp into the Woods and saw great store of very goodly Oakes and some Currants For one of them came aboord and brought some dryed and gaue me some which were sweet and good This day many of the people came aboord some in Mantles of Feathers and some in Skinnes of diuers sorts of good Furres Some women also came to vs with Hempe They had red Copper Tabacco pipes and other things of Copper they did weare about their neckes At night they went on Land againe so wee rode very quiet but durst not trust them The sixth in the morning was faire weather and our Master sent Iohn Colman with foure other men in our Boate ouer to the North-side to sound the other Riuers being foure leagues from vs. They found by the way shoald water two fathoms but at the North of the Riuer eighteen and twentie fathoms and very good riding for Ships and a narrow Riuer to the Westward betweene two Ilands The Lands they told vs were as pleasant with Grasse and Flowers and goodly Trees as euer they had seene and very sweet smells came from them So they went in two leagues and saw an open Sea and returned and as they came backe they were set vpon by two Canoes the one hauing twelue the other fourteene men The night came on and it began to rayne so that their Match went out and they had one man slaine in the fight which was an English-man named Iohn Colman with an Arrow shot into his throat and two more hurt It grew so darke that they could not find the ship that night but labored too and fro on their Oares They had so great a streame that their grapnell would not hold them The seuenth was faire and by ten of the clocke they returned aboord the ship and brought our dead man with them whom we carryed on Land and buryed and named the point after his name Colmans Point Then we hoysed in our Boate and raised her side with waste boords for defence of our men So we rode still all night hauing good regard to our Watch. The eight was very faire weather wee rode still very quietly The people came aboord vs and brought Tabacco and Indian Wheat to exchange for Kniues and Beades and offered vs no violence So we fitting vp our Boate did marke them to see if they would make any shew of the Death of our man which they did not The ninth faire weather In the morning two great Canoes came aboord full of men the one with their Bowes and Arrowes and the other in shew of buying of Kniues to betray vs but we perceiued
North. In the morning we weighed at seuen of the clocke with the ebbe and got downe below the Mountaynes which was seuen leagues Then it fell calme and the floud was come and wee anchored at twelue of the clocke The people of the Mountaynes came aboord vs wondring at our ship and weapons We bought some small skinnes of them for Trifles This after-noone one Canoe kept hanging vnder our sterne with one man in it which we could not keepe from thence who got vp by our Rudder to the Cabin window and stole out my Pillow and two Shirts and two Bandeleeres Our Masters Mate shot at him and strooke him on the brest and killed him Whereupon all the rest fled away some in their Canoes and so leapt out of them into the water We manned our Boat and got our things againe Then one of them that swamme got hold of our Boat thinking to ouerthrow it But our Cooke tooke a Sword and cut off one of his hands and he was drowned By this time the ebbe was come and we weighed and got downe two leagues by that time it was darke So we anchored in foure fathomes water and rode well The second faire weather At breake of day wee weighed the wind being at North-west and got downe seuen leagues then the floud was come strong so we anchored Then came one of the Sauages that swamme away from vs at our going vp the Riuer with many other thinking to betray vs. But wee perceiued their intent and suffered none of them to enter our ship Whereupon two Canoes full of men with their Bowes and Arrowes shot at vs after our sterne in recompence whereof we discharged sixe Muskets and killed two or three of them Then aboue an hundred of them came to a point of Land to shoot at vs. There I shot a Falcon at them and killed two of them whereupon the rest fled into the Woods Yet they manned off another Canoe with nine or ten men which came to meet vs. So I shot at it also a Falcon and shot it through and killed one of them Then our men with their Muskets killed three or foure more of them So they went their way within a while after wee got downe two leagues beyond that place and anchored in a Bay cleere from all danger of them on the other side of the Riuer where we saw a very good piece of ground and hard by it there was a Cliffe that looked of the colour of a white greene as though it were either Copper or Siluer Myne and I thinke it to be one of them by the Trees that grow vpon it For they be all burned and the other places are greene as grasse it is on that side of the Riuer that is called Manna-hata There we saw no people to trouble vs and rode quietly all night but had much wind and raine The third was very stormie the wind at East North-east In the morning in a gust of wind and raine our Anchor came home and we droue on ground but it was Ozie Then as we were about to haue out an Anchor the wind came to the North North-west and droue vs off againe Then we shot an Anchor and let it fall in foure fathomes water and weighed the other Wee had much wind and raine with thicke weather so we roade still all night The fourth was faire weather and the wind at North North-west wee weighed and came out of the Riuer into which we had runne so farre Within a while after wee came out also of The great mouth of the great Riuer that runneth vp to the North-west borrowing vpon the Norther side of the same thinking to haue deepe water for wee had sounded a great way with our Boat at our first going in and found seuen six and fiue fathomes So we came out that way but we were deceiued for we had but eight foot an halfe water and so to three fiue three and two fathomes and an halfe And then three foure fiue sixe seuen eight nine and ten fathomes And by twelue of the clocke we were cleere of all the Inlet Then we tooke in our Boat and set our mayne-sayle and sprit-sayle and our top-sayles and steered away East South-east and South-east by East off into the mayne sea and the Land on the Souther-side of the Bay or Inlet did beare at noone West and by South foure leagues from vs. The fift was faire weather and the wind variable betweene the North and the East Wee held on our course South-east by East At noone I obserued and found our height to bee 39. degrees 30. minutes Our Compasse varied sixe degrees to the West We continued our course toward England without seeing any Land by the way all the rest of this moneth of October And on the seuenth day of Nouember stilo nono being Saturday by the Grace of God we safely arriued in the Range of Dartmouth in Deuonshire in the yeere 1609. CHAP. XVII An Abstract of the Iournall of Master HENRY HVDSON for the Discouerie of the North-west Passage begunne the seuenteenth of Aprill 1610. ended with his end being treacherously exposed by some of the Companie THe seuenteenth of Aprill 1610. we brake ground and went downe from Saint Katharines Poole and fell downe to Blacke-wall and so plyed downe with the ships to Lee which was the two and twentieth day The two and twentieth I caused Master Coleburne to bee put into a Pinke bound for London with my Letter to the Aduenturers importing the reason wherefore I so put him out of the ship and so plyed forth The second of May the wind Southerly at Eeuen we were thwart of Flamborough Head The fift we were at the Iles of Orkney and here I set the North end of the Needle and the North of the Flie all one The sixt wee were in the latitude of 59. degrees 22. minutes and there perceiued that the North end of Scotland Orney and Shotland are not so Northerly as is commonly set downe The eight day wee saw Farre Ilands in the latitude of 62. degrees 24. minutes The eleuenth day we fell with the Easter part of Island and then plying along the Souther part of the Land we came to Westmony being the fifteenth day and still plyed about the mayne Iland vntill the last of May with contrary winds and we got some Fowles of diuers sorts The first day of Iune we put to Sea out of an Harbour in the Westermost part of Island and so plyed to the Westward in the latitude of 66. degrees 34. minutes and the second day plyed and found our selues in 65. degrees 57. minutes with little wind Easterly The third day wee found our selues in 65. degrees 30. minutes with winde at North-east a little before this we sayled neere some Ice The fourth day we saw Groneland ouer the Ice perfectly and this night the Sunne went downe due North and rose North North-east So plying the
fift day we were in 65. degrees still encombred with much Ice which hung vpon the Coast of Groneland The ninth day wee were off Frobishers Streights with the winde Northerly and plyed vnto the South-westwards vntill the fifteenth day The fifteenth day we were in sight of the land in latitude 59. degrees 27. minutes which was called by Captayne Iohn Dauis Desolation and found the errour of the former laying downe of that Land and then running to the North-westward vntill the twentieth day wee found the ship in 60. degrees 42. minutes and saw much Ice and many Riplings or Ouer-fals and a strong streame setting from East South-east to West North-west The one and twentie two and twentie and three and twentie dayes with the winde variable we plyed to the North-westward in sight of much Ice into the height of 62. degrees 29. minutes The foure and twentie and fiue and twentie dayes sayling to the West-ward about mid-night wee saw Land North which was suddenly lost againe So wee ranne still to the West-ward in 62. degrees 17. minutes The fift of Iuly wee plyed vp vpon the Souther side troubled with much Ice in seeking the shoare vntill the fift day of Iuly and we obserued that day in 59. degrees 16. minutes Then we plyed off the shoare againe vntill the eight day and then found the height of the Pole in 60. degrees no minutes Here we saw the Land from the North-west by West halfe Northerly vnto the South-west by West couered with snow a Champaigne Land and called it Desire prouoketh We still plyed vp to the Westward as the Land and Ice would suffer vntill the eleuenth day when fearing a storme we anchored by three Rockie Ilands in vncertayne depth betweene two and nine fathomes and found it an Harbour vnsufficient by reason of sunken Rockes one of which was next morning two fathomes aboue water Wee called them the Iles of Gods Mercies The water floweth here better then foure fathomes The Floud commeth from the North flowing eight the change day The latitude in this place is 62. degrees 9. minutes Then plying to the South-westward the sixteenth day wee were in the latitude of 58. degrees 50. minutes but found our selues imbayed with Land and had much Ice and we plyed to the North-westward vntill the nineteenth day and then wee found by obseruation the height of the Pole in 61. degrees 24. minutes and saw the Land which I named Hold with Hope Hence I plyed to the North-westward still vntill the one and twentieth day with the wind variable Heere I found the Sea more growne then any wee had since wee left England The three and twentieth day by obseruation the height of the Pole was 61. degrees 33. minutes The fiue and twentieth day we saw the Land and named it Magna Britannia The sixe and twentieth day wee obserued and found the latitude in 62. degrees 44. minutes The eight and twentieth day we were in the height of 63. degrees 10. minutes and plyed Southerly of the West The one and thirtieth day plying to the Westward at noone wee found our selues in 62. degrees 24. minutes The first of August we had fight of the Northerne shoare from the North by East to the West by South off vs the North part twelue leagues and the Wester part twentie leagues from vs and we had no ground there at one hundred and eightie fathomes And I thinke I saw Land on the Sunne side but could not make it perfectly bearing East North-east Here I found the latitude 62. degrees 50. minutes The second day we had sight of a faire Head-land on the Norther shoare six leagues off which I called Salisburies Fore-land we ranne from them West South-west fourteene leagues In the mid-way of which wee were suddenly come into a great and whurling Sea whether caused by meeting of two streames or an Ouer-fall I know not Thence sayling West and by South seuen leagues farther we were in the mouth of a Streight and sounded and had no ground at one hundred fathomes the Streight being there not aboue two leagues broad in the passage in this Wester part which from the Easter part of Fretum Danis is distant two hundred and fiftie leagues there abouts The third day we put through the narrow passage after our men had beene on Land which had well obserued there That the Floud did come from the North flowing by the shoare fiue fathomes The head of this entrance on the South side I named Cape Worsenholme and the head on the North-wester shoare I called Cape Digs After wee had sailed with an Easterly winde West and by South ten leagues the Land fell away to the Southward and the other Iles and Land left vs to the Westward Then I obserued and found the ship at noone in 61. degrees 20. minutes and a Sea to the Westward A larger Discourse of the same Voyage and the successe thereof written by ABACVK PRICKET WE began our Voyage for the North-west passage the seuenteenth of Aprill 1610. Thwart of Shepey our Master sent Master Colbert backe to the Owners with his Letter The next day we weighed from hence and stood for Harwich and came thither the eight and twentieth of Aprill From Harwich we set sayle the first of May along the Coast to the North till we came to the Iles of Orkney from thence to the Iles of Faro and from thence to Island on which we fell in a fogge hearing the Rut of the Sea ashoare but saw not the Land whereupon our Master came to an Anchor Heere we were embayed in the South-east part of the Land Wee weighed and stood along the Coast on the West side towards the North but one day being calme we fell a fishing and caught good store of fish as Cod and Ling and Butte with some other sorts that we knew not The next day we had a good gale of wind at South-west and raysed the Iles of Westmonie where the King of Denmarke hath a Fortresse by which we passed to rayse the Snow Hill foot a Mountayne so called on the North-west part of the Land But in our course we saw that famous Hill Mount Hecla which cast out much fire a signe of foule weather to come in short time Wee leaue Island a sterne of vs and met a Mayne of Ice which did hang on the North part of Island and stretched downe to the West which when our Master saw he stood backe for Island to find an Harbour which we did on the North-west part called Derefer where wee killed good store of Fowle From hence wee put to Sea againe but neither wind nor weather seruing our Master stood backe for this Harbour againe but could not reach it but fell with another to the South of that called by our Englishmen Lousie Bay where on the shoare we found an hot Bath and heere all our Englishmen bathed themselues the water was so
not maintaine a fore-course and draue vs backe to the altitude 63. degrees 56. minutes The storme continued so exceeding violent that I was faine to spoone before it fortie eight houres and the same wind and weather continued till the twentie one day and in that time wee were driuen as farre to the Southwards as Shottland And being faire by the Land and seeing no likelihood of faire weather I got a Fisher-man to conduct mee to a good Harbour called Hamersound not so much to eschew the stormy weather as to stop some leakes and to amend our rackling I tarryed in Shottland till the twelfth of April 1610. at which time the wind was Southerly The former wind came to the North at midnight with great store of Snow which froze as fast as it fell which wind continued till the fourteenth at noone At two of the clocke it came to the East north-east and I stood to the Northwards after many stormes much cold Snow and extreame Frosts I had sight of the North-cape the second day of May. Then I stood towards Chery Iland the winde being at West North-west The third day at noone the Cape bare South South-east seauenteene leagues off we had much Snow with Frost The fourth day it was thicke weather with great store of Snow and Frost the winde at North-west and by North. The fift day it was faire weather the winde at North North-east The sixt day at two of the clocke in the morning I met with some Ice but not very thicke so that I held my course toward Chery Iland the winde being at South at fiue of the clocke I saw the Ice so thicke that I could not possibly get through it Then I stood to the West wards with a short sayle and sounded but had no ground at a hundred fathome thicke foggie weather at eight of the clocke it began to cleere vp and I stoode into the Ice finding it scattered in some places and at twelue at noone I found the Pole eleuated aboue the horizon 74. degrees 7. minutes and sounded but had no ground at one hundred and seauentie fathomes From twelue till foure I ran North North-west two leagues and sounded and had a hundred and sixtie fathomes Then Chery Island did beare as I iudged North North-west about fifteene leagues off or more from foure till eight it was calme at eight of the clocke the winde came Southerly and I stood towards the Iland and found the Ice so thicke that the Ship had no roome to wend and withall such a fogge that I could not see one Cables length in which time the Ship had many a knocke but thankes be to God no harme was done By twelue of the clocke the seauenth day I got out of the Ice and lay a hull till the North Sunne at which time it began to be cleere weather then I set saile and stood to the Eastwards cold frosty weather The eight day it was very foggie the winde at North and by East with Snow and Frost I stood to the Eastwards in hope to get the Easter end of the Ice and so to Chery Island and I ranne into a Channell betweene two firme bankes of Ice and could finde no way through but lay in the Ice till the ninth day at a South Sunne Then I obserued and found the Ship in the altitude 74. degrees and 17. minutes the winde being at North North-west very faire weather but frostie I sailed in the abouesaid Ice one while one way and another while another in hope to finde some opening towards the Iland but which way soeuer I stood I saw all the Sea couered with Ice At a South Sunne the tenth day I obserued both with my Astrolabe and Crossestaffe and found the Poles height 74. degrees and 15. minutes and the variation 13. degrees and 30. minutes the North point Westerly by a North Sunne I got out of the Ice into the open Sea and to write each course way and winde with all other accidents would be too tedious but the thirteenth day of May at midnight I sounded being in very thicke Ice and had a hundred thirtie eight fadoms there presently I espied the Lionesse standing into the Ice I kept her company till eight of the clocke at night and then I steered as followeth from eight aboue said till twelue at noone The foureteenth day I sailed North-west and by North twelue leagues the winde at South South-east thicke foggie weather from twelue till foure at night I sailed seauen leagues North the same winde and weather with raine And by the fifteenth day at foure of the clocke in the morning I had sailed North twentie seauen leagues the same winde and weather at what time I supposed that I was not farre from land because I see great store of Sea-Foule about the Ship at eight of the clocke I sounded but had no ground at a hundred and fortie fathome very foggy weather likewise I sounded at twelue of the clocke at noone no ground at a hundred thirtie fiue fathomes where I met with Ice and grear store of Fowle as before winde at South and foggie weather I stood through the Ice till eight of the clocke at night holding no course by reason of it at which time I sounded and had nintie fiue fathom greene oze the weather being all one and very much Ice from eight till ten of the clocke I sayled North one legaue and a halfe and had seuentie fiue fathoms rockie ground From ten till twelue at midnight I sayled North one league and a halfe and sounded and had thirtie seuen fathoms the wind being at South with great store of raine and fogs and abundance of Ice round about but something broken Then I stood off West and by South and tooke in all the Sayles except the fore-saile and maine top-saile and at one of the clocke the sixteenth day sounded and had fortie fathomes oze likewise I sounded at two of the clocke and had fiftie two fathomes I could neither perceiue Current nor Tide in all this time and it did raine as fast as I haue commonly seene in England then I stood to the East wards and at three of the clocke sounded and had fortie fathomes oze and thus I sailed among the Ice East and East and by South and East North-east keeping no certaine course by reason of the Ice and had these depths following 30.20.19.16 and fifteene fathomes and then I saw the Land within two leagues and lesse of me bearing betweene the South and by East and the North-west then I stood in East and by South supposing to haue found a harborough within a ledge of rocks that lay off a low point which seemed like an Iland and standing in I found depths 10.9.8.7.6.7.4 and three fathomes standing in it a shoald bay and full of rockes Then I steered a way North-west and by West and had six seuen eight and ten fathome foule ground this
part of this Land is foule ground a great way off therefore come no neerer this place then ten fathome and that will carry you cleere of all dangers that I could see Towards noone it cleered vp and I did looke the Meridian altitude of the Sunne which was 34. degrees and 20. minutes the declination being 21. degrees and 10. minutes North the Equator must bee 13. degrees and 10. minutes aboue and beneath my Horizon The Complement being 76. degrees and 50. minutes the Poles height Likewise I found by true obseruation the Compassâ— to vary 16. degrees and before I had sayled foure leagues I saw a Sound that lay East and by South in the winde comming to the East South-east then I sent the Skiffe on land in the mouth of the Sound because I supposed I had seene Morses on the land but they proued Rocks I followed into the said Bay with the ship but standing in I had a stiffe gale of winde off the shoaâ—e which draue abundance of Ice out of the Sound through the which I enforced the ship in hope there to haue found an Harbour in turning in I found these depths thirtie fiue thirtie twentie and eighteene fathoms The Boat came aboard about a North-west Sunne and the men told me they found deepe water within and foule ground they saw great store of Mohorses lying on the Ice but none on land and they brought a piece of a Deeres horne aboord therefore I called this Sound Horne Sound and a Mount that lyeth foure leagues to the South of it the Muscouy Companies Mount because it was my first landfale Then finding no benefit here to bee had nor Hauen for the ship I stood to Sea and sayled North-west and by North foure leagues at midnight it blew very hard and I stood to the Westwards with a short sayle and sayled foure leagues West by eight of the clock the seuenteenth day Then I stood to the Landwards the winde being at South South-west thick weather and three leagues from me I saw a Point which I named the Ice Point because there lay abundance of Ice vpon it Then I saw another Point beare North North-west fiue leagues off which I named Bell Point because of a Hill formed like a Bell on the top and to the Northwards of Bell Point goes in a great Bay with two Sounds in it the one lieth in East South-east the other North-east and by East the last Sound you can hardly discerne by reason there is a long Iland lying in the mouth of it But the going into the said Sound is on the North side yet there is an Inlet vnder Point-partition but very narrow and full of Rocks and an exceeding strong Tyde setteth in there This day I found the weather very warme and farre temperater then I haue found it at the North Cape at this time of the yeere this place lying in 77. degrees and 25. minutes and the Cape in 71. degrees and 20. minutes this place being to the Northwards of the Cape 6. degrees and 5. minutes and note two leagues to the Southwards of Bell Point is a ledge of Rocks three miles off the shoare and come no neerer the shoare then fifteene fathom vpon the North side of the Bay is low land which I named Lownesse Iland I called the North Sound Lowe Sound Into the Bay I turned the winde at East North-east faire weather turning in I had no lesse then fortie fathoms close by the shoare and in the middest no ground at sixtie fathoms and being neere the Point that parteth both the Sounds the winde increased with raine Then I saw the Sound frozen ouer from side to side and vpon the Ice a Beare and great store of Mohorses but the winde blew so extreme hard that the Boat could not row to windwards to trie if we could kill some of them The fogs and raine continued till ten of the clock the nineteenth day at which time the raine ceased and it did freeze with snow and winde and fogs as before From twelue at mid-night the nineteenth day till foure in the morning the twentieth day I sayled three leagues South-west and by South then I found the Ice thicker then before It was very thick fogs with winde frost and snow and cold that I thinke they did striue here which of them should haue the superioritie I put into the Ice aforesaid in hope to get through and after many a sore stroke with the ship in it I got through at a South-west Sunne at what time it began to be faire weather Then I stood through the Ice towards the land againe in hope that that land would proue worth the labour and trauell and going to set the mayne top sayle it was frozen as hard as euer I saw any cloath in all my life time so that all my company could very hardly set it and whereas I supposed and haue often said that this climate is not so subiect to foggs in May and Iune as it is in Iuly and August it is contrarie for I haue not seene the Sunne on the Meridian these fiue dayes nor seene it at all in sixtie houres I had not sailed three leagues North-east when it was as thicke as it was before with Frost and Snow yet I stood still towards the Land The twentie one I saw the Land at an East Sunne and stood towards it and at a South and by West Westerly I obserued the Sunne and found the Meridian altitude of it 33. degrees 30. minutes the declination being 21. degrees 56. minutes c. the altitude of the Pole was 78. degrees 26. minutes The winde at North North-east cold frostie weather This place I called the Black-point Ile I called a point that lyeth foure leagues to the North-west of Black-point Cape-cold and to the South-east of Black-point is a great sound which because it was couered with Ice I called Ice-sound and standing neerer to the shore I could not see any Sound or Harbour open therefore I determined to stand to the Northwards to seeke what good might be done that way to profit the Merchants and also to get some Wood for we had but little left I sounded at the Black-point and had twentie three fathomes streamy ground At two of the clocke I stood off and at midnight stood to the shore againe cold weather with frost the winde at North and by East The two and twentieth day at an East Sunne I was faire by the Land betweene Cape-cold and Black-point a league off where it fell calme and I sounded there and had twentie eight fathoms where I tried for Fish but could take none The three and twentieth day at an East North-east Sunne I was within three leagues of Capecold this day it was faire weather and I tooke the Sunnes height at twelue of the clocke and found it to be 33. degrees 30. minutes the declination being 22. degrees 13
company one But when I came to the rocke the Ice that the beasts lay on was hollow and the rocks that was betwixt the Ice and the sea stood sloping toward the Sea the which when I saw I determined to go aboord and let them alone yet afterward I went on the rocke betwixt the Ice and the Sea and as I with the rest of my company were killing them the Ice brake and Ice and beasts slid into the Sea together and carryed one of the men with them so that he escaped out of that danger very hardly for besides the weight of dead Mohorses and Ice that bruised him the beasts that were aliue strook at him in the water and bruised him very soare I had beene in the same case if I had not beene the nimbler and slipt on one side I killed three Morses whose teeth I tooke off Then I espied the Beare which my Mate had hurt before with a shot hee went into the Sea when hee saw the Boate where I slue him with a Lance and brought him aboord The second day at a North and by East Sunne At a South Sunne I went to the South shoare of Deere-sound where I found a good quantitie of Fins and came aboord at a North North-west Sunne The third day being Sunday I rid still hauing the wind at West South-West much wind Then vpon the side of a Hill a mile to the Westwards of the Road I set vp a Crosse with a writing vpon it signifying the day of my arriuall first in this Land by whom I was set out and the time of my being heere This Road I called Crosse-road At a South-east sunne the fourth day I wayed the wind at West South-west and when I was almost out the wind increased with fogs which made me put back into the Road where I anchored the same day at six of the clocke at afternone The fifth day at a North-east and by East sunne I wayed and it fell calme then I went to the East side and killed some Fowle which I found in great abundance and when I was readie to go aboord I saw fourteene Deere at which time I spent all my powder and shot but one shot with the which I slue a fat Buck. The same day at a South sun I went on Land and slue two Deere more And at a South-west sun I went on Land and slue a Dog and took the Faune aliue and brought it aboord but it dyed the next day The calme continued till the sixth day at an East North-east sunne and we droue in the Bay with a little soaking tyde that runneth there Then I sent the skiffe to the rocke aforesaid to see what store of Mohorses were there at three of the clocke they came aboord and told mee there was neere two hundred beasts I tooke both the boat and skiffe with all my company and went to the rock and in going thither I slue a Beare but when I came to the rocke the beasts began to goe into the sea then I presently went on land with all my company and slue eightie beasts whose teeth I tooke and in going aboord slue another Beare and came aboord the seuenth day at a North-east sun Then I saw two white fishes which at the first fight I supposed to be Beares they had long snouts like Scurgeons two flat Fins close by their gils flat bodied small towards their tailes and a broad taile The tenth day I went on shoare and slue fiue Deere with the which and them that I slue before I haue lengthened out my victuals blessed be the Creator of the World which hath not made any part thereof in vaine but so that in these parts which hath seemed vnpossible to our Ancestors to bee trauelled vnto by reason of the extreame cold which they supposed to bee here I find the ayre temperate in the Lands and nothing so cold as I haue found at Chery Iland in fiue seuerall Voyages Moreouer in this Land I haue seene great store of Deere which haue neither bush nor tree to shelter them from the nipping cold of Winter nor yet any extraordinarie pasture to refresh them If these I say hauing nothing but the Rockes for a house and the Starry Canopie for a couering doe liue here why may not man which hath all the gifts of God bestowed vpon him for his health and succour The eleuenth day in the morning I sent the skiffe to a Beach that lyeth Northwards from the Rocke where we slue our beasts but when they came to the Rocke it beganne to blow hard at North North-west that they could not proceed any further vpon the Rocke they found a Beare and slue him and came aboord In which time I tooke the boate and went to the East side and slue two Beares and two Deere The twelfth day at a North-east sunne I wayed and hauing very little wind I sent the skiffe to goe to the place abouesayd at a North sunne they came aboord and brought some Whales Finnes and a Beare and told mee that it did blow very much wind at Sea yet I had it all this time calme in the Bay Yet before I could get out of the Sound the wind came to the North-west and blew very hard which made mee to put roome for Crosse-road where I rid till the fourteenth day in which time I caused both the boates to bee trimmed and the thirteenth day at noone I obserued on Land in this place and found the Poles height 79. degrees fifteene minutes and the variation of the Compasse 18. degrees 16. minutes North-west the same day I slue a Bucke The fourteenth day at a South-east Sunne I wayed the wind at South-west foggie weather at a South-west Sunne I went on Land and slew a Buck. The fifteenth day at East Sunne I got out of the Bay at which time I saw abundance of Ice to the Sea-wards but the wind came to the South-east and I sayled betwixt the Ice and the shoare At a North-west Sunne I sent the skiffe with seuen men in it to the Land vnder Knottie-point at which time the wind came to the North-east and I stood to the North-wardes where I had these depths fifteene thirteene and eleuen fathomes foule-ground These depths were about a league and to the Northwards of Knottie-point I saw great store of Whales the like I saw in Deere-sound The sixteenth day the Skiffe came aboord and brought a few Finnes and fiue Deere and they told mee that within the Bay that lyeth betwixt Knottie-point and Gurnerds-nose is a Hauen in the entrance whereof is an Iland and seuen fathomes going in but within eight nine fifteene and twentie fathomes good ground This maketh Gurnerds-nose an Iland for this Hauen goeth out on the North-west side of Gurnerds-nose I named this Hauen the Fayre-hauen I found a great tyde heere which runneth South South-west the floud commeth from the Southwards Then
Southwards and to see what Commodities I could find that way At nine of the clocke I was neere the Ice-sound where I met with much Ice which put mee from the Land and I was enforced to 〈◊〉 South-west and by South to shunne it the winde at North-west which blew hard with fogges The wind increased I stood towards Cherrie Iland if possible I could attayne it for fogges and Ice The thirtieth day at foure of the clocke in the morning I saw no Ice hauing kept to certayne course by reason of the Ice which I had past the winde at North and by West cold foggie weather with raine From the time aboue-said till twelue of the clocke at noone I sayled South South-east and ranne fifteene leagues the same wind and weather at which time I sounded had eightie fathoms greene oze like Kowes dung I sounded at two of the clocke and at foure of the clock the first eightie eight the second eightie two fathomes and sayled sixe leagues the formes course wind and weather At which time I heard a breach which proued Ice then I steered West to eschew it the fogges being so thicke that I could not see one Cables length The last of Iuly at noone I had sayled South and by East halfe a point Southerly eight leagues hauing little wind and sounded and found one hundred and fortie fathomes thicke foggie weather and in haling vp the Lead a fish followed it to the top of the water then I tryed to take fish but could not At foure of the clocke in the afternoone the winde came Southerly and I stood to the Westward by reason the Ice lay both to the South and East of vs at a North 〈◊〉 it was cleere weather and I saw the Ice round about vs cold weather with frost The first of August we beat in the Ice till noone but could finde no end thereof because it was so foggie and the Ice packed very close yet after many intricate courses I got to the Westward◠of it at mid-night the same day the winde at South-east cold weather with raine and fogges And after I had seene so much Ice that I could not come neere Cherry Iland to prosecute the rest of my Voyage I determined to stand for England as God would giue me leaue From mid-night the first day till eight of the clocke the second day before noone I sayled South-west and by South fiue leagues the wind at East South-east thicke fogges with raine From the second day at eight of the clocke till the third day at twelue of the clock at noone I sayled West South-west fifteene leagues the wind at South and by East wet foggie weather From noone abouesaid till twelue at noone the fourth day I sayled foure leagues South the winde variable and the most part of that time calme and so continued till eight of the clocke at night at which time the wind came to the South and by East and blew very hard from the fourth day at noon till the fift day at noone I sayled South-west Westerly seuen leagues The sixt day the winde was at South-east cleere weather at noone I found the shippe in 73. degrees the North Cape bearing by my computation East South-east Easterly The seuenth day at noone I found the ship in 72. degrees 22. minutes indifferent faire weather And from the seuenth day at noone till the eight day at noone I sayled foure and twentie leagues the course South South-west the wind at South-east and by East at which time it beganne to be very foggie and the winde came to the South but immediatly it was calme and continued so till mid-night Then the wind came to the North little wind and at a South Sunne the ninth day I had sayled South seuen leagues From the ninth day at noone till the tenth day at that time I sayled South and ranne seuen leagues South it being calme most part of the day with much rayne and fogges From twelue the tenth day till noone the eleuenth day I sayled South and by West and ranne seuenteene leagues the wind Northerly And from the eleuenth day at noone till the twelfth at that time I sayled South and by West eighteene leagues the winde at North North-west faire weather From noone the twelfth day vntill twelue at noone the thirteenth day I sayled South and by West fortie eight leagues the wind betweene the North and the West North-west gustie weather From the thirteenth at noone till the fourteenth at noone I sayled South and by West fortie fiue leagues the wind betwixt the West North-west and the West South-west gustie weather latitude 64. degrees 21. minutes From the fourteenth day at noone till the fifteenth day at that time I sayled South and by West nine and twentie leagues at which time I obserued and found the ship in 62. degrees 53. minutes faire weather the wind at North. At foure of the clocke the same day I saw Skutsnesse in Norway seuenteene leagues off and bearing South-east from whence I hold it superfluous to write it being a place well knowne The last of August I arriued at London Blessed be God for euer and euer Amen A briefe note what Beasts Fowles and Fishes were seene in this Land BEasts Buckes and Does white Beares and Foxes of colour dunne and grey Fowles white Partridges a small land Bird like a Sparrow partly white and partly browne a Fowle with a combe and a tayle like a Cock a redde Fowle of the bignesse of a Pidgeon a white Fowle with a greene bill the top of the bill of it and the eyes were redde with blacke feet Wild Geese Coluidines Gulls Sea-mewes Willockes Noddies Ice-birds Reeks and Sea-pidgeons Fishes great store of Whales Gramposes Mohorses the white fish I spake of the seuenth of Iune a small fish like Cuplen likewise I saw the bones of Cods or Haddocks but could take no fish I often looked for Shel-fish but could take none diuers of my company did see two Beauers CHAP. II. A Commission for IONAS POOLE our Seruant appointed Master of a small Barke called the Elizabeth of fiftie tunnes burthen for Discouerie to the Northward of Greenland giuen the last day of March 1610. IN as much as it hath pleased Almightie God through the industry of your selfe and others to discouer vnto our Nation a Land lying in eightie degrees toward the North-pole We are desirous not only to discouer farther to the Northward along the said Land to find whether the same be an Iland or a Mayne and which way the same doth trend either to the Eastward or to the Westward of the Pole as also whether the same be inhabited by any people or whether there be an open Sea farther Northward then hath beene alreadie discouered For accomplishing of all which our desires we haue made choice of you and to that end haue entertayned you into our seruice for certayne yeares vpon a stipend certayne not doubting but you will so
kill the Whale About a West North-west sunne they went away the winde at South The twentieth the Biscaine shallop came aboord of vs from the Foreland and told vs that they had strooken three Whales which brake away The two and twentieth wee rid still the winde being at North-west with snowe and frost The fiue and twentieth we got the Whale on flote hauing stopped her leake We were no sooner off but it blew most fiercely so that the Whales long Boate and our shallop brake from the Whales sterne and were split in pieces on the Ice that lay on shoare The same day about a South sunne two men came from Faire Foreland and told vs that Master Edge was come from the South in the Pinnasse and had spoken with one Nicolas Woodcock an English man which was my Mate to this Countrey of Greenland in the yeere 1610. The said VVoodcocke was now Pilot of a ship of Saint Sebastian in Biscay and rid in Ice Sound Moreouer they spake with the men of the Boate of the Diana and saw the Hollanders Boate but spake not with their men The two men abouesaid told vs likewise that Iohn Chapel our Baske with fiue English men had killed a Whale and betwixt them and another shallop they had slaine another and had them both on shoare The seuen and twentieth we rid still and our Carpenter went to worke to mend the knee of our beake-head And I went to see what Morses were on Land where I found neere one hundred and fiftie The eight and twentieth the shallop that had all English men in her saue one Baske came aboord for prouision and told me that they and Iohannes Chapel had slaine a great Whale close by our ship which towed them off into the Sound and our long Boate followed them At the same time we saw sixe Whales close by the ships side as we rode in harbour and we saw great store in the Sound and within one houre there were so many about our ships and in the Sound that we could not count them About a North-west sunne our long Boate brought the men that strooke the Whale abouesaid and towed their shallop on land for the said Whale had sunke her with his taile The same time our Carpenter went to worke on the broken shallop and I went to the place where the Morses lay where I found about three hundred on land Then I went aboord the Whale to get some harping Irons for they had all but I could get but one because the rest of the Basks had laid them vp enuying that one Baske that went with all English men had done so much because by their good wills they would not haue vs to haue any insight into this businesse Moreouer hee that had the chiefest command in this voyage did greatly condemne the going of so many English men with that one Baske either for feare they should kill none and lose all their prouision for the said vse or for feare that our men should kill the Whale aswell and as soone as they yet was there none of the other Boates but had lost more then they had lost And as for killing there was not one Whale killed with one Boate alone saue ours with all English saue the Baske aforesaid which slue three without the helpe of any other Boate. This day the Basks slue another Whale at the Foreland The nine and twentieth the broken shallop was mended and I went to the Foreland to see whether the other shallops would come where the ships rode in harbour where abundance of Whales were still The same time the Basks killed another Whale Then I romaged my ship and put caske on land All this day it was calme The last of Iune one came from the Foreland and told vs that the Basks had slaine two great Whales All this day likewise it was calme and there lay abundance of huge Whales in the harbour about our ships One of the whales abouesaid Iohannes with the fiue English men slue without any of the others helpe For they stood on the land flouting and saying that it was vnpossible for them to kill him and would not once lanch their Boates to helpe them yet hee was one of the greatest that were killed this yeere All this day the whales lay so thicke about the ship that some ran against our Cables some against the Ship and one against the Rudder One lay vnder our beake-head and slept there a long while At which time our Carpenter had hung a stage close by the water whereon his tooles lay And wee durst not molest the said whale for feare he should haue ouerthrowne the stage and drowned all his tooles In the end he went away and carried the ships head round his taile being foule of the Cable The first of Iuly at a North North-east Sunne the shallops came to kill whales in the harbour where we rid and strooke three which all brake away The same day Iohannes strooke a whale that smit in the side of his shallop and split it Now wee perceiued the whales to begin to goe out of the Bayes The second day the Basks slue three great whales faire by our ships in lesse then foure houres vvhich vvee vvith our long Boate and men towed into harbour and made fast to our ship And the Basks vvent with their shallops to Faire Foreland The seuenth day wee had abundance of Ice about our ships which vvith the winde and the tyde draue out off another Sound The eight vve rid still and vvere troubled vvith much Ice by reason of a storme that blue at South-vvest and by vvest c. The rest is omitted as hauing nothing of note but ordinarie accidents CHAP. V. A Iournall of the Voyage made to Greenland with sixe English ships and a Pinnasse in the yeere 1613. Written by Master WILLIAM BAFFIN BY the prouidence of Almightie God wee departed from Queenborough the thirteenth day of May with sixe good Ships viz. The Tigre Admirall the Matthew Vice-admirall the Sea-horse called the Gamaliel the Reare-admirall the Desire the Annula and the Richard and Bernard with the Iohn and Francis shortly to follow The one and twentieth day faire weather the winde Southward wee still making to the Northwards This morning wee had sight of Land on the Coast of Norway it lying East and by North off about twelue or fourteene leagues This day at noone we were in the latitude of 61. degrees and 30. minutes the variation of the Compasse at Scoutes-nes is eight degrees East it being about ten or twelue leagues off wee hauing made a North way halfe East about thirtie leagues The three and twentieth at noone in the latitude of 65. degrees and 45. minutes in which place the Needle of Declination doth dippe vnder the Horizon 63. degrees and 30. minutes by that Instrument which declineth 54. at London The thirtieth day about three of the clocke wee espied the land of Greenland
being about eight or nine leagues off The Southwardest part of it bare South-east and by East off it which shortly wee perceiued to bee the Land lying in 76. degrees and 55. minutes which is called Horne-sound This Land lyeth by our common Compasse North North-west Within two houres after we had sight of Land it began to snowe and was very cold This euening the Compasse was varied thirteene degrees West The one and thirtieth day variable weather with snowe and very cold and the winde also variable and in the afternoone the winde was at the North-east In the morning wee espied a ship and about noone we spoke with her and their Master and Pilot came aboord of vs. And wee knew them to bee that ship of Saint Iohn de Luz which had leaue of the Companie to fish And they told vs that there were eight Spaniards on the Coast. Also wee espied another ship which we supposed to be a French man and had one Allan Sallas to their Pilot. The second of Iune in the morning about fiue of the clocke our Generall sent our shallop to a small Pinke that all this night we saw along the shoare to bid their Master and Pilot come aboord vs which presently they did The Masters name was Claiâ— Martin of Horne and his ship was for Dunkerke and he told vs that he was consorted with another ship that was his Admirall the Captaines name was Fopp of Dunkerke and that he was on the Coast. Wee kept the Master and Pilot aboord of vs and sent some of our men aboord of her and brought her vnder our lee and then we sent their Master aboord againe charging them to follow vs. This afternoone we tooke their shallop with fiue or sixe men whereof two were English men and one Scot at the Faire foreland The fourth day also faire weather This morning was the first Whale killed Wee had no night since the three and twentieth of May. The fift day faire weather but very cold the winde North. Wee sayled along the Iland being about eighteene or twentie leagues in length lying for the most part by the common Compasse North and by West halfe Westward About nine of the clocke in the afternoone we saw our other three ships viz. the Gamaliel the Desire and the Richard and Barnard which lay there to and fro because they could not goe into their Harbour by reason of the Ice and also because there were foure other ships in a Bay or Coue called Pooppy Bay or Nickes Coue and also other ships on the other side in Greene Harbour We sayled along the drift Ice vntill about one or two of the clocke in the morning at which time we came to an anchor in the entrance of the Sound because the Ice came driuing out so fast The sixt day faire weather the winde variable till the afternoone at which time it came to the Northwards About three in the afternoone we weighed anchor and about ten of the clocke we came to the foure ships lying in Pooppy Bay two of them being Hollanders and one a Rocheller and the other a ship of Burdeaux The Masters of the Hollanders came aboord of our ship to speake with the Generall both of them being of Amsterdam and brought a Commission granted by the Graue Maurice for to fish in this Countrey But when they saw our Kings Maiesties Commission granted to the worshipfull Companie they told our Generall that they would depart this Coast hauing our Generals Ticket to shew to their Aduenturers that they were there and had made their Port and how he would not suffer them to fish We anchored close by the French ship wherein was Allane Sallas being readie to fight if they refused to come aboord vs. So when we sent our shallop the Master came presently and their Surgeon who could speake English At the first they denyed that Sallas was aboord of them but being hardly vrged they confessed that hee and one Thomas Fisher an English man were aboord who were both presently sent for This Sallas was their Pilot and Fisher was their Gunner The seuenth day faire weather we road still at an anchor This day I obserued the latitude of the place and found it in 78. degrees 24. minutes The variation of the Compasse is in this place 15. degrees 21. minutes West About a North Sunne a small ship of Biscay came into the harbour where we roade The eight day for the most part snow the winde Southward This day the Master of the French ship being a ship of nine score or two hundred called the Iaques of Bardeaux agreed with our Generall that hee might fish on the coast our Generall was to haue halfe the Whales he could kill Also this day the Master of the ship of Râ—chel and the Master of the small ship of Biscay were agreed to depart from the coast The ninth day faire weather This morning the Gamaliel our Reare-Admirall and the Desire weighed anchor to goe for Greene harbour where two ships lay one of Dunkerke and the other of Saint Sebastian in Biscay The Captaine of the Dunkerke called Fopp had beene with our Generall and told him that he would depart from this Coast. Our Generall gaue him leaue to take the Pilot of the small Pinke and the other Dutch men he had taken of his keeping only the English men and the Scots Also the two ships of Holland with the ship of Biscay and that of Rochel weighed anchor and departed from this Harbour About six of the clocke in the afternoone came the Master of the ship of Saint Sebastian aboord of vs being brought by one of the Masters Mates of the Desire they hauing taken two of his Shallops to know our Generals pleasure whether he should haue them againe or no. Our Generall gaue them him againe vpon condition that he would depart the Coast. About a North North-west Sunne we weighed anchor to goe for Horne-Sound where we heard that there were diuers ships the wind Northward a small gale The tenth day faire weather the winde at North being very close weather About a North Sunne we came to an anchor in the entrance of Low Sound where we saw two ships ride at anchor Our Generall sent our shallop to see what ships they were who found them to bee the two ships of Holland Also our long Boate went on shoare to set vp the Kings Maiesties Armes vpon a low point of land lying a great way off called Low-nesse We set vp a Crosse of wood and nayled the Armes vpon it The thirteenth day in the morning it snowed very fast being very thicke weather the winde variable we standing off from the land About seuen of the clock it began to cleere vp at which time we espied three ships and making toward them at length we perceiued them to be the three ships which came from the Bay where we road the winde also was at East and by South
and blew a very stiffe gale Then we stood in for the shoare and spent most of this day in turning vp Horne-Sound And about a North North-west Sunne at ten a clock wee espied six ships lying at anchor on the South side of the Sound in a small Bay The one of them was Captaine Fopp the Dunkerker who came in before vs and was appointed by our Generall to come into this harbour and there to stay for vs and to goe to the Foreland to haue his other ship which we kept there Foure of them were Biscaines of Saint Sebastian and one of them was in the harbour where we road and found the French ship The sixt was a ship of Amsterdam wherein Thomas Bonner was Master and Pilot and aboue twentie English men more All the Biscaines came aboord of vs as soone as we were at an anchor but Thomas Bonner refused to come being sent for by our Generall Our Generall commanded our Gunner to shoot at him he himselfe discharging the second Ordnance Then presently he began to set saile and cut his cable thinking to get from vs but wee hauing shot him through three or foure times they began to weaue vs so we sent our shallop and he came aboord There were fiue or sixe more of the English men fetched aboord and some of our men sent to bring her to an anchor where shee might ride safe for shee was almost run ashoare This was about a North sunne or eleuen a clocke The Biscaines were charged presently to depart so soone as they had filled fresh water which they said they wanted and to bring what Whale finnes they had found or had taken or other things The fourteenth day faire weather the winde at East North-east This morning one of the Biscaines brought a few Whale finnes aboord of vs and the skin of a Beare which they had killed Then was our Boate-swaine sent aboord of them to search their ships and to bid them depart Our Generall kept the Holland ship wherein was Thomas Bonner to the vse of the Companie This day I obserued the latitude of this place by a Quadrant of foure foote Semidiameter and found it to stand in 75. degrees 55. minutes the Declination of the Needle vnder the Horizon is 67. degrees 30. minutes pointing to the Northwards but pointing to the Southwards it is 80. degrees The variation of the Compasse is 12. degrees 14. minutes west from the true Meridian but from our common sayling Compasse it is 17. degrees because the Compasse is touched fiue degrees and a halfe to the Eastward and the variation is to the Westward This day in the afternoone the foure ships of Biscay departed from this Harbour which is called Horne-Sound and about a North sunne I with the Master Thomas Sherin went ashoare with other to set vp another Crosse with the Kings Maiesties Armes cast in Lead nayled vpon it Then I obserued the Sunne vpon his North Meridian by my foresaid Quadrant and found it eleuated aboue the Horizon 10. degrees and thirtie minutes but because his heigth at the South Meridian and his heigth at the North did not agree in finding of the Latitude I did abate fiue minutes from each as the meane betwixt both for his altitude at the South Meridian was 36. degrees 40. minutes the declination 23. degrees and 29. minutes The fifteenth day faire weather the winde in the morning South but almost calme This day about noone we weighed anchor with the ship of Amsterdam and diuers of her men were fetched aboord vs with their Shipper and some of our men were sent aboord her with one of our Masters Mates called Master Spencer All this day it was so calme that wee were faine to towe our ship Our Carpenter did trim vp two of the Biscaine Shallops which they did leaue behinde them and they did leaue diuers Hoopes and Caske staued ashoare The eighteenth day faire weather the winde variable we stearing away Northward This afternoone wee met with another ship of Biscay being a ship of two or three hundred Tunnes Our Generall as he did to the rest caused her Master and Pilot to come aboord vs to whom he shewed his Commission charging them to depart this Countrey They seeing no remedie were content so soone as they had filled fresh water Wee met with them off the Southward part of the Iland Our Generall being so neere Greene Harbour where the Gamaliel and the Desire road wee went into the Sound to see them with this great ship of Biscay and the ship of Amsterdam We found that the entrance of Greene Harbour was quite stopped with Ice and ran our ship into it thinking to get through but wee could not Then wee got her out againe and came to the Bay where wee roade on the other side of the Sound in Pooppy Bay or Niches Coue. The nineteenth day faire weather the winde Northward This day about twelue of the clock we came to an anchor in the foresaid Bay This afternoone there came another ship of Saint Sebastian into the Bay where wee roade and about seuen of the clocke the Captaine came aboord of vs who told vs that he had lost six of his men and a shallop vpon the coast of Groineland vpon an Iland in the latitude of 72. degrees or thereabouts This was the Master which had beene here the last yeere and made a great voyage Master Woodcocke being their Pilot. His making so great a voyage was the cause that so many ships were here this yeere The twentieth in the morning we had newes that the Iohn and Francis was come about two dayes agoe and that they had killed one and twentie Whales at the Foreland and had also killed two at Greene harbour This day it was very close weather with some snowe the winde North-west This afternoone the Captaines of the two Biscay ships were commanded to depart this Coast. The one and twentieth wee perceiued another ship standing toward vs. Wee lessâ—ned our sailes and stayed for her to see what shee was At length we perceiued her to bee another Biscaine About a North sâ—nne we came to an anchor in Greene harbour by the Gamaliel and the Desire and the ship of Burdeaux and the Biscaine followed vs. So soone as they were come to an anchor their Captaine came aboord of vs to whom our Generall shewed his Commission as he had done to the rest charging him to depart those Coasts and told him that hee would take away some of their shallops They earnestly intreated him not to take them away and they would depart the Captaine offering his bond to our Generall that if he stayed either in Greenland Groineland or Cherie Iland he would willingly forfait all he was worth There was another Whale killed in Greene-harbour in the killing whereof there was a man slaine and a Boate ouerwhelmed by too much haste of following him after the harping Iron was in him The three and twentieth day
faire weather the winde Northward This day and the last night I obserued the latitude of the place where we roade and found it by both to bee in the latitude of 78. degrees 7. minutes the skie at both obseruations being very cleere where I finde that there is no sensible error betweene a South obseruation and a North the skie being cleare But if the skie be hasie there will be some difference as of eight or ten minutes being obserued on shoare by some large Quadrant or other Instrument for the purpose also a South South-west Moone by the common Compasse maketh a full Sea in this place The ninth of Iuly faire weather the winde at North. This day wee stood to the Southward along the Iland but toward night it fell calme and then the winde came to the West The tenth day faire weather but thicke and close the winde South South-west All this day we stood for Bell-Sound Our Generall went on shoare this afternoone and killed foure Deere and brought a young Morse aliue with him aboord The eleauenth day faire weather but calme This afternoone wee perceiued fiue shippes in a Bay in Bel-sound The winde was so calme that we were faine to towe in our shippes and about a North North-wâ—st sunne we came to an anchor by them with our three ships viz. the Tigre Admirall the Mathew Vice-Admirall and the Richard and Barnard hauing made all things readie for to fight These fiue shippes which rid here the one was a great shippe of Biscay of seuen hundred Tunnes and the two Hollanders which we found the sixt of Iune in Pooppy-bay and one small Pinke of Amsterdam and another small shippe of Rochell This great shippe of Biscay which we expected would haue fought with vs sent their Captaine aboord of vs before we came to an anchor and submitted themselues vnto the Generall The two ships of Amsterdam whose Masters names were these viz. Cornelius Calias William Vermogon Admirall and Iohn Iacob Vice-Admirall these two would gladly haue stood out with vs if the Biscaine would haue assisted them The twelfth day faire weather This day the ship of Iohn Iacobo was vnladen of such goods as shee had in her as Oyle Blubber and Mories skinnes The thirteenth day I was sent in a shallop to Greene Harborough The foureteenth day thicke close weather the winde Northward but toward noone it began to cleare vp and then it blew more winde About a West sunne we came to a small Iland or rather a Rock where Morses vse to come where we found seauen which we killed and knocked out their teeth and let them lye In this place are many of these rockes where are great multitudes of foule and they are called Lizets Ilands The Land all along is so full of Rockes that it is vnpossible for any shippe to come neere the Maine but in the Sands which are very deepe and good to come in All this euening and night wee rowed betweene this Iland and Ice-sound The fifteenth day about nine or tenne a clocke we came to the shippes in Greene-barborough where we found that they had killed eighteene Whales in all Foure of these ships were Frenchmen which had killed eight Whales for the Companie according to the agreement which the Generall had made with them which was that they should kill eight for vs and after what they could kill should be for themselues Our English men had killed three in this place and the Baskes in the Desire also three The Desire had taken in an hundred tunnes of Oyle when wee came there and she was to be laden so soone as she could The seauenteenth day also faire weather the winde Northward This day toward a West Sunne the Master of the French shippe came from Sea-horse Bay who went thither to speake with our Generall because Master Mason and Master Cooper had stayed his Shallops from going to Sea in regard they would not obserue the orders which the Generall had appointed them which were that those Whales which our Englishmen did chase they should not follow nor our men should not follow the Whales they chased For the order of the Biscaines is that who so doth strike the first Harping Iron into him it is his Whale if his Iron hold This euening I say he returned from Sea-horse Bay hauing lost his labour for the Generall and Master Edge were in Bell-sound We vnderstood by him that they had killed some eight and thirtie Whales in all and that there was one hundred and sixtie tunnes of Oyle ready made The fiue and twentieth day in the morning the Desire weighed Anchor to go to the Generall and the Master of the French ship also this morning went from thence to speake with the Generall because of a Whale which was in strife betweene his Biscaines and ours when for pilfering and for some peremptorie speeches two of the Rochellers were ducked at our Yard arme the one on the one side and the other on the other This day I also obserued the latitude of this place and found it to be 77. degrees 40. minutes Also the variation of the Compasse is 13. degrees 11. minutes West This variation was obserued the third of August in the morning the height of the sunne aboue the Horizon was 17. degrees 24. minutes and the declination was 14. degrees 41. minutes North in the latitude of 77. degrees 40. minutes and his Magnetical azimuth was 63. from South to East The ninth day wee had sight of Master Bonners Ship wherein was Master Marmaduke who had beene to the Northward as farre as Faire-hauen and now as he said he was bound to the southward to discouer beyond Point Looke-out hauing his direction from Master Edge as he said Our Generall told him that hee had hindered the Voyage more by his absence then his discouerie would profit and that it were best that he went backe with him to the Fore-land and that he would giue no licence to goe now for Discouerie because the yeare was farre spent but bad him according to his Commission so to proceede The twelfth day I obserued and found the latitude of this place by an exact obseruation to be in 79. degrees 14. minutes They in the Pooppy-Bay had seene a ship of England off Black-point and had spoken with her who told them that they were come from Kildeene The foureteenth day faire weather the Winde at North North-east This day about tenne a clocke in the forenoone we waied anchor to goe homeward being sixe ships in company viz. the Tigre Admirall the Gamaliel Vice-Admirall the Iohn and Frances the Annula the ship of Burdeaux which the Generall agreed with to fish in Greene-harborough and the Biscay ship which fished in Sir Thomas Smiths Bay The fifteenth day very faire weather all the forenoone almost calme in the afternoone an easie gale at North-east This day about twelue a clocke at noone wee were against Faire Foreland
which is in the latitude of 79. degrees 8. minutes This night was very cleere and faire weather and also calme by which meanes I had very good opportunitie to finde the suâ—â—ies refraction For beholding it about a North North-east sunne by the common Compasse at which time the sunne was at the lowest it was but one fift part of his body aboue the Horizon hauing about foure fifth parts below so neere as I could gesse His declination for that instant was 10. degrees 35. minutes North being at noone in the 2. degree 7. minutes of Virgo his daily motion was 58. minutes whose halfe beeing nineteene to bee added to the former because it was at twelue houres afore noone I say his place at that instant was 2. degrees 26. minutes of Virgo whose declination was as before 10. degrees 35. minutes the Latitude of the place was 78. degrees 47. minutes whose complement was 11. degrees 13. minutes the declination being substractâ—d from the complement of the Poles eleuation leaueth 38. minutes foure fiue part of which 12. minutes which being substracted from 38. leaueth 26. minutes for the Refraction But I suppose the Refraction is more or lesse according as the ayre is thicke or cleare which I leaue for better schollers to discusse but this I thought good to note for the better helpe of such as doe profesie this studie The sixteenth day also very faire weather and for the most part calme the winde that was was aâ— North-west This morning we espied a ship out in the often ouer against Cold-cape which we stood with and she also stood with vs. And when we came to her wee found her to be the Desire a shippe of Alborough Our Generall sent for the Master and Merchant aboard of vs who certified him that they came from Killedeene and that they had made but a bad Voyage of fiâ—h and they were come to see if we could fraight them home The Merchant was of London whose name was Master Cudner the Masters name was Fletcher who also brought sixe men which Thomas Bonner had left at Cherie Iland These sixe men had killed but one Morse all this yeere at the Iland who also told vs that William Gourdon was gone to the Northwards At noone the three and twentieth day I obserued the variation of the Compasse and found it to be one degree 5. minutes East The three and twentieth day faire weather with a fine gale at North and by East We stearing away South and by West halfe South being aâ— noone by supposition in the latitude of 69. degrees no minutes Hauing sailed since yesterday noone some thirtie leagues South true The foure and twentieth day very faire weather and cleere the winde all the fore-noone Northwards but about noone it came to the South-east This morning I obserued the middle starre in the Great Beares tayle and found it to bee in the latitude of 68. degrees 24. minutes about two a clocke at which time that starre was on the Meridian vnder the Pole Also I obserued the starre in the Beares Rumpe about one a clock and found the like latitude Also all this day we had sight of Rost Ilands being about ten or eleuen leagues off vs. Also at noone I obserued the latitude by the Sun and found vs to be in the latitude of 68. degrees no minutes which did agree with the former Obseruations by the starres Also the variation of this placâ— is 4. degrees 8. minutes East from the true Meridian wee hauing runne since yesterday noone some two and twentie leagues South and by West Almost all the afternoon it was almost calme The fiue and twentieth day also very faire weather the winde this morning came to the East South-east a fine easie gale We steered away South and by West halfe West ten leagues being at noone in the latitude of 67. degrees 5. minutes The variation of this place is 5. degrees 3. minutes East neere to the set of our Compasse This Euening the winde came to the South South-west which continued about two Watches The nine and twentieth day faire weather with a good gale of winde at North North-east From two this last night to sixe we stood away South-west and by South and at sixe we steered away South South-west being at noone by obseruation in 62. degrees no minutes The land about Scoutesnesse lyeth in this sort from sixtie three toward sixtie two it is nineteene leagues South South-west halfe Westward from thence tenne leagues South and by West which is two or three Ilands which are the West wardest land in Norway lying in the latitude of 62. degrees 44. minutes But whether these Ilands or a Point of land which lyeth about three or foure leagues more to the North be called Scoutesnesse I know not The sixt of September we entred the Thames CHAP. VI. A Voyage of Discouerie to Greenland c. Anno 1614. Written by RO. FOTHERBYE THe ship Thomasine went downe from Black-wall to Woolwich the sixteenth of Aprill and from thence to Grauesend the three and twentieth where shee remayned vntill the eight and twentieth of the same and weighing from thence she anchored againe in Tilberie Hope with ten ships more of good burthen and two Pinnasses all of the Greenland Fleet set forth also at the charge of the said Company vnder the command of Master Beniamin Ioseph Chiefe Captayne and Generall of the said Fleet. We set sayle out of Tilberie Hope the fourth of May and came to an anchor the same day in Lee Road where we stayed till the next morning then wee set sayle againe and went forth to Sea before night We proceeded in company of the Fleet and met with stragling Ice the fiue and twentieth of May in the latitude of 75. degrees 10. minutes through which wee passed without danger holding on our course all thaâ— day till time of mid-night then we found the Ice so close packt together that we were forced to tacke about and stand to the Westward till wee found more open passage wee plyed through it without any great danger till the eight and twentieth day but then being in fight of Land we passed amongst very much Ice all the fore-noone which lay in great abundance on both sides of vs but a desire as it seemes to get through it drew vs on to be the more intangled with it for about noone we could neither find a passage to goe forward nor way to retyre backe againe but being nine ships and two Pinnasses for the Prosperous and the Desire lost Company through foule weather the one and twentieth of May otherwise we had beene thirteene sayle we began very suddenly to bee inclosed and shut vp with Ice Now euery one wrought the best meanes he could for the safetie of his ship Our Master in the Thomasine caused a Hauser and a Grapnell to be carried forth and laid vpon a great Iland of Ice and so we rid as at an
the Hauen of Saint Iohn the third day of August written in haste 1527. By your seruant Iohn Rut to his vttermost of his power I haue by me also Albert de Prato's originall Letter in Latin stile almost as harsh as the former English and bearing the same date and was indorsed Reuerend in Christo Patri Domino Domino Cardinali Domino Legat◠Angliae and began Reuerendissime in Christo Pater salutem Reuerendissime Pater plaeceat Reuerendissima peternitati vestra scire Deo fauente post quam exiuimus à Plemut quae fuit x. Iunij c. the substance is the same with the former and therefore omitted Datum apud le Baya Saint Iohan in Terris Nouis die x. Augusti 1527. Reuer Patr. vest humilis seruus Albertus de Prato the name written in the lowest corner of the sheet The voyage of Captaine GEORGE WEYMOVTH intended for the discouerie of the North-west Passage toward China with two flye Boates. ON Sunday the second day of May 1602. in the afternoone I weighed anchor and set saile from Redcliffe with two Fly-boates the one called the Discouery of seuentie Tunnes and the other called the God speed of sixtie Tunnes to discouer the North-west passage hauing in my ships fiue and thirtie men and boyes throughly victualled and abundantly furnished with all necessaries for a yeere and an halfe by the right Worshipfull Merchants of the Moscouie and Turkie Companies who for the better successe of the voyage prouided mee of a great trauailer and learned Minister one Master Iohn Cartwright The Master vnder mee in the Discouerie was one William Cobreth a skilfull man in his profession and in the God speed one Iohn Drewe and Mate in the said ship one Iohn Lane The first of Iune we descried Buquhamnes in the Latitude of 57. degrees The second day we saw the Point of Buquhamnes North-west from vs being a very smooth land and the land by it to the Southward riseth with many Homocks There lyeth a ledge of Rockes hard by the Nesse in a sandie Bay faire by the shore When we came neer the land we met with a fisher Boat and I agreed with one of the fisher men to carry me betweene the Isles of Orkney because I was not acquainted with the coast The fourth day at ten of the clocke wee descried the Isles of Orkney Some of those Southerne Ilands are prettie high land but the Northerne Iland which is called the Start is very low land There is no danger giuing the shore a good birth vnlesse it be by the Norther point of the Start there doth a ledge of Rockes lye a mile from the shoare At noone I found my selfe to be in the latitude of 59. degrees and 30. minutes the point of the Start bearing West and at one of the clocke in the afternoone we saw a faire I le which bare North-east and by North from vs and at eight of the clocke at night wee were North of the Start Then I directed my course West and by North. The fifth day about ten of the clocke in the morning we ranne some tenne leagues and then we saw two small Ilands some two leagues off and at eight and nine of the clocke we saw foure or fiue Boats of Fisher-men and spake with one of them and they were Scottish-men The sixt in the morning fell much raine and lasted till nine of the clocke and at ten of the clocke it cleared vp and became very faire weather and very temperate and warme and our course was West The seauenth the winde was at East and by North faire weather and our course West The eight at noone I obserued the Sunne and found vs to be in 59. degrees and fortie seuen minutes and we ran West South-west The twelfth day we held our course West the winde at East North-east with fogge in the morning at noone I obserued the Sunne and found my selfe in 57. degrees and 55. minutes the variation here was nothing at all The thirteenth at noone our course was West and by North the winde at North-east with fogge some three or foure houres and then cleare againe the ayre very warme as in England in the moneth of May. The foureteenth was faire weather and the winde at East North-east and our course West and by North. The fifteenth much raine all the forenoone our course West the winde at East and by North. The sixteenth the winde was at North North-east with much raine winde and fogge In the forenoone being very cold and at noone I obserued the Sun and found vs to be in 57. degrees and 35. minutes we found the variation to be eleuen degrees Westward and by that meane I found my selfe to be one degree more to the Southward then we should haue bin by our course for we could not see the Sunne in 96. houres before this day at noone and at our last obseruation before this which was the twelfth day we could not finde any variation at all Then we stood close by a winde to the Westward the winde being at North North-east The seauenteenth wee ranne North and by West the winde at North North-east faire weather This day we saw many gray Gulles and some Pigions The eighteenth at noone I obserued the Sunne and found our selues to be in the latitude of 59. degrees and 51. minutes And then we first descried a great Iland of Ice which lay North from vs as farre as we could ken it from the head of our maine topmast and about two of the clocke in the afternoone we saw the South part of Groneland North from vs some ten leagues As we coasted this Ice to the Northward we found it to be a maine banke of Ice for we saw the other end of it to beare West North-west from vs the winde being at South South-west little winde Then we ranne West South-west to cleere vs of the Ice The nineteenth the winde was at East South-east with some small raine The twentieth our course was West North-west the winde being at North and by East little winde This day sometimes we came into blacke water as thicke as puddle and in sailing a little space the water would be cleare againe Seeing this change of water so often to be thick and cleare againe so suddenly we imagined it had beene shallow water then we founded and could fetch no ground in one hundred and twenty fathomes and the Sea was so smooth that we could discerne no current at all At this time I reckoned the Cape of desolation to beare North North-east twentie foure leagues from vs. The one and twentieth the winde was variable The two and twentieth we were in the latitude of 60. degrees and 37. minutes the winde being at West wee ranne North and by West The seauen and twentieth the winde was at West South-west then our course was North-west and by North the weather faire and warme as in England in
the moneth of May. This day we saw great store of Gulles which followed our Ship sundry dayes The eight and twentieth the winde being at North and by West wee directed our course to the Westward and about twelue of the clocke the same night we descried the land of America in the latitude of 62. degrees and 30. minutes which we made to be Warwicks foreland This Headland rose like an Iland And when we came neere the Foreland we saw foure small Ilands to the Northwards and three small Ilands to the Southward of the same Foreland The Foreland was high land all the topâ— of the hils were couered with Snow The three small Ilands to the Southward were also white that we could not discerne them from Ilands of Ice also there was great store of drift Ice vpon the Eastside of this Foreland but the Sea was altogether voide of Ice the Land did lye North and by East and South and by West being six leagues of length The nine and twentieth at sixe of the clocke in the morning wee were within three leagues of this Foreland then the winde came vp at North-east and by East a good stiffe gale with fogge and wee were forced to stand to the Southward because wee could not wether the Land to the Northward and as wee stood to the Southward along by Warwicks Foreland we could discerne none otherwise but that it was an Iland Which if it fall out to be so then Lâ—â—leys Inlet and the next Southerly Inlet where the great Current setteth to the West must of necessitie be one Sea which will be the greatest hope of the passage that way The thirtieth the winde was at North-east with fogge and Snow This day wee came into a great whirling of a Current being in the latitude of 61. degrees and about twelue leagues from the coast of America The first day of Iuly the winde was at West with fogge and Snow the ayre being very cold This day wee came into many Ouerfals which seemed to runne a great current but which way it did set wee could not well discerne The greatest likelihood was that it should set to the West But hauing contrary windes some sixteene or seuenteene dayes we alwayes lay in trauerse among these ouerfals but could neuer finde any great current by our courses wee sounded sometimes but could get no ground in one hundred and twentie fathomes The second day wee descried a maine Banke of Ice in the latitude of 60. degrees the winde was at North North-west and very faire weather Wee wanting fresh water did sayle close to this Land of Ice and hoysed out our Boate and loaded her twice with Ice which made vs very good fresh water Within twenty leagues of the coast of America wee should oftentimes come into many great ouerfals Which doth manifestly shew that all the coast of America is broken Land The third the winde was at South-west very foggie and as wee stood toward the coast of America wee met with another maine Banke of Ice The fogge was so thicke that we were hard by the Ice before wee could see it But it pleased God that the winde was faire to put vs cleare from this Ice againe and presently it began to cleare vp so that wee could see two or three leagues off but we could see no end of the Ice Wee iudged this Ice to be some tenne leagues from the coast of America We found the water to be very blackish and thicke like puddle water The eight the winde was at North North-west very faire weather wee standing to the Westwards met with a mighty maine Banke of Ice which was a great length and breadth and it did rest close to the shoare And at eleuen of the clocke in the forenoone wee descried againe the Land of America in the latitude of 63. degrees and 53. minutes being very high Land and it did rise as Ilands the toppes being couered with Snow This Land was South-west and by West some fiue leagues off vs we could come no neerer it for the great quantitie of Ice which rested by the shoare side The ninth the winde being at North-east and by Last blew so extreamely that we were forced to stand to the Southward both to cleare our selues of the Land and of the Ice for the day before we passed a great banke of Ice which was some foureteene leagues to the Eastward of vs when the storme began but thankes be to God we cleared our selues both of the Land and of the Ice This day in the afternoone the storme grew so extreame that we were forced to stand along with our forecourse to the Southward The seuenteenth was very foggie the winde being at East and about two of the clocke in the afternoone wee saw foure great Ilands of Ice of a huge bignesse and about foure of the clocke we came among some small scattered Ice and supposed our selues to be neere some great Banke The fogge was very thicke but the winde large to stand backe the same way wee came in or else it would haue indangered our liues very much And at nine of the clocke at night we heard a great noyse as though it had bin the breach of some shoare Being desirous to see what it was we stood with it and found it to be the noyse of a great quantity of Ice which was very loathsome to be heard Then wee stood North North-west and the fogge continued so thicke that wee could not see two Shippes length from vs whereupon we thought good to take in some of our sayles and when our men came to hand them they found our sayles ropes and tacklings so hard frozen that it did seeme very strange vnto vs being in the chiefest time of Summer The eighteenth day the winde was at North-east and by North the ayre being very cleere and extreame cold with an exceeding great frost and our course was North-west This day in the forenoone when we did set our sayles we found our ropes and tacklings harder frozen then they were the day before which frost did annoy vs so much in the vsing of our ropes and sayles that wee were enforced to breake off the Ice from our ropes that they might runne through the blockes And at two of the clocke in the afternoone the winde began to blow very hard with thicke fogge which freezed so fast as it did fall vpon our sayles ropes and tackling that we could not almost hoyse or strike our sayles to haue any vse of them This extreame frost and long continuance thereof was a maine barre to our proceeding to the Northward and the discouraging of all our men The nineteenth day the winde was at North and by East and our course to the Eastwards The same night following all our men conspired secretly together to beare vp the helme for England while I was asleepe in my Cabin and there to haue kept mee by force vntill I had sworn
vnto them that I would not offer any violence vnto them for so doing And indeede they had drawn in writing the causes of their bearing vp of the helme and thereunto set their hands and would haue left them in my Cabin but by good chance I vnderstood their pretence and preuented them for that time The twentieth day I called the chiefest of my Company into my Cabin before Master Iohn Cartwright our Preacher and our Master William Cobreth to heare what reasons they could alleadge for the bearing vp of the Helme which might he an ouerthrow to the Voyage seeing the Merchants had bin at so great a charge with it After much conference they deliuered mee their reasons in writing Concluding that although it were granted that we might winter betweene 60. and 70. degrees of latitude with safetie of our liues and Vessels yet it will be May next before wee can dismore them to lanch out into the Sea And therefore if the Merchants should haue purpose to proceede on the discouerie of these North-west parts of America the next yeare you may be in the aforesaid latitudes for England by the first of May and so be furnished better with men and victuals to passe and proceede in the aforesaid action Seeing then that you cannot assure vs of a safe harbour to the Northward wee purpose to beare vp the Helme for England yet with this limitation that if in your wisedome you shall thinke good to make any discouery either in 60. or 57. degrees with this faire Northerly winde we yeelde our liues with your selfe to encounter any danger Thus much we thought needefull to signifie as a matter builded vpon reason and not proceeding vpon feare or cowardise Then wee being in the latitude of 68. degrees and 53. minutes the next following about eleuen of the clocke they bare vp the Helme being all so bent that there was no meanes to perswade them to the contrary At last vnderstanding of it I came forth of my Cabin and demanded of them who bare vp the Helme They answered me One and All. So they hoysed vp all the sayle they could and directed their course South and by West The two and twentieth I sent for the chiefest of those which were the cause of the bearing vp of the Helme and punished them seuerely that this punishment might be a warning to them afterward for falling into the like mutinie In the end vpon the intreatie of Master Cartwright our Preacher and the Master William Cobreaths vpon their submission I remitted some part of their punishment At twelue of the clocke at noone wee came hard by a great Iland of Ice the Sea being very smooth and almost calme wee hoysed out the Boates of both our Shippes being in want of fresh water and went to this Iland to get some Ice to make vs fresh water And as wee were breaking off some of this Ice which was verie painefull for vs to doe for it was almost as hard as a Rocke the great Iland of Ice gaue a mightie cracke two or three times as though it had bin a thunder-clappe and presently the Iland began to ouerthrow which was like to haue sunke both our Boates if wee had not made good haste from it But thankes be to God we escaped this danger very happily and came aboord with both our Boates the one halfe laden with Ice There was great store of Sea Foule vpon this Iland of Ice The fiue and twentieth and six and twentieth the winde being at East did blow a hard gale and our course was West and by South with fogge This day in the afternoone I did reckon my selfe to be in the entering of an Inlet which standeth in the latitude of 61. degrees and 40. minutes The seuen and twentieth the winde was at South South-east and blew very hard our course was West The eight and twentieth and nine and twentieth our course was West and by South the winde blowing very hard at East South-east with fogge and raine The thirtieth the winde came vp in a showre by the West North-west blowing so hard that wee were forced to put a fore the Sea Now because the time of the yeare was farre spent and many of our men in both Shippes sicke wee thought it good to returne with great hope of this Inlet to bee a passage of more possibilitie then through the Straight of Dauis because I found it not much pestered with Ice and to be a straight of fortie leagues broad Also I sayled an hundred leagues West and by South within this Inlet and there I found the variation to be 35. degrees to the Westward and the needle to decline or rather incline 83. degrees and an halfe The fifth of August the winde all that while Westerly wee were cleare of this Inlet againe The sixth the winde was at East South-east with fogge The seauenth eight and ninth we passed by many great Ilands of Ice The ninth day at night we descried the land of America in the latitude of 55. degrees and 30. minutes This Land was an Iland being but low land and very smooth then the night approaching and the weather being something foggie and darke we were forced to stand to the Northward againe This night we passed by some great Ilands of Ice and some bigge peeces which did breake from the great Ilands and we were like to strike some of them two or three times which if we had done it might haue endangered our Shippes and liues Our consort the Godspeede strooke a little piece of Ice which they thought had foundred their Shippe but thankes be to God they receiued no great hurt for our Shippes were very strong The tenth day the winde was at North-east and by North with fogge and raine and our course was to the South-eastward for we could by no meanes put with the shoare by reason of the thicknesse of the fogge and that the winde blew right vpon the shoare so that we were forced to beare saile to keepe our selues from the land vntill it pleased God to send vs a cleare which God knoweth we long wanted At sixe of the clocke in the afternoone it was calme and then I iudged my selfe by mine account to be neere the Land so I founded and had ground in 160. fathomes and fine grey Osie Sand and there was a great Iland of Ice a ground within a league of vs where we sounded and within one houre it pleased God to send vs a cleere Then we saw the land some foure leagues South-west and by South from vs. This land lyeth East and by South and West and by North being good high land but all Ilands as farre as wee could discerne This calme continued vntill foure of the clocke in the afternoone of the eleuenth day the weather being very cleere we could not discerne any Current to goe at all by this Land This day the Sea did set vs in about a league
neerer the Land so that wee iudged our selues three leagues off Here we sounded againe and had but eightie fathoms The variation of the Compasse we found to be 22. degrees and 10. minutes Westward At fiue of the clocke there sprung vp a fine gale of winde at East South-east and being so neere night wee stood to the Southward thinking the next day to seeke some harbour But it pleased God the next day being the twelfth to send vs a storme of foule weather the winde being at East and by South with fogge so that we could by no meanes get the shoare Thus wee were forced to beate vp and downe at Sea vntill it should please God to send vs better weather The foureteenth I thought good to stand to the Westward to search an Inlet in the latitude of 56. degrees I haue good hope of a passage that way by many great and probable reasons The fifteenth the winde continued at the South with exceeding faire weather and our course was West We were this day at noone in the latitude of 55. degrees and 31. 〈…〉 I found the variation to be 17. degrees and 1â— minutes to the Westward And about seuen of the clocke at night we descried the Land againe being tenne leagues to the Eastward of this Inlet This Land did beare from vs South-west some eight leagues off and about nine of the clocke the same night the winde came to the West which blew right against vs for our entring into this Inlet The sixteenth the winde was at West North-west and was very faire weather and our course South-west about nine of the clocke in the forenoone we came by a great Iland of Ice and by this Iland we found some peeces of Ice broken off from the said Iland And being in great want of fresh water wee hoysed out our Boates of both Shippes and loaded them twice with Ice which made vs very good fresh water This day at noone wee found our selues to be in the latitude of 55. degrees and twentie minutes when we had taken in our Ice and Boates the weather being very faire and cleare and the winde at West North-west we bent our course for the Land and about three of the clocke in the afternoone we were within three leagues of the shoare It is a very pleasant low Land but all Ilands and goodly sounds going betweene them toward the South-west This Land doth stand in the latitude of 55. degrees and I found the variation to be to the West â—8 degrees and 12. minutes This coast is voide of Ice vnlesse it be some great Ilands of Ice that come from the North and so by windes may be â—riuen vpon this chast Also we did finde the ayre in this place to be very temperite Truely there is in three seuerall places great hope of a passage betweene the latitude of 62. and 54. degrees if the fogge doe not hinder it which is all the feare I haue At sixe of the clocke wee being becalmed by the shoare there appeared vnto vs a great ledge of roâ—kes betweene vs and the shoare as though the Sea did flye ouer it with a great height As we all beheld it within one houre vpon a sudden it vanished cleanâ— away which seemed very strange vnto vs all And to the Eastward of vs some two leagues we saw a great Rocke lying some three leagues off the Land we then supposing it to be shoald water by this broken ground sounded but could get no ground in one hundred and sixtie fathoms About seuen of the clocke there sprung vp a gale of windâ— by the South South-east which was a very good winde to coast this Land But the seuenteenth in the morning the winde being at the South it began to blow so extreamely that we durst not stay by the shoare for it was like to be a great storme then our course was East North-east to get vs Sea roome This storme still increasing our slye-boates did receiue in much water for they wanted a Sparre-decke which wee found very dangerous for the Sea About twelue of the clocke at noone this day there rose vp a great showre in the West and presently the winde came out of this quarter with a whirle and taking vp the Sea into the ayre and blew so extreamely that we were forced alwayes to runne before the Sea howsoeuer the winde did blow And within twelue houres after this storme beganne the Sea was so much growen that we thought our flye Boates would not haue beene able to haue endured it The eighteenth the winde was at North-west and the storme increased more extreame and lasted vntill eight of the clocke in the morning of the nineteenth day so furious that to my remembrance I neuer felt a greater yet when we were in our greatest extremities the Lord deliuered vs his vnworthy seruants And if the winde with so great a storme had bin either Northerly or Southerly or Easterly but one day we had all perished against the Rocks or the Ice for wee were entred thirty leagues within a Head-land of an Inlet in the latitude of 56. degrees But it pleased God to send vs the winde so faire as we could desire both to cleare our selues of the Land and Ice Which opportunitie caused vs for this time to take our leaues of the coast of America and to shape our course for England The fourth in the morning wee descried the Iland of Silly North-east and by East some foure leagues off vs. Then wee directed our course East and by North and at tenne of the clocke in the forenoone wee descried the Lands end and next day were forced to put into Dartmouth CHAP. XIV IAMES HALL his Voyage forth of Denmarke for the discouery of Greeneland in the yeare 1605. abbreuiated IN the name of God Amen we set sayle from Copeman-hauen in Denmarke the second day of May in the yeare of our redemption 1605. with two Shippes and a Pinnace The Admirall called the Frâ—st a shippe of the burthen of thirty or fortie lasts wherein was Captaine and chiefe commander of the whole Fleet Captaine Iohn Cunningham a Scottish Gentleman seruant vnto the Kings Maiestie of Denmarke my selfe being principall Pilot. The Lyon Viceadmirall being about the foresaid burthen wherein was Captaine one Godscâ—â—â— Lindenose a Danish Gentleman and Steereman of the same one Peter Kilsâ—n of Copeman-hauen The Pinnace a Barke of the burthen of twelue Lasts or thereabouts wherein was Steereman or commander one Iohn Knight my Countrie-man So setting sayle from Copeman-hauen with a faire gale of winde Easterly wee came vnto Elsonure where we anchored to take in our water The third day we tooke in our water at which time the Captaines my selfe with the Lieutenants and the other Steeremen did thinke it conuenient to set downe certaine Articles for the better keeping of company one with another to which Articles or couenants wee were all seuerally sworne setting thereunto our
hands The sixt we came to Flâ—câ—rie into which harbour by Gods helpe we came at two a clocke in the afternoone The seauenth day we supplied our wants of wood and water The eight day about two a clocke in the afternoone we set sayle forth of the harbour of Flecoriâ— about six a clock it fell calme till about eight about which time the Nasâ— of Norway by the Danish men called Lyndis-â—ose bare next hand North-west of vs sixe leagues off at which time I directed my course West North-west finding the compasse varied 7. degrees 10. minutes to the Eastwards of the true North. The thirteenth we had sight of the Hand of Faire I le and also of the South-head of Shâ—tland called Swimborne hâ—ad which are high Lands at noone the Iland of Faire Ile bearing West halfe a point Northerly foure leagues off I made obseruation and found vs in the latitude of 59. degrees 20. minutes This night about seuen a clocke wee came about an English league to the Northwards of the North-west and of Faire I le wee met with a great race of a tyde as though it had beene the race of Portland it setting North North-west Being out of the said race I directed my course West and by North hauing the winde North-east and by North this euening Faire Ile bearing East South-east foure leagues Swimborne head North-east and by North eight leagues the Iland of Foolâ— North-east and by East seuen leagues I found by exact obseruation the compasse to be varied to the East-ward of the true North 60. degrees 10. minutes The fourteâ—â—th in the morning the winde came to the East South-east wee steering West and by North away this morning the Iland of Faire Ile did shew in my sight to bee about ten leagues off at which time we did descrie two of the Westermost Ilands of Orkney which did beare South-west and by South The eighteenth the winde at North-west and by West wee laid it away South-west and by West and sometimes South-west This day 〈◊〉 noone wee were in the Latitude of 58. degrees 40. minutes The nineteenth day the winde at South-west and South-west and by West wee lying as the night before being at noone in the Latitude of 59. degrees and a halfe The foure and twentieth day the winde at North-east and by East we steering still with a fresh gale West South-west this euening we looked to haue seene Busse Iland but I doe verily suppose the same to be placed in a wrong Latitude in the Marine Charts The sixe and twentieth at noone wee were in the latitude of 57. degrees 45. minutes The thirtieth day in the morning betweene seuen and eight the weather began to cleere and the Sea and winde to waxe lesse wee looking for the Lion and the Pinnasse could haue no sight of them we supposing them to bee a sterne off vs we standing still vnder our courses This day the winde came to the North-east and by East being very cold weather we lying North North-west away Making my obseruation at noone I found vs in the latitude of 59. degrees 15. minutes our way North North-west fortie leagues This afternoon between one and two a clock we descried Land it bearing North North-east off vs about ten leagues off North-east by North off vs about ten leagues it being a very high ragged land lying in the latitude of 59. degrees 50. minutes lying alongst South-east and by South and North-west and by North. This Head-land wee named after the Kings Maiesties of Denmarke because it was the first part of Groenland which we did see This afternoone about one a clock bearing in for the shoare we saw an Iland of Ice which bore West South-west of vs three leagues off so hauing the wind at East South-east we bore in for the shoare where wee found so much Ice that it was impossible either for vs or any other ship to come into the shoare without great danger yet wee put our selues into the Ice as wee thought conuenient being incumbred and compassed about with the same in such sort as the Captaine my selfe the Boatswaine with another of our companie were forced to goe ouerboord vpon an Iland of Ice to defend it from the ship at which time I thought it conuenient to stand off into the Sea againe and so being cleere of the Ice to double Cape Desolation to the North-westwards of which I doubted not but to find a cleer coast so standing away all this night West South-west to cleere vs of the Ice which lay farre from the shoare being very thicke towards the Land with great Ilands of Ice that it is wonderfull This euening the Cape Christian bearing North-east and by East fiue leagues I found the Compasse varied 12. degrees 15. minutes to the North-westwards Moreouer standing to Seaward from the foresaid Cape we came in blacke water as thicke as though it had beene puddle water we sayling in the same for the space of three houres The one and thirtieth in the morning faire weather with the winde somewhat variable wee steering away North-west and by West betweene foure and fiue in the morning we had sight of the Lion againe but not of the Pinnasse They being a Sea-boord off and hauing espied vs they stood with vs at which time the Captaine Lieutenant and Steereman came aboord vs earnestly intreating mee to bestow a Sea Chart of the Steerman and to giue him directions if by tempestuous weather they should lose vs they protesting and swearing that they would neuer leaue vs as long as winde and weather would permit them to keepe companie with vs. By whose speechees I being perswaded did giue them a Sea Chart for those Coasts telling them that if they would follow me that by Gods assistance I would bring them to a part of the Land void without pester of Ice and also harbour the ships in good Harbour by Gods helpe they swearing and protesting that they would follow mee so long as possibly they could with which oathes and faire speeches I rested satisfied thinking they had thought as they had sworne but it fell out otherwise So hauing made an end with vs about noone they went aboord againe wee being this day in the latitude of 59. degrees 45. minutes hauing stood all the night before and this forenoone also so nigh the shoare as wee could for Ice the Cape Christian South South-east and North North-west and from the Cape to Cape Desolation the Land lyeth East and by South and West and by North about fiftie leagues This day betweene one and two a clocke the Vice-admirals Boat being newly gone aboord it fell very hasie and thicke so that wee could not see one another by reason of the fog therefore our Captaine caused to shoote off certaine Muskets with a great peece of Ordnance to the intent the Lion might heare vs which heard of them they presently stood with vs at which time
the fogge began somewhat to cleere wee hauing sight one of another and so stood alongst the shoare as nigh as we could for Ice The first of Iune wee had a fresh gale of winde at South-west wee steering North-east and by North into the shoare about three in the morning there fell a mightie fogge so that we were forced to lye by the lee for the Lion playing vpon our Drum to the intent for them to heare vs and to keepe companie with vs they answering vs againe with the shooting of a Musket wee trimming our sailes did the like to them and so stood away North-east and by East larboord tackt aboord halfe a glasse when we were hard incumbred amongst mightie Ilands of Ice being very high like huge Mountaines so I caused to cast about and stand to the Westwards North-west and by West About twelue of the clocke this night it being still calme wee found our selues suddenly compast round about with great Ilands of Ice which made such a hideous noyse as was most wonderfull so that by no meanes wee could double the same to the Westward wherefore wee were forced to stand it away to the Southwards South South-West stemming the Current for by the same Current wee were violently brought into this Ice so being incumbred and much to doe to keepe cleere of the mightie Ilands of Ice there being as both I and others did plainly see vpon one of them a huge rocke stone of the weight of three hundred pounds or thereabouts as wee did suppose Thus being troubled in the Ice for the space of two or three houres it pleased God that we got thorow the same The second day in the morning about three a clocke I came forth of my Cabin where I found that the Shipper whose name was Arnold had altered my course which I had set going contrarie to my directions North North-west away whereupon hee and I grew to some speeches both for at this time and other times hee had done the like The Captaine likewise seeing his bad dealing with we did likewise roundly speake his minde to him for at this instant wee were nigh vnto a great banke of Ice which wee might haue doubled if my course had not beene altered so that we were forced to cast about to the Southwards South and by East and South South-east with the winde at South-west and by South or South-west till ten a clocke when we stood againe to the Westwards lying West North-west and North-west and by West being at noone in the latitude of 60. degrees 18. minutes Cape Desolation is I did suppose bearing North and by West three or foure leagues off the weather being so thicke and hasie that wee could neuer see the Land The fourth day betweene one and two a clocke in the morning it began to blow a fresh gale Easterly we steering away North and North and by West we being at noone in the latitude of 59. degrees 50. minutes hauing made a West and by North way foure and twentie leagues This euening about seuen a clocke we had very thicke water and continued so about halfe an houre about nine a clocke we did see a very high Iland of Ice to the windward of vs and about halfe an houre after with some drift Ice they in the Lion thorow the fearefulnesse of their Commanders presently cast about standing away larboord tackt till they did perceiue that I stood still away as I did before without impediment of the Ice they cast about againe and followed vs. The fift in the morning being very faire weather with the winde at East South-east our course North North-west some of our people supposed they had seene the Land our Captaine and I went aboord the Pinnasse when after an houre of our being there wee did see the supposed Land to be an hasie fogge which came on vs so fast that wee could scarce see one another But the Lion being very nigh vnto vs and it being very calme wee laid the Pinnasse aboord of her and so the Captaine and I went aboord of them The ninth day about foure a clocke it began to blow an easie gale at South-east and by South I directing my course still North North-west when some of our people would not be perswaded but they did see Land and therefore I stood in North and by East and North North-east till about three a clocke in the afternoone when wee met with a huge and high Iland of Ice wee steering hard to board the same and being shot a little to Northwards of it there fell from the top thereof some quantitie of Ice which in the fall did make such a noyse as though it had beene the report of fiue Cannons This euening wee came amongst much drift Ice being both windwards and to leewards of vs yet by Gods helpe we got very well through the same when being cleere I directed my course againe North North-west The tenth day the winde at South-west and by West I steering still North-west and by North. This forenoone also wee met with great Ilands of Ice it being very hasie and thicke weather the which did driue them in the Lion into great feare and calling to vs very fearfully perswaded me to alter my course and to returne homeward saying that it was impossible for vs by any working and course keeping to sease vpon the Land which did driue all our companie into such a feare that they were determined whether I would or not to haue returned home had not the Captaine as an honest and resolute Gentleman stood by mee protesting to stand by me so long as his blood was warme for the good of the Kings Maiestie who had set vs forth and also to the performing of the Voyage Which resolution of his did mitigate the stubbornenesse of the people yet nothing would perswade those fearfull persons in the Lion especially the Steerman who had rather long before this time haue returned home then to haue proceeded on the action as before the said Steerman had done when he was imployed eight yeeres before in the said action or discouerie Therefore our Captaine and my selfe seeing their backwardnesse now as before we had done went our selues the same euening into the Pinnasse hauing a mightie banke of Ice of our larboord side and spake to them very friendly giuing order both to our owne ship and to them that they should keepe a Seaboord of vs for I did suppose this banke of Ice to lye in the narrowest of the Streight betweene America and Groenland as indeed by experience I found the same to be therefore I determined to coast the Ice alongst till I found it to bee driuen and fall away by reason of the swift current that setteth very forcibly through the said Strait and then by the grace of God to set ouer for a cleere part of the coast of Groenland so all this night we coasted the Ice as close aboord as we could East
said means they catch them So comming aboord our ships hauing left certaine trifles behind vs in their Tents and taking nothing away with vs within halfe an houre after our comming aboord the Sauage to whom wee had giuen the Knife with three others which we did suppose to be them which we saw first came rowing to our ships in their Boats holding vp their hands to the Sunne and striking of their brests crying Yota We doing the like they came to our shippe or Captaine giuing them bread and Wine which as it did seeme they made little account of yet they gaue vs some of their dryed fishes at which time there came foure more who with the other bartered their Coats and some Seale skinnes with our folke for old Iron Nailes and other trifles as Pinnes and Needles with which they seemed to be wonderfully pleased and hauing so done holding their hands towards the Sunne they departed The thirteenth there came fourteene of them to our ship bringing with them Seale skinnes Whale Finnes with certayne of their Darts and Weapons which they bartered with our people as before This day I made obseruation of the latitude and found this Roadsted in the latitude of 66. degrees 25. minutes and the mouth of this Bay or Sound lyeth in the latitude of 66. degrees 30. minutes Also here I made obseruation of the tydes and found an East and West Moone to make a full Sea vpon the Full and Change more it floweth three fathome and an halfe water right vp and downe The fourteenth and fifteenth dayes we rode still the people comming to vs and bartering with vs for pieces of old Iron or Nailes Whale Finnes Seales Skinnes Morse Teeth and a kind of Horne which we doe suppose to be Vnicornes Horne at which time the Captaine went with our Boat to the place where we had seene their Tents but found them remoued and the other fish and the Seale fish lying still a drying the Captaine taking a quantitie of the Sea fish into the Boat caused some of the Mariners to boyle it ashoare the Sauages helping our men to doe the same the Captaine vsing them very friendly they hauing made about a barrell and an halfe of Oyle leauing it aland all night thinking to bring the same aboord in the morning But the Sauages the same night let the same forth Yet notwithstanding the Captaine shewed no manner of discontent towards them The sixteenth day I went into the Pinnasse to discouer certaine Harbours to the Northwards the wind being at East South-east I loosed and set saile but instantly it fell calme and so continued about an houre When the wind came opposite at the West North-west a stiffe gale we spending the tide till the floud being come I put roome againe and came to an Anchor a little from the Frost in twelue fathomes sandie ground About one in the afternoone the Frost departed from vs further vp the Bay which we did suppose to be a Riuer promising to abide our returne two and twentie dayes The seuenteenth day the wind continuing at the West North-west blowing very hard wee rode still the people comming and bartering with vs. The eighteenth day the winde and weather as before wee riding still This forenoone there came to the number of thirtie of them and bartered with vs as they had done before which done they went ashoare at a certaine point about a slight-shot off vs and there vpon a sudden began to throw stones with certaine Slings which they had without any iniury offered at all yea they did sling so fiercely that we could scarce stand on the hatches I seeing their brutish dealing caused the Gunner to shoot a Falcon at them which lighted a little ouer them at which time they went to their Boates and rowed away About one a clocke in the afternoone they came againe to vs crying in their accustomed manner Yliâ—nt they being sixtie three in number the shripper inquired of me whether they should come to vs or not I willed him to haue all things in a readinesse they comming in the meane time nigh to the Pinnasse I did perceiue certaine of them to haue great bagges full of stones they whispering one with another began to sling stones vnto vs. I presently shot off a little Pistol which I had for the Gunner and the rest of the folke to discharge which indeed they did but whether they did hurt or kill any of them or not I cannot certainly tell but they rowed all away making a howling and hideous noise going to the same point whereas in the forenoone they had beene being no sooner come on Land but from the Hils they did so assaile vs with stones with their slings that it is incredible to report in such sort that no man could stand vpon the Hatches till such time as I commanded for to lose sailes and bonnets two mens height to shield vs from the force of the stones and also did hide vs from their sight so that we did ply our Muskets and other Peeces such as wee had at them but their subtiltie was such that as soone as they did see fire giuen to the Peeces they would suddenly ducke downe behind the Cliffes and when they were discharged then sling their stones fiercely at vs againe Thus hauing continued there till foure a clocke they departed away The nineteenth day in the morning about foure a clocke it beeing calme I departed from this Roadsted so causing our men to row alongst the shoare till the tide of the ebbe was bent at which time it began to blow a fresh gale at North-west and by West we turning downe till about two a clocke when the tide of â—loud being come when I came to an Anchor in an excellent Hauen on the South side of Cunninghams Mount which for the goodnesse thereof I named Denmarkes Hauen The twentieth day in the morning the weather beeing very rainie with a little aire of wind I loosed and caused to row forth of the foresaid Harbour and comming forth betweene the Ilands and the maine the people being as it seemed looking for vs espied vs making a hideous noise at which time at an instant were gathered together about seuentie three Boats with men rowing to vs. I seeing them thought it best to preuent the worst because we were to come hither againe therefore to dissemble the matter I thought it best to enter into barter with them for some of their Darts Bowes and Arrowes wee finding euery one of them to bee extraordinarily furnished therwith so rowing forth to Sea amongst the Ilands there stil came more Boats to the number of one hundred and thirtie persons they still rowing by vs made signes to vs to goe to anchor amongst some of the Ilands but I preuenting their deuices made certaine Skonces with our sailes to defend vs from their Stones Arrowes and Darts They seeing this went certaine of them from vs rowing to certaine Ilands to
did very much villanie to them in the ship so that the Captaine tooke three of them other of them also he slew but the three which he tooke he vsed with all kindnesse giuing them Mandillions and Breeches of very good cloth also Hose Shoes and Shirts off his own backe This afternoone I with my Boy came againe aboord the ship taking in this Euening all our prouision of water The eleuenth day the wind being at North North-east we set saile forth of the Sound which we named Frost Sound but before our comming forth of the same our Captaine commanded a young man whose name was Simon by the expresse commandement of the State-holder of Denmarke to bee set aland wee also in the Pinnasse set another aland they both being Malefactors the which was done before our comming away we giuing to them things necessarie as victuall and other things also Thus hauing committed both the one and the other to God wee set saile homewards we standing forth to Sea South-west and South-west and by West till noone when making obseruation Queene Annes Cape bearing South and by East halfe Easterly some ten leagues I found my selfe in the latitude of 66. degrees 10. minutes when I directed my course South South-west till sixe a clocke when wee were amongst much Drift Ice being to lee-ward two points vpon our lee-bow so that I was forst to lie off West North-west till we were cleere of the same at which time I directed my course South-west and by South wee sayling so all the night following The twelfth day the wind at North North-east wee went away South-west and by South till ten a clocke when we were amongst more Drift Ice wee being againe to lie West North-west to get cleere of the same which we did about noone we hauing this day and the Euening before a mightie hollow Sea which I thought to be a current the which setteth thorow Fretum Dauis to the Southwards as by experience I proued for making obseruation this day at noone we found our selues in the latitude of 62. degrees 40. minutes whereas the day before we were but in the latitude of 66. degrees 10. minutes hauing made by account a South and by West way about ten leagues This afternoone I directed my course South South-west The thirteenth day the wind as before we steered still South and by West being at noone in the latitude of 60. degrees 17. minutes going at the same time away South and by East This foresaid current I did find to set alongst the Coast of Gronland South and by East The fourteenth day close weather being an easie gale we steering South-east and by East The fifteenth day stil close weather til noone we steering as before being in the latitude of 59. degrees This day at noone I went away East South-east this afternoone it was hasie and still weather when we had sight of some Drift Ice The 16. day close weather with the wind at North-west and by West our course East South-east til about ten a clock when we met with a mightie bank of Ice to wind-ward of vs being by supposition seuen or eight leagues long wee steering South South-east to get cleere of the same We met all alongst this Ice a mightie scull of Whales Moreouer wee light with a great current which as nigh as we could suppose set West North-west ouer for America This day at noone the weather being very thicke I could haue no obseruation this Euening by reason of the Ice wee were forced to lye South and by West and South South-west to get cleere of the same amongst which we came by diuers huge Ilands of Ice The seuenteenth day being cleere of the Ice about foure in the morning I directed my course South-east by South till noone at which time I went away East and by South the weather being very haysie and thicke about midnight it fell calme the wind comming vp Easterly The eighteenth day the wind still Easterly we lying East South-east away vnder a couple of courses larboord tackt This day in the forenoone we saw certayne Ilands of Ice The nineteenth day the wind still Easterly with the weather very hasie The first day of August also it was very thicke weather with a faire gale at South-west and by West This forenoone wee met with a scull of Herrings so that I knew wee were not farre from the Iles of Orkney so hauing a shrinke at noone I found vs in the latitude of 58. degrees 40. minutes at which time I founded with the deepest Lead finding 42. fathomes redde sandie ground with some blacke dents This Euening betweene fiue and sixe a clocke wee founded againe when we had no more but twentie fathomes dent ground whereby I knew that we were faire by the shoare when some of our men looking forth presently espied one of the Ilands of Orkeney it being very thicke wee cast about and stood with a small sayle to Seaboord againe we lying West North-west off all this night The tenth day about fiue in the morning we came thwart of the Castle of Elsonuere where we discharged certaine of our Ordnance and comming to an Anchor in the Road the Captaine with my selfe went ashoare and hearing of his Majesties being at Copeman-Hauen wee presently went aboord againe and set sayle comming thither about two a clocke The Pinnasse also which he had lost at Sea in which my Countreyman Iohn Knight was Commander came also the same night about foure a clocke both they and we being all in good health praised bee Almightie God Amen CHAP. XV. The second Voyage of Master IAMES HALL forth of Denmarke into Groenland in the yeere 1606. contracted WE departed from Copeman-Hauen the seuen and twentieth of May in the yeere of our Redemption 1606. with foure ships and a Pinnasse The Frost beeing Admirall wherein went for principall Captaine of the Fleet Captaine Godske Lindeno a Danish Gentleman with my selfe being vnder God Pilot Maior of the Fleet. In the Lyon which was Vice-Admirall went for Captaine and Commanmander Captaine Iohn Cunningham a Scottish Gentleman who was with me the yeere before In the Yewren went Hans Browne a Gentleman of Norway In the smal ship called The Gilleflowre went one Castine Rickerson a Dane In the Pinnasse called the Cat went one shipper Andres Noll of Bergen in Norway So by the prouidence of God wee weighed and set saile about sixe a clocke in the Euening with a faire gale at South South-west comming to an Anchor in Elsonoure Road to take in our water The nine and twentieth in the morning we shot off a Peece of Ordnance for all the Captaines and Commanders to come aboord of vs who being come our Captaine commanded the Kings Orders to bee read which done they returned aboord at which time wee weighed with a faire gale at East North-east standing away North and by West till I had brought the Cole North-east and by East off when I
steered away North North-west and North-west and by North. This Euening about fiue a clocke I set the Annold it bearing West halfe Northerly three leagues and an halfe All this Euening wee stood away North-west and by North. The thirtieth day the wind at East South-east wee steering as before this morning about sixe a clocke the Lesold bore West and by North of vs sixe leagues off At fiue this Euening the Scaw bearing West South-west fiue leagues I directed my course West North-west with the wind at North-east and by East The one and thirtieth in the morning very hasie weather with a stiffe gale at East North-East we steering West North-west away till about nine a clocke when we had a shrinke of the Land which was the wâ—ster gate of Mardo we steering alongst the Land Wee came to an anchor in Flecorie where we were to make and take in wood and water The second of Iune we weighed and came forth of the Harbour of Flecorie about sixe in the morning hauing a fresh gale at East North-east About eleuen at noone I set the Nase of Norway it bearing North North-west foure leagues off The fourth day in the morning about two a clock we were faire by the high Land of the Yeddoe I causing to cast about stood to the South-wards West and by South and sometimes West This day at noone I found my selfe in the latitude of 57. degrees 45. minutes the Nase of Norway bearing East North-east two and twentie leagues off This day at noone also I cast about and stood to the Northwards lying North with the stemme hauing the winde at North North-west This afternoone dyed one of our Groinlanders called Oxo All this euening and the night following the winde as before we lying also North with little winde The seuenth day the winde at South-west and by South and South South-west we steering West and West and by North. This day at noone we were in the latitude of 58. degrees 40. minutes The tenth day about foure in the morning it began to blow a fresh gale at East and by South at which time we stood alongst the Land to the Southward till I had brought the South Head of Shotland called Swinborne Head North-west and by North about three leagues off and Faire Ile next hand South-west and by South eight leagues off at which time I directed my course away West with a fresh gale at East South-east about halfe an houre to three I set the South head of Shotland it bearing North-east eight leagues off Faire Ile next hand South-east seuen leagues off foule next hand North foure leagues wee still steering away West with a fresh gale at East South-east All this afternoone and the night following it was very thicke and raynie weather the winde continuing as before This night at midnight dyed the Groenlander which we had aboord vs named Omeg The fourteenth day the winde as the night before a faire gale we steering as we did before with haysie weather hauing a shrinke at noone I found vs in the latitude of 58. degrees 40. minutes hauing made a West and by South way Southerly two and thirtie leagues differing to the Westward from the Meridian of the Nase 19. degrees 45. minutes This afternoone we had a faire gale at South-east with thicke weather we steering away West The fifteenth day the winde as before we steering away West being by my imagination in the latitude of 58. degrees 40. minutes The three and twentieth day the winde at the North-east a faire gale we steering betweene the West North-west and the West and by North being at noone in the latitude of 56. degrees 10. minutes hauing by reason of a Northerly current contrarie to my expectation made a West way Southerly two and twentie leagues The Compasse also as I doe suppose being varied more then a Point to the westwards The first of Iuly wee saw Land being eight leagues off with a great banke of Ice lying off South-west wee setting our tacks aboord laid off East and by South and East South-east to double the same about two a clocke hauing doubled the same wee went away West and by South all this euening and night following This Land I did suppose to be Busse Iland it lying more to the Westwards then it is placed in the Marine Charts The second day thicke weather with the winde at North North-west we steering West and by North. This afternoone we were in a great Current setting South South-west The which I did suppose to set betweene Busse Iland and Freseland ouer with America wee steering West North-west with a faire gale at North. This night about nine a clocke the Pinnasse came foule of the Vice-admirall where with her anchor shee tore out about a foot of a planke a little aboue water and broke downe the beakes head The sixth making obseruation I found vs in the latitude of 58. degrees 50. minutes contrarie to my expectation whereby I did see the Southerly Current to bee the principall cause The seuenth day the winde at North and by East we lying West North-west being at noone in the latitude of 59. degrees 40. minutes our way North-west two and twentie leagues This euening I found the North Point of the Compasse to be varied 12. degrees 5. minutes to the Westward of the true North. The eight day the winde came vp more Southerly betweene the South-west and the South-west and by West with an easie gale we steering away North-west and by West being at noone in the latitude of 59. degrees 30. minutes hauing by reason of the Current and Variation made a West way Southerly about ten leagues The ninth day close weather it being calme all the forenoone wee perceiuing by our ships which lay becalmed a violent Current setting South-west This day at noone we were in the latitude of 59. degrees 40. minutes The tenth about foure in the morning the winde came vp to the North North-west I casting about stood to the Westwards lying West with the stemme being in the latitude of 60. degrees 16. minutes We saw the coast of America about nine leagues off at which time I made obseruation of the variation and found the Needle varie 24. degrees to the Westwards of the true North. The Hill tops were couered with snow and the shoare to the Northwards full with Ice but to the Southwards it seemed cleere Here I found a great Current to set West into the shoare which about midnight did bring vs to bee incumbred with very many Ilands of Ice hauing much to doe to get cleere off the same without danger but by Gods helpe it being faire weather with a fresh gale at South-west wee got cleere off the same standing East South-east and South-east and by East The fourteenth in the morning being cleere of the Ice I went away East North-east and North-east and by East till eight a clocke when I directed
my course North-east and by North being at noone in the latitude of 59. degrees the Cape or Head land which wee saw that night bearing West South-west sixteene leagues off All this afternoone and night following it was for the most parâ— still weather this euening I found the variation 23. degrees 55. minutes The sixteenth faire weather with a fresh gale at East South-east our course as before being in the latitude of 60. degrees 20. minutes the ships way North and by East northerly twentie leagues This afternoone and the night following the wind as before we steering still North-east and by North. The eighteenth also thicke weather being forced to stand away North North-west to double a great banke with great Mountaines of Ice almost incredible to be reported yet by the helpe of God wee passed the same sayling all this day by great and huge mountainous Ilands of Ice with the winde at South-west and by South being at noone in the latitude of 63. degrees 45. minutes Wee did see our selues beset round about with mightie bankes of Ice being forced to make more saile and to lye to and againe all this night to keepe vs cleere of great and small Ilands of Ice where many times we were in such danger that we did looke for no other thing then present death if God had not beene mercifull vnto vs and sent vs cleere weather where by his assistance we kept our selues very hardly and with great difficultie cleere of the Ice The nineteenth day in the morning cleere weather with a fresh gale at South-west wee plying amongst the Ice to see if wee could get a gut to get cleere of the same at which time wee saw the Land of America about the latitude of 64. degrees it lying next hand South and North being high ragged Land couered with snow the shoare being all beset with Ice So lying off and on amongst the Ice in great perill till about noone when God of his goodnesse sent vs to espie a little gut where wee went through and stood South South-east away comming still by many Ilands of Ice Heere I did finde both by my course and reckoning the variation also of the Compasse respected that wee were carried with a mightie Current to the Westwards as both now and afterwards wee did probably prooue and see the same For I setting my course from the coast of America in the latitude of 58. degrees and a halfe for the coast of Groenland North North-east with a compasse whose wyers were placed more then two third parts of a Point to the Eastwards of the North the variation being 23. degrees 30. minutes Northwesting and 24. degrees as by obseruation I found betweene the latitude of 58. and a halfe and 54. degrees yet I did finde my selfe contrarie either to mine owne or to any of their expectations which was in the Fleet with mee carried almost foure Points with the Current to the westwards ouer our iudgements The twentieth wee still sayled to the Eastwards by many great Bankes and Ilands of Ice being still compassed in wee being forced to stand to the Southwards to get cleere where being sometimes becalmed wee did plainly see and perceiue our selues carried into the Ice to the westward very violently This Current setteth West North-west The twentieth in the euening I found the Compasse varied 23. degrees The one and twentieth day in the morning faire weather wee espyed a gut through the Ice it seeming cleere to the southwards of the same where bearing into the same about noone wee were cleere of all the Ice by the mercifull prouidence of God Here I obserued the latitude it being 63. degrees 33. minutes Now hauing the one and twentieth day at afternoone caused the Admirall to call the other Captaines and Steermen aboord with whom wee might conferre and hauing shewed briefly my reckoning with the other euents which contrarie to my expectation had happened the cause whereof at that instant they did plainly see and perceiue They confessing the Current as they did now plainly see to bee the cause of the same So hauing done I gaue to the other Steermen directions that being cleere of the Ice they should goe betweene the East and the East and by North ouer for the coast of Groenland and not to the Northwards of the East and by North because of the former euents And now at this instant by Gods helpe being cleere I called to them giuing the same directions This afternoone and the night following it was calme This euening I found the Compasse varied 23. degrees 25. minutes The two and twentieth day at noone I found vs in the latitude of 63. degrees 20. minutes The three and twentieth faire weather the ayre very cold as with vs in the moneth of Ianuarie the winde variable betweene the East North-east and the South-east and by East being at noone in the latitude of 63. degrees hauing made a South-east and by South way eleuen leagues This day at noone I cast about to the Westwards the other ships doing the like lying North-east and by North with the stemme finding this euening the Needle varied to the Westwards 23. degrees 30. minutes The foure and twentieth the winde variable betweene the South South-east and the South-east and by South with raine and fogge This day about eleuen a clocke wee did see much Ice to leeward wherefore I cast about to the Southwards the winde comming to the East North-east wee lying South-east with the stemme supposing the ship to haue made a North and by West way halfe Northerly two and twentie leagues This afternoone by reason of the fogge we lost sight of the Lion and the Gilliflowre wee looking earnestly forth for them and shooting both we and the Vrin diuers pieces of Ordnance but wee could neither see nor heare them at which time the winde came vp Southerly we standing away our course betweene the East and East and by North. The fiue and twentieth wee had sight of Groenland being about ten leagues to the Southward of Queene Annes Cape Wee standing away East South-east in wiâ—h the Land with the winde at South All this night it did blow very much wee steering North by West and North North-west The seuen and twentieth day in the morning was reasonable cleere weather with a fresh gale at South South-west This morning betweene foure and fiue of the clocke I espyed Queene Annes Cape to beare East by South next hand of mee and King Christians Foord South South-east of me being thwart of Rumels Foord Queene Sophias Cape bearing North halfe westerly about fiue leagues off Therefore I thought it conuenient to put into Cunninghams Foord where the siluer was both in regard that I had sworne to his Maiestie as concerning the same and also because wee were expressely commanded to bring home of the same So hauing a faire gale at West South-west wee came into the aforesaid Riuer anchoring in a
compâ—st with Ice we hearing to the same the winde comming vp to the East South-east we 〈◊〉 South to the Ice were forced to loose for one Iland and to beare roome for another till about foure a clocke when by Gods helps 〈…〉 cleere off the same the winde comming vp to the South-east and by South wee lay South-west and by South off all this night The two and twentieth thicke weather the winde 〈◊〉 before This morning about seuen a clocke we saw a saile West and by South of vs we standing to him for it was our Vice admirall the Lion who had beene greatly troubled with the Ice wee being glad to meete one another againe The eight and twentieth about foure in the morning the storme ceased the winde comming vp to the West South-west About three a clocke wee set our sailes standing South-east away But being vnder saile we spyed great bankes and Ilands of Ice to leeward of vs lying off East and by South which Ice I did iudge to lye off Cape Desolation about eight leagues off the which by reason of the fogge we could not 〈◊〉 The nine and twentieth about sixe in the morning the winde came vp to the North-east and by North we making saile went South South-east away till noone with a stiffe gale wee seeing in the morning pieces of drift Ice to windward of vs hauing at noone a shrinke of the same I found vs in the latitude of 39. degrees 46. minutes hauing from noone to noone made a South-east and by South way eight leagues The one and thirtieth the winde continuing wee holding still our course with the winde still at North North-west with faire and cleere weather it blowing very much so that wee stood away vnder a couple of courses low set the Sea very 〈◊〉 growne being in the â—â—titude of 59. degrees 10. minutes hauing made an East South-east way somewhat Easterly foure and thirtie leagues This afternoone after my obseruation wee saw some Ilands of Ice 〈◊〉 some drift Ice I something maruelling of the same knowing both by my account and my 〈◊〉 â—â—seruation that we were shot too farre from 〈◊〉 part of Groinland that was described 〈…〉 Marine Chart. For the southermost part described therein is not in the latitude of 60. degrees and we being now in the latitude of 59. degrees ten minutes Cape Desolation bearing West North-west halfe Northerly about sixtie foure leagues and Cape Christian which was the next known part of Groenland North-west and by West westerly eight and thirtie leagues so holding our course East South-east away about foure a clocke we had sight of Land being very high Land it lying alongst East South-east about sixteene leagues the westermost part seemed either to fall away East North-east and the southermost point bearing East northerly fell away East and by North. This Land is very high hauing the Hills couered with snow the shoare being very thicke with Ice this place because I knew not whether it was of the Mayne or an Iland I named Frost Iland after the name of the ship The first of September at noone I made obseruation and found vs in the latitude of 58. degrees hauing made a South-east and by South way southerly sixe and twentie leagues This day at noone I directed my course East and by South This afternoone about sixe a clock it fell calme and so continued all the night following This euening I found the variation 10. degrees 50. minutes Northwesting The fourth day the winde at East and by South we lying South and by East hauing a shrinke of the sunne about noone I did suppose vs in the latitude of 57. degrees 20. minutes hauing made a South-east and by South way southerly about ten leagues all this day and the night following we lay as before The eight day faire weather the winde as before it being almost calme wee going away as before being at noone in the latitude of 58. degrees 36. minutes hauing made an East North-east way northerly twentie leagues by reason of the great southerly Sea All this afternoone and the night following it was for the most part calme This euening I found the Compasse varied about two degrees 45. minutes northwesting The ninth day also faire weather the winde southerly a fresh gale our course still East being at noone in the latitude of 58. degrees 40. minutes our way East and by North easterly twelue leagues This afternoone the winde came vp to the South or South and by East with raine This night about midnight thicke weather with raine the winde comming to the South-east we lying East North-east and North-east and by East with the stemme The tenth day about two in the morning the winde came vp to the South South-west wee steering our course East being at noone in the latitude of 59. degrees 10. minutes hauing made an East and by North way easterly foure and fortie leagues wee hauing a fresh gale westerly This day wee saw one of the Fowle the which are on the Iland of Bas in Scotland called Bas Geese This euening I found the Variation 1. degree 4. minutes northeasting The eighteenth this forenoone about nine a clocke wee espyed land rising somewhat ragged the Eastermost point of the same bearing South-east and by South and the Westermost part South and by West about eight leagues These Ilands by my account and obseruation I found to be the Ilands of Ferris being at noone in the obseruation of 62. degrees 5. minutes The nineteenth I set a little Rocke called the Monke which lyeth off to the South-east end it being about fiue a clocke East South-east of vs three leagues off This night about ten a clocke it fell calme The twentieth wee did see the streame had set vs to the Northwards This streame setteth vnder the Ilands of Farre next hand East and West So casting about wee stood to the westwards lying West South-west and sometimes West and by South and sometimes South-west it being very raynie weather about midnight it fell calme and so continued all night vnto the morning The first of October in the afternoone about foure of the clocke we had sight of The Holmes The second day wee steered away South-east and by South and South South-east for The Col. And about eight of the clocke this night wee came into Turco where wee rode all the day following The third day at night the winde came to the North-east so wee weighed and came into Elsenor Road. The fourth day by the prouidence of God we arriued in our desired Port of Copen Hauen 1606. The seuerall burthens and numbers of men employed in the ships of the Fleet aforesaid were as followeth THe Trust being Admirall was of sixtie tunnes had eight and fortie men The Lion Vice-admirall was of seuentie tunnes had eight and fortie men The Vrin or Eagle Reare-admirall of one hundred tunnes had fiftie men The Gilliflowre was of fortie tunnes had sixteene men
The Pinnasse called the Cat was of twentie tunnes had twelue men Bredaransies Foord is most Northerly Cunninghams Foord is next in sixtie seuen degrees and odde minutes The Foord wherein they saw the Towne ten leagues vp the same is two leagues to the South of Cunninghams Foord The Kings Foord is in sixtie sixe degrees and an halfe William Huntris of Stowborow in Yorke-shire is Master Hall his man and is allowed thirtie pound by the yeere of the King of Denmarke for his skill in Nauigation I haue also Master Halls Voyage of the next yeere 1607. to Groenland from Denmarke written and with representations of Land-sights curiously delineated by Iosias Hubert of Hull but the Danes enuious perhaps that the glory of the Discouery would be attributed to the English Pilot after the Land saluted 〈◊〉 and in fine forced the ship to returne for Island For which cause I haue here omitted the whole CHAP. XVI The Voyage of Master IOHN KNIGHT which had beene at Groenland once before 1605. Captaine of a Pinnasse of the King of Denmarke for the Discouery of the North-west Passage begun the eighteenth of Aprill 1606. I Set sayle from Grauesend in a Barke of fortie tunnes called the Hope-well well victualled and manned at the cost of the Worshipfull Companies of Moscouie and the East Indie Merchants for the Discouerie of the North-west Passage the eighteenth of Aprill 1606. and arriued the sixe and twentieth of the same moneth in the I le of Orkney in a Sound called Pentlefrith Heere wee were stayed with contrary winds at West and North-west and with much storme and foule weather aboue a fortnight In which meane space I entertained two men of this Countrey which are both lustie fellowes at Sea and Land and are well acquainted with all the Harbours of these North parts of Scotland These men brought vs into a very good Harbour called Saint Margarites Hope where we had the Sea open to vs for all winds that are good for vs to proceed on our Voyage In this Countrey we found little worthy of Relation For it is poore and hath no wood growing vpon it Their Corne is Barley and Oates Their fire is Turffe their houses are low and vnseemely without and as homely within Vpon Munday the twelfth of May I set sayle from Saint Margarites Sound or Hope in Orkney at nine of the clocke in the morning our course being West and by South and at eight of the clocke at night the Hill called Hoyce did beare West Southerly eleuen or twelue leagues and the Stacke South and by East Easterly three leagues and an halfe the winde beeing at East South-east This day was for the most part calme and sometimes wee had a fresh gale of winde our course was West and by South halfe a point Southerly This day I passed by two small Ilands The one of them is called the Clete and the other the Run They are distant foure leagues the one from the other The course betweene them is South-west and North-east The Southermost is called the Clete and is the lesser of the twaine it is distant from the North-east part of Lewis called the Bling-head seuen leagues and the course betwixt them is North-west and South-east Also this Bling-head is distant from the Farrâ— Headpunc of the Hieland of Scotland West and by North halfe a point Westerly and is distant seuenteene leagues Also the course betweene Bling-head and the North-west part of Lewis is West and by South halfe a point Westerly and faire low Land without Wood. There is good riding all along the shoare the winde beeing off the Land and in some places are very good Harbours for all winds From eight to twelue at night we ran sixe leagues West South-west This morning we had a fresh gale of wind at East North-east our course was South-west and by West two houres fiue leagues From two to ten South-west and by South 20. leagues From ten to twelue West South-west sixe leagues The latitude at noone was 58. degrees 27. minutes From Wednesday at noone till Thursday at noone was for the most part raine and fogge the wind at North-east and by East our course was West halfe a point Southerly our latitude at noone being Thursday 58. degrees 23. minutes From Thursday at noone till Friday at noone being the sixteenth our way was West Southerly about twentie leagues the latitude at noone was 58. degrees 19. minutes This night the wind was sometimes variable betweene the South and by West and South-east with faire weather the Magneticall Declination 18. degrees the height of the Pole was 58. degrees 10. minutes Also in the morning the Sunne beeing tenne degrees aboue the Horizon was distant from the East to the North-wards of the East twentie two degrees From Friday at noone vntill midnight was little wind Southerly and sometimes calme and from midnight till twelue at noone the next day a stiffe gale of wind at East North-east This foure and twentie houres I judged our way to be made good West something Southerly thirtie leagues The latitude at noone was 58. degrees 10. minutes Also the sunne did rise fiftie degrees to the Northward of the East From Saturday at noone being the seuenteenth till Sunday at noone being the eighteenth our course was West and by South a stiffe gale of wind fiftie leagues being close weather we made no obseruation of latitude From Sunday at noone till Munday at noone I steered away West and West and by South hauing a storme at East and by North our course was West and Southerly fiftie leagâ—â—s From Munday at noone till midnight our course was West and Southerly and from that time till noone West and by North and West among I iudged wee sayled fortie leagues these foure and twentie houres being for the most part foggie The latitude at noone was 57. degrees 50. minutes From Tuesday at noone till noone on Wednesday our course was West and by North fortie fiue leagues being foggie weather without obseruation Here wee had a current which I iudge setteth to the Northwards From Wednesday at noone till Thursday at noone being the two and twentieth our course was West and by North fiftie leagues with much fogge and close weather and much winde at North-east and by East From Thursday at noone till midnight our course was West and by North. Then the winde came to the North wee tooke in our mayne course and I spooned away with our fore-saile till Friday the winde being at North North-east I iudged our way West South-west the twelue houres that I spooned about fifteene leagues the other twelue houres West Northerly fiue and twentie leagues This three and twentieth day wee saw many Gulles and much Rock-weed From Friday at noone till Saturday at noone I iudged our way to bee made South-west and by West but it proued West and by South rather Westerly twentie leagues by reason of a current that I
iudge setteth to the North-eastward The latitude at noone was 57. degrees 53. minutes The variation of the Compasse was about a point to the Westward This forenoone and all night the wind was at North a very hard gale wee spooned with our fore-sayle Also this forenoone we saw much Sea Tange and Rock-weed From Saturday at noone till Sunday at noone our course was Southward about twentie leagues the wind being Northerly This day we saw much Rock-weed and Drift-wood The latitude was fiftie seuen degrees The variation was to the Westward thirteene degrees or thereabout The sunne being fiue degrees high in the morning was twentie foure degrees to the Northward of the East From Sunday at noone till two of the clocke the next day in the morning beeing Munday our course was West North-west we made our way West and by North twentie leagues hauing a fresh gale at South-east and by East it fell calme till foure of the clocke then it blew an easie gale at West South-west wee stemming North-west c. betweene that and North North-east the wind being variable The wind freshed toward noone This morning we saw an Owle The latitude at noone the eight and twentieth was 57. degrees 57. minutes The variation of the Compasse was fourteene degrees and an halfe to the West This day wee had blacke water and many ouer-falls streame leeches and sets of currents as it seemed to the Northward and some to the Westward The thirtieth we found our latitude to be fiftie eight degrees Heere it seemed that we were in a tyde gate which I iudged to set North and South or that it was the Eddie of the currents which we saw the other day Also wee saw white Fowles which cheeped like Spar-hawkes Also we saw driuing many dead Cowes The one and thirtieth the sunne being fiftie degrees aboue the Horizon I found it to bee twentie seuen degrees to the Eastward of the South againe in the afternoone the sunne beeing fiftie degrees high it was distant from the South to the Westward fiftie one degrees at noone it was 55. degrees 6. minutes the height of the Pole was 58. degrees 3. minutes The variation of the Compasse was twentie foure degrees toward the North-west Our way made these twentie foure houres was not aboue sixe leagues West being little wind for the most part From Saturday at noone till two of the clocke it was calme then it began to blow an easie gale at North. At night I obserued the sunne setting and found it to set twentie one degrees to the Westward of the North the winde continuing variable betweene the North and the West North-west till noone being the first of Iune Then I found my selfe by obseruation to be in the latitude of 57. degrees 35. minutes I iudged our way from noone to noone West and by South or thereabout thirteene leagues From Sunday at noone till ten of the clocke the same Euening it was calme Then it began to blow a stiffe gale of wind at South South-east Our course was West till noone the next day being Munday twentie three leagues This day wee saw many blacke Fowles like Willockes flying in flockes together The fourth my latitude at noone was 56. degrees 40. minutes The latitude next day at noone was fiftie sixe degrees The variation of the Compasse by the Scale was twentie degrees and by my other Instrument twentie foure degrees to the West The sunne was twentie two degrees and an halfe high and to the North of the West thirtie degrees by the Instrument and twentie sixe degrees by the Scale Our latitude at noone the eleuenth was fiftie eight degrees And at night the sunne did set fourteene degrees to the Westward of the North and did rise fiftie degrees to the Eastward of the North. The thirteenth the Ice seemed to be dispersed thinner with the wind or some other accident then I set sayle with our two courses but was forced to take them in againe and mooâ—â—d to another great Iland of Ice about a mile to the Westward of the other Here setteth some smal 〈◊〉 to the South-westward For the great flaâ—eâ— of Ice that weâ—e somewhat deep draue to the Southward and the other small Ice which was stoâ—ie draue with the wind which waâ— variable betwixt the North-west and the North. Here we were in sight of Land which bore West South-west from vs shewing in some parts like Ilands Our latitude at noone was 57. degrees 25. minutes From Friday at noone till eight of the clocke at night wee contâ—â—ued moored to the aforesaid Ice then it fell calme and I loosed and â—owed to the West-ward with our Oares hoping to get thorough till twelue of the clocke then the Ice grew very thicke I moored againe till foure of the clocke the next morning Then we rowed and sayled with an easie gale of wind till eight of the clocke the next morning bâ—ing Saturday Then it began to blow a fresh gale Easterly and we cunned the ship among the Ice with ouâ— Oares till noone Our latitude was fiftie eight degrees From Saturday at noone till midnight wee guided our shippe to the Westward among the Ice with our Oares hoping to get thorough but wee were suddenly compassed about with many great Ilands of Ice and continued so distressed with a sore storme of wind at South-east being foggie and thicke weather we were so bruised betweene mightie great Ilands of Ice that we were in danger euery minute to be crushed in pieces with force of the heauing and setting of the said Ice with the great Sea that the wind made had not God of his mercie prouided for vs for our owne endeuours did little auaile to our helpe though wee employed all our industries to the vttermost of our powres The nineteenth we descryed the Land of America which riseth like eight Ilands the Northermost part of it did beare North and by West about fifteene leagues from vs. I obserued the latitude and found my selfe to be in 56. degrees and 48. minutes The variation of the Compasse was twentie fiue degrees to the Westward All this Coast sheweth like broken Land or Ilands and the tyde of floud commeth from the Northward Tuesday the foure and twentieth all the morning there blew a storme Northerly and such a suffe of the Sea and so much Ice came in that our fasts brake that were fast on shoare and our Rudder was driuen from our sterne with the force of mightie Ilands of Iâ—e so that we were forced to hale close into the bottome of the Coue to saue our clothes furniture and victuals wee did our best but before we had done our ship was halfe full of water the night comming vpon vs being wearie we tooke a little rest On Wednesday we went hard to worke when the ship was on ground to get the water out of her and to stop so many of her leakes as we could come by and to saue so much of our bread
and rowing about the harbour where we lay to finde some neerer way out to the Sea we found among the Ilands where many of their winter houses had bin and some of their Tents were but lately carried away In which place wee also found one of their long Boates made of wood and bound together for the most part with shiuers of Whales fins and couered with Seales skinnes being some two and thirtie foote in length and some fiue foote broad hauing tenne thoughts or seates in it That day about twelue of the clocke we weighed anchor and departed out of Ramels Ford which lieth in the latitude of 67. degrees and the variation of the compasse is 24. degrees 16. minutes being a very faire Riuer and one of the most principall which wee saw in that Countrey stretching in East and East and by South This night about one of the clocke we came to the Patience lying in the Kings Ford. Sunday the sixe and twentieth Master Andrew Barker and our Merchant Master Wilkinson with other of the Company were in conference about returning home because that since our Master was slaine none of the Sauages would trade with vs as they were wont Wednesday the nine and twentieth we were likewise occupied about taking in of ballast for our Shippe was very light and that euening it was agreed that Andrew Barker Master of the Harts-ease should goe Master of the Patience which was sore against the minde of William Gourdâ—n and William Huntrice was appointed Master of the Harts-ease and Iohn Garteâ—â—y one of the quarter Masters of the Patience was Masters mate of the Harts-ease Tuesday the fourth of August in the morning the winde being Northerly a very small gale we got to Sea where the winde came to the Southward and we tacked sometime on the one boord and sometime on the other making small way on our course Munday the tenth was raine and foule weather as it had continued euery day since wee came from harbour sauing the seuenth day which was somewhat faire For commonly while the winde is South it is very thick and foule weather We tacked sometimes on one boord and sometimes on the other making a South by West way at noone sixe leagues Wednesday the twelfth it waxed calme we being somewhat Southward of a Cape called Burnils Cape and about three or foure of the clocke in the afternoone the winde came to the North and by West an easie gale with faire weather The eighteenth at noone we were in 58. deg 50. min. The seuenteenth day I tooke the variation of the compasse finding it to be 13. degrees 22. minutes contrary to the obseruations of others in this place And if any doe doubt of the truth thereof they may with a little paines proue it The eighteenth of August the declination of the Sunne was 9. degrees 58. minutes for the Meridian of London But we being almost foure houres of time to the Westward thereof there are three minutes to be abated from the rest and so the declination was 9. degrees 55. minutes and his height aboue the horizon was 24. degrees 40. minutes in the latitude of 59. degrees 0. min. and his distance from the South to the Westward by the compasse was 81. degrees And for truth of the first obseruation I tooke another shortly after finding them not to differ aboue 4. minutes Wednesday the nineteenth the winde still continued with thicke and hasie weather we being at noone in the latitude of 58. degrees 30. minutes or thereabout making a South South-east way about ten leagues Thursday the twentieth was faire weather the winde at East North-east wee steered away South-east and South-east and by East making at noone a South-east and by South way about thirtie leagues being at noone in the latitude of 57. degrees 20. minutes This day in the afternoone I tooke the variation of the compasse and found it about 11. degrees 10. minutes Friday the one and twentieth faire weather with the winde at North and North by East and we made an East South-east way halfe Southerly twentie foure leagues being at noone by obseruation in the latitude of 56. degrees 50. minutes Saturday the two and twentieth faire weather the wind at North and Nrth by East wee made an East way halfe Southerly some twentie two leagues being at noone in the latitude of 56. degrees 47. minutes Sunday the three and twentieth faire weather the wind at West North-west we making an East and East by North way about twentie foure leagues This day I tooke the variation of the Compasse and found it to be 7. degrees 23. minutes being at noone in the latitude of 57. degrees 26. minutes Munday the foure and twentieth being S. Bartholomewes day faire weather with an North North-west wee making an East North-east way halfe Northerly about twentie seuen leagues and were at noone by obseruation in the latitude of 58. degrees 4. minutes This day I obserued and found the Compasse to be varied 7. degrees 20. minutes Tuesday the fiue and twentieth faire weather and calme the winde at North wee made a North-east and by East way seuenteene leagues being at noone in the latitude of 58. degrees 30. minutes This day I found the common Compasse to be varied one point and the true variation to bee 6. degrees 4. minutes Wednesday the sixe and twentieth faire weather also with the wind North North-west we made a North-east and by East way halfe about twentie two leagues being in the height of 59. degrees 10. minutes Thursday the seuen and twentieth indifferent faire weather with a stiffe gale of wind at the North North-west we making a North-east way about thirtie one leagues being at noone in the latitude of 60. degrees 10. minutes Friday the eight and twentieth the wind at South-east with a stiffe gale wee made good about noone a North-east and by East way about twentie nine leagues This day in the afternoone it blew so great a storme that wee were in great distresse the winde at East South-east But about eleuen of the clocke it came to the North-west and North-west by North. And we ranne some twentie leagues Saturday the nine and twentieth it blew so stiffe that wee could beare none but our fore-saile making an Easâ— and by South way halfe Southerly about thirtie leagues Sunday the thirtieth all the forenoone it blew a very stiffe gale and about noone the winde came Southerly and it blew a very great storme which continued all that day and that night in such sort that we could not saile at all but all that night lay at hull Munday the one and thirtieth in the morning about foure of the clocke the winde came to the South-west a very stiffe gale At which time we set our fore-saile The wind continued all this day and night we steered away East and by South making at noone an East North-east way about thirtie foure leagues Tuesday the first of
September the wind still continued at South-west blowing a very stiffe gale we steered away East and by South making an East way about fiftie leagues This day at noone we were in the latitude of 60. degrees 45. minutes Wednesday the second faire weather with the wind at South-west wee made an East and by South way halfe a point Southerly about fortie two leagues being at noone in the latitude of 60. degrees 10. minutes This day I obserued and found the Compasse to be varied three degrees to the Westward Thursday the third day faire weather the wind at South-west wee made an East by North way at noone about twentie leagues This day in the after-noone the winde being at North North-west it blew a very stiffe gale for two Watches and toward seuen or eight of the clocke the storme so increased that our shippe was not able to beare any saile And all that night wee lay at hull Friday the fourth the storme still continued and we could beare no saile all that day till about foure of the clocke in the afternoone at which time we set our fore course and our maine course The night before in the storme we lost The Harts-ease This day wee made some twelue leagues East and by North. And we fell to lee-ward lying at hull some fiue leagues South by West Saturday the fift calme weather but very thicke and close all the forenoone the wind continued still at North North-west we making from the time wee set our courses the day before about twentie leagues East halfe Southerly beeing at noone in the latitude of 59. degrees 53. minutes Sunday the sixt faire weather the wind at North North-west we steering away East North-east and East and by North made an East by North way halfe Northerly some 29. leagues being at noone in 60. degrees 10. minutes This day the Compasse was varied to the East sixe degrees This afternoone it was almost calme and wee sounded and found ground at sixtie eight fathomes This Euening about ten of the clocke the wind came to the South-east Munday the seuenth very faire weather the wind South-east and South-east by East wee tacked in the morning to the North-ward and ranne East North-east and East by North vntill seuen or eight in the afternoone at which time we tacked vp to the Southward and went away South-west till toward twelue a clocke that night twentiâ— leagues Tuesday the eight in our morning Watch I found our selues to be in 59. degrees 20. minutes And about fiue of the clocke I espied Land which we supposed to bee the Iles of Orkney as afterward we found them to be the same And toward three of the clocke we came to an Anchor in a Channell running betweene the Ilands where the people came to vs and brought vs Hennes Geese and Sheepe and sold them to vs for old clothes and shooes desiring rather them then money There are about eighteene of these Ilands which are called by the name of the Orkeneis Wednesday the ninth it was thicke weather and the winde so Easterly that wee could not weigh Anchor Thursday the tenth faire weather and the wind came to the North-west and about noone we weighed Anchor and toward fiue of the clocke we were cleere off the Iles. The Channell for the most part lyeth North-west and South-east All that night we stood away South-east Friday the eleuenth faire weather with the wind at North North-west And about nine of the clocke in the morning we steered away South South-east At which time wee had sight of Buquham-nesse And about two of the clocke we were thwart of it The seuenteenth we came to an Anchor in Hull Road for which the Lord bee praysed Here I thinke it not amisse briefly to relate the state and manners of the people of Groenland forasmuch as I could learne As also what likelihood there is of a passe into the Sea which lyeth vpon Tartarie and China The North-west part of Gronland is an exceeding high Land to the Sea-ward and almost nothing but Mountaynes which are wonderfull high all within the Land as farre as wee could perceiue and they are all of stone some of one colour and some of another and all glistering as though they were of rich value but indeed they are not worth any thing For our Gold-smith Iames Carlile tryed very much of the Vre and found it to bee nothing worth If there bee any Mettall it lyeth so low in the Mountaynes that it cannot bee well come by There are some Rocks in these Mountaynes which are exceeding pure Stone finer and whiter then Alabaster The sides of these Mountaynes continually are couered with Snow for the most part and especially the North sides and the Noth sides of the Valleyes hauing a kind of Mosse and in some places Grasse with a little branch running all along the ground bearing a little blacke Berrie it runneth along the ground like Three-leafed Grasse heere in England There are few or no Trees growing as farre as wee could perceiue but in one place some fortie miles within the Land in a Riuer which wee called Balls Riuer There I saw on the South-side of an high Mountayne which we went vp and found as it were a yong Groue of small Wood some of it sixe or seuen foot high like a Coppice in England that had beene some two or three yeeres cut And this was the most Wood that wee saw growing in this Countrey being some of it a kind of Willow Iuniper and such like We found in many places much Angelica We suppose the people eate the Roots thereof for some causes For we haue seene them haue many of them in their Boats There are great store of Foxes in the Ilands and in the Mayne of sundry colours And there are a kind of Hares as white as Snow with their furre or haire very long Also there be Deere but they are most commonly vp within the Mayne very farre because the people doe so much hunt them that come neere the Sea I saw at one time seuen of them together which were all that wee did see in the Countrey But our men haue bought diuers Coates of the people made of Deeres skinnes and haue bought of their Hornes also Besides we haue diuers times seene the footsteps of some beast whose foote was bigger then the foot of a great Oxe Furthermore the Inhabitants haue a kinde of Dogges which they keepe at their Houses and Tents which Dogges are almost like vnto Wolues liuing by fish as the Foxes doe But one thing is very strange as I thought for the Pizzels of both Dogges and Foxes are bone The people all the Summer time vse nothing but fishing drying their fish and Seales flesh vpon the Rockes for their Winter Prouision Euery one both man and woman haue each of them a Boate made with long small pieces of Firre-wood couered with Seales skinnes very well drest and sewed so
her selfe among the Rocks till the other had told her how well wee had vsed them in giuing them pieces of Iron and such like which they highly esteeme in change thereof they giue vs Seales skinnes other riches they had none saue dead Seales and fat of Seales some of which fat or blubber afterward we carried aboord the poore women were very diligent to carry it to the water side to put into our caske making shew that the men were ouer at the Mayne and at an other small Iland something more Eastward Then making signes to them that wee would shew them our ship and set them where the men were the foure youngest came into our Boate when they were aboord they much wondred to see our ship and furniture we gaue them of our meat which they tasting would not eate Then two of them wee set on the Iland where they supposed the men to be the other two were carried to their Tents againe Those that went to seeke the men could not finde them but came as neere the ship as they could and at euening wee set them ouer to the other This place wee called Womens Ilands it lyeth in the latitude of 72. degrees 45. minutes here the Flood commeth from the Southward at nep Tydes the water ariseth but sixe or seuen foote and a South South-east Moone maketh a full Sea The Inhabitants very poore liuing chiefly on the flesh of Seales dryed which they eate raw with the skinnes they cloathe themselues and also make couerings for their Tents and Boats which they dresse very well The Women in their apparell are different from the men and are marked in the face with diuers blacke strokes or lines the skin being rased with some sharpe instrument when they are young and blacke colour put therein that by no meanes it will be gotten forth Concerning their Religion I can little say onely they haue a kinde of worship or adoration to the Sunne which continually they will point vnto and strike their hand on their breast crying Ilyâ—nt their dead they burie on the side of the Hils where they liue which is commonly on small Ilands making a pile of stones ouer them yet not so close but that wee might see the dead body the aire being so piersing that it keepeth them from much stinking sauour So likewise I haue seene their Dogs buried in the same manner Vpon the fourth day we set sayle from thence hauing very faire weather although the winde were contrary and plyed to and fro betweene the Ice and the Land being as it were a channell of seuen or eight leagues broad then on the ninth day being in the latitude of 74. degree 4. minutes and much pestered with Ice neere vnto three small Ilands lying eight miles fromth shore we came to anchor neere one of them These Ilands are vsed to be frequented with people in the latter part of the yeare as it seemed by the houses and places where the tents had stood but this yeare as yet they were not come here the tides are very small especially the floud which ariseth not aboue fiue or six foot yet the ebbe runneth with an indifferent streame the cause thereof in mine opinion is the great abundance of Snow melting on the Land all this part of the yeare The tenth day wee set sayle from thence and stood through much Ice to the Westward to try if that further from the shoare wee might proceede but this attempt was soone quailed for the more Ice we went through the thicker it was till wee could see no place to put in the Ships head Seeing that as yet we could not proceede we determined to stand in for the shoare there to abide some few dayes till such time as the Ice were more wasted and gone for we plainely saw that it consumed very fast with this resolution we stood in and came to anchor among many Ilands in the latitude of 73. degrees 45. minutes On the twelfth day at night here wee continued two dayes without shew or signe of any people till on the fifteenth day in the morning about one a clocke then came two and fortie of the Inhabitants in their Boates or Canoas and gaue vs Seale skinnes and many peeces of the bone or horne of the Sea Vnicorne and shewed vs diuers peeces of Sea Mors teeth making signes that to the Northward were many of them in exchange thereof we gaue them small peeces of Iron Glasse Beads and such like at foure seuerall times the people came to vs and at each time brought vs of the aforesaid commodities by reason thereof we called this place Horne Sound Here we stayed six dayes and on the eighteenth day at night we set sayle hauing very little winde and being at Sea made the best way we could to the Northward although the winde had beene contrary for the most part this moneth but it was strange to see the Ice so much consumed in so little space for now we might come to the three Ilands before named and stand off to the Westward almost twenty leagues without let of Ice vntill we were more North as to 74. degrees 30. minutes then we put among much scattered Ice and plyed to and fro all this month still in the sight of shoare and many times fast in the Ice yet euery day we got something on our way nothing worthy of note happening but that at diuers times we saw of the fishes with long hornes many and often which we call the Sea Vnicorne and here to write particularly of the weather it would be superfluous or needelesse because it was so variable few dayes without Snow and often freezing in so much that on Midsummer day our shrowds roapes and sailes were so frozen that we could scarse handle them yet the cold is not so extreame but it may well be endured The first of Iuly we were come into an open Sea in the latitude of 75. degrees 40. minutes which a new reuiued our hope of a passage and because the winde was contrary wee stood off twenty leagues from the shoare before we met the Ice then standing in againe when we were neere the Land we let fall an anchor to see what tyde went but in that we found small comfort Shortly after the winde came to the South-east and blew very hard with foule weather thicke and foggie then we set sayle and ran along by the Land this was on the second day at night The next morning we past by a faire Cape or head land which wee called Sir Dudley Digges Cape it is in the latitude of 76. degrees 35. minutes and hath a small Iland close adioyning to it the winde still increasing we past by a faire Sound twelue leagues distant from the former Cape hauing an Iland in the midst which maketh two entrances Vnder this Iland we came to anchor and had not rid past two houres but our Ship droue although we had two
anchors at the ground then were we forced to set sayle and stand forth this Sound wee called Wostenholme Sound it hath many Inlets or smaller Sounds in it and is a fit place fot the killing of Whales The fourth day at one a clocke in the morning the storme began againe at West and by South so vehement that it blew away our forecourse and being not able to beare any sayle wee lay a drift till about eight a clocke then it cleared vp a little and we saw our selues imbayed in a great Sound then we set sayle and stood ouer to the South-east side where in a little Coue or Bay we let fall an anchor which we lost with cable and all the winde blowing so extreamely from the tops of the hils that we could get no place to anchor in but were forced to stand to and fro in the Sound the bottome being all frozen ouer toward two a clocke it began to be lesse winde then we stood forth In this Sound we saw great numbers of Whales therefore we called it Whale Sound and doubtlesse if we had beene prouided for killing of them we might haue strooke very many It lyeth in the latitude of 77. degrees 30. minutes All the fift day it was very faire weather and wee kept along by the Land till eight a clock in the euening by which time we were come to a great banke of Ice it being backed with Land which we seeing determined to stand backe some eight leagues to an Iland we called Hackluits Ile it lyeth betweene two great Sounds the one Whale Sound and the other Sir Thomas Smiths Sound this last runneth to the North of seuenty eight degrees and is admirable in one respect because in it is the greatest variation of the Compasse of any part of the World known for by diuers good Obseruations I found it to be aboue fiue points or fifty six degrees varied to the Westward so that a North-east and by East is true North and so of the rest Also this Sound seemeth to bee good for the killing of Whales it being the greatest and largest in all this Bay The cause wherefore we minded to stand to this Iland was to see if we could find any finnes or such like on the shore and so indeed this night wee came to anchor but with such foule weather that our Boat could not land The next day wee were forced to set sayle the Sea was growne so high and the wind came more outward Two dayes wee spent and could get no good place to anchor in then on the eight day it cleered vp and wee seeing 〈◊〉 company of Ilands lye off from the shoare twelue or thirteene Leagues wee minded to goe to them to see if there we could Anchor When wee were something neere the winde tooke vs short and being loth to spend more time we tooke opportunitie of the wind â—nd left the searching of these Ilands which wee called Careyes Ilands all which Sounds and Ilands the Map doth truly describe So we stood to the Westward in an open Sea with a stiffe gale of wind all the next day and till the tenth day at one or two a clocke in the morning at which time it fell calme and very foggie and wee neere the Land in the entrance of a faire Sound which wee called Alderman Iones Sound This afternoone being faire and cleere we sent our Boat to the shoare the ship being vnder sayle and assoone as they were on shoare the wind began to blow then they returned againe declaring that they saw many Sea Morses by the shoare among the Ice and as farre as they were they saw no signe of people nor any good place to anchor in along the shoare Then hauing an easie gale of wind at East North-east we ranne along by the shoare which now trendeth much South and beginneth to shew like a Bay On the twelfth day we were open of another great Sound lying in the Latitude of 74. degrees 20. minutes and we called it Sir Iames Lankasters Sound here our hope of passage began to be lesse euery day then other for from this Sound to the Southward wee had a ledge of Ice betweene the shoare and vs but cleare to the Sea ward we kept close by this ledge of Ice till the foureteenth day in the afternoone by which time wee were in the latitude of 71. degrees 16. minutes and plainely perceiued the Land to the Southward of 70. degrees 30. minutes then wee hauing so much Ice round about vs were forced to stand more Eastward supposing to haue beene soone cleare and to haue kept on the off side of the Ice vntill we had come into 70. degrees then to haue stood in againe But this proued quite contrary to our expectation for wee were forced to runne aboue threescore leagues through very much Ice and many times so fast that wee could goe no wayes although we kept our course due East and when wee had gotten into the open Sea wee kept so neere the Ice that many times we had much adoe to get cleare yet could not come neere the Land till we came about 68. degrees where indeede we saw the shoare but could not come to it by eight or nine leagues for the great abundance of Ice This was on the foure and twentieth day of Iuly then spent we three dayes more to see if conueniently wee could come to anchor to make triall of the tides but the Ice led vs into the latitude of 65. degrees 40. minutes Then wee left off seeking to the West shoare because wee were in the indraft of Cumberlands Iles and should know no certaintie and hope of passage could be none Now seeing that we had made an end of our discouery and the yeare being too farre spent to goe for the bottome of the Bay to search for drest Finnes therefore wee determined to goe for the Coast of Groineland to see if we could get some refreshing for our men Master Hubert and two more hauing kept their Cabins aboue eight dayes besides our Cooke Richard Waynam which died the day before being the twenty six of Iuly and diuers more of our company so weake that they could doe but little labour So the winde fauouring vs we came to anchor in the latitude of 65. degrees 45. minutes at six a clocke in the euening the eight and twentieth day in a place called Caukin Sound The next day going on shoare on a little Iland we found great abundance of the herbe called Scuruie Grasse which we boyled in Beere and so dranke thereof vsing it also in Sallets with Sorrell and Orpen which here groweth in abundance by meanes hereof and the blessing of God all our men within eight or nine dayes space were in perfect health and so continued till our arriuall in England Wee rode in this place three dayes before any of the people came to vs then on the first of August six of the Inhabitants in
of Pinega Sharkai Gooba which is the great Bay of Hayuburi They land the third time A great Riuer Flote-wood A sore tyde vpon the shoare Cape Swetinos William Gourdan goeth on shoare Two Russe Crosses A deepe Bay Westward of Cape Swetinos They goe on Land againe An house of Wood. They goe on Land the sixth time Aâ—undance of Muskitos Crosses found and cerâ—ayne Russes at the mouth of Pechora The depth of the Bâ—â—re of the Riuer of Pechora They passe ouer the Barre and ride in six fathoms wâ—ter They â—oe vp the Riuer of Pechora ouer The Dâ—y Sea Dâ—lgoi is seuen leagues vp from the Barre The Boluan or East head land of the Riuer Pechora The channell trendeth South-west An Iland neere the mouth of the Riuer They find one of the chiefest entrances of the Riuer They come to a Ferme house of a principall man of the Towne The Towne is called Pustozera Pechora runneth through Siberia and farther Two Coches or Lodias bound for Mougunzea He buyeth two Falcons The stocke of goods left in Pustozera 24. Lodias bound for Mugunzea which is to the Eastward of Ob. They safely passe the Barre of Pechora Colgoienâ— Iland 69. degrees 20. minutes Falcons 70 degrees 40. minutes 72. degrees 34 minutes 74. degrees 30. minutes 74. degrees 57. minutes They arriue at Cherie Iland 30. Lodias 50. Cayucks or fishing Boats haunâ—ing the Riuer Pechora They arriue in the Port of Pechoraâ—he â—he ninth of Iuly Two Crosses standing on the sand Pinega Ship endangered by Ice Our men arriue at Towne of Pechora People afraid of the English White Partridges and Foxes Commodities The Fleet of Mongosey of 26. Lodias Or Mongal From Pechora to Colmogro is a moneths trauel by Riuer Small Pewter Dishes a great commoditie August 1. Huge Ice Omeli Fishing They land on the I le of Colgoiene Geese Two Hawkes taken Cherie Iland Thomas Edge See sup c. 2. Morses fearefull August 26. Pechora Oustiug A Poud is 37. pound or the third part of a hundred weight An Alteen is fiue of their Pence a Groat of ours A great fishing of Salmons beginning the first of August Trauelling Deere Fish in stead of Bread Oust Zilma Perm Elephants teeth whence and which way Dolgoie Iland in the Soosoie Mora The Boluanou Matpheyoue Ostroue Youhorskoie Share The Meedanetskoie Zauorot where Hainburie is The two Ilands called Zelentsee or the Greene Ilands Dolgoie Ostroue or the Long Iland Karskoie Gooba Meastnoy Ostroue or Meastnoy Iland A Riuer Mootnoya Reca or the Thicke or troubled Riuer Two Lakes The Nâ—uoloke or Ouer-hall Zelenoy Osera or The Greene Lake Zelenoya Reca or The Greene Riuer falleth into Ob. The Riuer Ob. The Zauorot in the Riuer of Ob. Tawze Reca Taes Tawze Gorodoc or Castle Mongosey The Samoyede on the Mayne ouer against Vaygats trauell in the Winter to Mongosey We may learn of these Samoyeds the trade of Mongosey at Mezen more perfectly Mezen a Town of great traffick for Furres Mezen Peozareca Peaskanoy Nauoloc Oust-selma Pustozera The Boluanou Pechora The former part of the Voyage is omitted to auoide tedious repetition Toxar Pustozera Iuly Cola in Lappia Arkania Molgomsey Pole baptized Russe Frost in August Slobodca Mart. Iugoria Sunne returneth Generall Fast for three dayes very strict Russes fraud February Samoyeds quarrell Variation The report of a Russe a great Traueller of the way from Pechora to Ob. Medemskoy Zouorot Zyelensa two Ilands Breit-vinnose Socolia Lowdia A long Point From Medemskoy Zauorot to Ob is 16. dayes sayling An Iland Ob is full of Ilands broad and shoald The people of Pechora and the Russes are vnwilling that we should goe to Ob. The Riuer Yenisce Samoyeds Horses Ploughes The Riuer of the Tingusseys Tangut mentioned by Polo a large Kingdom Northward from Cathay or China The Riuer Pâ—sida Gunnes March Pâ—stozera in 68. degrees 30. or 35. minutes Aprill The report of a Permack Yenissey beyond it the land trendeth due East Pesida Riuer Catonga Riuer runneth out of Cathay Stones like Gold and Siluer in the mid-way betweene Pisida and Catonga May. The Riuer Ice breakes vp Foure dayes iourney betweene Pustozer and Oust-zilma Oust-zilma is in 66. degrees 30. minutes there grow faire Barley and Rie Iune 17. Soymas depart for Molgomsey Iuly Tom combustion Intelligence of the Countrey Course of Pechora Modeneskoy zauorot Meastnoy Ostroue Scola Lowdia Yowgarkoy shar Carskoy Gouba Mowtnoy a Riuer Sharrappa Shar Yowcozoua Naromzia Riuer Ob. Zylena Riuer Taz Zauorot Taz Riuer An Iland in the mouth of Taz The Towne Powre Riuer An Iland called Trowgan The Riuer Hâ—utike runneâ—h out of Cathay August They depart from Pustozera Gloubocke in 69 degrees 12. minutes Collocolcoua Mezyou Sharry Oliuer Brunell Indiga September Knocke Iohn Danieloue Stolbe Churua Nose Arkania Colmogro This piece of an Elephants Tooth was sent into England The Sea Naromzie In another Letter from Pechora August 16. Chrystall vpon the Vaygats Yowgorsky Shar Cara Reca Moetnaia Reca The Voloc or necke of Land Zelena Reca Obi Riuer Taes Riuer Yenissey Riuer Tinguissey a people A White Citie Great ringing of Bels. Horses People in Armour They are not farre from Cataia and China They were first receiued into a Permacks House August Nouember His Voyage ouer-land to Slobotca and Colmogro Mountaynes Cameni or Rockes He arriueth at Slobotca the 9. of December in 16. dayes Thomas Ligon He arriueth at Colmogro the 12. of Decemb. Snow bettereth their Trauell The fourth of Ianuarie Mosse food for the Deere The manner of trauelling with the Samoieds Their Tents Hard-soft lodging Poore Samoieds Dangerous Wolues Slobotca Trade with the Samoieds of Ougoria Eight or nine hundred Samoieds come to Pustozera The false suggestions of the Russes against vs. March Aprill 1612. May 20. the Ice brake vp Our men intreated to winter at Oust-zilma Oust-zilma Iune 3. Sixteene Soymas depart for Molgomsey Fishing for Bealugos vnder the Boluan Manner of killing them The Russes vpon the Ice vse to kill the Morse as they doe their Bealugo but their rope is longer and a barreâ—â— made fast at one end to buoy it Samoieds pouertie Bealugo made meate in Italie Iuly 13. A Boate sent by Riuer to Pustozera to fetch home Master Logan and his Company into Russia August The Gloubuc Promoi Coskoi September North-west windes cause high Tides on this Coast. Much Snow Candinos Danilo Stolb in Lapland Archangel Colmogro Medeniskoie Barre Vaygats Iland The Riuer Ob. The Riuer Tas Molgomsey a great Mart. Ougoria and Naromzai Store of Morsses They returne from Ougoria in Ianuarie Moetnaia Reca Zelenai Reca Ob Reca Tas Riuer An Iland in the mouth of Tas A Towne A necke of Land The Riuer Torowhan The Riuer Hawtick The Riuer of the Tingussies Two or three Riuers from Tingussie to the mouth of Yenisce The Riuer Pisida The Riuer Catowga Ships with two or three sailes Horses about the Riuer Catowga Bereseua Verchio-towria Tumen Tobolsca Surgout Tom. Many Nations come downe the
44. minutes ofâ—sland â—sland Snaeland Naddoc first Discouerer Farre Ilands Gardar second Discouerer A.D. 864. Gardarsholme Floco third Discouerer Rauen Guides The name Island of Ice Island is not Thule Thule furthest of the Brittish Iles. * The Author proceedeth in this disputation further then our Reader perhaps would permit vs. The learned and curious may there find enough and more yet in Ortelius his both Thesaurus and Theatrum who proueth out of Pompenius Ptolemaeus and Procopius that Island is not Thule but as the name sounds Tylemarke a Region in Norway or all Scandia of which that is a part still retaining the name The Circuit * Harald Harefagre finding many pâ—ttie Princes made an absolute Monarchy of Norway wherupon some sought to free themselues by new discoueries and hence arose the plantation of Island A.D. 874. Ingulfus Rash vowes and bloudie quarrells ensuing Island first inhabited A 874 Superstition First houses Island had anciently fairer houses then now hauing Timber from Norway c. likewise Tillage was then in vse Hiorleifus slain Westmafrar and Westmen Woods Bels and Crosses Chap. 3. Of the language of the Nation Islanders only retaine the ancient Gottish Two kindes of letters Island Grammarian Norus of whom Norway is named Chap. 4. Of the first Inhabitants of the North parts of the world Thorro Fermotus Goe Gorus * This Odinus is said to haue made his plantation with his Asian followers about four and twentie yeeres before Christ was borne Earth-bred or Land-sprung men which had their originall in that Land Giants first inhabiters of the Northerne parts of the World Their originall from the Cananites A long discourse of the Authour to proue that there haue bin Giants iâ— omitted Giants in the time of Haraldus Harefayre and since 1338. a Giant reported of 15. Cubits Iuâ—land Chap. 5. Of their Customes and manner of life Separate dwellings Houses Fewell Turfes of two sorts both vsed in England the one in fennie the other in heath grounds Einarus the Inuenter of Turfe-fewel in the Orcades Stoues Greater houses in Island in old times Victuals and Husbandry Tillage anciently in vse Beasts Fowle Fish Drinke Whay Mead. Ale Chap. 6. Of their Common-wealth Religion Seats of Iustice and Religion Idols Por and Thors day Freyr Niordur and As. Odinus the same that Woden in our Saxon storie Odinus Odin or Oden by his Sorcery which made him a Deuill made a God Wodnesday or Wednesday The Altar Holy water sprinkle Holy Ring Sacrifices Humane-inhumane sacrifices Deuill-circle Of this place and these cries of the children confused with sounds of instruments and the vnnaturall horror Hell was called Gehenna and Tophet Chap. 7. Of Magistrates and Courts A Magistrate who Care of the Poore Lawes against Beggars Inordinate men Our tithings and hundreds in their originall had some resemblance thereof Lawes of Almes A.D. 1609. Secund. Comput Ang. * The Main-sayle without a Bonnet * The Fore-sayle without a Bonnet Hamersound in Shotland North Cape in 71. degrees 20. minutes May the second Chery Iland Ice The sixt day of May wee were in 74. degrees 7. minutes Abundance of Ice 74. degrees 15. minutes variation 13. degrees 30. minutes The Lyonesse was sent to Chery Iland * As Cobodines wildgeese and Willocks Ice Much raine Land the 16. day of May. Note 76. degrees 50 minutes Pole height Variation 16. degrees The North point westerly Rockes Mohorses or Morses Hornsound Muscouy Mount For these places see Captain Edges Map Ice point Bell point Point partition The ayre temperate· Lownesse I le Lowsound The Sounds season Very thicke fogs Extreame cold weather Sailes frozen Black-point I le Cape-cold Ice-sound Faire weather Fayer-forland No fish In all this land by the sea side is good store of Drift-wood but none groweth here N. Wood cock Whale-fins Hope of a Polate passage Knotty-point Thirty day of May. Foule-sound Deere-sound Close-Coue Ice Gornerd-nose Note Iune A Beare slaine Foure Deere slaine His name was Tho. Whiteman A Beare slaine A crosse set vp Crosse-road A good Road for all winds There is great store of Fowle in this Land A Buck slaine Three Deere slaine A fawne taken Beares slaine Mohorses White fishes Fiue Deere * Isa. 45.18 Two Beares and two Deere slaine Crosse-road in 79. degres 15 minutes Compasse vary 18. degrees 16. minutes Ice Great store of Whales Fiue Deere slaine Faier-Hauen Abundance of Ice 79. degrees 50. minutes the Latitude of Gornerds nose The fâ—rthest place of my being this Voyage This Vnicorns horne is the Horne of a fish of which sâ—e after in Baffins discouery Ten Beares slaine Fiue Deere slaine A yong beare taken A Beare slaine Take heede of this point A Bucke slaine A Beare slaine A Bucke Iuly the first 78 degrees 24. mitutes var. 17. W. Two Deere slaine Greene-harbour one Deere slaine Ice A Beare slaine two yong ones taken Ice A dead Whale Three Beares slaine Three Deeres slaine A Beare with two young ones taken Fiue Deere slaine Two Beares slaine Sea-coales Three Bucks slaine No good chanell A Beare slaine A fat Bucke And although I haue not written of the farnesse of the rest yet the most of them were two and three inches thicke of fat My departure from the land Ice A fish seene Ice fogs two of the greatest hinderances in the Northerne Nauigations I stood 〈◊〉 England In 62. degrees 15. minutes The Coluidine is as big as a Mallard the male is neerer of the colour and the female browne Poole entertayned by a certaine stipend He was as I haue heard miserably and basely murthered betwixt Ratclâ—ffe and London after his returne from this Voyage Further discouerie to the North. Thomas Edge See sup l. 3 c. 2. Cherie Iland Agreement with a Tanner for Morses hides Aduentures and losses in first Discoueries Sixe Biscainers procured for killing of the Whale as I haue heard by Woodcocks aduise who had liued and been imployed with them in Grand Bay c. * This was a conceit as if all places had choiâ—e of all kindes which experience hath since taught otherwise See of the kinds of Whales sup· 471. I haue added this to be compared with that for further light Spermaceti or Permaciti as the vulgar call it Ambergreese The rest as not so necessary to the publike is omitted Foure Ships See Sup. l. 3. The Ships separated Cherie Iland Crosse Rode Ice a hinderance to Whale killing and discouery 80. Degrees New discouery Hold with Hope Sâ—ore of Whales Cherie Iland Three hundred Moâ—ses Mary Margaret lost Ship of Hull Double danger They returne homeward September 3. Orkney Ilands Pentlow Fryth in 58. degrees 36. minutes Many fat Deere white Beares white grey and dun Foxes Abundance of sundry Fowles Allen a deuouring Fowle Many huge Morses Chery Iland Blacke point Great store of Whales Cape Cold. Foule Sound Faire Foreland The Diana of London Dutch Merchant brake his necke Six Biscayners Iune The Marmaduke Marmadukes Discouerie to 82. degrees Woodcock Pilot
the fiue when hee commeth newly to the Prouince where hee is to administer his office There bee other dignities aboue all these which are called Quinchais which is to say a Plate or Seale of gold which are not sent but about very serious matters and of great importance for the Kingdome or the King Euery Lothia of what qualitie soeuer hee bee high or low hath for a signe or badge besides the abouesaid a high Cap and round with certayne eares a-crosse made of small twigges wouen with twist All the Offices are giuen from three to three yeeres and none is giuen for longer time and all giuen to men that are not borne in that part of the Land because they may not be mooued by affection in matters of Iustice that belong to their offices and also because they may not become mightie thereby to preuent insurrections The offices are distributed by the King with the counsell of the Eunuchs And because the Eunuchs are those with whose counsell the offices are dâ—stributed they are many times mightily bribed The Chaens which the King doth send euery three yeeres commonly are sound men and bring commonly more authoritie then the rest And these besides the yeerly Chaen are sent the third yeere when euery Officer endeth his office After that the Chaens haue taken the accounts of the Lothyas they visit the Prisons and giue audience to the Prisoners After this hee with the other principall Lothias doe visit the Schollers and all those that hee findeth to haue studied well he fauoureth and giueth them good hopes and those which haue not studied well if hee see they haue abilitie for it he commandeth them to bee whipped And if already they haue beene whipped and haue not amended he commands them to bee put some dayes in prison besides the whipping of them that with these punishments from thence forward they may haue a better care If hee findeth that they neither learne nor haue abilitie hee thrusts them out of the Schooles This doe onely the Louthias which come euery three yeeres after they haue dispatched the businesses of the Prouince hee busieth himselfe in making Louthias which hee maketh in forme following He commandeth to come to the principall Citie of the Prouince all the Students that haue well studied from all the Cities of the Prouince and from all the great Townes where the King hath Schoole-masters of free Schooles maintayned at his charge for the Students did learne the Lawes of the Realme maintayned at their fathers charge And all the principall Louthias of the Prouince assembled with Chaen there examine very well euery one of the Students demanding of him many things concerning their Lawes and if he answereth to all well they command him to be put apart and if he be not yet well instructed eyther they send him to learne more and if it be through his default eyther they whip him or being whipped they send him to Prison as the Portugals saw many in Prison for that fault where they were in Prison also After the Examination ended the Chaen riseth vp and all the Louthias with great Ceremonies Feasts Musickes and Playings they giue the degree to euery one of them they found sufficient which is to giue him the Title of Louthiâ— And after the passing many dayes in Feasts and Banquets they send them to the Court to receiue the Badges of Louthias which are Caps with eares broad Girdles and Canopies and there they stay the distribution of Offices So that in this manner they make the Louthias which in the Countrey are to administer Iustice. The Louthias for war are made by Chiualries and famous Deeds which they did in war So that in these Countries men are much honoured by their Learning or by their Chiualrie and yet more for their Learning because of the Learned doe commonly come the fiue principall Louthias and the Assistants Notwithstanding there are many Louthias which are made for simple fauours either for doing some particular seruice to the King or to the Realme or in some Towne or hauing some particular fauour or qualitie As they did to a young man of China because the Portugals beeing in Prison he serued for an Interpreter whereby the Louthias gaue him the title and badges of Louthia because he could speake Portugall But these and such other doe not commonly serue Offices of the King but enjoy onely the Liberties of Louthias as the Gentlemen Portugals haue their Liberties which some enioy by fauour of the King And these Louthias haue great Liberties in the Countrey for none can doe him any injurie without punishment neither can they bee imprisoned but for hainous faults and they may imprison any that doe wrong them and many other Liberties And though there were some Portugals that reported without any certaintie that the Chinaes did studie naturall Philosophie the truth is that there is no other Studies nor Vniuersities in it nor particular but onely the Schooles Royall of the Lawes of the Kingdome The truth is that some are found that haue knowledge of the courses of Heauen whereby they know the Eclypses of the Sunne and of the Moone But these if they know it by any Writings that are found among them they teach it to some person or persons in particular but of this there are no Schooles The Chinas haue no certaine Letters in their Writing for all that they write is by Characters Their lines are not ouerthwart as in the Writings of all other Nations but are written vp and downe When the Louthias are dispatched at the Court with Offices for the Prouinces where they goe to gouerne they depart carrying nothing of their owne more then the Apparell they are to weare and some few Seruants to serue him euen when they haue no Offices neither need they carry any prouision for the Iourney nor carriage or shipping at their owne charge for through all the wayes where he goeth are prouisions aswell of shipping as of necessarie carriage and necessary food for all the Kings Officers which are prouided of the Royall Rents In all the Cities and great Townes the King hath many good and Noble Houses for the Louthias both great and small to lodge in and all those which by any meanes are the Kings haue sufficient Rents for the maintenance of euery person that shall dwell in the House according to his degree And that which is to be giuen to euery one for his Expences is alreadie limited Wherefore he that may lodge there being come the Officer of the House commeth to him and asketh him if hee will haue his ordinary in money or in things necessarie for prouision and that which hee doth demand as farre as the money doth extend hee is to giue him very well and cleanly drest either Flesh Fish Duckes or Hennes or what he will And any Louthia that doth lodge there may command the Hoast of the House to be whipped if he serue him not to
the Cities wee haue seene are very faire so large and so straight that it is wonderfull to behold Their houses are built with Timber the foundations onely excepted the which are laid with Stone in each side of the streets are painteses 〈◊〉 continuall Porches for the Marchants to walke vnder the breadth of the street is neuerthelesse such that in them fifteene men may ride commodiously side by side As they ride they must needes passe vnder many high Arches of triumph that crosse ouer the streets made of Timber and carued diuersly couered with Tile of fine Clay vnder these arches the Mercers do vtter their smaller wares and such as lift to stand there are defenced from raine and the heat of the Sunne The greater Gentlemen haue these Arches at their doores although some of them be not so mightily built as the rest I shall haue occasion to speake of a certaine order of Gentlemen that are called Loutea I will first therefore expound what this word signifieth Loutea is as much to say in our language as Sir and when any of them calleth his name he answereth Sir The manner how Gentlemen are created Louteas do come to that honour and title is by giuing a broad Girdle not like to the rest and a Cap at the commandement of the King The name Loutea is more generall and common vnto moe than equalitie of honour thereby signified agreeth withall Such Louteas that doe serue their Prince in weightie matters for iustice are created after triall made of their learning but the other which serue in smaller affaires as Capitaines Constables Sergeants by Land and Sea Receiuers and such like whereof there be in euery Citie as also in this very many are made for fauour the chiefe Louteas are serued kneeling The whole Prouince China is diuided as I haue said into thirteene Shires in euery Shire at the least is one Gouernour called there Tutan in some Shires there be two Chiefe in office next vnto them be certaine other named Chians that is high Commissioners as you would say or Visiters with full authoritie in such wise that they doe call vnto an account the Tutanes themselues but their authoritie lasteth not in any Shire longer than one yeere Neuerthelesse in euery Shire being at the least seuen Cities yea in some of them fifteene or sixteene besides other Boroughs and Townes not well to be numbred these Visiters where they come are so honoured and feared as though they were some great Princes At the yeeres end their circuit done they come vnto that City which is chiefe of others in the Shire to doe Iustice there finally busying themselues in the searching out of such as are to receiue the order of Louteas whereof more shall be said in another place Ouer and besides these officers in the chiefe Citie of each one of these aforesaid thirteene Prouinces is resident one Ponchiassi Captaine thereof and Treasurer of all the Kings reuenues This Magistrate maketh his abode in one of the foure greatest houses that be in all these head Cities In the second great house dwelleth another Magistrate called Anchiassi a great officer also for he hath dealings in all matters of Iustice. Tuzi another officer so called lieth in the third house a Magistrate of importance specially in things belonging vnto warfare for thereof hath hee charge There is resident in the fourth house a fourth Officer bearing name Taissu In this house is the principall prison of all the Citie Each one of these Magistrates aforesaid may both lay euill doers in prison and deliuer them out againe except the fact bee heynous and of importance in such a case they can doe nothing except they doe meet altogether And if the deed deserue death all they together cannot determine thereof without recourse made vnto the Chian wheresoeuer he be or to the Tutan and eftsoones it falleth out that the case be referred vnto higher power In all Cities not onely chiefe in each Shire but in the rest also are meanes found to make Louteas Many of them doe studie at the Prince his charges wherefore at the yeeres end they resort vnto the head Cities whither the Chians doe come as it hath beene earst said as well to giue these degrees as to sit in iudgement ouer the prisoners The Chians goe in circuit euery yeere but such as are to be chosen to the greatest offâ—ces meet not but from three yeeres to three yeeres and that in certain large halls appointed for them to be examined in Many things are asked them whereunto if they doe answere accordingly and be found sufficient to take their degree the Chian by and by granteth it them but the Cap and Girdle whereby they are knowne to the Louteas they weare not before that they bee confirmed by the King Their examination done and triall made of them such as haue taken their degree wont to be giuen them with all Ceremonies vse to banquet and feast many daies together as the Chineans fashion is to end all their pleasures with eating and drinking and so remaine chosen to doe the King seruice in matters of learning The other examinates found insufficient to proceed are sent backe to their studie againe Whose ignorance is perceiued to come of negligence and default such a one is whipped and sometimes sent to prison where wee lying that yeere when this kinde of Act was wee found many thus punished and demanding the cause thereof they said it was for that they knew not how to answere vnto certaine things asked them It is a world to see how these Louteas are serued and feared in such wise that in publike assemblies at one shrike they giue all the seruitors belonging vnto Iustice tremble thereat At their being in these places when they lift to moue be it but euen to the gate these Seruitors doe take them vp and carry them in seats of beaten Gold After this sort are they borne when they goe in the Citie either for their owne businesse abroad or to see each other at home For the dignitie they haue and office they doe beare they be all accompanied the very meanest of them all that goeth in these seats is vshered by two men at the least that cry vnto the people to giue place howbeit they need it not for that reuerence the common people hath vnto them They haue also in their company certaine Sergeants with their Maces either siluered or altogether Siluer some two some foure other six other eight conueniently for each one his degree The more principall and chiefe Louteas haue going orderly before these Sergeants many other with Staues and a great many Catch-poles with Rods of Indian Canes dragged to the ground so that the streets being paued you may here a farre off as well the noise of the Rods as the voyce of the cryers These fellowes serue also to apprehend others and the better to be knowne they weare liuerie-red Girdles
their true intent and the ships prouided of necessaries set forth on the tenth of May 1553. for the discouerie of Cathay and diuers other Regions Dominions Ilands and places vnknowne The fourteenth of Iuly they discouered Land Eastward and went on shoare with their Pinnace and found thirty little houses the Inhabitants fled The Land was full of little Ilands called as they after learned Aegeland and Halgeland in 66. degrees The distance betweene Orfordnesse and Aegeland two hundred and fifty leagues Then we sayled from thence twelue leagues North-west and found many other Ilands and there came to anchor the nineteenth day and manned our Pinnace and went on shoare to the Ilands and found people mowing and making of Hay which came to the shoare and welcommed vs. In which place were an innumerable sort of Ilands which were called the Iles of Rost being vnder the Dominion of the King of Denmarke which place was in latitude 66. degrees and 30. minutes The winde being contrarie we remayned there three dayes and there was an innumerable sort of Fowles of diuers kindes of which we tooke very many The two and twentieth day the winde comming faire wee departed from Rost sayling North North-east keeping the Sea vntill the seuen and twentieth day and then we drew neere vnto the Land which was still East off vs then went forth our Pinnace to seeke harbour and found many good harbours of the which we entred into one with our ships which was called Stanfew and the Land being Ilands were called Lewfoot or Lofoot which were plentifully inhabited and very gentle people being also vnder the King of Denmarke but wee could not learne how farre it was from the mayne Land and we remayned there vntill the thirtieth day being in latitude 68. degrees and from the foresaid Rost about thirtie leagues North North-east The thirtieth day of Iuly about noone wee weighed our anchors and went into the Seas and sayled along these Ilands North North-east keeping the Land still in sight vntill the second of August then hailing in close aboord the Land to the intent to know what Land it was there came a Skiffe of the Iland aboord of vs of whom wee asked many questions who shewed vnto vs that the Iland was called Seynam which is the latitude of seuenty degrees and from Stanfew thirty leagues being also vnder the King of Denmark that there was no merchandise there but only dried fish and Trane-oile Then we being purposed to goe vnto Finmarke enquired of him if we might haue a Pilot to bring vs to Finmarke and he said that if we could beare in we should haue a good Harbour and on the next day a Pilot to bring vs to Finmarke vnto the Wardhouse which is the strongest Hold in Finmark most resorted to by report But when he would haue entred into an Harbour the Land being very high on euery side there came such flawes of wind and terrible whirle-winds that we were not able to beare in but by violence were constrained to take the sea againe our Pinnace being vnshipt we sailed North and by East the wind encreasing so sore that we were not able to beare any sayle but tooke them in and lay adrift to the end to let the storme ouer-passe And that night by violence of winde and thicknesse of mists we were not able to keepe together within sight and then about midnight wee lost our Pinnace which was a discomfort vnto vs. As soone as it was day and the fogge ouer-past we looked about and at the last wee descried one of our ships to lee-ward off vs then wee spred an hullocke of our fore-sayle and bare roome with her which was the Confidence but the Edward we could not see Then the flaw something abating wee and the Confidence hoysed vp our sayles the fourth day sayling North-east and by North to the end to fall with the Ward-house as we did consult to doe before in case we should part companie Thus running North-east and by North and North-east fifty leagues then wee founded and had one hundred and sixty fathoms whereby we thought to be farre from Land and perceiued that the Land lay not as the Globe made mention Wherefore we changed our course the sixth day and sayled South-east and by South eight and forty leagues thinking thereby to finde the Ward-house The eighth day much winde rising at the West North-west we not knowing how the coast lay strooke our sayles and lay adrift where sounded and found one hundred and sixty fathoms as before The ninth day the winde bearing to the South South-east we sayled North-east fiue and twenty leagues The tenth day we sounded and could get no ground neither yet could see any Land whereat we wondered then the winde comming at the North-east we ran South-east about eight and forty leagues The eleuenth day the winde being at South wee sounded and found forty fathoms and faire sand The twelfth day the winde being at South and by East we lay with our sayle East and East and by North thirty leagues The fourteenth day early in the morning wee descried Land which Land wee bare withall hoysing out our Boat to discouer what land it might be but the Boat could not come to Land the water was so shallow where was very much Ice also but there was no similitude of habitation and this Land lieth from Seynam East and by North one hundred and sixty leagues being in latitude 72. degrees Then we plyed to the Northward the fifteenth sixteenth and seuenteenth dayes The eighteenth day the winde comming at the North-east and the Confidence being troubled with bilge water and stocked wee thought it good to seeke harbour for her redresse then wee bare roome the eighteenth day South South-east about seventy leagues The one and twentieth day wee sounded and found ten fathoms after that wee sounded againe and found but seuen fathoms so shallower and shallower water and yet could see no Land whereat we maruelled greatly to auoide this danger we bare roomer into the Sea all that night North-west and by West The next day we sounded and had twenty fathoms then shaped our course and ranne West South-west vntill the three and twentieth day then we descried lowe Land vnto which wee bare as nigh as we could and it appeared vnto vs vnhabitable Then we plyed Westward along by that Land which lieth West South-west and East North-east and much winde blowing at the West we haled into the Sea North and by East thirtie leagues Then the winde comming about at the North-east wee sayled West North-west after that the winde bearing to the North-west wee lay with our sayles West South-west about fourteene leagues and then descried Land and bare in with it being the eight and twentieth day finding shallow water and bare in till we came to three fathom then perceiuing it to be shallow water and also seeing drie sands we haled out againe North-east along that Land vntill
greatest store of Waxe and Honey in all the Land of Russia We tarryed at the foresaid Nyse Nouogrod vntill the nineteenth day for the comming of a Captaine which was sent by the Emperour to rule at Astracan who being arriued and hauing the number of fiue hundred great Boates vnder his conduct some laden with Victuals Souldiers and Munition and other some with Merchandize departed altogether the said nineteenth day from the said Nyse Nouogrod and the two and twentieth wee came vnto a Castle called Vasiliagorod distant fiue and twentie leagues which wee lest vpon our right hand This Towne or Castle had his name of this Emperours Father who was called Vasilius and Gorod in the Russe Tongue is as much to say as a Castle so that Vasiliagorod is to say Vasilius Castle and it was the furthest plâ—ce that the said Emperour conquered from the Tartars But this present Emperour his Sonne called Iuan Vasiliwich hath had great good successe in his Warres both against the Christians and also the Mahometists and Gentiles but especially against the Tartars inlarging his Empire euen to the Caspian Sea hauing conquered the famous Riuer of Volga with all the Countreyes thereabout adjacent Thus proceeding on our journey the fiue and twentieth day of May afore-said we came to another Castle called Sabowshare which wee left on our right hand distant from Vasiliagorod sixteene leagues The Countrey hereabout is called Mordouits and the Habitants did professe the Law of the Gentiles but now beeing conquered by this Emperour of Russia most of them are christened but lye in the Woods and Wildernesse without Towne or Habitation The seuen and twentieth day we passed by another Castle called Swyasko distant from Shabowshare aforesaid twentie fiue leagues we left it on our right hand and the nine and twentieth came vnto an Iland one league from the Citie of Cazan from which falleth downe a Riuer called Cazankareca and entreth into the foresaid Volga Cazan is a faire Towne after the Russe or Tartar fashion with a strong Castle situated vpon a high Hill and was walled round about with Timber and Earth but now the Emperour of Russia hath giuen order to plucke downe the olde wals and to build them againe of free stone It hath beene a Citie of great Wealth and Riches and being in the hands of the Tartars it was a Kingdome of it selfe and did more vexe the Russes in their Warres then any other Nation but nine yeares past this Emperour of Russia conquered it and tooke the King captiue who being but young is now baptized and brought vp in his Court with two other Princes which were also Kings of the said Cazan and being each of them in time of their Raignes in danger of their Subiects through ciuill discord came and rendred themselues at seuerall times vnto the said Emperour so that at this present there are three Princes in the Court of Russia which had beene Emperours of the said Cazan whom the Emperour vseth with great honour We remayned at Cazan till the thirteenth day of Iune and then departed from thence and the same day passed by an Iland called the Iland of Merchants because it was wont to be a place where all Merchants as well Russes and Cazanites as Nagayans and Crimmes and diuers other Nations did resort to keepe Mart for buying and selling but now it is forsaken and standeth without any such resort thither or at Cazan or at any place about it from Mosco vnto Mare Caspium Thus proceeding forward the fourteenth day we passed by a goodly riuer called Cama which we left on our left hand This Riuer falleth out of the Countrey of Permia into the Riuer of Volga and is from Cazan fifteene leagues and the Countrey lying betwixt the said Cazan and the said Riuer Cama on the left hand of Volga is called Vachen and the Inhabitants bee Gentiles and liue in the Wildernesse without House or Habitation and the Countrey on the other side of Volga ouer against the said Riuer Cama is called the Land of Cheremizes halfe Gentiles halfe Tartars and all the Land on the left hand of the said Volga from the said Riuer vnto Astracan and so following the North and North-east side of the Caspian Sea to a Land of the Tartars called Turkemen is called the Countrey of Mangat or Nagay whose Inhabitants are of the Law of Mahomet and were all destroyed in the yeare 1558. at my beeing at Astracan through Ciuill Warres among them accompanied with Famine Pestilence and such Plagues in such sort that in the said yeare there were consumed of the people in one sort and another aboue one hundred thousand the like Plague was neuer seene in those parts so that the said Countrey of Nagay being a Countrey of great Pasture remayneth now vnreplenished to the great contentation of the Russes who haue had cruell Warres a long time together The Nagayans when they flourished liued in this manner they were diuided into diuers companies called Hords and euery Hord had a Ruler whom they obeyed as their King and was called a Murse Towne or House they had none but liued in the open fields euery Murse or King hauing his Hords or people about him with their Wiues Children and Cattell who hauing consumed the Pasture in one place remoued vnto another and when they remooue they haue Houses like Tents set vpon Waggons or Carts which are drawne from place to place with Camels and therein their Wiues Children and all their Riches which is very little is carried about and euery man hath at the least foure or fiue Wiues besides Concubines Vse of money they haue none but doe barter their Cattell for apparell and other necessaries They delight in no Art nor Science except the Warres wherein they are expert but for the most part they bee pasturing people and haue great store of Cattell which is all their Riches They eate much flesh and especially the Horse and they drinke Mares Milke wherewith they be oftentimes drunke they are seditious and inclined to Theft and Murther Corne they sow not neither doe eate any Bread mocking the Christians for the same and disabling our strengths saying wee liue by eating the top of a Weed and drinke a Drinke made of the same allowing their great deuouring of flesh and drinking of Milke to be the increase of their strength But now to proceed forward to my Iourney All the Countrey vpon our right hand the Riuer Volga from ouer against the Riuer Cama vnto the Towne of Astracan is the Land of Crimme whose Inhabitants bee also of the Law of Mahomet and liue for the most part according to the fashions of the Nagayes hauing continuall Warres with the Emperour of Russia and are valiant in the field hauing countenance and support from the great Turke The sixteenth day of Iune we passed by certayne Fishermens Houses called Petowse twentie leagues from the Riuer Cama where is
wind which we rid out Then the wind came to the North and wee weighed and set our course South-east and that day sayled eight leagues Thus proceeding forwards the seuenteenth day we lost sight of Land and the same day sayled thirtie leagues and the eighteenth day twentie leagues winding East and fell with a Land called Baughleata being seuentie foure leagues from the mouth of the said Volga in the latitude of fortie sixe degrees fiftie foure minutes the Coast lying neerest East and by South and West and by North. At the point of this Iland lyeth buried a holy Prophet as the Tartars call him of their Law where great deuotion is vsed of all such Mahometists as doe passe that way HONDIVS his Map of Tartaria TARTARIA The nineteenth day the winde being West and wee winding East South-east we sayled ten leagues and passed by a great Riuer called Iaic which hath his spring in the Land of Siberia nigh vnto the foresaid Riuer Cama and runneth through the Land of Nagay falling into this Mare Caspium And vp this Riuer one dayes iourney is a Towne called Serachicke subiect to the foresaid Tartar Prince called Murse Smille which is now in friendship with the Emperour of Russia Heere is no trade of merchandise vsed for that the people haue no vse of money and are all Men of warre and Pasturers of cattell and giuen much to theft and murther Thus being at an anchor against this Riuer Iaic and all our men being on Land sauing I who lay sore sicke and fiue Tartars whereof one was reputed a holy man because hee came from Mecca there came vnto vs a Boat with thirtie men well armed and appointed who boorded vs and began to enter into our Barke and our holy Tartar called Azy perceiuing that asked them what they would haue and withall made a prayer with that these Rouers stayed declaring that they were Gentlemen banished from their Countrey and out of liuing and came to see if there were any Russes or other Christians which they call Caphars in our Barke To whom this Azi most stoutly answered that there were none auowing the same by great oaths of their Law which lightly they will not breake whom the Rouers beleeued and vpon his words departed And so through the fidelitie of that Tartar I with all my companie and goods were saued and our men being come on boord and the wind faire we departed from that place and winding East and South-east that day being the twentieth of August failed sixteene leagues The one and twentieth day we passed ouer a Bay of sixe leagues broad and fell with a Cape of Land hauing two Ilands at the South-east part thereof being a good marke in the Sea and doubling the Cape the Land trended North-east and maketh another Bay into which falleth the greater Riuer Yem springing out of the Land of Colmack The two and twentieth three and twentieth and foure and twentieth dayes we were at anchor The fiue and twentieth the winde came faire and we sayled that day twentie leagues and passed by an Iland of lowe land and thereabout are many flats and sands and to the Northward of this Iland there goeth in a great Bay but we set off from this Iland and winded South to come into deepe water being much troubled with shoalds and flats and ranne that course ten leagues then East South-east twentie leagues and fell with the maine Land being full of copped Hills and passing along the coast twentie leagues the further we sayled the higher was the Land The seuen and twentieth day we crossed ouer a Bay the South shoare being the higher Land and fell with a high point of Land and being ouerthwart the Cape there rose such a storme at the East that we thought verily we should haue perished this storme continued three dayes From this Cape we passed to a Port called Manguslaue The place where we should haue arriued at the Southermost part of the Caspian Sea â—s twelue leagues within a Bay but we being fore tormented and tossed with this foresaid storme were driuen vnto another Land on the other side the Bay ouerthwart the said Manguslaue being very lowe Land and a place as well for the ill commoditie of the Hauen as of those brute field people where neuer Barke nor Boat had before arriued not liked of vs. But yet there we sent certaine of our men to Land to talke with the Gouernour and People as well for our good vsage at their hands as also for prouision of Camels to carrie our goods from the said Sea side to a place called Sellyzure being from the place of our landing fiue and twentie dayes iourney Our Messengers returned with comfortable words and faire promises of all things Wherefore the third day of September 1558. we discharged our Barke and I with my companie were gently entertayned of the Prince and of his people But before our departure from thence we found them to bee a very bad and brutish people for they ceased not daily to molest vs either by fighting stealing or begging raysing the price of Horse and Camels and Victuals double that it was wont there to be and forced vs to buy the water that we drinke which caused vs to hasten away and to conclude wiâ—h them as well for the hire of Camels as for the price of such as wee bought with other prouision according to their owne demand So that for euery Camels lading being but foure hundred weight of ours we agreed to giue three Hides of Russia and foure wooden dishes and to the Prince or Gouernour of the said people one ninth and two seuenths namely nine seuerall things and twice seuen seuerall things for money they vse none And thus being ready the fourteenth of September we departed from that place being a Carauan of a thousand Camels And hauing trauelled fiue dayes iourney wee came to another Princes Dominion and vpon the way there came vnto vs certaine Tartars on horsebacke being well armed and seruants vnto the said Prince called Timor Sultan Gouernour of the said Countrey of Manguslaue where wee meant to haue arriued and discharged our Barke if the great storme aforesaid had not disappointed These aforesaid Tartars stayed our Carauan in the name of theâ—r Prince and opened our Wares and tooke sâ—ch things as they thought best for their said Prince without money but for such things as they tooke from mee which was a ninth after much dissention I rode vnto the same Prince and presented my selfe before him requesting his fauour and Pasport to trauell thorow his Countrey and not to be robbed or spoyled of his people which request he granted me and entertayned me very gently commanding me to be well feasted with flesh and Mares milke for Bread they vse none nor other drinke except water but money he had none to giue me for such things as he tooke of me which might be of value in Russe money fifteene Rubbles
men horses and camels being wounded and slaine on both parts and had it not beene for foure hand-guns which I and my companie had and vsed wee had beene ouercome and destroyed for the theeues were better armed and were also better Archers then wee But after we had slaine diuers of their men and horses with our Guns they durst not approach so nigh which caused them to come to a truce with vs vntill the next morning which wee accepted and encamped our selues vpon a hill and made the fashion of a Castle walling it about with packes of wares and layd our Horses and Camels within the same to saue them from the shot of arrowes and the theeues also incamped within an arrow shot of vs but they were betwixt vs and the water which was to our great discomfort because neither wee nor our Camels had drunke in two dayes before Thus keeping good watch when halfe the night was spent the Prince of the Theeues sent a messenger halfe way vnto vs requiring to talke with our Captaine in their tongue the Carauan Basha who answered the messenger I will not depart from my companie to goe into the halfe way to talke with thee but if that thy Prince with all his companie will sweare by our Law to keepe the truce then will I send a man to talke with thee or else not Which the Prince vnderstanding as well himselfe as his company swore so loude that wee might all heare And then we sent one of our companie reputed a holy man to talke with the same messenger The message was pronounced aloude in this order Our Prince demandeth of the Carauan Basha and of all you that bee Bussarmans that is to say Circumcised not desiring your blouds that you deliuer into his hands as many Caphars that is vnbeleeuers meaning vs the Christians as are among you with their goods and in so doing hee will suffer you to depart with your goods in quietnesse and on the contrarie you shall bee handled with no lesse cruelty then the Caphars if hee ouercome you as hee doubteth not To the which our Carauan Basha answered that hee had no Christians in his companie nor other strangers but two Turkes which were of their Law and although hee had hee would rather dye then deliuer them and that wee were not afraid of his threatnings and that should hee know when day appeared And so passing in talke the Theeues contrary to their oath carried our holy man a way to their Prince crying with a loude voyce in token of victorie Ollo ollo Wherewith wee were much discomforted fearing that that holy man would betray vs but he being cruelly handled and much examined would not to death confesse any thing which was to vs preiudiciall neither touching vs nor yet what men they had slaine and wounded of ours the day before When the night was spent in the morning wee prepared our selâ—es to battell againe which the theeues perceiuing required to fall to agreement and asked much of vs And to bee briefe the most part of our company being loath to goe to battell againe and hauing little to lose and safe conduct to passe wee were compelled to agree and to giue the theeues twentie ninths that is to say twentie times nine seuerall things and a Camell to carrie away the same which being receiued the theeues departed into the Wildernesse to their olde habitation and wee went on our way forward And that night came to the Riuer Oxus where wee refreshed our selues hauing beene three dayes without water and drinke and tarried there all the next day making merrie with our slaine Horses and Camels and then departed from that place and for feare of meeting with the said theeues againe or such like wee left the high way which went along the said Riuer and passed through a wildernesse of sand and trauelled foure dayes in the same before wee came to water and then came to a Well the water being very brackish and we then as before were in need of water and of other victuals being forced to kill our Horses and Camels to eate In this wildernesse also wee had almost fallen into the hands of Theeues for one night being at rest there came certaine scouts and carried away certaine of our men which lay a little separated from the Carauan where with there was a great shoute and crie and we immediatly laded our Camels and departed being about midnight and very darke and droue sore till we came to the riuer Oxus againe and then wee feared nothing being walled with the said riuer and whether it was for that wee had gotten the water or for that the same theeues were farre from vs when the scouts discouered vs we know not but we escaped that danger So vpon the three twentieth day of December we arriued at the Citie of Boghar in the land of Bactria This Boghar is situated in the lowest part of all the Land walled about with a high wall of earth with diuers Gates into the same it is diuided into three partitions whereof two parts are the Kings and the third part is for Merchants Markets and euery Science hath their dwelling and market by themsâ—lues The Citie is very great and the houses for the most part of Earth but there are also many Houses Temples and Monuments of stone sumptuously builded and gilt and specially Bath-stoues so artificially built that the like thereof is not in the world the manner whereof is too long to rehearse There is a little riuer running through the midst of the said Citie but the water thereof is most vnwholesome for it breedeth sometimes in men that drinke thereof and especially in them that bee not there borne a Worme of an ell long which lyeth commonly in the leg betwixt the flesh and the skin and is pluckt out about the Ancle with great art and cunning the Surgeons being much practised therein and if shee breake in plucking out the partie dyeth and euery day she commeth out about an inch which is rolled vp and so worketh till she bee all out And yet it is there forbidden to drinke any other thing then water and Mares milke and whosoeuer is found to breake that Law is whipped and beaten most cruelly through the open markets and there are Officers appointed for the same who haue authoritie to goe into any mans house to search if hee haue either Aquauita Wine or Brag and finding the same doe breake the vessels spoyle the drinke and punish the masters of the house most cruelly yea and many times if they perceiue but by the breath of a man that hee hath drunke without further examination he shall not escape their hands There is a Metropolitane in this Boghar who causeth this law to be so straightly kept and he is more obeyed then the King and will depose the King and place another at his will and pleasure as hee did by this King that raigned
then in the Countrey of Preste Iohn to deliuer a letter to Aurique Barbosa the Factor of Antonio Sylueira sent three yeeres before by Nuno de Cunha who with fortie others escaped from the rebellion Xael in which Dom Manoel de Meneses with one hundred and sixtie Portugals were taken foure hundred thousand Duckets and sixe Portugall Ships which were those that Solyman Bassa A. 1538. brought with prouision for his Armada to the siege of Diu the King of Xael hauing sent them with sixtie Portugals for a Cairo present the rest hee bestowed as almes on Mahomets house at Mecca I with three others were sent some dayes iourneys into the Countrey to Barbosa then in the Fort of Geleytor in guard of the Queene mother of the Preste Iohn who welcommed them as the nightly dew to the flowerie Garden and as Helena to Ierusalem so were they said she to her eyes But to leaue those things he went thence to Ormus and then to Goa there offered his seruice to Pero de Faria Captaine of Malaca which entertained him The occurrences of Bata Achem Aaru in Samatra Queda in the continent and his imployments in those parts as also of Siaca Paon Patane I omit He saith that hee was wracked at Sea comming from Aaru of eight and twentie fiue onely escaping two of which the Crocodiles deuoured Hee was taken and sold to a Moore which carried him to Malaca Thence Pero de Faria sent him to Patane in trade from thence againe imployed by Antonio de Faria to Lugor Coia Acem a Guzarate Pirate set vpon them tooke and killed all Burall and Pinto only escaping which leaping into the Sea were reserued by a Barke and sent to Patane Faria afraid to return to Malaca where he was so indebted for those goods vowed to be reuenged of the Pirat And by helpe of his friends armed a Iunke with fiue fifty Souldiers of which I and Borall extreamely both indebted and wounded were From Patane we set forth in May 1540. and to a Hauen called Bralapisaon some sixe leagues off the firme Land where we found a Iunke of the Lequios bound for Siam with an Embassadour of Nautaquim de Lindau Prince of the I le of Tosa situate in six thirty degrees which seeing vs come hasted away with all speed Faria sent a Chinese Pilot to them with faire offers of loue and courtesie who returned with a present a rich Sword and sixe and twentie Pearles in a Boxe of Gold with this answer That the time would come when they should communicate with vs in the Law of the true God of infinite mercy who by his death had giuen life to all men with a perpetuall inheritance in the house of the good and hee beleeued that this should bee after the halfe of the halfe of time were past Neither could Antonie de Faria returne any thing in recompence they being gotten farre into the Sea Heere wee watered and after coasted to search the Riuer of Pulo Cambim which diuides the Kingdome of Champaa from the Seniorie of Camboia in the height of nine degrees Thither we came in the end of May and the Pilot went vp the Riuer three leagues to a great Towne called Catimparù where we stayed to take in prouision twelue dayes Faria being curious desired to know whence that Riuer came the originall thereof they told him was a Lake called Pinator Eastward from that Sea two hundred and sixtie leagues in the Kingdome of Quitirvan which Lake was compassed with high Hills at the bottome of which alongst the waters side were eight and thirtie Townes thirteene great the rest small One of these Great ones was named Xincaleu where was a great Gold Mine whence euery day was taken a Barre and a halfe of Gold which in our money amounteth by the yeere to two and twentie millions of Gold Foure Lords are sharers and are still at warres for a singular proprietie They said that one of these called Raiabitau in the Court of his house in iarres had set vp to the necke in earth six hundred Bars of Gold in poulder as good as that of Menancabo in Samatra and that if three hundred of our men were sent thither with one hundred Caliuers they would without doubt become masters thereof They said also that in Buaquirim another of those Townes was a Rocke of Diamonds better then those of Laue and of Taniampura in the I le of Iaua Proceeding along the Coast of Champaa from Pullo Cambim we came to a shelfe called Saleyiacuu and the next day to the Riuer Toobasoy in the mouth whereof a Iunke passed by to which we offered the courtesie of the Sea and they in scorne made shew of a Negroes Buttockes with many trumpets and other iollitie Hence grew displeasure in the night three Barks came to assaile vs which we tooke with the Captain two Acheners a Turke the Negro This Negro confessed himselfe a Christian slaue to Gasper de Mello a Portugall whom that dogge he pointed to the bound Captaine slew two yeeres since in Liampoo with sixe and twentie Portugals besides with him in the Ship What said Faria is this Similau Yea said he and he had thought in so small a Barke there had not beene aboue sixe or seuen and hee would haue bound your hands and feet and impaled you as hee serued my master Faria hauing serued him and his with the same sauce tooke the Iunke in which was thirtie six thousand Taeis of Iapon Siluer which make fiftie foure thousand Cruzados or Duckets besides much good merchandize Faria proceeded alongst the Coast of Champaa and came to the Riuer Tinacoru by our men called Varella into which enter the Ships of Siam and the Malaya Coast which goe for China and Truck for Gold Calamba and Iuory whereof that Kingdome hath store Many Paraos or small Barkes came aboord vs and wondred to see white men with beards They told him that if he would goe vp the Riuer to the Citie Pilaucacem where the King resides hee might in fiue dayes sell his goods for great Merchants resorted thither from the Lauhos and Pafuaas and Gueos That Riuer they said came from the Hill Moncalor eightie leagues from that place and beyond that Hill it is much larger but shallower in some places making shallow fields where bred infinite store of Fowles which couer the ground in such innumerable numbers that two and fortie yeeres before they caused the Kingdome of Chintaleuhos which is eight dayes iourney to be dispeopled Beyond that Country of Birds is another wilde and mountainous where abide many creatures much worse then those Birds Elephants Rhinocerotes Lions Wilde-swine Buffals and Wilde-kine In the midst of that Land or Kingdome so it had beene in old time is a great Lake which the Natiues call Cunebetee others Chiammay from which proceeds this riuer with other three in great quantitie washing that land That
lake as some write containeth in circuit sixtie Iaons each of which is three leagues alongst which are Mines of Siluer Copper Tinne and Lead carried thence by Merchants in Cafilas with Elephants and Badas Rhinocerotes to the Kingdomes of Sornau or Siam Passiloco Sauady Tangù Prom Calaminhan and other Kingdomes Being asked of the weapons of those Countries they answered That they haue none but Poles burned and short Crises of two spannes They might not go vp the Riuer in lesse then two months or two and a halfe by reason of the force of the water which way downe they might dispatch in eight or ten dayes Faria going from thence came to Pullo Champeiloo an Iland not inhabited in fourteene degrees and twentie minutes at the entrie of the Bay of Cauchin-China and thence hauing fitted his Ordnance to Ainam to seeke Coia Acem and being come to Pullo Capas a Fleet of fortie great Iunkes of two or three Deckes a piece was seene in the Riuer by Boralho whom Faria had sent to discouer and after that another seeming two thousand saile great and small and a walled Towne of some ten thousand houses At his returne hee saw also one Iunke in the Barre of the Riuer at anchor which seemed of another Coast. Faria supposed this last was of that Pyrat Coia Acem which therefore hee assailed and tooke One of the company was a Christian of Mount Sinai named Tome Mostangue a Merchant whose Barke Solyman Bassa had taken A. 1538. in the Port of Iudaa with seuen others to be victuallers for his Armada of sixtie gallies wherewith he was sent by the Great Turke to restore Sultan Baadur to his Kingdome of Cambaya whereof the Mogor had then dispossessed him and to driue the Portugalls out of India And when he demanded of the Turkes his freight which they had promised they tooke his wife and his daughter and openly rauished them before his eyes his sonne which cried at that spectacle they threw into the Sea bound hand and foot and laid himselfe in yrons tooke away his goods worth aboue sixe thousand Duckets His wife and daughter died and hee as desperate leaped one night into the Sea at the Bar of Diu with a sonne which there hee had and got to Surat and came thrice to Malacca in a Ship of Garcia de Saa whence by Stephen Gama he was sent for China with Christouan Sardinha Factor of Maluco whom riding at anchor in Cincapura Quiay Tayiam Captaine of this Iunke slew with six and twentie Portugals and saued him aliue because he was a Gunner Faria cried out that he had heard of this Quiay Tayiam that he had killed aboue one hundred Portugals and spoiled them of one hundred thousand Cruzados and that since he killed Sardinha he caused himselfe to bee called by his name Hee asked this Armenian where he was hee shewed where he with sixe or seuen others were hidden in the Iunke Faria went and opened the skuttle and Taiam with his company began a new fight killed two Portugals and seuen boyes and wounded twentie but in the end were slaine Faria hasted away for feare of the Iunkes in the Riuer and came to the Coast of Cauchin-China where he rifled this Iunke and found in her Spices and other goods to the value of sixtie thousand Cruzados besides Artillery which the Pirate had taken out of the Ships of Sardinha Oliueyra and Matos The next day hee set saile againe for Ainam and by the way lighted on Boates fishing for Pearles to whom they offered contract who told them that Guamboy a Port somewhat before as in Cantan Chinchâ—o Lamau Comhay Sumbor and Liampoo and other Coast Cities was a place of trade for strangers and counselled him to goe thither for there they had nothing but Pearles which they fished for the treasure of the Sonne of the Sunne by the command of the Tutan of Comhay supreme Gouernor of all Cauchin-China And that the law was that if any Barke besides the appointed entred it should bee burnt with all the people therein And because hee was a stranger it was best for him to saile away before Buhaquirim the Mandarin which was but seuen leagues thence came who had fortie great Iunkes with two thousand Mariners and fiue thousand Souldiers and did abide there the sixe moneths of fishing from March to August both included They much maruelled at the Portugall fashion hauing neuer seene any such men and suspected them theeues they professing themselues Merchants of Siam with gifts and courtesie they wonne good estimation of these Fishers One of these being asked touching Aynam answered That it was once an absolute Kingdome gouerned by Prâ—chau Gamu who dying without an heire there arose such contentions that in foure yeeres and a halfe there dyed sixteen Lacasaas of men which are so many hundred thousands whereby the Land was so dispeopled that the Cauchin King made himselfe master thereof with seuen thousand Mogores which the Tartar sent him from Tuymican then the chiefe Citie of his Empire Hee set ouer the same Hoyha Paguarol who rebelled and made himselfe tributarie to the King of China paying sixe hundred thousand Duckets or foure hundred thousand Taeis yearely and dying without heire two hundred thirtie fiue yeares since hee declared the King of China his Successour and so it hath continued He counselled him not to goe to Aynam because they were Dissemblers nor would the Monson suffer him to go to Liampoo but to go to the good riuer Tanauquir stil sounding as he went for the shoalds there he should haue sure Anchorage and in little space hee might sell all his goods where yet it was not safe by reason of reasonlesse men to aduenture his goods on Land To that Riuer we went and in the mouth thereof not able to stemme the Current two Iunks assayled vs and their first Language was sixe and twentie Peeces of Ordnance the Issue was Paria tooke them both most of their men being drowned or slaine and found therein seuenteene Christians Prisoners by whom hee learned that the Captayne was a Rouer which bare two names one of a Christian Francisco de Saa the other of a Gentile Necoda Xicaulem Fiue yeares he had beene a Christian at Malaca Garcia de Saa Captayne of the Fortresse in his Baptisme imparting his owne name to him who married him to a Gentlewoman of Portugall But hee going Anno 1534. for Chincheo in a China Iunke with twentie Portugals and his Wife slue both her and them at Pulo Caâ—an and the next yeare took another Portugall Iunke at Chincheo which came from Sunda and slue ten Portugals in her and thence-forth practised Pyracie on Chineses â—s hee thought vs to bee and Portugals The goods of the two Iunkes amounted to fortie thousand Taeis and seuenteene Brasâ—e Peeces The Captayne of this place was in league with him and shared a third of his Pyracies Faria therefore went to another Port
Ilands de los Reyes thence to make for the Philippinas After eight dayes the ship called Saint Luke was missing the Captayne whereof was Alfonsus de Arellano suspected to haue maliciously with-drawne himselfe The Fleet continuing their course in nine and ten degrees after fiftie dayes had sight of an Iland of Fishermen and many other small Ilands not inhabited which they passed by It was agreed that they should heighthen their course to thirteene degrees in which way they came on Monday the seuenteenth of Ianuary 1566. to one of the Ilands of Theeues called Goean and sayling toward it sixe miles off fiftie or sixtie Paraos swift sayling Barkes with eight or ten men quite naked met them and inuited them to their Habitations where at night they anchored The next morning sixe hundred of their Paraos came about them with victuals to sell Rice Honey Sugar-canes Plantans Fruits of diuers kinds and Ginger whereof there groweth great store naturally Their principall desire in barter was Iron Nailes giuing a large sacke of Rice for a Naile their sackes deceitfully filled with grauell and chaffe with Rice in the top These people are well proportioned and strong They fought with the Spaniards which were watering and in the time of fight would be trucking with the ships as senslesse of their danger A Mariner which stayd behind was slaine whose death they reuenged with many of the Sauages slaine in the night one of them being taken and sent into New Spaine Their name fits their Theeuish disposition Eleuen dayes after the fleet renewed their Voyage and course in thirteene degrees eleuen dayes longer and then had sight of the Philippinas hauing sailed from the Port of Natiuitie eight thousand miles They anchored in a faire Bay called Baia de Sibabas and there rode seuen dayes whiles two Boats went to discouer one to the North the other Southward A Gentleman of one of them was slaine by an Indian rashly leaping on shoare These Indians haue Iron Launces with a head or tongue a handfull and halfe long They haue also shields Bowes and Arrowes In making peace each man takes two or three drops of bloud of his arme or brest and mixe both in some Vessell together which is drunke with Wine and Water Many Paraos came to the Spaniards with a white flag in the Prow in token of peace and the Admiral erected the like in her Poope to signifie their leaue to enter These Indians are clothed but barefoot The Spaniards demanded prouision which the other promised but gaue only to the Captayne a sucking Pigge and an Egge These people are very timorous perfidious and therefore suspicious The Ilands beare Hogges Goats Hennes Rice Millet Potatoes Pome-citrons Frisoles Cocos Plantans and many sorts of Fruits They weare Bracelets and Earings and Gold Chaines and whithersoeuer the Fleet went was shew of Gold in the Land whereof they digge but for necessary vses the Land is their Money bagge The Fleet departed hence and two dayes after came to the Port of the I le Tandoia where a small Riuer enters vp which they went in Boats and came to a Towne called Camungo There they were well entertayned and had victualls set them which whiles they were eating an Indian spake some Spanish words and asked for Antonie Baptista Villalobos and Captaine Cabeça de Vaca for which the Lord of the place was angrie with him and hee appeared no more The next day the Spaniards returning found them armed threatning them if they came on shoare They minding not to deale cruelly Martin de Goyte was sent to discouer some conuenient harbour who saw the Citie Tandaya and other Townes of other neere Ilands and hauing gone sixtie miles found the great Bay where was Cabalia a Towne well inhabited Thither went the Fleet and the Inhabitants fled Onely Camatuan the sonne of Malataque a blind man chiefe of that place came to them whom they detayned thinking thereby to get some prouision but in vaine He sent forth Souldiers which brought him fiue and fortie Hogs leauing in lieu somwhat for exchange and dismissing Camatuan who had taught the Captaine the names of the neighbouring Iles and of their Gouernours Hee brought them to Mesagua two and thirtie miles off and then was sent away apparelled and ioyfull The Iland Masagua hath beene frequent but then had but twentie Inhabitants which would not see the Spaniards They went to another Iland where the people were fled with their goods Then went they to Butuan which is subiect to the I le Vindena or the Ilands Corrientes The winde draue them to Bohol where they anchored The next day they saw a Iunke and sent a Boat to it which wounded some of their men They had Arrowes and Lances and a Base and two brasse Peeces They cryed to the Spaniards abordo abordo The Spaniards sent out another Boat better fitted which tooke eight the rest were slaine or fled hauing fought valiantly In the Iunke they found white sheets painted Silke Almayzarez Callicos Iron Tin Brasse and some Gold The Iunke was of Borneo and so were these Moores All was restored their intent being to get friends and the Burneois satisfied The Captaine sent the Saint Iohn to discouer the Coast of Butuan and learne where the Cinamon was gathered and to find some good Port in fit place to build The Burneois told the Captaine the cause of the Indians flight that about two yeeres before some Portugals bearing themselues for Spaniards had comne thither from the Molucas and hauing made peace with them set on them and slue aboue a thousand Indians the cause of that depopulation This the Portugals did to make the Spaniards odious that if they came thither they might not be admitted The Captaine sent a well furnished ship to search the Coast which came to a place where the Borneo Gouernour said he had friends and leaping on shoare hee was slaine of the Indians The Saint Iohn returned from Buthuan which said they had seene the King and two Iunkes of Moores in the Riuer at anker and that the Iland was great and rich and exchanged with them fine Gold for Testons one for six in equall weight They bought Wax of the Moores but had Earth inclosed in the Cakes they also incensed the Indians against the Castilians which would haue made purchase of them but were forbidden by the King They said they had there seene Wax Cinamon Gold and other precious things On Easter Euen the other ship returned to their great ioy which had thought her lost hauing staid twentie dayes longer then her limited time They had sailed about the Iland Igla the space of six hundred miles and in their returne came to Subo a well peopled Iland and plentifull of all things The Captaine determined to goe thither to buy prouision or else to force them For Magelane had beene there and the King and most of the Inhabitants were baptised
that were within the Towne could be fully perswaded the rumour to be true the Enemies had set fire vpon his house and slue him and all that were within At this â—ime by the order of his Maiestie was elected for Gouernour of these Ilands Philippinas Guido de Labacates after the death of Miguel Lopez de Legaspi who vnderstanding the great fleet and power of Lymahon the Rouer and the smaâ—l resistance and defence that was in the Citie of Manilla with as much speed as was possible he did call together all their Captaines and dwellers therein and with a generall consent they spared no person of what qualitie and degree soeuer he was but that his hand was to helpe all that was possible the which endured two dayes and two nights for so long the Rouer kept his ships and came not abroad In which time of their continuall labour they made a Fort with Pipes and Boards filled with sand and other necessaries thereto belonging such as the time would permit them they put in carriages foure excellent Peeces of Artillerie that were in the Citie All the which being put in order they gathered all the people of the Citie into that little Fort. The night before the Enemie did giue assault vnto the Citie came thither the Captaine Iohn de Salzedo Lieutenant vnto the Gouernour The Rouer in the morning following before the breake of the day which was the second after he gaue the first assault was with all his fleet right against the Port and did put a-lâ—nd sixe hundred Souldiers who at that instant did set vpon the Citie the which at their pleasure they did sacke and burne They did assault the Fort with great cruelty as men fleshed with the last slaughter thinking that their resistance was but small But it fell not out as they did beleeue for hauing continued in the fight almost all the day with the losse of two hundred men that were slaine in the assault and many other hurt he straightwaies departed from thence and returned the same way that he came till they arriued in a mightie Riuer fortie leagues from the Citie of Manilla that is called Pangasinan the which place or soyle did like him very well and where he thought he might be sure from them who by the commandement of the King went for to seeke him There hee determined to remayne and to make himselfe Lord ouer all that Countrey the which he did with little trauell and built himselfe a Fort one league within the Riuer whereas he remayned certaine dayes receiuing tribute of the Inhabitants thereabouts as though he were their true and naturall Lord and at times went forth with his ships robbing and spoyling all that he met vpon the coast And spred abroad that he had taken to himselfe the Ilands Philippinas and how that all the Spaniards that were in them were either slayne or fled away With this consideration they entred into counsell and did determine to ioyne together all the people they could and being in good order to follow and seeke the Rouer Then the Gouernours commanded to be called together all the people bordering thereabouts and to come vnto the Citie whereas hee was Likewise at that time hee did giue aduice vnto such as were Lords and Gouernours of the Ilands called Pintados commanding them to come thither with such ships as they could spare as well Spaniards as the naturall people of the Countrey The Generall of the field with the people aforesaid did depart from Manilla the three and twentieth day of March Anno 1575. and arriued at the mouth of the Riuer Pagansinan vpon tenable Wednesday in the morning next following without being discouered of any Then straightwaies at that instant the Generall did put a-land all his people and foure Peeces of Artillerie leauing the mouth of the Riuer shut vp with his shipping in chayning the one to the other in such sort that none could enter in neither yet goe forth to giue any aduice vnto the Rouer of his arriuall he commanded some to goe and discouer the fleet of the Enemie and the place whereas he was fortified and charged them very much to doe it in such secret sort that they were not espied for therein consisted all their whole worke Hee commanded the Captaine Gabriel de Ribera that straightwaies he should depart by Land and that vpon a sudden he should strike alarme vpon the Enemie with the greatest tumult that was possible Likewise he commanded the Captaines Pedro de Caues and Lorenso Chacon that either of them with forty Souldiers should goe vp the Riuer in small ships and light and to measure the time in such sort that as well those that went by land as those that went by water should at one instant come vpon the Fort and to giue alarme both together the better to goe thorow with their pretence and he himselfe did remayne with all the rest of the people to watch occasion and time for to aide and succour them if need be required This their purpose came so well to passe that both the one and the other came to good effect for those that went by water did set fire on all the fleet of the Enemie and those that went by land at that instant had taken and set fire on a Trench made of timber that Limahon had caused to bee made for the defence of his people and the Fort and with that furie they slue more then one hundred Chinos and tooke prisoners seuenty women which they found in the same Trench but when that Limahon vnderstood the rumour hee tooke himselfe straightwaies to his Fort which hee had made for to defend himselfe from the Kings Nauie if they should happen to finde him out The next day following the Generall of the field did bring his Souldiers into a square battell and beganne to march towards the Fort with courage to assault it if occasion did serue thereunto hee did pitch his Campe within two hundred paces of the Fort and found that the Enemie did all that night fortifie himselfe very well and in such sort that it was perillous to assault him for that he had placed vpon his Fort three Peeces of Artillerie and many Bases besides other Engines of fire-worke Seeing this and that his Peeces of Artillerie that hee brought were very small for to batter and little store of munition for that they had spent all at the assault which the Rouer did giue them at Manilla the Generall of the field and the Captaines concluded amongst themselues that seeing the Enemie had no ships to escape by water neither had he any great store of victuals for that all was burnt in the ships it was the best and most surest way to besiege the Fort and to remayne there in qâ—iet vntill that hunger did constraine them either to yeeld or come to some conclusion which rather they will then to perish with hunger This determination was liked well of
spoken of the situation and heigth of China I will note for their sakes which would bee glad to learne and also it may serue to mend two notable errours which our newest Maps haue The one is That they make China a third part bigger then it is placing this Citie of Paquin in fifty degrees being in very deed but in forty onely as we saw which twice tooke the heigth thereof with a very good Astrolabe And the limits and end of this Kingdome which are three dayes iourney or lesse distant from this City of Paquin are at the most but two degrees more And so those great walls so famous in our Europe are in two and forty degrees and this is the greatest heigth of the Kingdome of China The second errour is that our Maps make a Kingdome aboue China which they call Catayo whereas indeed it is none other but this selfe same Kingdome of China and the Citie of Cambalu which they put for the head thereof is this Citie of Paquin wherein wee are Wee finde this here to be true very plainely by occasion of certaine newes which lately were spred ouer diuers parts by the way of Mogor which gaue out many things and great matters of Catayo which seemed to be so peculiar and proper to this Kingdome of China that they made vs doubt that it was not a seuerall Kingdome After wee were come to this Citie of Paquin wee met with two Cafilas or Carauans one of Moores of certaine small Kingdomes bordering vpon China another of Turkes with their Turbants of the Countries of Mogâ—r and of the great Ismael Sophi for with this very name they call him and of other parts which had knowledge by fame of Spaine Italie Venice India and Portugall These Turkes and Moores are wont to come hither euery fiue yeeres by Land in the name of their King to acknowledge and pay Tribute to the King of China for which purpose they counterfeit certaine Letters wherewith they easily deceiue the Chinois which thinke and hold that all the Kings of the World doe acknowledge obedience vnto theirs But the trueth is that they come to vse their trafficke and merchandise and therefore the Chinois admit them willingly howbeit many now doe know that their paying of Tribute is a fayned thing In which their trafficke they speed very well For the King doth maintayne them very plentifully from the time that they come into his Kingdome vntill their departure and they tooke all their Chists of them whereof this yeere they brought a thousand The King tooke of them at an easie price a great part of the merchandise which they brought and afterward hee gaue them rewards The thing of greatest bulke of merchandise are a kinde of stones which themselues call Iasper stones which is white yet somewhat duskish so that it enclineth to grey which seemeth to bee that Iasper which so often times in the holy Scriptures is called Precious stone It commeth in pieces vnhewen but whole like peeble stones which stone for many ornaments the Chinois esteeme much especially the King and they buy euery pound of the best at eightie Duckets and of that which is worse at fiftie or sixtie Duckets whereby they gaine greatly I haue seene these stones of other colours in our Countrey but not of this which the Chinois esteeme When these men come to this Citie of Paquin they put them into a great house which there is for this purpose wherein wee were two moneths and suffer them not to come forth Wee asked these men certaine questions and one was this of Catayo enquiring of them How they called this Kingdome of China in their Countrey They answered Catayo and that in all the Countries of Mogor Persia and other parts it had none other name and that they knew none other Kingdome that was called so Wee asked them how they called this Citie of Paquin They said Cambalu which as I haue said is that which our men set downe for the head Citie of Catayo Whereby it appeareth that there can no doubt bee made but that wee are heere resident in the Countrey which must bee Catayo if there were no fault in the Maps and wee know that there is no such Countrey nor Cities but a few contemptible Moores and Gentiles Wee vnderstood also of their Ciuet or Muske whereof they brought some which is as it were the maw or stomacke of a Beast somewhat bigger then a Cat which they kill to cut away this maw They breed wilde in the field and in a Countrey very neere to China though not of this Kingdome I had read when I departed out of Spaine a Booke which is printed of the things of China which writeth of this Ciuet and of other things which I haue seene with mine eyes it reporteth many errours by halfe informations which hee which wrote it should haue beene better informed in although in many things hee tell the trueth They brought also great store of very good Rhubarbe which heere wee bought of them of the choice at ten Marauedis the pound it is a wilde root like vnto Nauewes whereof they say the fields are full These men say That there is a Sea of sand which our Maps doe place in Arabia neere vnto China which diuideth it from Mogor and other Kingdomes And this should seeme to bee the cause why these Kings which heare great fame of this Kingdome of the greatnesse thereof and of the weakenesse of the people doe not seeke to inuade the same being not very farre off because it would bee very difficult to passe ouer the same sandie Sea with a great Armie The Chinois diuide this Kingdome into thirteene Prouinces and two Courts which are as it were two Prouinces Euery one of them haue their Metropolitane Citie and euery Citie her diuision of so many Townes It is knowne very particularly by Chinish Bookes which are written of this argument how many Cities Townes and places there are in all the Kingdome how many houses euery one hath and commonly what numbers of people what euery Countrey seuerally yeeldeth and how much Tribute it payeth to the King and many other things but I doe not set it downe here because I could not get those Bookes these few dayes past to take a view thereof At some other time God granting mee life I will doe it more at large Onely I say in generall that all the way which wee trauelled wee met with so many Cities Townes and Villages that to beleeue their greatnesse it was necessarie to see them For your Worship will hardly beleeue that wee spent two or three houres in sayling still by the walls of one Citie After which there still followed many Townes and Villages one within sight of another And after this manner all this way continueth euen to Paquin Yea the Villages are very great and full of people and of much trafficke For though wee giue them this
that at Nanquin also where no King hath of long time resided The gates to the South both inner and outward are three the King only going in and out at the middle which otherwise is shut others at the other gates on the right and left hand Their computation of time is onely by the Kings Raigne Sometimes the King bestoweth a Title on the Parents of the principall Magistrates by a certaine writing made by the Kings Philosophers in the Kings name esteemed wonderfully acquired with any cost and kept in the familie as a thing sacred The like opinion is of other Titles giuen to Widowes expressed in two or three Characters giuen to Widowes which to their old age haue refused second marriages or to old Men which haue liued an hundred yeeres and in like cases They set these Titles ouer their doores Magistrates also doe the like to their friends To good Magistrates Arches are erected at publike cost of Marble by Citizens also to some of their Citizens which haue attayned any notable dignitie The most precious Artifices thorow all the Kingdome are yeerely sent to the King to Pequin with great costs The Magistrates of the Kings Citie goe abroad with lesse pompe on horsebacke and few of the principall in Seats and those carried but by foure Porters all in reuerence of the King Foure times in the yeere once a quarter all the Court Magistrates assemble at the Sepulchres of the antient Kings and Queenes and make there their offerings giuing the principall honour to Humvu They prepare to this solemnitie certaine dayes fasting at home and surceasing of sâ—its Next to the King they honour their Magistrates both in formes of words and visitations to which none aspire but Magistrates and they which haue beene depriued lose not all honour in this kind but sometimes come forth in their habits and are respected by their Citie Magistrates If one bee preferred to another dignity which hath well executed his Office they honour him with publike gifts and reserue his Boots in a publike Chist with Verses in his praise To some they erect Temples also and Altars with Images and some are deputed to keepe lights there burning and odours at publike Rent charge perpetually with huge Censers of Bell-metall as they doe to their Idols Yet doe they distinguish betwixt this and Diuine worship of their Gods asking many things whereas these Rites are onely memorials though many of the vulgar confound them together Cities are full of such Temples by friends often erected to vnworthie men to which at certaine times they goe and performe kneeling and bowing Rites and offer Meats Their Bookes are full of precepts for obseruing Parents with due honour and in outward shew no Nation performes so much They will not sit ouer against them but on the side speake to them with great reuerence they sustaine their poorer Parents with their labour in best manner they are able and in nothing are more curious then their funerals The mourning colour is white and all their habite from the Shooes to the Cap of a strange and miserable fashion The cause of three yeeres mourning for Parents is because so long they carried them in armes with so much labour of education for others as they please a yeere or three moneths as they are in neerenesse For the King they mourne three yeeres thorow all the Kingdome and for the Lawfull Queene Their funerall Rites are written in a Booke which they consult on that occasion all the parcels of the habite there pictured When a man of ranke is dead the Sonne or next Kinsman sends Libels to the friends within three or foure dayes all the Roome is white with an Altar in the midst on which they place the Coffin and Image of the dead Thither all the friends come in mourning one after another offer Odors and two Wax-candles on the Altar whiles they burne making foure bendings and kneelings hauing first censed against the Image The Sonnes stand at the side and the women behinde couered with a Curtaine mourning the while the Priests also burne Papers and Silkes with certaine rites to minister Clothes to the deceassed They abstayne from wonted Beds sleeping on Straw-beds on the ground neere the Corps from flesh and other daintier food Wine Bathes companie with their Wiues Bankets not going out for certaine moneths remitting by degrees as the three yeeres expire On the funerall day the friends are by another Libell inuited to which they goe in Procession forme in mourning many Statues of Men Women Elephants Tigres Lions of Paper all going before diuersified in colour and gilding which are all burnt before the Graue a long ranke of Idoll Priests Prayers and Players on diuers Instruments obseruing diuers rites in the way huge Bell-censers also carried on mens shoulders after which followes the Herse vnder a huge carued Canopie adorned with Silkes carried with forty or fifty men Next the children on foot with staues and then the women enclosed within a white gestatory Curtaine that they may not be seene followed by women of the kindred in mourning Seats The Graues are all in the Suburbs If the Sonnes bee absent the Funerall pompe is deferred till their comming They bring if it may bee the decâ—assed in another Countrey to lie by his friends The Graues are adorned with Epitaphs in Marble magnificently Thither on certaine dayes yeerely the kindred resort to cense and offer and make a funerall banquet Their Marriages and Spousals are with many rites done in their youth the Contracts compounded by the Parents without their consent they obserue equalitie in yeeres and degree in the lawfull Wife In their Concubines lust beauty price beare sway The poorer also buy their Wiues and when they list sell them The King and his kindred respect onely beauty Magistrates appointed to make the choise One is his lawfull Wife the King and his Heire hauing nine other Wiues a little inferiour and after them sixe and thirty which are also called Wiues his Concubines are more Those which bring forth Sonnes are more gracious especially the Mother of the eldest This is also familiar to other families thorow the Kingdome Their first Wife sits at Table others except in the Royall families are as Hand-maids and may not sit but stand in presence of either of them their Children also calling that lawfull Wife their Mother and for her though not the true Parent obserue trienniall mourning In Marriages they are curious not to take any of the same sur-name of which sur-names there are not a thousand in all that vast Kingdome Nor may any man frame a new sur-name but must haue one antient of the Fathers side except he be adopted into another familie They respect no affinity or consanguinity in a differing sur-name and so marrie with the Mothers kindred almost in any degree The Wife brings no portion and although when shee first goeth to her
ouer it were two Bridges one of Gold the other of Siluer by which those passed ouer which had beene deuout Idolaters carrying in their hands Ensignes of the same these were guided by the Priests which led them through the midst of Hell to faire and pleasant Groues and Gardens In another part were painted the Dungeons of Hell with horrible Serpents Flames Deuils To the Brazen Gates thereof there comes an Idolatrous Priest which in despight of all the Deuils deliuers his Mother from those flames There was no infernall punishment painted but had such an Inscription He which shall pray to such an Idoll a thousand times shall bee free from this punishment The Iesuites beat the Earthen Idols to dust and burnt those of wood wherein the Chinese Conuerts were the forwarder because the Countrey custome is to fill the hollow bellies of these Images with deuoted Money or Iewels They demolished the Altar and playstred ouer the Pictures and in place thereof erected the Image of Christ. No priuate man may erect a Temple by Law which yet the mighty Eunuchs transgresse A little before this exchange of Idols into Images after their distinction and a silly one it is some tooke their last leaue of Ti cam one kneeling and bidding it fare-well another chasing said Thou masse of Dung and Earth if thou hast no power to maintayne thy Temple and thy selfe what helpe may I looke for at thy hand Neither art thou worthy of any honour at mine Others said that this had sometime borne the name of some other Idoll and therefore was auenged for that change Ricius hauing thus taken possession of China by his dead bodie and liuing name wee shall briefly out of the Iesuits Epistles adde some later accidents and so leaue our China Discourses which if they haue seemed tedious and troublesome remember that China is both excessiuely rituall and also inhospitall to Strangers and I haue but imitated my subject in long and wearisome entertaynment These tell vs of the Kings vnkindnesse to his Heire proclaymed as yee haue seene against his will scarsly allowing him necessary sustenance nor permitting his Mother at her death to be mourned for with wonted Rites He is indeuout his Mother egregiously Superstitious mayntayning many Priests erecting or repayring Temples that it is a Prouerbe In the Court the Priests in the Prouinces are Magistrates obserued In that their studie of long life One had beene so mad that he being a Licentiate bought children whom secretly he killed of their bloud making compositions for that purpose which comming to light by one of his Concubines he was put to a deserued death three thousand pieces of flesh first cut from him In their Winter is greatest scarsity of water in the Riuers and many shelues then cause many shipwrackes As they want b. d. r. so they end no word in any other Consonant but m. and n. The China Conuerts are very zealous in selfe-whipping penance and fasting altered from their forme to the Ecclesiasticall which is hard to them accustomed to eate thrice a day Their Priests vse Beads mumbling thereby their Deuotions and many things alike They built a Church at Nanquin Anno 1611. The Prouince of Chequian yeelds only to the two Royall Nanquin and Pequin beeing more excellent then any of the rest Neither hath it lost other Prouinciall Ornaments howsoeuer it hath lost the seat of the China Empire but is still the best of thirteene On the East it is washed with the Sea which the winds fauouring admit passage to Iapan in foure and twentie houres on the West it confineth with the Prouinces of Nanquin and Kiamsi or Chiansi on the South with Fuquian to the North is Xanto or Sciantum It hath twelue Cities of principall note which are the heads of sixtie three lesse besides innumerable Townes Castles Villages The soile is the most fertile of the Kingdome pleasantly interlaced with Riuers many of them produced by Art in imitation of Nature in commodiousnesse no whit inferiour yeelding a spectacle of amazement to the amused Posteritic how humane force could effect such wonders These Riuers for further commoditie are towred with innumerable Bridges of huge massie stones arising into diuers Arches like to the European workmanship You haue alreadie Almeidas Epistle of his and Rogers going into this Prouince to Xao Him whence soone after they returned The Chinois haue a Prouerbe of Hamceu the Metropolis and of Suceu thien xam thien tham ti xam Su ham that which in Heauen is the Hall of Heauen lactea via as he else-where interprets it that on Earth Suceu and Hamceu The Countrey so aboundeth with Mulbery-trees and Silke-wormes that China Iapon and India are thence furnished Ten Vests of Silke are there cheaper then in our Countrey one of cloth Hamceu stands from Nanquin South-eastward nine dayes Iourney almost in thirtie degrees eleuation about three dayes Iourney from Scianbai where Cataneus was who with Trigautius our Author were sent thither by Leos procurement They went from Nanquin by the Riuer Iansu first and then into hand-made Riuers Cities Townes Villages so frequent in the way that nothing seemes in the whole Kingdome more populous Mid-way where Nanquin and Chequian Prouinces joyne is that famous Suceu seated in the Continent and seeming yet the Daughter of the Sea like another Venice but more happie with her fresh waters the Ports so frequent and ships so many as if the whole shipping of the Kingdome were thither comne to some Faires which yet are in succession perpetuall When the Fathers were comne hither the Chinois by I know not what rumour were conceited that their Foe or Gods were comne thither in Visitation And a Magistrate sent to Leo about it to know if and how hee might visit them But to leaue their Fooleries let vs take view of their Citie Hamceu is the chiefe Citie of this Prouince yea in all this Kingdome lesse perhaps somewhat in compasse of walles then Nanquin but better peopled no place in the Citie emptie nor occupied with Gardens but all builded and all the Buildings almost with diuers Stories which in other Cities of China is not vsuall The Inhabitants are so many and the Tribute so much that the Iesuites durst not relate that which hereof they had heard by graue testimonie for the incredibilitie the description would aske a whole Volume The chiefe street is almost halfe a dayes Iourney in length and cannot be lesse then admirable For whereas the Chinois vse to erect triumphall Arches as Monuments to wel-deseruing Magistrates and Ornaments to their Cities this one street hath at least three hundred such besides very many others in other parts of the Citie of massie stones and exceeding curious Workmanship that if the Houses on both sides yeelded the like splendor the World could not shew such a spectacle But they occupie it all with shops and build the most magnificence of their Houses inwards and yet those not
memorie who called the place Meta incognita he brought home some of the Natiues and left some of his men there In the yeere 1580. the Companie sent out a second Voyage for the discouerie of the Riuer Obb and thence to goe on to Cathay furnishing forth two ships vnder the command of Arthur Pet and Charles Iackman who following their instructions arriued at Vaigats passed those Streights with a particular obseruation of those Ilands and places therein plyed along the East part of Nouazembla and the North of Russia and the Samoeds Countrey so farre as the Ice would giue them leaue and finding no possibilitie of passage by reason of the Ice returned backe in the latter end of the yeere By this time the Voyage of Saint Nicolas was knowne and become a beaten trade And the Companie sent out yeerely thither ten or twelue ships which returned fraighted with the commodities of that Countrey In the yeere 1583. by the leaue and admittance of the Moscouia Companie Sir Humfrey Gilbert went out for the discouerie of the North part of Terra Florida came into the great Riuer called Saint Laurence in Canada tooke possession of the Countrey setled the gouernment of the fishing there which is so well knowne in these times In the yeere 1585. Master Iohn Dauis was furnished out at Dartmouth with two Barkes for the discouerie of the North-west came into the height of 66. plyed along the coast obserued the probabilitie of a passage and in the end of the yeere returned In the yeere following being 1586. hee went on againe in the further discouerie thereof found a great Inlet betweene 55. and 56. of latitude which gaue him great hope of a passage traded with the people there and so returned In the yeere 1587. hee made a third Voyage to those places followed his course to the North and North-west to the Latitude of 67. degrees hauing the Continent which hee called America on the West side and Groineland which hee named Desolation on the East and going on the height of 86. degrees the passage enlarged so that hee could not see the Westerne shoare Thus he continued in the Latitude of 73. degrees in a great Sea free from Ice of an vnmeasurable depth but by the occasion of the departure of two Ships which were in company with him which hee left Fishing at a place he returned home This passage continueth the Name and memorie of the first Discouerer and is called Fretum Dauis And thus the Discouerie of the Northern Seas proceeded on from time to time by the endeauour and charge of the Muscouia Companie vntill they had particularly discouered the Lands Coasts Ilands Straights Hauens Bayes Riuers and other places therein and measured euery part thereof by their often tracing to and fro Together also with the obseruation of the Commodities and Aduantages arising from euery part of the same continuing euen vnto these times to haunt and frequent the parts which they had formerly found out As by their yeerely Reportaries and Iournals may appeare and that either without emulation or competition of any other Nation that euer came into those parts or enterprised any Discouerie there vntill of late yeeres as appeares by this that followeth When Richard Chancelor had setled a trade with Iohn Vasilowich then Emperour of Russia and his Ambassadours had beene heere in England to accomplish matters requisite for maintenance of the Amitie and Entercourse made and agreed vpon betweene these two Crownes King Philip Queene Marie Dukes also at that time of Burgundie and Soueraignes of all the Netherlands made a grant of Priuiledge vnto the Muscouia Merchants for the sole Trade of those Seas prohibiting all others to haunt and frequent the same without speciall Licence and consent of the sayd Companie which grant of Priuiledge was accordingly enioyed without disturbance or interloping of the Hollanders who out of obedience either to the Prohibition made by their Soueraigne or for that they durst not aduenture into these Seas did not any way attempt to bee seene or appeare there either for Discouerie or trade of Merchandize for the space of fiue and twentie yeeres after the Port of Saint Nicholas was first Discouered and found out by the English For the Company hauing as is aboue mentioned made their first Discouerie in the yeere 1553. there was neuer heard of any Netherlander that frequented those Seas vntill the yeere 1578. At which time they first began to come to Cola and within a yeere or two after one Iohn de Whale a Netherlander came to the Bay of Saint Nicholaâ— being drawne thither by the perswasion of some English for their better meane of Interloping which was the first man of that Nation that euer was seene there And this as is formerly noted was fiue and twentie yeeres after it was Discouered by the Muscouia Merchants Afterwards the Hollanders crept in more and more and in the yeere 1594. they made out foure Ships for Discouerie of the North-east passage to China the Master Pylot whereof was William Barrents these came vpon the Coast of Nouazembla to the Latitude of 77. degrees drew backe againe towards the Straights of Vaigats and then returned giuing Names vnto some places and Promontories vpon that Land In the yeere 1595. They sent out a second Voyage tracing the way through the Straights of Vaigats in the same steps as Pet and Iackman had formerly passed and so returned In the yeere 1596. They set out a third Voyage with two Ships the one of which shaped her course from the Cape of Norway to an Iland in the Latitude of 74. degrees which wee call Cherie Iland and they call Beare Iland and from thence to Greenland where Sir Hugh Willoughbie had beene two and fortie yeeres before for so long time there is betweene the first Discouerie thereof and the yeere 1596. And from thence to the North-east part of Nouazembla in the Latitude of 76. degrees where they Wintred and lost their Ship and came home with much difficultie In the yeere 1603. Stephen Bennet was imployed by the Companie in a Ship called the Grace to those parts Northwards of the Cape and was at Cherie Iland and killed some Sea-horses and brought home Lead Oare from thence In the yeere 1608. the said fellowship set foorth a Ship called the Hope-well whereof William Hudson was Master to discouer to the Pole where it appeareth by his Iournall that hee came to the height of 81. degrees where he gaue Names to certayne places vpon the Continent of Greenland formerly discouered which continue to this day namely Whale Bay and Hackluit Head-land and being hindred with Ice returned home without any further vse made of the Countrey and in ranging homewards hee discouered an Iland lying in 71. degrees which hee named Hudsons Tutches Heere it is to bee vnderstood that the Companie hauing by often resort and imployment to
those parts obserued the great number of Sea-horses at Cherie Iland and likewise the multitude of Whales that shewed themselues vpon the coast of Greenland They first applyed themselues to the killing of the Morces which they continued from yeere to yeere with a Ship or two yeerely in which Ships the Companie appointed Thomas Welden Commander and in the yeere 1609. the Companie imployed one Thomas Edge their Apprentice for their Northeren Voyage and joyned him in Commission with the foresayd Welden Now the often vsing of Cherie Iland did make the Sea-horse grow scarse and decay which made the Companie looke out for further Discoueries In the yeere 1610. the Companie set out two Ships viz. the Lionesse for Cherie Iland Thomas Edge Commander and the Amitie for a Northerne Discouerie the Master of which Ship was Ionas Poole who in the moneth of May fell with a Land and called it Greenland this is the Land that was discouered by Sir Hugh Willoughby long before which Ship Amitie continued vpon the coast of Greenland discouering the Harbours and killing of Morces vntill the moneth of August and so returned for England hauing gotten about some twelue Tunnes of goods and an Vnicornes horne In the yeere 1611. the Companie set foorth two Ships for Greenland the Marie Margaret Admirall burthen one hundred and sixtie tunnes Thomas Edge Commander and the Elizabeth burthen sixtie tunnes Ionas Poole Master well manned and furnished with all necessarie Prouisions they departed from Blackwall the twentieth of Aprill and arriued at the Foreland in Greenland in the Latitude of 79. degrees the twentieth of May following the Admirall had in her six Biskayners expert men for the killing of the Whale this was the first yeere the Companie set out for the killing of Whales in Greenland and about the twelfth of Iune the Biskayners killed a small Whale which yeelded twelue Tunnes of Oyle being the first Oyle that euer was made in Greenland The Companies two Shalops looking about the Harbour for Whales about the fiue and twentieth of Iune rowing into Sir Thomas Smith his Bay on the East side of the Sound saw on the shoare great store of Sea-horses after they had found the Morses they presently rowed vnto the Ship being in crosse Road seuen leagues off and acquainted the Captayne what they had found The Captayne vnderstanding of it gaue order to the Master Stephen Bennet that he should take into his Ship fiftie tunnes of emptie Caske and set sayle with the Ship to goe into Foule Sound The Captayne went presently away in one Shallop with sixe men vnto the Sea-morse and tooke with him Lances and comming to them they set on them and killed fiue hundred Morses and kept one thousand Morses liuing on shoare because it is not profitable to kill them all at one time The next day the Ship being gone vnto the place well mored where the Morse were killed all the men belonging to the Ship went on shoare to worke and make Oyle of the Morses and when they had wrought two or three dayes it fortuned that a small quantitie of Ice came out of Foule Sound and put the Ship from her Moring The Master and ten men being a board of the Ship let fall their Sheat anchor which brought the Ship vp to ride the Ice comming vpon her againe brought her Anchor home and ranne the Ship ashoare where shee by the Masters weake Iudgement was cast away and all their Bread spoyled not fit to eate The Ship being cast away without hope of recouerie the Commander Thomas Edge gaue order that all the Morse liuing on shoare should be let goe into the Sea and so gaue ouer making of Oyle and presently haled vp ashoare all his Shallops and Boates being fiue setting the Carpenter to trim them the Saylers to make Sayles and Wastcloathes for the Boates fit to serue them at Sea Hauing fitted their Boates as well as they could with the small prouision they had being in number foure small Shallops and the ships Boate they diuided their men into them equally with what prouisions of victuals they could well carrie and after they had sayd Prayers all together on Land being fiftie men they departed from the place where they lost their Ship on the fifteenth of Iuly with the winde Southerly and rowed thirtie or fortie leagues to the Southward and then they lost companie of one Shallop and their ships Boate of Horne Sound which two Boates met with a Hull Ship and acquainted him with the losse of the London Ship and that shee had left on land goods woorth fifteene hundred pounds So our men carryed the Hull Ship into Foule Sound to take in the Companies goods and to kill some Sea-horses for her selfe at that place The Captayne and two other Shallops put from the Coast of Greenland in the height of 77.1 â— Degrees and set their course for Cherie Iland which lyeth in 74. Degrees sometimes Sayling and sometimes Rowing and made Cherie Iland the nine and twentieth of Iuly hauing beene in their Shallops at Sea fourteene dayes and comming into the Iland with a great storme at North-west with much difficultie they landed on the South side of the Iland Being on shoare the Captayne sent three of his Saylers ouer land vnto the North roade being three miles distant from that place to see if the Elizabeth was there and they saw a Ship riding in the North roade and being ouer-joyed they returned backe vnto the Captayne to acquaint him without staying to speake with any of the Ships companie and by good hap the Master of the Elizabeth espyed men on the Shoare being at that time weighing Anchor to set sayle for England vpon which hee stayed and sent the Boate ashoare to see what men they were and when the men of the Elizabeth came ashoare they found them to bee men of the Mary Margaret and so went aboard vnto the Master to acquaint him whereupon the Master caused Anchor to bee weighed and went to the South side of the Iland and there tooke in the Captayne and hee being aboard vnderstanding what a poore Voyage the Elizabeth had made gaue order to the Master to goe for Greenland there to take in such Goods as the sayd Edge had left in Foule Sound They departed from Cherie Iland the first of August and arriued at Foule Sound the Fourteenth Dicto where they found two Boates which they had lost companie of before and all their men being come thither with a Hull Ship which they met with and brought to that place which Ship had spent all the yeere in Horne Sound and got little goods The Elizabeth being mored the Captayne gaue order vnto the Master to deliuer out of his Ship all the goods hee had got at Cherie Iland which was Sea-horse hydes and Blubber being of little woorth And to take in the Oyle and Whale-finnes which were gotten by the Marie Margarets companie
heathie grounds in the North parts of England which we call Heath or Ling. This groweth when the snow melteth and when the ground beginneth to be vncouered And on this doe the Deere feed in the Summer time and become very fat therewithall in a moneths space but how they liue in the Winter time it is not easily to be imagined For seeing at the end of May wee find the ground all couered with snow it is very like that in the time of Winter there is no part bare where any thing can grow especially during the time that the Sunne is altogether depressed vnder the horizon which in the latitude of 77. degrees continueth from the eighteenth of October till the fourth of Februarie This Countrey by all probabilities hath neuer been inhabited by any people notwithstanding I thinke men might liue there carrying thither good store of prouision of victuals and other things necessary against the cold which perhaps will be vehement in the Winter time by the former reasons namely because the Sunne remayneth so long vnder the Horizon Neuerthelesse there will not be any continuance of darknesse because the Sunne in his greatest declination will be but 10. degrees vnder the Horizon at this time of his being in the South of the Meridian in the former latitude of 77. degrees which is once in foure and twentie houres and therefore the time of their Noone will bee much lighter then our Night here in England when the dayes are at the longest for then is the Sunne 15. degrees vnder the Horizon at midnight and yet the greatest darknesse is but like twi-light And although it bee a generall saying and a common receiued opinion that the further North the greater cold yet experience teacheth that it is not alwaies true For at Mâ—sco and thereabouts in the Winter time there is extreme frosts and cold weather insomuch that oftentimes men are brought home dead being starued with cold and many haue their noses and eares caused to fall off through the extremity of the piercing aire yet at Edenborrow which is more Northerly by one degree and an halfe and in all places neere vnto it the aire is temperate and the cold tolerable the snow neuer lying any long time on the ground after it is fallen Notwithstanding wee haue snow remayning all the yeere long in diuers places of England but the reason of this is because the aire is euer warmest neere vnto the Sea shoare as Edenborrow standeth and contrariwise the cold is most vehement in places which are farthest remote from the Sea as Mosco is situated All the Creatures that appeare vnto vs vpon the Land are Deere Beares and Foxes and sundrie sorts of wilde Fowle as Cuthbert Duckes Willockes Stints Sea-pigeons Sea-parrets Gulls Noddies c. The Author addes a discourse of sending condemned men to inhabite there with diuers proiects for their seruice there for the further discouerie how best to bee effected for such things as are most necessary for this employment of Whale-killing c. but because experience hath giuen best instructions already and destructions must otherwise be preuented I haue forborne to detayne the Reader in those otherwise iudicious speculations A Whale is ordinarly about 60 foote longe When the whale comes aboue water the shallop rowes towards him and being within reach of him the harpoiner darts his harpingiron at him out of both his hands and being fast they lance him to death The whale is cut up as hee lyes floating crosse the stearne of a shipp the blubber is cut from the flesh by peeces 3 or 4 foote long and being rased is rowed on shore towards the coppers They place 2. or 3. coppers on a râ—â— and the chopping boat on the one side and the cooling boate on the other side to receiue the oyle of the coppers the chopt blubber being boyled is taken 〈◊〉 out of the coppers and put in wiker baskets or barowes throwgh which the oyle is dreaned and runÌ„es into the cooler which is fall of water out of which it is convaied by troughs into buts or hogsheads The manner of killing the Seamorces The manner of killâ—â—â— beres The Seamorce is in quantity as bigg as an oxe When the whale is killed hee is in this maner towed to the shipps by twoe or three shallops made fast one to another The peeces of blubber are towed to the shore side by a shallop and drawne on shore by a crane or caried by twoe menn on a barrowe to the twoe cutters which cutts them the breadt h of a trencher and very thinÌ„e by twoe boys are caried w th handhooks to the choppers Thus they make cleane and scrape the whale fins A tent and Coopers at worke REader I present thee here three admirable Voyages of Discouery made by the Dutch no whit enuying their due prayse but honouring their worthy Acts and Arts. They haue formerly beene published in Dutch and translated by W. Philip. I haue heere abbreuiated them as my vse is with others to auoid prolixitie The Dutch themselues write that after the English Russian Trade one Oliuer Bunell moued with hope of gaine went from Enckhuysen to Pechora where he lost all by shipwracke hauing discouered Costinsarca in Noua Zemla These Nauigations of the English and that of Bunell and the hopes of China and Cathay caused the States Generall to send forth two shippes vnder the command of Hugo Linschoten to the Streights of Wey-gates and two others vnder William Bernards by the perswasion of P. Plancius to goe right Northwards from Noua Zemla Linschot went fiftie miles beyond the Streights the Northerly winds and late season forcing him backe Bernards Iournall here followeth of that and his two later Voyages the two later written by one employed therein CHAP. III. The first Nauigation of WILLIAM BARENTS alias BERNARDS into the North Seas Written by Gâ—RAT de VEER IT is a most certayne and an assured Assertion that nothing doth more benefit and further the Common-wealth specially these Countryes then the art and knowledge of Nauigation in regard that such Countreyes and Nations as are strong and mightie at Sea haue the meanes and ready way to draw fetch and bring vnto them for their mayntenance all the principallest commodities and fruits of the Earth In these Nauigations we must not be dismayed if some mislike or if we cannot perfect a Discouery in the first second or third Voyage Alexander Magnus after he had wonne all Grecia and from thence entred into little and great Asia and comming to the farthest parts of India there found some difficultie to passe said If wee had not gone forward and persisted in our intent which other men esteemed and held to be impossible we had stil remayned and stayed in the entry of Cicilia where as now we haue ouer-runne and past through all those large and spacious Countreyes for nothing is found and effected all at one time neyther is any thing that is put in practice presently
and presently at another casting of the Lead they had but six fathome and presently after that againe ten eleuen and twelue fathome the streame running hard against the Flats From the East-end of the Admirals Iland to Cape Negro that is the Blacke point they sayled about fiue or six miles East North-east and a mile without the Blacke point it iâ— seuenty fathome deepe the ground slimy as vpon Pamphius right East-ward of the Blacke point there are two sharpe pointed Hils in the Creeke that are easie to be knowne The sixt of Iuly the Sunne being North they come right before the Blacke point with faire weather this Blacke point lyeth vnder 75. degrees and 20. minutes From the Blacke point to Williams Iland they sayled seuen or eight miles East North-east and betweene them both about halfe a mile there lay a small Iland The seuenth of Iuly they sayled from Williams Iland and then William Barents tooke the height of the Sunne with his Crosse-staffe and found it to be eleuated aboue the Horizon in the South-west and by South 53. degrees and 6. minutes his declination being 22. degrees and 49. minutes which being added to 53. degrees and 6. minutes make 75. degrees and 55. minutes This is the right height of the Pole of the said Iland In this Iland they found great store of Driftwood and many Sea-horses being a kind of fish that keepeth in the Sea hauing very great teeth which at this day are vsed in stead of Iuory or Elephants Teeth there also is a good Road for ships at twelue and thirteene fathome deepe against all winds except it bee West South-west and West-winds and there they found a piece of a Russia ship and that day they had the wind East North-east mistie weather The ninth of Iuly they entred into Beeren-fort vpon the Road vnder Williams Iland and there they found a white Beare which they perceiuing presently entred into their Boat and shot her into the bodie with a Musket but the Beare shewed most wonderfull strength which almost is not to be found in any beast for no man euer heard the like to bee done by any Lion or cruell beast whatsoeuer for notwithstanding that she was shot into the bodie yet she leapt vp and swamme in the water the men that were in the Boat rowing after her cast a Rope about her necke and by that meanes drew her at the sterne of the Boat for that not hauing seene the like Beare before they thought to haue carryed her aliue in the ship and to haue shewed her for a strange wonder in Holland but she vsed such force that they were glad that they were rid of her and contented themselues with her skinne only for shee made such a noyse and stroue in such sort that it was admirable wherewith they let her rest and gaue her more scope with the Rope that they held her by and so drew her in that sort after them by that meanes to wearie her meane-time William Barents made neerer to her but the Beare swamme to the Boat and with her fore-feet got hold of the sterne thereof which William Barents perceiuing said she will there rest her selfe but she had another meaning for she vsed such force that at last she had gotten halfe her body into the Boat wherewith the men were so abashed that they ranne into the further end of the Boat and thought verily to haue beene spoyled by her but by a strange meanes they were deliuered from her for that the Rope that was about her necke caught hold vpon the hooke of the Ruther whereby the Beare could get no further but so was held backe and hanging in that manner one of the men boldly stept forth from the end of the Scute and thrust her into the bodie with a halfe-pike and therewith shee fell downe into the water and so they rowed forward with her to the shippe drawing her after them till shee was in a manner dead wherewith they killed her out-right and hauing slayed her brought the skin to Amsterdam The twentieth of Iuly they sayled out of Beeren-fort from Williams Iland and the same day in the morning got to the Iland of Crosses and there went on Land with their Pinnasse and found the Iland to be barren and full of Cliffes and Rocks in it there was a small Hauen whereinto they rowed with their Boat This Iland is about halfe a mile long and reacheth East and West on the West end it hath a banke about a third part of a mile long and at the East end also another banke vpon this Iland there standeth two great Crosses the Iland lyeth about two long miles from the firme Land and vnder the East-end thereof there is a good Road at sixe and twentie fathome soft ground and somewhat closer to the Iland on the Strand at nine fathome sandie ground From the Iland of Crosses to the point of Cape Nassaw they sayled East and East and by North about eight miles it is a long flat point which you must be carefull to shunne for thereabouts at seuen fathome there were flats or shoales very farre from the Land it lyeth almost vnder 76. degrees and a halfe From the West end of Williams Iland to the Iland with the Crosses is three miles the course North. From Nassaw point they sayled East and by South and East South-east fiue miles and then they thought that they saw Land in North-east and by East and sayled towards it fiue miles North-east to descrie it thinking it to bee another Land that lay Northward from Noua Zembla but it began to blow so hard out of the West that they were forced to take in their Marsaile and yet the wind rose in such manner that they were forced to take in all their Sayles and the Sea went so hollow that they were constrayned to driue sixteene houres together without sayle eight or nine miles East North-east The eleuenth of Iuly their Boat was by a great waue of the Sea sunke to the ground and by that meanes they lost it and after that they draue without sayles fiue miles East and by South at last the Sunne being almost South-east the wind came about to the North-west and then the weather began somewhat to cleere vp but yet it was very mistie Then they hoysed vp their sayles againe and sayled foure miles till night that the Sunne was North and by East and there they had sixtie fathome deepe muddie ground and then they saw certayne flakes of Ice at which time vpon the twelfth of Iuly they woond West and held North-west and sayled about a mile with mistie weather and a North-west wind and sayled vp and downe West South-west three or foure miles to see if they could find their Boat againe after that they woond againe with the wind and sayled foure miles South-east till the Sunne was South-west and then they were close by the Land of Noua Zembla that lay East and
by North and West and by South from thence they woond ouer againe till noone and sayled three miles North and by West and then till the Sunne was North-west they held North-west and by North three miles then they woond East-ward and sayled foure or fiue miles North-east and by East The thirteenth of Iuly at night they found great store of Ice as much as they could descry out of the top that lay as if it had beene a plaine field of Ice then they woond Westward ouer from the Ice The seuenteenth of Iuly William Barents tooke the height of the Sunne with his Astrolabium and then they were vnder 77. degrees and a ¼ of the Pole and sayled Southward six miles and perceiued the firme Land lying South from them Then they sayled till the nineteenth of Iuly in the morning West South-west sixe or seuen miles with a North-west winde and mistie weather and after that South-west and South-west and by West seuen miles the Sunne being 77. degrees 5. minutes lesse Then they sayled two miles South-west and were close by the land of Noua Zembla about Cape Nassaw The fiue and twentieth of Iuly they were so inclosed about with flakes of Ice that out of the top they could not discerne any thing beyond it and sought to get through the Ice but they could not passe beyond it At night they tooke the height of the Sunne when it was at the lowest betweene North and North-east and North-east and by North it being eleuated aboue the Horizon 6. degrees and ¾ his Declination being 19. degrees 50. minutes now take 6. degrees ¾ from 19. degrees and 50. minutes and there resteth 13. degrees 5. minutes which substracted from 90. there resteth 77. degrees lesse 5. minutes The sixe and twentieth of Iuly in the morning they sayled sixe miles South South-east till the Sunne was South-west and then South-east sixe miles and were within a mile of the land of Noua Zembla and came againe to Cape Trust. The eight and twentieth of Iuly the height of the Sun being taken at noone with the Astrolabium it was found to be eleuated aboue the Horizon 57. degrees and 6. minutes her Declination being 19. degrees and 18. minutes which in all is 76. degrees and 24. minutes they being then about foure miles from the land of Noua Zembla that lay all couered ouer with Snow the weather being cleare and the winde East The nine and twentieth of Iuly the height of the Sun being taken with the Crosse-staffe Astrolabium Quadrant they found it to be eleuated aboue the Horizon 32. degrees her declination being 19. degrees which substracted from 32. there resteth 13. degrees of the Equator which being substracted from 90. there rested 77. degrees and then the nearest North point of Noua Zembla called the Ice point lay right East from them There they found certaine Stones that glistered like gold which for that cause they named Gold-stones and there also they had a faire Bay with sandie ground Vpon the same day they woond Southward againe and sayled South-east two miles betweene the Land and the Ice and after that from the Ice point East and to the Southward sixe miles to the Ilands of Orange and there they laboured forward betweene the Land and the Ice with faire still weather and vpon the one and thirtieth of Iuly got to the Ilands of Orange And there went to one of those Ilands where they found about two hundred Walrushen or Sea-horses lying vpon the shoare to bast themselues in the Sunne This Sea-horse is a wonderfull strong Monster of the Sea much bigger then an Oxe which keepes continually in the Seas hauing a skin like a Sea-calfe or Seale with very short hayre mouthed like a Lion and many times they lye vpon the Ice they are hardly killed vnlesse you strike them just vpon the forehead it hath foure Feet but no Eares and commonly it hath one or two young ones at a time And when the Fisher-men chance to finde them vpon a flake of Ice with their young ones shee casteth her young ones before her into the water and then takes them in her Armes and so plungeth vp and downe with them and when shee will reuenge her-selfe vpon the Boates or make resistance against them then she casts her young ones from her againe and with all her force goeth towards the Boate whereby our men were once in no small danger for that the Sea-horse had almost stricken her teeth into the sterne of their Boate thinking to ouer-throw it but by meanes of the great crie that the men made she was afraid and swomme away againe and tooke her young ones againe in her armes They haue two teeth sticking out of their mouthes on each side one each being about halfe an Ell long and are esteemed to bee as good as any Iuorie or Elephants teeth specially in Muscouia Tartaria and thereabouts where they are knowne for they are as white hard and euen as Iuorie The Sea-horses that lay bathing themselues vpon the Land our men supposing that they could not defend themselues being out of the water went on shoare to assaile them and fought with them to get their Teeth that are so rich but they brake all their Hatchets Cuttle-axes and Pikes in pieces and could not kill one of them but strucke some of their Teeth out of their mouthes which they tooke with them and when they could get nothing against them by fighting they agreed to goe aboord the Ship to fetch some of their great Ordnance to shoot at them therewith but it began to blow so hard that it rent the Ice into great pieces so that they were forced not to doe it and therewith they found a great white Beare that slept which they shot into the bodie but shee ranne away and entred into the water the men following her with their Boate and killed her out-right and then drew her vpon the Ice and so sticking a halfe-pike vpright bound her fast vnto it thinking to fetch her when they came back againe to shoot at the Sea-horses with their Ordnance but for that it began more and more to blow and the Ice therewith brake in peeces they did nothing at all After that William Barents finding that hee could hardly get through to accomplish and end his pretended Voyage his men also beginning to bee wearie and would sayle no further they all together agreed to returne backe againe to meet with the other Ships that had taken their course to the Wey-gates or the Straights of Nassaw to know what Discoueries they had made there The first of August they turned their course to sayle backe againe from the Ilands of Orange There William Barents tooke the height of the Sunne it being vnder 71. degrees and â— 3. and there they found a great Creeke which William Barents judged to bee the place where Oliuer Brunel had beene before called Costinâ—sarch From the Blacke Iland they sayled
taken from the height aforesaid there rested 14. degrees which substracted from 90. degrees then the height of the Pole was found to be 76. degrees and 15. minutes then we found the variation of the Compasse to bee 26. degrees The same day two of our men went againe to the Crosse and found no Beares to trouble vs and wee followed them with our Armes fearing least wee might meet any by chance and when we came to the second Crosse we found the foot-steps of two Beares and saw how long they had followed vs which was one hundred foot-steps at the least that way that we had beene the day before The two and twentieth being Munday wee set vp another Crosse and made our Marke thereon and lay there before the Crosse Iland till the fourth of August meane time we washt and whited our Linnen on the shoare The thirtieth the Sunne being North there came a Beare so neere to our ship that we might hit her with a stone and we shot her into the foot with a Piece wherewith shee ranne halting away The one and thirtieth of Iuly the Sunne being East North-east seuen of our men killed a Beare and slayed her and cast her bodie into the Sea The same day at noone by our Instrument we found the variation of the Needle of the Compasse to be 17. degrees The first of August we saw a white Beare but she ran away from vs. The fourth we got out of the Ice to the other side of the Iland and anchored there where with great labour and much paine we fetched a Boat full of stones from the Land The fifth wee set sayle againe towards Ice point with an East Wind and sayled South South-east and then North North-east and saw no Ice by the Land by the which we lauered The sixth we gate about the point of Nassaw and sayled forward East and East and by South along by the Land The seuenth we had a West South-west Wind and sayled along by the Land South-east and South-east and by East and saw but a little Ice and then past by the Trust-point which we had much longed for at Eeuening we had an East Wind with mistie Weather so that we were forced to make our ship fast to a piece of Ice that was at least thirtie sixe fathome deepe vnder the water and more then sixteene fathome aboue the water which in all was two and fifty fathome thick for it lay fast vpon ground the which was thirtie sixe fathome deepe The eight in the morning we had an East Wind with mistie Weather The ninth lying still fast to the great piece of Ice it snowed hard and it was mistie weather and when the Sunne was South we went vpon the Hatches for we alwayes held watch where as the Master walked along the ship he heard a beast snuffe with his nose and looking ouer-boord he saw a great Beare hard by the ship where hee cryed out a Beare a Beare and with that all our men came vp from vnder Hatches and saw a great Beare hard by our Boat seeking to get into it but we giuing a great shout she was afraid and swamme away but presently came backe againe and went behind a great piece of Ice whereunto we had made our ship fast and climbed vpon it and boldly came towards our ship to enter into it but we had torne our Scute Sayle in the ship and lay with foure Peeces before at the Boot-sprit and shot her in the bodie and with that shee ranne away but it snowed so fast that wee could not see whither shee went but wee ghest that shee lay behind a high Hoouell whereof there were many vpon the piece of Ice The tenth being Saturday the Ice began mightily to breake and then wee first perceiued that the great piece of Ice whereunto we had made our ship fast lay on the ground for the rest of the Ice draue along by it wherewith wee were in great feare that wee should bee compassed about with the Ice and therefore we vsed all the diligence and meanes that we could to get from thence for we were in great doubt and being vnder sayle wee sayled vpon the Ice because it was all broken vnder vs and got to another piece of Ice whereunto we made our ship fast againe with our Sheate Anchor which we made fast vpon it and there we lay till Eeuening and when we had supped in the first quarter the said piece of Ice began on a sudden to burst and rend in pieces so fearefully that it was admirable for with one great cracke it burst into foure hundred pieces at the least we lying fast to it weighed our Cable and got off from it vnder the water it was ten fathome deepe and lay vpon the ground and two fathome aboue the Water and it made a fearefull noyse both vnder and aboue the Water when it burst and spread it selfe abroad on all sides And being with great feare gotten from that piece of Ice wee came to another piece that was six fathome deepe vnder the Water to which wee made a Rope fast on both sides Then wee saw another great piece of Ice not farre from vs lying fast in the Sea that was as sharpe aboue as it had beene a Tower whereunto wee rowed and casting out our Lead we found that it lay twentie fathome deepe fast on the ground vnder the Water and twelue fathome aboue the Water The eleuenth being Sunday we rowed to another piece of Ice and cast out our Lead and found that it lay eighteene fathome deepe fast to the ground vnder the Water and ten fathome aboue the water The twelfth wee sayled neere vnder the Land the better to shunne the Ice for the great flakes that draue in the Sea were many fathome deepe vnder the Water and we were better defended from them being at foure and fiue fathome Water and there ranne a great current of water from the Hill There we made our ship fast againe to a piece of Ice and called that point The small Ice point The thirteenth in the morning there came a Beare from the East point of the Land close to our ship and one of our men with a Peece shot at her and brake one of her legs but she crept vp the Hill with her three feet and we following her killed her and hauing flayed her brought the skinne aboord the ship From thence wee set sayle with a little gale of Winde and were forced to lauere but after that it began to blow more out of the South and South South-east The fifteenth we came to the Iland of Orange where we were inclosed with the Ice hard by a great piece of Ice where we were in great danger to lose our ship but with great labour and much paine we got to the Iland the Wind being South-east whereby we were constrayned to turne our ship and while we were busied thereabouts and made such noyse
should misse our time For the cold was so great that our Clocke was frozen and might not goe although we hung more waight on it then before The fourth it was faire cleere weather the Wind North-east and then we began euery man by turne to digge open our doores that were closed vp with Snow for we saw that it would be often to doe and therefore we agreed to worke by turnes no man excepted but the Master and the Pilot. The fifth it was faire weather with an East-wind and then we made our Springes cleane againe to take Foxes The sixt it was foule weather againe with an Easterly Wind and extreame cold almost not to bee indured whereupon wee lookt pittifully one vpon the other being in great feare that if the extreamitie of the cold grew to bee more and more wee should all dye there with cold for that what fire soeuer we made it would not warme vs yea and our Sacke which is so hot was frozen very hard so that when wee were euery man to haue his part we were forced to melt it in the fire which wee shared euery second day about halfe a pint for a man wherewith we were forced to sustayne our selues and at other times wee dranke water which agreed not well with the cold and we needed not to coole it with Snow or Ice but we were forced to melt it out of the Snow The seuenth it was still foule weather and we had a great storme with a North-east Wind which brought an extreame cold with it at which time wee knew not what to doe and while we sate consulting together what were best for vs to doe one of our companions gaue vs counsell to burne some of the Sea-coales that we had brought out of the ship which would cast a great heate and continue long and so at Eeuening we made a great fire thereof which cast a great heat at which time wee were very carefull to keepe it in for that the heate beeing so great a comfort vnto vs we tooke care how to make it continue long whereupon wee agreed to stop vp all the doores and the Chimney thereby to keepe in the heate and so went into our Cabins to sleepe well comforted with the heate and so lay a great while talking together but at last we were taken with a great swounding and dazeling in our heads yet some more then other some which we first perceiued by a sicke man and therefore the lesse able to beare it and found our selues to be very ill at ease so that some of vs that were strongest start out of their Cabins and first opened the Chimney and then the doores but he that opened the doore fell downe in a swound vpon the Snow which I hearing as lying in my Cabin next to the doore start vp and casting Vinegar in his face recouered him againe and so he rose vp and when the doores were open we all recouered our healths againe by reason of the cold Ayre and so the cold which before had beene so great an Enemy vnto vs was then the onely reliefe that wee had otherwise without doubt we had dyed in a sudden swound after that the Master when we were come to our selues againe gaue euery one of vs a little Wine to comfort our hearts The eight it was foule weather the winde Northerly very sharpe and cold but we durst lay no more coales on as wee did the day before for that our misfortune had taught vs that to shunne one danger we should not runne into another The ninth it was faire cleare weather the skie full of Starres then we set our doore wide open which before was fast closed vp with Snow and made our Springes ready to take Foxes The tenth it was still faire Star-light weather the winde North-east then wee tooke two Foxes which were good meate for vs for as then our victuals began to bee scant and the cold still increased whereunto their Skinnes serued vs for a good defence The eleuenth it was faire weather and a cleere ayre but very cold which hee that felt not would not beleeue for our Shooes froze as hard as hornes vpon our feete and within they were white frozen so that we could not weare our shooes but were forced to make great Pattents the vpper part being Sheepe-skinnes which we put on ouer three or foure payre of Sockes and so went in them to keepe our feet warme The twelfth it was faire cleere weather with a North-west winde but extreame cold so that our House walls and Cabbins were frozen a finger thicke yea and the Cloathes vpon our backes were white ouer with Frost and although some of vs were of opinion that wee should lay more coles vpon the fire to warme vs and that we should let the chimney stand open yet we durst not doe it fearing the like danger we had escaped The thirteenth it was faire cleere weather with an East winde then we tooke another Foxe and tooke great paines about preparing and dressing of our Springes with no small trouble for that if wee stayed too long without the doores there arose blisters vpon our Faces and our Eares The fourteenth it was faire weather the winde North-east and the skie full of starres then we tooke the height of the right shoulder of the Rens when it was South South-west and somewhat more Westerly and then it was at the highest in our Compasse and it was eleuated aboue the Horizon 20. degrees and 28. minutes his Declination being 6. degrees and 18. minutes on the North-side of the line which Declination being taken out of the height aforesayd there rested 14. degrees which being taken out of 90. degrees then the height of the Pole was 76. degrees The fifteenth it was still faire weather the winde East that day wee tooke two Foxes and saw the Moone rise East South-east when it was sixe and twentie dayes old in the signe of Scorpio The sixteenth it was faire cleere weather the winde East at that time wee had no more Wood in the house but had burnt it all but round about our house there lay some couered ouer with Snow which with great paine and labour we were forced to digge out and so shouell away the Snow and so brought it into the house which wee did by turnes two and two together wherein we were forced to vse great speed for wee could not long endure without the House because of the extreame cold although we wore the Foxes skinnes about our heads and double apparell vpon our backes The seuenteenth the winde still held North-east with faire weather and so great Frosts that wee were of opinion that if there stood a Barrell full of water without the doore it would in one night freeze from the top to the bottome The eighteenth the winde still held North-east with faire weather then seuen of vs went out vnto the Ship to see how it lay and being vnder
but were forced to lie still but not long after the Ice opened againe like to a sluce and we past through it and set sayle againe and so sayled along by the Land but were presently enclosed with Ice but being in hope of opening againe meane time wee eate somewhat for the Ice went not away as it did before after that wee vsed all the meanes wee could to breake it but all in vayne and yet a good while after the Ice opened againe and we got out and sayled along by the Land West and by South with a South vvind The three and twentieth wee sayled still forward West and by South till the Sunne was South-east and got to the Trust-point which is distant from the Ice-point fiue and twentie miles and then could goe no furtheer because the Ice lay so hard and so close together and yet it was faire weather the same day we tooke the height of the Sunne with the Astrolabium and also with our Astronomicall Ring and found his height to be 37. degrees and his Declination 23. degrees and 30. minutes which taken from the height aforesayd there rested 13. degrees and 30. minutes which substracted out of 90. degrees the height of the Pole was 76. degrees and 30. minutes and it was faire Sun-shine weather and yet it was not so strong as to melt the Snow that we might haue water to drinke so that wee set all our Tinne platters and other things full of Snow to melt and so molt it and put snow in our mouthes to melt it downe into our throates but all was not enough so that we were compelled to endure great thirst FRom the Low-land to the Streame Bay the course East and West foure miles From the Streame Bay to the Ice-hauen point the course East and by North foure miles From the Ice-hauen point to the Ilands point the course East North-east fiue miles From the Ilands point to the Flushingers point the course North-east and by East three miles From the Flushingers point to the Head point the course North east foure miles From the Head point to the point of Desire the course South and North sixe miles From the point of Desire to the Iland of Orange North-west eight miles From the Ilands of Orange to the Ice point the course West and West and by South fiue miles From the Ice point to the point of Trust the course West and by South fiue and twentie miles From the point of Trust to Nassawes point the course West and West and by North ten miles From the Nassaw point to the East end of the Crosse Iland the course West and by North eight miles From the East end of the Crosse Iland to Williams Iland the course West and by South three miles From Williams Iland to the Blacke point the course West South-west sixe miles From the Blacke point to the East end of the Admirable Iland the course West South-west seuen miles From the East to the West point of the Admirable Iland the course West South-west fiue miles From the West point of the Admirable Iland to Cape Planto the course South-west and by West ten miles From Cape de Planto to Lombs-bay the course West South-west eight miles From Lombs-bay to the Staues point the course West South-west ten miles From the Staues point to Langenesse the course South-west and by South fourteene miles From Langenesse to Cape de Cant the course South-west and by South sixe miles From Cape de Cant to the point with the Blacke clifts the course South and by West foure miles From the point with the Blacke clifts to the Blacke Hand the course South South-east three miles From the Blacke Iland to Constint-sarke the course East and West two miles From Constint-sarke to the Crosse point the course South South-east fiue miles From Crosse point to Saint Laurence Bay the course South South-east sixe miles From Saint Laurence Bay to Mel-hauen the course South-east sixe miles From Mel-hauen to the two Ilands the course South South-east sixe miles From the two Ilands where we crost ouer to the Russia Coast to the Ilands of Matfloe and Delgoy the course South-west thirtie miles From Matfloe and Delgoy to the Creeke where we sayled the compasse round about and came to the same place againe two and twentie miles From that Creeke to Colgoy the course West North-west eighteene miles From Colgoy to the East point of Camdenas the course West North-west twentie miles From the East point of Camdenas to the West side of the White Sea the course West North-west fortie miles From the West point of the White Sea to the seuen Ilands the course North-west foureteene miles From the seuen Ilands to the VVest end of Kilduin the course North-west twentie miles From the VVest end of Kilduin to the place where Iohn Cornelis came vnto vs the course North-west and by VVest seuen miles From thence to Cola the course VVest Southerly eighteene miles So that wee sayled in the two open Scutes sometimes in the Ice then ouer the Ice and through the Sea three hundred and eightie one miles Flemish which is one thousand one hundred fortie and three miles English The foure and twentieth of Iune the Sunne being Easterly we rowed heere and there in the Ice to see where we might best goe out but wee saw no opening but when the Sunne was South we got into the Sea for the which we thanked God most heartily that hee had sent vs an vnexpected opening and then we sayled with an East winde and went lustily forward so that we made our account to get aboue the point of Nassawes close by the land and wee could easily see the point of Nassawes and made our account to bee about three miles from it The sixe and twentieth it still blew hard out of the South and broke the Ice whereunto we were fast in pieces and we thereby draue into the Sea and could get no more to the fast Ice whereby we were in a thousand dangers to bee all cast away and driuing in that sort in the Sea wee rowed as much as we could but we could not get neere vnto the Land therefore we hoysed vp our Focke and so made vp with our sayle but our Fock-mast brake twice in peeces and then it was worse for vs then before and notwithstanding that there blew a great gale of Wind yet we were forced to hoyse vp our great Sayle but the winde blew so hard into it that if wee had not presently taken it in againe we had sunke in the Sea or else our Boate would haue been filled with water for the water began to leape ouer-boord and wee were a good way in the Sea at which time the waues went so hollow that it was most fearefull and wee thereby saw nothing but death before our eyes and euery twinckling of an eye looked when wee should sinke But God that had deliuered vs out of so many dangers of Death
of Geta sixe yeeres After which one of the Russeâ— of Vasheâ— named Wolfe returned into Siberia and he reported that he was trauailing from Tingoosie to Geta a Summer Likewise this said Wolfe reported that a Samoied told him that in Yenisey the greater were Vessels of a great burthen seene to be drawne with the Rope by a very great number of people but hee could not tâ—ll what people they were neither whither they did intend to trauaile with the said Vessels CHAP. VIII A Voyage made to Pechora 1611. Written by WILLIAM GOVâ—DON of Hull appointed chiefe Pilot for Discouerie to Ob c. THe eleuenth of Aprill we weighed Anchor at Blacke-wall in the Riuer of Thames in a ship called the Amitie whereof Iames Vadun was Master and sayling along the Coasts of England Scotland Norway and Finmarke on the eleuenth of the next moneth of May wee found our selues in the latitude of 71. degrees 40. minutes The twelfth wee ranne fortie eight leagues North North-east the wind being at South South-east and found our selues in the latitude of 73. degrees 42. minutes and at night wee had shoaldings of Cherie Iland for wee were enioyned by our Commission to touch there although it were three degrees to the North out of our way The thirteenth being Whit-sunday it cleered vp and then we did see Cherie Iland six leagues East South-east from vs. The fourteenth being faire weather we stood to the Northwards thinking to haue gone on shoare but we could not for Ice and labouring to Land on the South side of the Iland wee met with Ionas Poole about Eeuening in the Elizabeth who came as then to the Iland and was set forth by the Right Worshipfull Company of our Russian Merchants to discouer further Northward from eightie degrees toward the North Pole Then we stood to the Eastward where wee found great store of Ice The fifteenth we spent on the South-side of the Iland in hope of the arriuall of the Marie Margaret which being a ship of nine score Tunnes was set forth very chargeably by the aforesaid Russian Company and had in her sixe Baskes being excellent Whale-killers of Saint Iohn de Luz for the killing of the Whale on the Coast of Greenland in a Road called Crosse Road standing exceeding farre to the North euen in the latitude of 79. degrees and better The same day at night seeing that there we could doe no good we determined to proceed on our Voyage for the Riuer of Pechora and Letters being giuen one to the other for Testimoniall of our meeting in that place we left Ionas Pooley and directed our course to the Eastward The two and twentieth of May we came to a small Iland called Bigs Hole by Tapani Harbour The three and twentieth we arriued at the I le of Kildin in Lappia The foure and twentieth Iosias Logan which was appointed Factor for Pechora and my selfe with two more went to Olena and stayed there all the fiue and twentieth being Saturday where wee found a ship of Yarmouth whereof Iames Wright of Hull was Master of whom we learned the proceeding of the Hollanders The seuenth of Iune in the morning we had sight of the Coast of Lappia a little short of Cape Comfort and met with a ship of Amsterdam by which we sent Letters to Master Iohn Mericke our English Agent then Resident in Colmogro and we had two Hogsheads of Beere of them The eight we plyed to Cape Comfort the wind at South-east The ninth being Sunday in the morning wee put off from the Coast of Lappia to crosse ouer the White Sea to the Cape of Callinos corruptly and commonly called Candinos At noone we passed through some Ice the weather being thicke and foggie The eleuenth we plyed to the Cape of Callinos passing through much Ice the wind at North North-east And therefore wee thought it better to goe to the Southward againe and in the Eeuening we came to an Anchor in ten fathomes This night wee had a sore storme the winde at North-east The twelfth in the morning we weighed and in weighing brake our Anchor and then wee stood to the Southward and came to an Anchor and at night wee went on shoare for Wood and Water where was good store of Drift Wood And within a ledge of Rockes on the West-side of Callinos there lay ten Lodias or Russe small shippes some fourteene or fifteene Tunnes the biggest of a Towne called Pinega all which were bound for Noua Zembla to kill the Morsse with the men of which Fleete wee had some conference and did see their Prouisions which were Launces of their fashion and Harping Irons their Victuals were Salt-fish Butter Bacon Meale their Drinke Quasse The sixteenth in the morning wee weighed and stood our course for the I le of Colgoiene the wind being at South South-west and did find the Ice that was close to the shoare to bee open but at night finding that we could not sayle our course for the Ice we thought it better to stay and so came to an Anchor The seuenteenth wee weighed in the morning and stood along the shoare which did lye South-east by East and North-west by West And in the after-noone wee went on shoare with our shallop and came to a Riuer which we called Hakluyts Riuer where wee did see certayne Samoieds with their Deere but when they perceiued vs they fled into the Land carrying with them such things as in haste they could get together but left most of their necessaries as Bowes Arrowes long Speares wanting Iron heads burnt at the end Harping Irons Wimbles and Morsse-skinnes lying hid some in one place some in another which wee caused our men to vncouer and would not suffer them to take any thing away only I tooke the Pizzell of a Morsse which they had lately killed and Iosias Logan left a Knife that they might not shunne vs hereafter The same Eeuening we anchored and stayed all night The eighteenth wee weighed and at noone wee came to an Harbour which as wee thinke was the very same where Master Stephen Burrow was in his Discouerie of Vaigatz and Noua Zembla 1556. where there is twelue or thirteene foot at high water vpon the Barre and within six or seuen fathomes Also in this place were three Lodias of Pinega which when they saw vs come in rowed out and at night returned and some of their men came aboord of vs and told vs that they could not passe for Ice and said that they were bound for Sharskai Gooba or Shar Bay to fish for certayne fishes which they call Omilie which are somewhat like a Shad and for Morsses The twentieth Iosias Logan and my selfe went ouer to the Mayne which was distant two leagues and came to a great Riuer in 67. degrees and 40. minutes where there had beene people and there we saw foure or fiue great white fishes swimming which are foure or fiue yards long and
our bed Chamber The twentieth the water did a little begin to fall and so continued falling by degrees The ninth of Iune my seruant Marmaduke Wilson came from Oust-zilma hauing Wintered there to buy and sell goods bringing with him such Commodities as the place doth affoord as Sables Rosomacks Wolues Ermins Squirrils c. The fifteenth we laded three small Lodias with goods to carrie downe to the Glouboka The three and twentieth I departed from Pustozer and came to the Glouboka the fiue and twentieth with two small Lodias laden with goods The eight and twentieth of Iune I obserued at the Glouboka which I found to lye in the height of 67. degrees 55. minutes and the Compasse varyed 18. degrees The last of Iune I went from the Glouboka to passe ouer the Drie Sea the wind at South but the wind comming to the North I returned backe the next day The second of Iuly being Sunday the wind at South South-east I departed the second time to come to the Zauorot but comming neere Dolgoy an Iland lying in the Drie Sea the Ice lay so firme that we could not passe but returned backe to the Glouboka The fourth of Iuly Iohn Copman came to the Glouboka bringing with him all our goods for sayle hauing payed all Customes and duties for the same The sixth of the same I departed the third time from the Glouboka the wind at South but did not continue but came to the East and East North-east so rowing alongst the shoare wee passed to the West side betwixt the shoalds and the shoare and hauing passed the Wester Iland called Lauetskoy we came to the Zackharreoueberage or Coast which doth lye South-west and North-east and put into a small Riuer where we stayed the seuenth all night and the next day with Sayle and Oares wee came to a Bay to the South of Casnets Nose where we stayed all night the wind East South-east The eight in the Morning we passed by Cuznets-Nose amongst the Ice hauing much adoe to get cleare the wind at North North-west and at Night we came to the Zauorot where were fiue and twentie sayle of small Lodias some going for Manganzea other for Fish and some going to Pustozer who told me they had beene aboord our Ship at Sea The ninth this day being Sunday our Ship came ouer the Barre where I was receiued not looked for The eleuenth at Night we departed from the ship and went to get downe our goods from the Glouboka and the Towne The sixteenth I departed from the Glouboka with three small Lodias laden with goods but the wind at East North-east two of them returned backe but I kept on and came aboord our Ship the eighteenth in the morning The twentieth the other two came with the goods aboord and the one and twentieth we returned to the Glouboka with three Boates and got thither that night The three and twentieth I came the second time from the Glouboka with three Boates with goods and the next morning came to our Ship where I remayned sending vp all the Boats the sixe and twentieth of Iuly The eight of August came Iohn Copman with Thomas Dogget bringing two Boats laden with goods fitting to set sayle for Holland but did not depart till the 21. of August And the three and twentieth of September giuing heartie thankes to God we arriued at Dort in Holland NOw for the manner of the Samoits in their Iourney their vpper Coat is called a Parka which is for the most part of Deere-skin and some of white Foxe or Woluerin which they weare the hayre or furre outward vnder that they haue another Coat which is called a Mallek made of young Fawne-skins or Hare-skins or Swan-skins very soft and well dressed a Cap of Beuer double and close to their heads with two flaps for their Eares tyed vnder their Chin a payre of Breeches of Deere-skin with the hayre inwards vpon their Feete they haue sockes or stockins of Deere-skin the hayre to their skin vpon that long Bootes which they call Pemyes made of the legges of Deere-skins thus apparelled they sit vpon their Sledâ— crosse-legged with a Deere-skin vnder them Two Deere being yoaked to a Sled they will runne with such swiftnesse and so long to continue as is not to be beleeued except to those that haue seene the same For riding post they will ride without rest or sleepe two hundred miles in foure and twentie houres but with their Argish or stuffe thirtie miles in twelue houres their Women vsually doe guide their Argish which is ten Sleds and to euery Sled a Bucke all made fast one after another the Men in the way doe prouide Wood for firing and doe hunt for all manner of Beasts Fowle which the women dresse It is the Womans labour to set vp the Choome or Tent making one place therein alwayes Holy which the woman must not set her foot into neither goe about the Tent round which if they chance to doe they will presently remoue all for feare of the Wolfe or Beare which they say would deuoure them if they did not remoue Their Tent or Choome is made in this manner first they set vp long Firre-poles then they haue sixe quarters double of Deere-skin which being set vp they throw Snow round about the edges a yard thicknesse leauing the top open for to vent smoake making a Fire in the middle spreading Deere-skins vpon which they lye in which manner it is altogether as warme as the Stoues in Russia they haue no Townes neither any certaine place of abode but with their Deere they trauell from place to place where they finde the best Mosse for their Deere Their Wiues they buy for Deere and will haue if hee haue abilitie foure or fiue Wiues with whom he lyeth by turn euery night seueral he is the richest man that hath most Deere or Daughters selling them to any that will giue most for them In their Marriages hauing agreed of price they vse not great Ceremonies onely they make a Feast to their friends after which the Woman is brought to the Man that hath bought her shee being hung with many Iron Rings and Brazen Bels all departing out of the Tent saue they two till the next Morning and then he departeth but if he bee one of wealth they will continue their Feast seuen dayes It falleth out many times that after they haue had their Wiues halfe a yeere or a yeere they will turne them backe to their Friends taking their Deeres againe paying for the charge of the Feast which is alwayes to bee made at her Fathers charge and losing the increase of his Deere They haue not knowledge of the true God but worship Blocks and Images of the Deuill vnto which they will strangle tame Deere rubbing the bloud on the Idols and eating the meate themselues When a Rich man dyeth because hee should not trauell on foot his
abundance of Sea Fowles as Willocks Gulles Noddies Sea-mewes a small Fowle like a Willocke and diuers others as wilde Geese Sea-pidgeons Oxbirds and such like whereof Master Thomas Welden killed so many with his Peece that we almost laded our Boate with them The same night we shot three heaps of fishing-lines but when we haled them wee found neither fish nor bayte for the Seales had eaten them all off The ninth day Master Welden and our Master went on shoare to see what they could finde They went in the fore-noone about eight of the clocke and came againe about foure in the after-noone very weary seeing nothing but small Foxes almost like Dogges in euery respect saue their smell and their tayles In the meane time the Masters Mate and my selfe obserued the Sunne and found that part of the Iland to be in 74. degrees and 45. minutes The tenth day we weighed hauing the wind Southerly and found the Land to trend away East South-east The length of this side is about ten miles good ground We had not sailed past sixe miles but we saw a sandie Bay against which we came to an Anchor in nine fathomes We had not furled our Sayles but we saw many Morses swimming by our ship and heard withall so huge a noyse of roaring as if there had beene an hundred Lions Immediately wee manned our Boate wherein was Master Welden and sixe men more we landed and sâ—w abundance of Morsses on the shoare close by the Sea-side and drawing neere vnto them wee perceiued that they were all of the same company which wee had seene before It seemed very strange to vs to see such a multitude of Monsters of the Sea lye like Hogges vpon heapes In the end wee shot at them not knowing whither they could runne swiftly or seize vpon vs or no. To be briefe wee had but three Peeces Master Welden a Fowling Peece my selfe a Musket and another a Musket Their Peeces were spoyled instantly For Master Weldens was cloyed the other man when hee had shot one by himselfe thought to knocke him on the head with the stock but split his Peece I shot still and some when they were wounded in the flesh would but looke vp and lye downe againe Some were killed with the first shot and some would goe into the Sea with fiue or sixe shot they are of such an incredible strength When all our Powder and shot was spent wee would blow their eyes out with a little Pease shot and then come on the blind side of them and with our Carpenters Axe cleaue their heads But for all that we could doâ— of aboue a thousand we killed but fifteene We tooke off their heads and when we had done we went stragling vp and downe to see what we could find I found the first Tooth that was cast vpon the Iland and going a little farther alone I found as many Teeth more as I and three men more could carrie which filled an Hogshead all which we did deliuer to Master Welden The next day following being the eleuenth day we went on shoare againe and killed about sixe more And afterward wee went vp into the Land and saw nothing but Fowle and Foâ—es I perceiued in deed a great print of a Beares foote and after that many other footings but yet saw no Beare or other wild beast The twelfth wee weighed from thence and stood to the Eastward wee had not gone past foure miles but we found the Land to fall away South-east and by South The length of this side is about twelue miles All this side we went close by the shoare with our Boate and the ship sayled along about three miles off We went oftentimes on shoare but could see nothing on all that side but Fowle and abundance of Drift Wood the most part whereof was Firres which haue beene beaten vp and downe the Sea This day being Sunday about eight of the clocke at night we anchored within two miles of the place where we arriued at the first The same night wee went on shoare and in a Bay vnder an huge Cliffe of a Rocke vpon the Beach wee found neere a thousand Morses wee killed thirtie or thereabouts and when wee had taken off their heads we went aboord The thirteenth wee went on shoare againe and with our Pieces fell a killing of the beasts One of our company named Richard Lang-castle split his Piece and with all his hand but Master Welden with Salues of his owne healed it so skilfully that he hath the vse of it againe We killed that day sixtie Morses all the heads whereof were very principall When we had done wee went about a mile to the Eastward to see what wee could finde And landing at a Bay where Master Bennit had beene the yeere before and found a piece of Lead Vre wee looked for the same but found none The same day returning aboord wee set sayle for Pechingo in Lapland where wee arriued the fiue and twentieth of Iuly and stayed there foure dayes at which time we set sayle for Cola and arriued there the eight of August where wee continued till the sixteenth day at which time we departed thence for England and arriued in the Thames the fifteenth of October of the yeere aforesaid 1604. When wee came to London because Sir Francis Cherie Knight and Merchant was at the charges of this Discouerie this Iland was called Cherie Iland The third Voyage to Cherie Iland performed by Master WELDEN Merchant and STEPHEN BENNET Master in the yeere 1605. IN the yeere aboue said wee set sayle from London the first of May with one ship of sixtie tunnes and two and twentie men and boyes The three and twentieth of the said moneth we were taken by a ship of Dunkirke They tooke from vs two Hogsheads of strong Beere our Muskets a Fowling Peece of Master Weldens which cost three pounds sterling After the Captayne had misused vs at his pleasure though we were in peace with his Countrey he let vs goe The eight and twentieth of Iune we put off from Assumption Point which is a place not farre from the North Cape and about 70. degrees in latitude but by contrarie winds wee were put backe againe Yet the second of Iuly we came to Cherie Iland and anchored on the South-east side and hauing a Shallop in pieces to set vp we carried it on shoare and went to worke vpon it and the third day after we had it on flote The sixth day we entred into a Coue hauing all our men on shoare with shot and jauelings and slue abundance of Morses The yeere before we slue all with shot noâ— thinking that a jaueling could pierce their skinnes which we found now contrarie if they be well handled for otherwise a man may thrust with all his force and not enter or if he doe enter he shall spoyle his Lance vpon their bones for they will strike with their fore-feet
we founded and had ground at seuentie fiue fathoms white small shelly ground with small blacke stones The third of Iuly wee anchored on the West side of the Iland in twentie fathoms hauing verie much Ice I obserued the Sunne at the lowest and found the latitude of that place to bee in 74. degrees 55. minutes It followeth there South-west and by South and the floud commeth from the South-west The fifth and sixth dayes we were troubled with much Ice but it being broken we brought the ends of our Cables to our maine Masts and hauing a good tyde we did sheere as wee tearme it cleere off the Ice We ridde thus in Ice sixe dayes to wit vntill the thirteenth day at what time the Ice began to goe way and the Morses came on shoare For their nature is such that they will not come on land as long as any Ice is about the land The fourteenth we went on land Master Welden and Master Bennet with the Ships company and I with the company of the Pinnasse And being altogether on shoare and seeing of the beasts sufficient to make our voyage wee prepared to goe to killing Master Welden and Master Bennet appointed mee to take eleuen men with mee and to goe beyond the beasts where they lay that they and wee might meet at the middest of them and so inclose them that none of them should get into the Sea As I fetched a compasse about before we were aware rose a great white Beare within a Pikes length of vs whereupon we made a stand and my selfe hauing both a Musket and a Lance thought to haue shot him but remembring my selfe that the report of my Peece might make all the Morses goe into the Sea and so hazard our Voyage I went to him with my Lance. All this while he sate foming at the mouth and would not stirre but gaped and roared as though he would haue eaten vs all but presently wee pricked him in the sâ—out and then with an easie pace we proceeded on with our businesse and before six houres were ended we had slayne about seuen or eight hundred Beasts And after that Master Welden slue the Beare For ten dayes space we plyed our businesse very hard and brought it almost to an end The foure and twentieth of Iuly wee had the winde at North-east and it freezed so hard that the Ice did hang on our Clothes The sixe and twentieth we had taken in two and twentie tuns of the Oyle of the Morses and three hogsheads of their Teeth The seuen and twentieth Master Welden slue another Beare The eight and twentieth we tooke in Water and Wood. The nine and twentieth we set sayle for England The fifteenth of August 1606. we arriued in the Thames The sixth Voyage made to Cherie Iland the South part whereof standeth in 74. degrees and 40. minutes of Northerly latitude in the yeere 1608. THe sixteenth of Aprill in the yeere 1608. we set sayle from Blacke wall and came to Grauesend in a ship called the Paul The one and twentieth of May we were within 4. leagues of the North Cape standing in 71. degrees and 2 â— of North latitude The foure and twentieth wee came to Ward-house The fiue and twentieth we weighed and came to Tipany in Lapland the sixe and twentieth where we stayed about our businesse till the thirteenth of Iune The thirteenth of Iune aforesaid wee weighed anchor and directed our course for Cherie Iland The eighteenth at foure of the clocke in the morning wee saw Cherie Iland it bearing North North-west 10. leagues off and at foure of the clocke at night wee anchored on the North-west side of it and Master Welden went on Land on the North side and slue a Beare The nineteenth we rid still and Master Welden went to the North side againe and slue another Beare The same day we sent two men to the South side of the land to see if there were any Morses on shoare They came againe the next day and said that there were great store The twentieth and one and twentieth dayes it was calme and the weather cleere and wee had it as hot as I haue commonly felt in England at that time of the yeere For the Pitch did runne downe the ships sides and that side of the Masts that was to the Sunne ward was so hot that the Tarre did frye out of it as though it had boyled The two and twentieth at a North-east Sun we weighed and went to the South side of the Iland and came into a Coue where the Morses were and slue about 900. or 1000. of them in lesse then seuen houres and there wee plyed our businesse vntill the second of Iuly at what time we had taken into our ship 22. tunnes and three hogsheads of Oyle The third of Iuly being Sunday one Richard Steuens of Harewich came to the said Cherie Iland in a ship called the Dragon being set out by Master Duppa a Brewer dwelling in Saint Catharines neere the Tower of London which set out a ship with Master Thomas Welden the yeere before 1607. The ninth day we made our Voyage and came out of the Coue hauing taken in 31. tunnes of Oyle and one hogshead one barrell and one terce of Morses teeth besides 400. other teeth The twelfth we tooke into our ship two young Morses male and female aliue the female died before we came into England the male liued aboue ten weekes When wee had watered we set sayle for England about foure of the clocke in the morning The fourteenth day we saw the Iland bearing North North-west 15. leagues off vs and sounded and had 85. fathoms greene Oze like Doues dung The twentieth of August wee arriued at London and hauing dispatched some priuate businesse we brought our liuing young Morse to the Court where the King and many honourable personages beheld it with admiration for the strangenesse of the same the like whereof had neuer before beene seene aliue in England Not long after it fell sicke and died As the beast in shape is very strange so is it of strange docilitie and apt to be taught as by good experience we often proued The seuenth Voyage to Cherie Iland made in the yeere 1609. WEe were furnished with two ships determining to goe to Tipany in Lapland to buy fish of the Lappes and Russes and afterward to goe to Cherie Iland the one was called the Lionesse in which I went for Master the other the Paul which was there the last yeere 1608. The one and twentieth day of March we weighed anchor at Grauesend and the sixe and twentieth we came to Harwich where it was concluded that the Lionesse should goe directly to Cherie Iland The fifteenth of Aprill we weighed at Harewich and the last of the same moneth we fell betweene Lofoot and Zenam vpon the Coast of Finmark The second of May we came to the North Cape and the
and we supposed Beares had beene heere by their footing and dung vpon the Ice This day many of my Companie were sicke with eating of Beares flesh the day before vnsalted The twelfth for the most part was thicke fogge we steered betweene South and by East and South South-east 2. 1 ◠leagues to cleere vs of the Ice Then we had the wind at South we steered till noone North-east fiue leagues This morning we had our shrouds frozen At noone by our accompt we were in 80. degrees being little wind at West South-west almost calme with thicke fogge This after-noone we steered away North and sometimes North-east Then we saw Ice a head off vs we cast about and stood South-east with little wind and fogge Before we cast about by meanes of the thicke fogge we were very neere Ice being calme and the Sea setting on to the Ice which was very dangerous It pleased God at the very instant to giue vs a small gale which was the meanes of our deliuerance to him be praise therefore At twelue this night it cleered vp and out of the top William Collins our Boat-swaine saw the Land called Newland by the Hollanders bearing South South-west twelue leagues from vs. The thirteenth in the Morning the wind at South and by East a good gale we cast about and stood North-east and by East and by obseruation we were in 80. degrees 23. minutes This day we saw many Whales This fore-noone proued cleere weather and we could not see any signe of Ice out of the top Betweene noone and three of the clocke we steered away North-east and by East fiue leagues then we saw Ice on head off vs we steered East two Glasses one league and could not be cleare of the Ice with that course Then we steered away South-east two leagues ½ after we sayled East and by North and East foure leagues till eight the next morning The foureteenth in the morning was calme with fogge At nine the wind at East a small gale with thicke fogge we steered South-east and by East and running this course we found our Greene Sea againe which by proofe we found to be freest from Ice and our Azure Blue Sea to be our Icie Sea At this time we had more Birds then we vsually found At noone being a thicke fogge we found our selues neere Land bearing East off vs and running farther we found a Bay open to the West and by North Northerly the bottome and sides thereof being to our sight very high and ragged Land The Norther side of this Bayes mouth being high land is a small Iland the which we called Collins Cape by the name of our Boat-swaine who first saw it In this Bay we saw many Whales and one of our company hauing a Hooke and Line ouer-boord to trie for Fish a Whale came vnder the Keele of our ship and made her held yet by Gods mercie we had no harme but the losse of the hooke and three parts of the line At a South-west Sunne from the North-west and by North a flood set into the Bay At the mouth of this Bay we had sounding thirtie fathoms and after sixe and twentie fathoms but being farther in we had no ground at an hundred fathoms and therefore judged it rather a Sound then a Bay Betweene this high ragged in the swampes and vallies lay much snow Heere wee found it hot On the Souther side of this Bay lye three or foure small Ilands or Rockes In the bottome of this Bay Iohn Colman my Mate and William Collins my Boat-swaine with two others of our company went on shoare and there they found and brought aboord a payre of Morses teeth in the jaw they likewise found Whales bones and some dosen or more of Deeres Hornes they saw the footings of Beasts of other sorts they also saw Rote-geese they saw much drift Wood on the shoare and found a streame or two of Fresh water Here they found it hot on the shoare and dranke water to coole their thirst which they also commended Here we found the want of a better Ship-boate As they certified me they were not on the shoare past halfe an houre and among other things brought aboord a Stone of the Countrey When they went from vs it was calme but presently after we had a gale of wind at North-east which came with the Flood with fogge We plyed too and againe in the Bay waiting their comming but after they came aboord we had the wind at East and by South a fine gale we minding our Voyage and the time to performe it steered away North-east and North North-east This night proued cleere and we had the Sunne on the Meridian on the North and by East part of the Compasse from the vpper edge of the Horizon with the Crosse-staffe we found his height 10. degrees 40. minutes without allowing any thing for the Semidiameter of the Sunne or the distance of the end of the staffe from the Center in the Eye From a North Sunne to an East Sunne we sayled betweene North and North North-east eight leagues The fifteenth in the morning was very cleere vveather the Sunne shining vvarme but little vvind at East Southerly By a South-east Sunne vve had brought Collins Cape to beare off vs South-east and we saw the high Land of Newland that part by vs Discouered on our starboord eight or ten leagues from vs trending North-east and by East and South-west and by West eighteene or twentie leagues from vs to the North-east being a very high Mountaynous land like ragged Rockes vvith snow betweene them By mine account the Norther part of this Land which now vve saw stretched into 81. degrees All this day proued cleere vveather little Wind and reasonable vvarme The sixteenth in the morning warme and cleere weather the vvind at North. This morning we saw that vve vvere compassed in with Ice in abundance lying to the North to the North-vvest the East and South-east and being runne toward the farthest part of the Land by vs discouered which for the most part trendeth nearest hand North-east and South-west vvee saw more Land ioyning to the same trending North in our sight by meanes of the cleernesse of the vveather stretching farre into 82. degrees and by the bowing or shewing of the skie much farther Which when I first saw I hoped to haue had a free Sea betweene the Land and the Ice and meant to haue compassed this Land by the North. But now finding by proofe it vvas vnpossible by means of the abundance of Ice compassing vs about by the North and ioyning to the land and seeing God did blesse vs with a faire wind to sayle by the South of this Land to the North-east vve returned bearing vp the Helme minding to hold that part of the Land vvhich the Hollanders had discouered in our fight and if contrary vvindes should take vs to Harbour there and to trie what vve could finde to the charge of
our Voyage and to proceed on our Discouerie as soone as God should blesse vs with Winde And this I can assure at this present that betweene 78. degrees and ½ and 82. degrees by this way there is no passage but I thinke this Land may bee profitable to those that will aduenture it In this Bay before spoken of and about this coast we saw more abundance of Seales then we had seene any time before swimming in the water At noone this day hauing a stiffe gale of wind at North we were thwart of Collins Cape standing in 81. degrees and a halfe and at one of the clocke the Cape beare North-east off vs. From thence I set our course West South-west with purpose to keepe in the open Sea free from Ice and sayled in that course 16. leagues At ten this night we steered away South-west with the wind at North a hard gale vntill eight the next morning 18. leagues The seuenteenth in the morning a good gale at North at eight we altered our course and steered away South till eight in the Eeuening and ranne 12. leagues This day proued reasonable cleere and warme The eighteenth in the morning the wind encreased at South and by East with thicke fogge All this after-noone and night proued close weather little fogge and reasonable warme The nineteenth at eight in the morning the wind at South with thicke fogge we steered South-east 4. leagues till noone then the wind vered more large wee steered South-east and by East 4. leagues till foure then wee vered shete and steered East and by South Easterly 15. leagues till eight the next morning This day after the morning proued reasonable cleere and warme The twentieth in the morning little wind at eight this morning wee saw Land ahead of vs vnder our Lee and to weatherward of vs distant from vs 12. leagues being part of Newland It is very high mountainous Land the highest that we had seene vntill now As we sayled neere it we saw a Sound ahead of vs lying East and west The Land on the Norther side of this Sounds mouth trendeth neerest hand West North-west and East South-east 12. leagues in our sight being 10. leagues from vs. And the Land on the Souther side being 8. or 10. leagues in our sight at this time trendeth South South-east and North North-west from eight to noone was calme This day by obseruation we were in 77. degrees 26. minutes On the Norther side of the mouth of this Inlet lie three Ilands not farre the one from the other being very high mountainous Land The farthest of the three to the North-west hath foure very high Mounts like heapes of Corne. That Iland next the Inlets mouth hath one very high Mount on the Souther end Here one of our companie killed a red billed Bird. All this day after the morning and all night proued calme enclining rather to heare then cold This night wee had some warme rayne The one and twentieth all the fore-noone calme at foure in the after-noone we had a small gale of wind at South South-east with fog we steered away East to stand in with the Land and sayled 3. leagues vntill mid-night then the wind came at North-east we cast about and steered South 10. leagues till eight the next morning The two and twentieth at eight in the morning much wind at East and variable with short sayle wee steered 3. leagues South and by East then came downe very much wind wee strooke a hull All this after-noone and night proued very much wind with raine The three and twentieth all the fore-noone was very much wind at South with raine and fogge At foure this after-noone wee saw Land bearing North-east of vs 6. leagues from vs. Then we had the wind at South South-west wee steered away South-east and South-east and by East 4. leagues the Sea being very much growne We accounted we had hulled North-west and by North 22. leagues and North 3. leagues Then fearing with much wind to be set on a lee shoare we tackt about and made our way good West and by North halfe a point Northerly all this night with much wind The foure and twentieth in the morning much wind as afore and the Sea growne This morning wee strooke our mayne Top-mast to ease our ship and sayled from the last Eeuening eight to this noone 15. leagues West and by North halfe a point Northerly From twelue to eight 6. leagues as afore with the wind at South and by West at eight we tackt about with the winde at South South-west and lay South-east and by East with much winde and the Sea growne The fiue and twentieth was a cleere morning we set our mayne Top-mast we saw Land bearing North of vs and vnder our Lee we sayling South-east and by East Then the wind scanted we cast about and lay South-west and by West 2. leagues ½ till noone Then it began to ouer-cast and the wind to scant againe we cast about and lay South-east and by South the wind at South-west and by West and sayled in that course 3. leagues till foure in the after-noone Then the wind scanted againe and we sayled 3. leagues South Now seeing how contrarie the winde proued to doe the good which wee desired this way I thought to proue our fortunes by the West once againe and this Eeuening at eight wee being the latitude of 78. with the better and from Land 15. leagues which leagues part whereof beare from the North-east to the East off vs we steered away West with the wind at South-east and cleere weather The sixe and twentieth all this day proued rayne with thicke fog and an hard gale of wind at East and by North and East North-east From the last Eeuening at eight to this noone wee ranne 25. leagues from noone till mid-night 19. leagues the wind at East and by South from mid-night till two the next morning 2. leagues West The seuen and twentieth extreme thicke fog and little wind at East and by South Then it proued calme and the Sea very loftie Wee heard a great rutte or noise with the Ice and Sea which was the first Ice we heard or saw since we were at Collins Cape the Sea heauing vs West-ward toward the Ice Wee heaued out our Boat and rowed to towe out our ship farther from the danger which would haue beene to small purpose by meanes the Sea went so high but in this extremitie it pleased God to giue vs a small gale at North-west and by West we steered away South-east 4. leagues till noone Here we had finished our Discouerie if the wind had continued that brought vs hither or if it had continued calme but it pleased God to make this North-west and by West wind the meane of our deliuerance which wind wee had not found common in this Voyage God giue vs thankfull hearts for so great deliuerance Here we found the want of a good ship-boat as once we had done before at Whales
anchor in the mouth of a Riuer where lieth an Iland in the mouth thereof foure leagues wee anchored from the Iland in two and thirtie fathomes blacke sandy ground There droue much Ice out of it with a streame that set out of the Riuer or Sound and there were many Morses sleeping on the Ice and by it we were put from our Road twice this night and being calme all this day it pleased God at our need to giue vs a fine gale which freed vs out of danger This day was calme cleere and hot weather all the night we rode still The thirtieth calme hot and faire weather we weighed in the morning and towed and rowed and at noone we came to anchor neere the I le aforesaid in the mouth of the Riuer and saw very much Ice driuing in the Sea two leagues without vs lying South-east and North-west and driuing to the North-west so fast that wee could not by twelue a clocke at night see it out of the top At the Iland where wee rode lieth a little Rocke whereon were fortie or fiftie Morses lying asleepe being all that it could hold it being so full and little I sent my companie ashoare to them leauing none aboord but my Boy with mee and by meanes of their neerenesse to the water they all got away saue one which they killed and brought his head aboord and ere they came aboord they went on the Iland which is reasonable high and steepe but flat on the top They killed and brought with them a great Fowle whereof there were many and likewise some Egges and in an houre they came aboord This I le is two flight-shot ouer in length and one in breadth At mid-night our Anchor came home and wee tayld aground by meanes of the strength of the streame but by the helpe of God wee houed her off without hurt In short time wee moued our ship and rode still all night and in the night wee had little wind at East and East South-east VVee had at noone this day an obseruation and were in the latitude of 71. degrees 15. minutes The first of Iuly we saw more Ice to Seaward of vs from the South-east to the North-west driuing to the North-west At noone it was calme and we had the Sunne on the Meridian on the South and by VVest point halfe a point to the VVesterly part of the Compasse in the latitude of 71. degrees 24. minutes This morning I sent my Mate Eueret and foure of our companie to rowe about the Bay to see what Riuers were in the same and to find where the Morses did come on land and to see a Sound or great Riuer in the bottome of the Bay which did alwaies send out a great streame to the Northwards against the tide that came from thence and I found the same in comming in from the North to this place before this VVhen by the meanes of the great plenty of Ice the hope of passage betweene Newland and Noua Zembla was taken away my purpose was by the Vaygats to passe by the mouth of the Riuer Ob and to double that way the North Cape of Tartaria or to giue reason wherefore it will not be but being here and hoping by the plentie of Morses wee saw here to defray the charge of our Voyage and also that this Sound might for some reasons bee a better passage to the East of Noua Zembla then the Vaygats if it held according to my hope conceiued by the likenesse it gaue for whereas we had a floud came from the Northwards yet this Sound or Riuer did runne so strong that Ice with the streame of this Riuer was carried away or any thing else against the floud so that both in floud and ebbe the streame doth hold a strong course and it floweth from the North three houres and ebbeth nine The second the wind being at East South-east it was reasonable cold and so was Friday and the Morses did not play in our sight as in warme weather This morning at three of the clocke my Mate and companie came aboord and brought a great Deeres horne a white locke of Deeres haire foure dozen of Fowle their Boat halfe laden with drift Wood and some Flowers and greene things that they found growing on the shoare They saw a herd of white Deere of ten in a companie on the land much drift wood lying on the shoare many good Bayes and one Riuer faire to see to on the North shoare for the Morses to land on but they saw no Morses there but signes that they had beene in the Bayes And the great Riuer or Sound they certified me was of breadth two or three leagues and had no ground at twentie fathoms and that the water was of the colour of the Sea and very salt and that the streame setteth strongly out of it At sixe a clocke this morning came much Ice from the Southward driuing vpon vs very fearefull to looke on but by the mercy of God and his mightie helpe wee being moored with two Anchors ahead with vering out of one Cable and heauing home the other and fending off with Beames and Sparres escaped the danger which labour continued till sixe a clocke in the Eeuening and then it was past vs and we rode still and tooke our rest this night The third the wind at North a hard gale At three a clocke this morning wee weighed our anchor and set sayle purposing to runne into the Riuer or Sound before spoken of The fourth in the morning it cleered vp with the wind at North-west we weighed and set sayle and stood to the Eastwards and past ouer a Reefe and found on it fiue and a halfe sixe sixe and a halfe and seuen fathoms water then we saw that the Sound was full a very large Riuer from the North-eastward free from Ice and a strong streame comming out of it and wee had sounding then foure and thirtie fathoms water Wee all conceiued hope of this Northerly Riuer or Sound and sayling in it wee found three and twentie fathomes for three leagues and after twentie fathomes for fiue or sixe leagues all tough Ozie ground Then the winde vered more Northerly and the streame came downe so strong that wee could doe no good on it wee came to anchor and went to supper and then presently I sent my Mate Iuet with fiue more of our companie in our Boat with Sayle and Oares to get vp the Riuer being prouided with Victuall and Weapons for defence willing them to sound as they went and if it did continue still deepe to goe vntill it did trende to the Eastward or to the Southwards and wee rode still The fift in the morning we had the wind at West we began to weigh anchor purposing to set sayle and to runne vp the Sound after our companie then the wind vered Northerly vpon vs and we saued our labour At noone our companie came aboord vs hauing had a hard
twelfth faire weather the wind variable betweene East North-east and South-east wee steered on our course as before At foure of the clock in the afternoon the wind came vp at South-east And we held our course as before At noone wee obserued and found our height to be 52. degrees 35. minutes The eleuenth in the morning was thicke and foggie the winde varying betweene South South-west and North-west At foure of the clocke in the morning wee tackt about to the Southward At eleuen of the clocke the winde came to the North-west and so to the West North-west This day we had change of water of a whitish greene like to the Ice water to the North-west At noone it cleered vp and became very faire weather wee put out our mayne top-sayle then we obserued the Sunne and found our height to be 51. degrees 24. minutes We had sayled many courses and found our ship gone to the Southward of our account ten leagues by reason of a current from the North-ward The Compasse varied on point to the East The twelfth faire Sun-shining weather but much wind at the West we stood to the Southward all day the wind shifting betweene the South-west and the West and by North. Wee made our way South halfe a point West eight and twentie leagues Our height at noone was 50. degrees 9. minutes At eight of the clock at night we took off our Bonets the wind increasing The thirteenth faire Sun-shining weather the wind variable betweene the West and North North-west We made our way South South-west seuen and twentie leagues At noone we obserued and found our heigth to be 48. degrees 45. minutes But not to be trusted the Sea went so high In the after-noone the winde was calmer and wee brought to our Bonets and stood to the Southward all night with a stiffe gale The fourteenth faire and cleere Sun-shining weather the winde variable betweene the North-west and South-west by West At mid-night I obserued the North starre at a North-west by West Guarde a good obseruation 49. degrees 30. minutes And at noone wee obserued the Sunne and our heigth was 48. degrees 6. minutes And I made account we ranne betweene the two obseruations twelue leagues At one of the clocke in the after-noone wee cast about to the Westward and stood so all night the winde increased to a storme and was very much winde with Raine The fifteenth we had a great storme and spent ouer-boord our fore-mast bearing our fore corse low set The sixteenth we were forced to trie with our mayne sayle by reason of the vnconstant weather So wee tried foure watches South-east and by South eight leagues and an halfe and two watches sixe leagues The seuenteenth reasonable faire weather the wind variable betweene West South-west and West North-west And a stiffe gale of wind and so great a swelling Sea out of the West South-west that wee could doe nothing So one watch and an halfe wee droue North foure-leagues and an halfe and foure watches and an halfe South and by East halfe a point East twelue leagues The eighteenth reasonable weather but close and cloudie and an hard gale of wind and a great Sea The winde being at the North-west wee lay to the Southward and made our drift South and by West fiue leagues The after-noone prooued little wind and the night part calme The nineteenth in the fore-noone faire weather and calme In the morning we set the piece of our fore mast and set our fore corse The one and twentieth faire Sun-shining weather but much wind and a great Sea We split our fore saile at ten of the clocke then we laid it a trie with our mayne sayle and continued so all day In the night it fell to be little wind This day our heigth was 45. degrees 48. minutes The two and twentieth very faire Sun-shining weather and calme all the after-noone At noone we made a very good obseruation and found our heigth 44. degrees 58. minutes At eight of the clocke at night wee had a small gale of winde at South-east And wee steered away West for Newfound Land The true Compasse varied one point East The three and twentieth thicke weather with much wind and some raine At eight of the clocke in the morning the wind came to the West South-west and West so stiffe a gale that we were forced to take our top-sayle and steered away North North-west vntill foure of the clock in the after-noone Then we tact to the Southward the winde at West North-west At eight of the clocke at night wee tooke in our top-sayles and laid it a trie with our mayne sayle the winde at West The foure and twentieth a stiffe gale of wind varying betweene the West and North North-west we tried till sixe of the clocke at which time we set our foresaile and steered way West and by South by our Compasse eight leagues in foure watches and wee tried away South in one watch and an halfe The fiue and twentieth faire Sun-shining weather the wind at North North-west and North we steered away West by South by our Compasse till twelue of the clocke at which time we had sight of a sayle and gaue her chafe but could not speake with her She stood to the Eastward and we stood after her till sixe of the clocke in the after-noone Then wee tact to the Westward againe and stood on our course It was faire all night and little wind sometimes The six and twentieth all the fore-part of the day very farre weather and hot but at foure of the clocke in the after-noone it grew to bee much winde and raine the winde was at South South-east At noone wee obserued and found our heigth to bee 44. degrees 33. minutes At eight of the clocke at night the wind came to South-west and West South-west Wee steered North-west one Watch and at twelue in the night to the West and West and by South very much wind So we could lye but North North-west The seuen and twentieth very much winde and a soare storme the wind Westerly In the morning at foure of the clocke wee tooke in our fore-corse and layd it a trie with our mayne-corse low set and so continued all the day and night two watches to the Northward At eight of the clocke at night we tackt to the Southward The eight and twentieth faire sun-shining weather the wind at West and by South we lay a trie to the Southward till eight of the clocke in the morning Then wee set our fore-corse and stood to the Southward a stiffe gale of wind but faire weather and a great Sea out of the Westerboord and so continued all night The nine and twentieth faire sun-shining weather the wind at West and by South we stood to the Southward vntill sixe of the clocke at night and made our way South and by East foure leagues Then the winde came to the South-west and wee cast about to the VVestward and made our way VVest North-west
all night At noone I found the height 43. degrees 6. minutes The variation one point VVest The thirtieth faire sun-shining weather the winde at South-west and by VVest we steered North-west and by VVest And made our way so by reason of the variation of the Compasse At noone I found the height to bee 43. degrees 18. minutes wee continued our course all night and made our way North-west and by VVest halfe a point VVesterly fiue and twentie leagues The first of Iuly close mystie and thicke weather but a faire gale of wind at South-west and South-west by South We steered away North-west and by West Westerly and made our way so by reason of the variation of the Compasse At eight of the clocke at night wee sounded for the Banke of New-found Land but could get no ground The second thicke mystie weather but little wind and that at West and West and by South At eight of the clocke in the morning we cast about to the Southward and when our ship was on stayes we sounded for the Banke and had ground in thirtie fathoms white sand and shells and presently it cleered and we had sight of a sayle but spake not with her In the night we had much Rayne Thunder and Lightning and wind shifting The third faire Sun-shining weather with a faire gale of wind at East North-east and wee steered away West South-west by our Compasse which varyed 17. degrees Westward This morning we were among a great Fleet of French-men which lay Fishing on the Banke but we spake with none of them At noone wee found our heighth to bee 43. degrees 41. minutes And we sounded at ten of the clocke and had thirtie fathoms gray sand At two of the clocke wee sounded and had fiue and thirtie fathoms gray sand At eight of the clocke at night we sounded againe and had eight and thirtie fathoms gray sand as before The fourth at the fore-part of the day cleere with a faire gale of wind but variable betweene the East North-east and South and by East wee held on our course as before The after-noone was mystie the wind shifting betweene the South and the West till foure of the clocke Then we tooke in our top-sayle and sprit-sayle and sounded and had no ground in seuentie fathoms The winde shifted still vntill eight of the clocke then it came to the North North-east and North-east and by North and we steered away West North-west by our varyed Compasse which made a West way halfe point North. The Compasse varyed 15. degrees from the North to the West The fift faire sun-shining weather the wind at North-east and by North we steered away West North-west which was West halfe a point North. At noone we found our heighth to be 44. degrees 10. minutes and sounded and had no ground in one hundred fathoms The after-noone proued calme sometimes and somtimes little wind vntill nine of the clocke in the night Then the wind came to the East and we held on our course At mid-night I obserued and found the height to bee 44. degrees 10. minutes by the North Starre and the Scorpions heart The Compasse varyed 13. degrees The sixth the fore-part of the day faire weather and a stiffe gale of wind betweene South South-east and South-west wee steered West and by North and West North-west The after-part of the day from two of the clocke was all foggie and thicke weather the wind a hard gale varying betweene South-west and by South and West and by North we made our way North-west halfe a point Northerly nineteene leagues vpon many points foure Watches At night at eight of the clocke we sounded and had no ground at one hundred fathoms The seuenth faire sun-shining weather the wind varying betweene West and by North and West and by South At foure of the clocke in the morning we cast about to the Southward and stood so till one in the after-noone At noone we found our height to be 44. degrees 26. minutes At seuen of the clocke we tackt to the Northward At eight at night we tackt to the Southward and sounded and had nine and fiftie fathoms white sand The eight in the fore-noone faire weather but the morning foggie till seuen of the clocke At foure of the clocke in the morning we sounded and had fiue fortie fathoms fine white sand and we had runne fiue leagues South and by West Then wee stood along one Glasse and went one league as before Then we stood one Glasse and sounded and had sixtie fathoms Then wee ta kt and stood backe to the Banke and had fiue and twentie fathoms and tryed for Fish and it fell calme and we caught one hundred and eighteene great Coddes from eight a clocke till one and after Dinner wee tooke twelue and saw many great Scoales of Herrings Then wee had a gale of wind at South and it shifted to the West North-west and we stood three Glasses and sounded and had sixtie fathomes and stood two Glasses and had two and fortie fathoms red stones and shells So wee sounded euery Glasse and had seuerall soundings 35.33.30.31.32.33 and 34. fathoms The ninth faire calme weather we lay becalmed all day and caught some Fish but not much because we had small store of salt At three of the clocke in the after-noone wee had a gale at South-east and South South-east and we steered away Westerly our Compasse was West and by South halfe a point South At foure of the clocke we sounded and had but fifteene seuenteene and nineteene fathoms on a fishing Banke and we founded euery Glasse Then we could get no ground in fiue and twentie fathoms and had sight of a sayle on head off vs. At noone our height was 44. degrees 27. minutes We stood to the Westward all night and spake with a French-man which lay Fishing on the Banke of Sablen in thirtie fathoms and we saw two or three more The tenth very mystie and thicke weather the wind at South-west a faire gale We stood to the South-ward and made our way South-east and by East At twelue of the clocke we sounded and had eight and fortie fathoms againe at two we sounded and had fiftie fathoms And at sixe of the clocke we sounded and had eight and fortie fathoms on the end of the Banke Againe at eight of the clocke at night wee sounded and had no ground in eightie fathomes and were ouer the Banke So wee stood along till mid-night The Compasse varyed 17. degrees to the Westward The eleuenth very thicke and mystie weather At twelue of the clocke at night we cast about to the Westward and stood so all day and made our way West North-west We sounded at twelue of the clocke but had no ground so we stood to the Westward all the fore-part of the night and sounded but could get no ground in fiftie or sixtie fathoms till mid-night Then I sounded and had ground at fifteene fathoms white
7. degrees and a halfe variation from the North point to the West The fourteenth faire weather but cloudie and a stiffe gale of wind variable betweene North-east and South-west wee steered away West by South a point South all day vntill nine of the clocke at night then it began to Thunder and Lighten whereupon we tooke in all our sayles and layd it a hull and hulled away North till mid-night a league and a halfe The fifteenth very faire and hot weather the winde at North by East At foure of the clocke in the morning we set sayle and stood on our course to the Westward At noone wee found our height to bee 37. degrees 25. minutes The after-noone proued little wind At eight of the clocke at night the winde came to the North and wee steered West by North and West North-west and made our way West The Compasse varyed 7. degrees from the North to the West The sixteenth faire-shining weather and very hot the wind variable betweene the North and the West wee steered away West by North. At noone wee found our height to bee 37. degrees 6. minutes This morning we sounded and had ground in ninetie fathomes and in sixe Glasses running it shoalded to fiftie fathoms and so to eight and twentie fathoms at foure of the clocke in the after-noone Then wee came to an Anchor and rode till eight of the clocke at night the wind being at South and Moone-light we resolued to goe to the Northward to finde deeper water So we weighed and stood to the Northward and found the water to shoald and deepe from eight and twentie to twentie fathomes The seuenteenth faire and cleere Sun-shining weather the winde at South by West wee steered to the Northward till foure of the clocke in the morning then wee came to eighteene fathomes So we Anchored vntill the Sunne arose to looke abroad for Land for wee iudged there could not but be Land neere vs but we could see none Then we weighed and stood to the Westward till noone And at eleuen of the clocke wee had sight of a low Land with a white sandie shoare By twelue of the clocke we were come into fiue fathomes and Anchored and the Land was foure leagues from vs and wee had sight of it from the West to the North-west by North. Our height was 37. degrees 26. minutes Then the wind blew so stiffe a gale and such a Sea went that we could not weigh so we rode there all night an hard rode The eighteenth in the morning faire weather and little winde at North North-east and North-east At foure of the clocke in the morning we weighed and stood into the shoare to see the deeping or shoalding of it and finding it too deepe we stood in to get a rode for wee saw as it were three Ilands So wee turned to windward to get into a Bay as it shewed to vs to the Westward of an Iland For the three Ilands did beare North off vs. But toward noone the wind blew Northerly with gusts of wind and rayne So we stood off into the Sea againe all night and running off we found a Channell wherein we had no lesse then eight nine ten eleuen and twelue fathomes water For in comming ouer the Barre wee had fiue and foure fathomes and a halfe and it lyeth fiue leagues from the shoare and it is the Barre of Virginia At the North end of it it is ten leagues broad and South and North but deepe water from ninetie fathoms to fiue and foure and a halfe The Land lyeth South and North. This is the entrance into the Kings Riuer in Virginia where our English-men are The North side of it lyeth in 37. degrees 26. minutes you shall know when you come to shoald water or sounding for the water will looke Greene or thicke you shall haue ninetie and eightie fathomes and shoalding a pace till you come to ten eleuen nine eight seuen ten and nine fathomes and so to fiue and foure fathomes and a halfe The nineteenth faire weather but an hard gale of winde at the North-east wee stood off till noone and made our way South-east by East two and twentie leagues At noone wee cast about to the Westward and stood till sixe of the clocke in the after-noone and went fiue leagues and a halfe North-west by North. Then wee cast about againe to the Eastward and stood that way till foure the next morning The twentieth faire and cleere weather the winde variable betweene East North-east and North-east At foure of the clocke in the morning wee cast about to the Westward and stood till noone at which time I sounded and had two and thirtie fathomes Then we take to the Eastward againe wee found our height to bee 37. degrees 22. minutes We stood to the Eastward all night and had very much wind At eight of the clocke at night we tooke off our Bonnets and stood with small sayle The one and twentieth was a sore storme of winde and rayne all day and all night wherefore wee stood to the Eastward with a small sayle till one of the clocke in the after-noone Then a great Sea brake into our fore-corse and split it so we were forced to take it from the yard and mend it wee lay a trie with our mayne-corse all night This night our Cat ranne crying from one side of the ship to the other looking ouer-boord which made vs to wonder but we saw nothing The two and twentieth stormy weather with gusts of rayne and wind In the morning at eight of the clocke we set our fore-corse and stood to the Eastward vnder our fore-sayle mayne-sayle and misen and from noone to noone we made our way East South-east fourteene leagues The night reasonable drie but cloudie the winde variable all day and night Our Compasse was varyed 4. degrees Westward The three and twentieth very faire weather but some Thunder in the morning the winde variable betweene East by North. At noone wee tackt about to the Northward the winde at East by North. The after-noone very faire the wind variable and continued so all night Our way we made East South-east till noone the next day The foure and twentieth faire and hot weather with the wind variable betweene the North and the East The after-noone variable winde But at foure of the clocke the wind came to the East and South-east so wee steered away North by West and in three Watches wee went thirteene leagues At noone our height was 35. degrees 41. minutes being farre off at Sea from the Land The fiue and twentieth faire weather and very hot All the morning was very calme vntill eleuen of the clocke the wind came to South-east and South South-east so wee steered away North-west by North two Watches and a halfe and one Watch North-west by West and went eighteene leagues At noone I found our height to bee 36. degrees 20. minutes being without sight of Land The sixe and
twentieth faire and hot weather the winde variable vpon all the points of the Compasse From two of the clocke in the morning vntill noone wee made our way North by East seuen leagues In the after-noone the wind came to the North-east and vering to the East South-east wee steered away North-west fifteene leagues from noone till ten of the clocke at night At eight of the clocke at night wee sounded and had eighteene fathomes and were come to the Banke of Virginia and could not see the Land Wee kept sounding and steered away North and came to eight fathomes and Anchored there for the wind was at East South-east so that wee could not get off For the Coast lyeth along South South-west and North North-east At noone our height was 37. degrees 15. minutes And wee found that we were returned to the same place from whence we were put off at our first seeing Land The seuen and twentieth faire weather and very hot the winde at East South-east In the morning as soone as the Sunne was vp wee looked out and had sight of the Land Then wee weighed and stood in North-west two Glasses and found the Land to bee the place from whence wee put off first So wee kept our loofe and steered along the Land and had the Banke lye all along the shoare and wee had in two leagues off the shoare fiue sixe seuen eight nine and ten fathomes The Coast lyeth South South-west and is a white Sandie shoare and sheweth full of Bayes and Points The streame setteth West South-west and East North-east At sixe of the clocke at night wee were thwart of an Harbour or Riuer but we saw a Barre lye before it and all within the Land to the Northward the water ranne with many Ilands in it At sixe of the clocke we Anchored and sent our Boate to sound to the shoare-ward and found no lesse then foure and a halfe fiue sixe and seuen fathomes The eight and twentieth faire and hot weather the winde at South South-west In the morning at sixe of the clocke wee weighed and steered away North twelue leagues till noone and came to the Point of the Land and being hard by the Land in fiue fathomes on a sudden wee came into three fathomes then we beare vp and had but ten foote water and ioyned to the Point Then as soone as wee were ouer wee had fiue sixe seuen eight nine ten twelue and thirteene fathomes Then wee found the Land to trend away North-west with a great Bay and Riuers But the Bay wee found shoald and in the offing wee had ten fathomes and had sight of Breaches and drie Sand. Then wee were forced to stand backe againe so we stood backe South-east by South three leagues And at seuen of the clocke wee Anchored in eight fathomes water and found a Tide set to the North-west and North North-west and it riseth one fathome and floweth South South-east And hee that will throughly Discouer this great Bay must haue a small Pinnasse that must draw but foure or fiue foote water to sound before him At fiue in the morning wee weighed and steered away to the Eastward on many courses for the Norther Land is full of shoalds Wee were among them and once wee strooke and wee went away and steered away to the South-east So wee had two three foure fiue sixe and seuen fathomes and so deeper and deeper The nine and twentieth faire weather with some Thunder and showers the winde shifting betweene the South South-west and the North North-west In the morning wee weighed at the breake of day and stood toward the Norther Land which we found to bee all Ilands to our sight and great stormes from them and are shoald three leagues off For we comming by them had but seuen sixe fiue foure three and two fathoms and a halfe and strooke ground with our Rudder we steered off South-west one Glasse and had fiue fathoms Then wee steered South-east three Glasses then wee found seuen fathomes and steered North-east by East foure leagues and came to twelue and thirteene fathoms At one of the clocke I went to the top-mast head and set the Land and the bodie of the Ilands did beare North-west by North. And at foure of the clocke wee had gone foure leagues East South-east and North-east by East and found but seuen fathoms and it was calme so we Anchored Then I went againe to the top-mast head to see how farre I could see Land about vs and could see no more but the Ilands And the Souther point of them did beare North-west by West eight leagues off So wee rode till mid-night Then the winde came to the North North-west so wee waighed and set sayle The thirtieth in the morning betweene twelue and one we weighed and stood to the East-ward the winde at North North-west wee steered away and made our way East South-east From our weighing till noone eleuen leagues Our soundings were eight nine ten eleuen twelue and thirteene fathomes till day Then we came to eighteene nineteene twentie and to sixe and twentie fathoms by noone Then I obserued the Sunne and found the height to bee 39. degrees 5. minutes and saw no Land In the after-noone the winde came to North by West So wee lay close by with our fore-sayle and our mayne-sayle and it was little winde vntill twelue of the clocke at mid-night then wee had a gale a little while Then I sounded and all the night our soundings were thirtie and sixe and thirtie fathomes and wee went little The one and thirtieth faire weather and little wind At sixe of the clocke in the morning we cast about to the Northward the wind being at the North-east little wind At noone it fell calme and I found the height to bee 38. degrees 39. minutes And the streames had deceiued vs and our sounding was eight and thirtie fathoms In the afternoone I sounded againe and had but thirtie fathoms So we found that we were heaued too and fro with the streames of the Tide both by our obseruations and our depths From noone till foure of the clocke in the after-noone it was calme At sixe of the clocke wee had a little gale Southerly and it continued all night sometimes calme and sometimes a gale wee went eight leagues from noone to noone North by East The first of September faire weather the wind variable betweene East and South we steered away North North-west At noone we found our height to bee 39. degrees 3. minutes Wee had soundings thirtie twentie seuen twentie foure and twentie two fathomes as wee went to the Northward At sixe of the clocke wee had one and twentie fathomes And all the third watch till twelue of the clocke at mid-night we had soundings one and twentie two and twentie eighteene two and twentie one and twentie eighteene and two and twentie fathoms and went sixe leagues neere hand North North-west The second in the morning close
These Gouernours therefore in that they had the charge of holy Mysteries were Priests in that they had to doe with the Court of Iustice and Iudgement they were Iudges we call them Noble-men in this place and the state of the Common-wealth gouerned by their ouersight an Aristocratie The same are called by our Country-men Godar and Hoffsgodar from the Church or Temple which is Hoff as it were Ouer-seers of the Church and their Office or Dignitie was called Godord to wit their name being next deriued from their Ethnick gods which they called God that euen by the name it selfe they who almost represented the Name and Office of the Gods might bee put in minde of the Vertues Wisdome and Iustice c. requisite in such a Gouernour And that they might shew themselues such I suppose the same place was appointed to iudgements of the seate of Iustice which was ordained for Sacred Mysteries to wit at the foresaid Temples And also therefore because the place of holy Mysteries was religiously thought fitter for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or the taking of good counsell whereof there is especiall vse in the Court of Iustice. Moreouer the Prouinciall Gouernours had their two-fold assemblies as the Rappagogi had yeerely or ordinary meetings and proclaimed or extraordinary any necessitie requiring those former assemblies containing many dayes vid. Kaâ—pb cap. 8. Torn Log. and that as it is likely assembled by some signe of holding a meeting as we haue already said of Reppagogies which surely what it was in times past is not well knowne vnlesse it were that which afterwards and yet remaineth in vse the forme of a Noruegian axe of Wood carried about after the same manner among the prouinciall Citizens as we said a little before of the woodden crosse This token of the Iudiciall Court is called Bod in our language which signifieth a message Moreouer euery one paid some yearely tribute or reuenue to the Temples whereof the Guardian or Ouerseer of the Church was the Collector for speaking of holy mysteries pertaining to the Church I call euery Noble man so To him also came the penaltie of the Temple and Court of Iustice prophaned who likewise ought to maintaine the Temple or keepe it in reparations at his owne charge Lastly the necessity and specially care to amend and make good whatsoeuer damage done vnto the Prouince or to foresee and preuent it being imminent vsing the helpe of the Prouincials lay wholly vpon him so that for the destroying of Theeues and publique Robbers you may finde some who were prodigall of their owne life Contrarily it is a lamentable case how at this day we see it euery where come to passe where they make a great conscience to condemne a notorious Theefe by the Law or any other conuicted once or twice of any capitall crime much more to put him to death These are the Gouernours of Prouinces The Nomophylaces or Iustices follow The Nomophylax was the other kinde of the superiour Magistrate somewhat later then these of which sort in the whole auncient Citie of Island for we yet describe it at one and the same time there was onely one who of pronouncing or deliuering the Law was called Logmann and Logsogumann For the Commonwealth began not suddenly but by little and little to be framed therefore the Prouinciall Lawes were first of the like meaning though peraduenture not euery where the same before they had them compact and gathered into one body which when they attained for the custody and preseruation of the same they admitted trustie and wise men whom I call Nomophylaces and whose Office I shall very well describe in the words of D. Nicolaus Cragius declaring the Office of the Spartan Nomophylaces The Office of the Nomophylaces saith D. Cragius Li. 2. cap. 6. de Repub. Lacedaem was as we perceiue by the matter it selfe to haue charge of the custody and preseruation of Lawes for the benefit of the Common-wealth and that they should not suffer them to be abolished changed or taken away by any Moreouer they indeuoured that the force of the Lawes might not grow out of vse or the memory thereof be forgotten but they compelled the Magistrates to the often obseruation of them and execution of their dutie And further we may thinke these very men were the interpreters of Lawes if peraduenture any thing doubtfully set downe or hardly vnderstood should come in disputation This Cragius writeth the same which I doe of ours adding this that they had some manner of authority in their power together with the rest of the Nobility of changing renewing Lawes and also inlarging them as it were Orators and Counsellours the consent of the people being added Therefore the Nomophylaces or chiefe Iustices tooke nothing away from the forme of an Aristocratie but were as hath beene said before Interpreters and preseruers of the Law armed with publique authority for this purpose in whose power also the custody of the Booke of the Lawes remained But I dare proceede no further with our Author in his Law Suites and Courts lest I be therein detained with Demurs and tedious delaies I am a Traueller and howsoeuer I haue not so much for Island as for the knowledge of the Arctoan antiquities waded thus farre I will not tire the Reader further but remit the more curious to the Author himselfe who hath added much of their Lawes and a whole Booke of their auncient Grands and another of their Kings both here omitted The Kings of Norway began to haue dominion in Island A. 1261. diuers immunities reserued which Kingdome descending vpon Margaret by her was linked with that of Denmarke and so hath continued aboue 200. yeares ENGLISH NORTHERNE NAVIGATIONS AND DISCOVERIES RELATIONS OF GREENELAND GROENLAND THE NORTH-WEST PASSAGE AND OTHER ARCTIKE REGIONS WITH LATER RVSSIAN OCCVRRENTS THE FOVRTH BOOKE CHAP. I. A Voyage set forth by the Right Worshipfull Sir THOMAS SMITH and the rest of the Muscouie Company to Cherry Iland and for a further discouerie to be made towards the North-Pole for the likelihood of a Trade or a passage that way in the Ship called the Amitie of burthen seuentie tuns in the which I IONAS POOLE was Master hauing fourteene men and one boy A.D. 1610. THE first of March 1609. I wayed at Black-wall and went to Grauesend The third day I went downe to the Noore-head The ninth wee wayed and put out to Sea blessed bee God and by the fifteenth day I was in the Bay of Rosse on the Coast of Norway in Latitude 65. degrees at what time the wind came Northerly and blew extreame fierce with great store of Snow and Frost The sixteenth day wee had the like weather and winds so that wee could not maintaine a mayne-course and we lost some of our Beere The seuenteenth day we had Snow and all the Beak-head was so laden with Ice that it seemed a firme lumpe and the wind at North which blew so fierce that we could
minutes the distance of the Pole from my Zeneth was 11. degrees 17. minutes the complement thereof being 78. degrees and 43. minutes the Poles altitude All this day it was calme aâ—l the forenoone warme sunshine weather and whereas I named this place Cape-cold if I had fâ—lne with it this day or the like I should haue giuen it another name Here I tried to take fish but could perceiue none Item there is a point that beareth from Cape-cold North by West which I called Faire-forland this Forland and Cape-cold and Black-point are all one Iland At sixe of the clocke at night the winde came to the North North-west then I determined to view the Ice-sound better but comming neere it I perceiued it packt ful of Ice so that I could see no end thereof at the Top-mast-head neither could I see any open water in it At a North Sun the wind came to the North-east and by North then I stood to the Northwards as before The foure and twentieth day at a North-east Sunne the wind came to the South-west faire weather and warme At a North north-east Sun I tooke the Meridian Altitude which was eleuen degrees aboue the Horizon and by working accordingly I found the eleuation of the Pole aboue the Horizon to be 78. degrees 37. minutes The fiue and twentieth day at an East-south-east Sun I set the boat to the land neere Fayer-forland and it being calme I sounded fortie fiue fathoms where I proued for fish but could find none and within one league of the shoare I had fiue and thirtie and thirtie fathome streamy ground At a South-east Sunne the Boat came aboord laden with Wood and some Whales fins The men told mee there was great store of Morses in the Sea about the shoare side and about thirtie on Land Immediately I sent my Mate Nicholas Woodcock with the Boat on Land againe to see if they could kill any of the said Mohorses and also to search what other thing they should hap to find that might proue beneficiall Moreouer I was certified that all the Ponds and Lakes were vnfrozen they being Fresh-water which putteth mee in hope of a milde Summer here after so sharpe a beginning as I haue had and my opinion is such and I assure my selfe it is so that a passage may bee assoone attayned this way by the Pole as any vnknowne way whatsoeuer by reason the Sun doth giue a great heat in this climate and the Ice I meane that that freezeth here is nothing so huge as I haue seene in 73. degrees The sixe and twentieth day at a North-east Sunne the Boat came aboord againe hauing slaine but two Morses at twelue at midnight the wind came to the North and blew so hard that I was enforced to try with a Mayne-course cold frosty weather with snow The sayd wind and weather continued till a South Sun the seuen and twentieth day at eight of the clocke at night the wind came to the North-west and by West faire weather then I stood towards the Land again And at a South-east sun the eight twentieth day I was within three leagues of Fayer-forland and standing in I sounded diuers times and had these depths 15.17.19 and 18. fathoms within fiue sixe and seuen myles of the shoare and when Fayer-forland did beare South and by East by the Compasse It being two miles from me I saw the Land beare North-east and by North about nine leagues off the which because it was full of knottie Mountaines I called Knottie-point and betweene Knottie-point and Fayer-forland I saw a great Bay which because it was foggy on the sudden I could not discouer In the Sea about the Forland I saw great store of Mohorses and Sea-fowle I sounded in the Bay and had nintie fiue fathomes rockie ground I stood to Sea and had very foule weather with snow and fogs and frost which weather continued till the thirtieth day at foure of the clocke in the morning at which time I was within one mile of Fayer-forland in nine fathomes and then I sayled East North-east about two miles and had these dephs 18.17.16.14 and 12. fathomes all rockes Then I steered South with the like depths and grounds but when I had runne South South-east three miles further I had sandie ground then did Fayer-forland beare West and by North about three leagues of the next cast I had tenne fathomes foule ground and from thence I steered two leagues South and by East hauing these depths 10.9.8 and 7. fathomes then I saw the Bay couered ouer with Ice I turned out the wind at North. This Sound I named Fowle-sound for in this Bay are three Sounds this I spake last of which lyeth in South and goeth out at Black-point another lyeth in East South-east which I named Deere-sound another goeth in North which is called Closse-coue and being neere the point betweene Fowle-sound and Deere-sound it fell calme and I sent the Skiffe on Land and standing after with a little wind at West I found the sayd Point very shoale with a ridge of Rockes where I had these depths 4.5.6.7.9.10.18 and then 30. fathomes At a South Sun the Boat came aboord and brought Wood and some Whale-fins The last of May at an East North-east Sun I was within three leagues of Knotty-point at which time I saw Ice all the Sea ouer betwixt the West and the Land then I saw another Point foure leagues distant from Knotty-point the one bearing of the other North and by East and South and by West and it is smooth Land the which I named the Gurnerds-nose indifferent warme weather and finding the Ice to bee so thicke that I could not passe it and the wind comming to the West I stood to the Southwards againe determining to search the Sounds better for a Road and for commodities because I saw no good to bee gotten in keeping the Sea amongst the Ice and at a North Sun I was in the entrance of Close-coue where I had no ground at one hundred twenty fathomes and yet I was within two Cables length of a sunken ledge of Rockes that lyeth on the Larboord side of the Bay a mile from the shoare The first of Iune I found a good Road in Close-coue on the South-west side where I rid in seuen fathomes sand mingled with oze at an East Sun I sent a Skiffe to a low Point that lyeth on the North side of the Bay where they found some Whales fins and three pieces of Mohorse teeth and vpon a little rockie Iland they saw neere one hundred Mohorses which were there sleeping In this time I went towards the bottome of the Sound and slue a white Beare At a South-west Sun I went towards the rocke to see if I could kill any of the Morses that lay there and as wee went by the shoare side I espied Deere three of them I slue and one of my
standing to the Northwards I saw the Sea couered with Ice which lay close to the Land which made me stand to the Southwards again I obserued at Gurnerds-nose and found the Poles height 79. degrees 50. minutes At a North-west Sun the same day I sent the skiffe on Land to search the Coast to the Southwards of Knottie-point where I sounded and had twenty foure fathomes Foule-ground and in the Fayre-way I sounded hauing these depths 30.35.45 and 48. fathomes all Rocky-ground By the seuenteenth day I was in the entrance of Close-coue at a South Sun at which time the Skiffe came aboord and brought a Beares skin and a Buck and a good quantite of Whales Fins and an Vnicornes horne which was fiue foot and seuen inches long and in the biggest part of it it was seuen inches and a halfe about The eighteenth day at a South Sun I came into the Road where I rid all that day hauing very much wind and raine that wee could doe nothing At a North Sunne I sent my Mate with the Skiffe and sixe men to seeke for more Fins c. The ninteenth day at a North Sun they came aboord hauing slaine ten Beares three of their skins and fat they brought aboord and a good quantitie of Fins and six paire of teeth The twentieth day in the morning I sent both the Boat and Skiffe to slay the other seuen Beares the wind being at North faire weather But they were no sooner gone but it blew very hard at North which brought abundance of Ice out of the bottome of the Sound but did the Ship no hurt At a West South West Sunne the Boats came aboord with the Beares skins the wind abouesaid set so much Ice out of the sound vpon the Ship that it inforced mee to set sayle The one and twentieth day at a North Sun I stood towardes Fayer-forland and sent out the skiffe The two and twentieth day at a South-east sunne they came aboord with the skiffe laden with Fins and killed fiue Deere Then I went on Land to search what I could find and I slew a Beare and tooke a young one aliue and at three of the clocke in the afternoone I came aboord with the skiffe laden with Fins The three twentieth day at a South-east sun the Boat came aboord and brought a good quantitie of Finnes and a Beares skinne Then I stood toward Cape-cold and the same day at a South sunne I sent the skiffe on Land to the Northwards of the Cape where they found sixteene Mohorses on a rocke which they slue and at a North-east sun the foure and twentieth day they had brought all the teeth and blubber of them aboord at which time the wind came to the North-west and blew verie hard then I stood towardes the Ice-sound to seeke what commodities it would yeeld At a North sunne I was neere Black-point which hath a great many sunken Rockes lying on the southermost end of it therefore you must come no neerer that shoare then twentie fiue fathomes The fiue and twentieth day till a South sun it was calme and the tyde droue the ship so farre from the Land that I could not send the boat on shoare The sixe and twentieth day at a South South-west Sunne I came aboord more laden with trauell then commodities at which time I slue a Buck. Then I stood toward Ice-sound and at a Point which parteth Foule-sound and Ice-sound I had thirtie fathomes oze so to ten fathomes Rockes then I steered East along the shoare and had betwixt thirtie and fifteene fathomes oze and sand In fifteen fathomes I anchored hauing the wind at North North-west faire weather at a North-west sun at a North sun I sent the skiffe to the shoare to search for commodities The seuen and twentieth day of Iune at an East North-east sun they came aboord and brought a good parcell of fins At six of the clock I sent the Skiffe to the Land againe and set sayle with the ship but it being calme and the tide setting the Ship towards a ledge of rocks made mee to anchor againe At a South South-east Sun they came aboord againe and brought a good quantitie of fins at a South Sunne I sent the Skiffe towardes the mouth of Ice-sound and in the entrance thereof I found a Coue in the which was twentie fathomes and so to thirteene but by reason of the tyde and edy-winds I could not get into it here the Skiffe came aboord and brought a few finnes Then I steered to another Sound in the Southside of Ice-sound where I anchored in twentie fathomes oze the same day at a North Sun The eight and twentieth day I stayed at the place abouesaid and tried the Beares grease to bring it into oyle and when we were all busied a Beare came swimming ouer the Bay towards the ship which I slew and split my Peece the wind being at West The nine and twentieth day at a South-east Sunne I sent the skiffe to search the Coast to the Westwards of this Bay the wind at North-west The last of Iune the skiffe came aboord at a South-east Sunne and brought a few Finnes and a Bucke the wind at North. The first of Iuly being Sunday I rid at the place abouesaid in hope to haue more Moon Land I obserued heere and found this place in 78. degrees 24. minutes and the variation Westwards seuenteene degrees Then I sent the skiffe to see if any more beasts were on Land The wind at Northwest faire weather The second day at a North North-east Sunne they came aboord and brought two Deere The third wee slew a few Morses whose teeth and blubber wee brought aboord at a North-west Sunne at which time I slew a Pricket this place I named the Green-hauen Immediately I sent the skiffe to take the teeth and fat of seuen beasts which lay slaine in another place The wind at West thicke foggie weather It floweth here on the Change day South and by West and hyeth sixe foot water and runneth halfe tyde halfe quarter The fourth day wee rid still at the South-west with fogges and raine and very much wind at the same time I saw great store of Ice in Ice sound The fifth day at a North-east Sunne I wayed the wind at West thicke weather and in standing out wee slew a she Beare and tooke her two young ones Indifferent faire weather we lay becalmed all this day The sixth day I was off Lownesse at a South Sunne the wind being at East blew so hard with raine and thicke weather that I was enforced to take in all the sayles saue a Mayne course which storme continued till eight at night at which time I set more sayle and stood to the Southwardes hoping to get some goods that way The seuenth day at noone the wind came to the North-east and then it began to bee cleere weather at what time I saw the Land of Bel-sound whither
ballast enough in her for there was twelue tunnes of Hides which were the chiefest cause of the losse of the ship and nine tunnes of Oyle and aboue seuen tunnes of ballast a Hogshead and a Barrell of Teeth besides halfe a tunne of stones all which was about nine and twentie tunne weight and to any vnpartiall mans judgement sufficient to shift a Barke of sixtie tunnes But as the last But went out of her the ship began to held and with all a great many men went to leeward there being at that time aboue â—orty aboard Then the hides which lay in hold slid to leeward and brought her altogether downe then euery man made shift to saue his life and I being farre from the hatches could not get vp so soone as others did At which time I saw death before mine eyes two wayes one if I stayed in hold I was sure to be drowned the other if I went vp the hatches I was in election to be slaine for downe at the hatches fell hogsheads of beere and diuers other things the least of them being sufficient to beate a mans bones and in attempting to get vp I was beaten downe twice and hurt But it was not the will of God to take my life from mee then but to reuiue me to plucke me euen from the jawes of death and by swimming and crawling I got into the Sea cleere of the ship where a Boat tooke me vp and blessed bee God no man perished at that so dangerous an accident We being all got into three Boats went to the Hull ship where we found but small comfort for Duke told vs plainly wee should not come aboard his ship and caused Pikes and Launces to bee brought to keepe vs out Then Master Edge and diuers others desired him to let mee come aboard which hee did and with much adoe I got aboard hauing mine head broke to the skull and my brow that one might see the bare bones and by mine eare I had a sore wound likewise the ribs on my right side were all broken and sore bruised and the collar bone of my left shoulder is broken besides my backe was so sore that I could not suffer any man to touch it That which followeth being further accusation of Marmaduke is omitted And I haue here added out of his Brother Randolph Poole their returne omitting the former part of his Relations of the same Voyage In this our great distresse Thomas Marmaduke Master of the shippe of Hull professed great kindnesse towards vs promising vs passage and that he would try if he could recouer our ship but hee deferred the time one whole weeke till shee was full of oze so that when wee came to weigh her both her Cables burst and so we left her to all our sorrowes without hope of recouerie Then we went aboard the ship of Hull which God had prepared for our succour where our Merchant agreeing for the fraight we got the goods aboard namely about twentie or one and twentie tunnes and an halfe of Oyle and a Barrell of Beares Oyle about tenne tunnes of Whales Finnes bound vp in an hundred and sixe bundels in euery one thirtie Finnes and in some more fiue Hogsheads of Morses Teeth and one and twentie odde paire And if our ship had not miscarried the Voyage had beene much better The nineteenth of August we directed our course for England the weather being reasonable faire and the wind for the most part betwixt the North and the West and wee continued our course homeward all that moneth Vpon Tuesday the third of September about two of the clocke in the morning we were imbayed with land and were neere the shoare before we were aware Wee steered backe North and by East and at twelue of the clocke we found our selues to be on the West side of the Iles of Orkney and steered East into a great sound called Pentlow Fryth where wee beeing entred there came a Boat from the shoare which brought vs fresh meat and one of the men directed vs through the Sound This Sound lyeth in the latitude of 58. degrees and 36. minutes and the course through is East North-east and West South-west it floweth there on the change day South South-east and North North-west halfe a tyde nine foote high or thereabout At the entrance in on the North side there is an high red Mountayne and the Sound there is twelue miles ouer but farther in the land is somewhat lower and the Sound narrower You may sayle along the North shoare two miles off the land in fortie or fiftie fathomes and on the said shoare about foure miles East South-east From the red Cliffe there is a Bay into which you may steere North by West giuing the West point of the entrance into the said Bay a good birth for there the water is shoald and fowle ground but in the middle of the entrance 30.20.18.12.10.6 and 5. fathomes but wee anchored in 10. fathomes fine sandie ground The fift of September at an East South-east Sunne wee set sayle keeping our course aboue mentioned leauing fiue small Ilands on our larboord side and one Iland on our starboord side and so keeping an high Cliffe which lyeth into the Sea on Scotland side open of a low Land in the sound on the same shoare we sayled out as before is said Vpon the 〈◊〉 day at a North Sunne we anchored in Humber mouth there it floweth on the change day West South-west Vpon the eight day we arriued at Hull safely and well in body but much distressed and impayred in our states which God at his good pleasure can restore At our first comming to this Country of Greenland the Mountaynes and Valleyes thereof except it were some few places were all couered with snow but ere we went away the tops of the high Hils and the lower Plaines appeared greene with Mosse and some little quantitie of grasse This Countrey and likewise the seas in these parts are subiect to maruellous thicke and mistie weather especially when the sunne with his most forcible heat melteth the Ice and snow whose vapours obscure the light of the sunne making small difference betweene the day there and the irkesome night in other places We found in this Countrey many fat Deere which we killed with our Peeces and Dogges at our pleasure which was a great refreshing to vs in that vnquoth place many white Beares with white grey and dunne Foxes We found also abundance of Fowle namely Culâ—idines sea Pidgeons white land Partridges wild Geese Willockes and many other Fowles Among which I noted the nature of one which we called an Allâ—n who like to the great fishes which eate vp the small or like to some great men which deuoure all the labours of the poore when some smaller Birds haue gotten any thing then he leaueth not beating of them till they haue cast vp what they haue eaten which he laying hold of deuoureth vp and so with little meate in
their gorges and few feathers on their backes he leaueth them to get more not for themselues but for him We found on the shoares many huge Morses There is great store of fresh water in euery Valley which proceedeth most of the melted snow On euery Beech is great plentie of drift wood but neuer a bush nor tree groweth in those quarters as farre as we haue hitherto discouered CHAP. IIII. A Relation written by IONAS POOLE of a Voyage to Greenland in the yeere 1612. with two ships the one called the Whale the other the Sea-horse set out by the Right Worshipfull the Muscouie Merchants THe seuenth of Aprill 1612. wee set sayle at Blacke-wall and went to Grâ—â—esend The third of May we came to Cherie Iland where we found a ship of Holland in which one Alan Saloâ—es an Englishman was Pilot. The same day about a North sunne we anchored on the West side of the Iland The fourth we trimmed a shallop which I left there the last yeere and Alan Salowes went aboard our Admirall and Master Russell sent for Master Thomas Edge Master Arthington Iohn Mason and my selfe where wee had some speech about detayning him and to haue brought him into England but in the end hee was let goe At a North sunne we sent our shallop to the South-east side of the Iland to fetch a shallop which was left there the last yeere but they could not get thither for Ice and came aboard againe at an East North-east Sunne the fift day at which time we weighed and stood to the Westward but immediatly we altered our course and stood toward the Iland againe among the Ice and about a West North-west Sunne wee sent our Skiffe and Shallop to fetch the Shallop aforesaid The winde was at North and by West frostie weather with snowe The eight wee stood toward Cherie Iland againe and were faire by it at a South sunne at which time the winde came to the South-east and wee saw the Hollander standing with vs. Then we altered our course and sayled West North-west determining if hee followed vs to stay for him At ten of the clock at night hee came to vs and the Admirall sent his shallop aboord of him to command him to be gone out of our companie and at a North sunne hee stood away from vs and sayled North and by East and we lay by the lee The twentieth at a South Sunne we saw our Consort and spake with them and they told vs that they had almost split their ship with a piece of Ice which brake nine of their Timbers so that they had fiue foot water in hold The one and two and twentie dayes wee plyed to windward the winde being at North faire weather And at Blacke Point wee saw great store of Ice driuing to the South At eight of the clocke at night Blacke Point did beare from mee East and by North nine leagues And the three dayes past we saw great store of Whales within ten or twelue leagues off the Land The three and twentieth we were faire off Cape Cold where Master Edge and Master Arthington went with the Basks in their Shallops for Crosse-rode in hope to kill some Whales And we saw store of Whales in the Sea The fiue and twentieth we got into Foule Sound all the Sounds being full of Ice and the Shallops came aboord and brought some Venison which was very leane And at six of the clock the Basks went with the Shallops to Faire Foreland to see if they could kill a Whale and at a North-west Sunne Master Edge went with a Shallop to see if Crosse-rode were open The six and twentieth the two ships abouesaid came into Foule Sound one of them was that Hollander before mentioned the other was a ship of London called The Diana whereof one Thomas Bustion dwelling at Wapping wall was Master The seuen and twentieth Alâ—â—ie Saloâ—es came aboord of our ship and told vs that his Merchant had broke his necke downe a Cliffe The same day the Hollâ—nder and the Diana stood to the Southward The winde was at North North-west and Northwest which kept the Ice in the Sounds The twentie eight we sent the long Boat and our Shallop to Brokennesse with a Shallop of ten Tunnes there to be set vp The winde was at West with snowe and frost The same day the Basks came aboord but could kill neuer a Whale The winde came to the South Southwest with frost and snowe The nine and twentieth the winde was at South with much snowe The same day one of our men dyed named Iohn Butcher hauing layen sicke about three weeks The thirtieth one Michael Perkins dyed aboord The Whale The last of May the winde was at South and wee stood toward the Foreland in 79. degrees The sâ—me day aâ— midnight the Chyrurgeon of The Whale dyed The first of Iune we stood into Foule Sound where wee saw abundance of Ice driue out with the winde at East The second day the winde was at North and by East cold frostie weather All which day wee lay vnder saile in the mouth of the Sound The third day wee spake with Thomas Marmaduke of Hull in a ship called The 〈◊〉 wâ—ll Wee sent for him to come aboord but he answered that he was not well and sent his Mate Christopher Nayler The same day we stood to the mouth of the Sound but it was couered with Ice And Marmaduke stood to the Northward and as we were afterward informed discouered as farre as 82. degrees two degrees beyond Hakluyts Headland The fourth we sent our shallop on shoare in Foule Sound to see if any harbour were open to ride in and to put our Admirall on ground to stop her leake The same day our long Boate came to vs from Brokennesse And we turned into the Sound because we saw the Ice driue out with the winde at South and blew hard The fift we anchored in Foule Sound in seuenteene fathoms water and sandie ground where we saw the place where both the ships lay which wee lost the last yeere couered with Ice The same time wee sent our shallop with our Carpenters to finish the aforesaid shallop at Brokennesse The winde continued at South and the Whale turned into the Sound by vs and achnored there at a South-west by South Sunne The ninth the Admirals Boate and ours went with prouision and men to worke vpon a Whale which the Basks had killed and we stood toward the Foreland with the ships whâ—re the Whale was killed the winde at South thicke foggie weather And by an East North-east Sunne wee anchored in the mouth of Foule Sound in fifteene fathoms gray sand with some shells At a West sunne the Boate came aboord for caske and other prouision and told vs that the Basks had killed two other Whales The seuenteenth one Baske named Chapel tooke fiue of our English men to him and they trimmed the shallop to
Anchor and by that meanes wee stayd from forceable rushing against other peeces afterward we laid forth an anchor for surer hold and made â—enders of an old Caâ—le which was hung ouer the ships sides to keepe the Ice from piercing of her plankes Wee rid thus from the eight and twentieth of May till the second of Iune still floating as the wind droue vs with our anchor holding Iland which now we accounted as the shoare and made vse thereof accordingly for vpon it our Carpenter sealed and trimmed our lesser shallop On the second of Iune we had a great homeming Sea the wind being at North-west whereby we iudged we were not farre from an open Sea to windward of vs there wee resolued to make tryall what we might doe to free ourselues out of the Ice In the afternoone about three a clock we got aboard our Anchor letting fall our fore top-sayle and putting forth our Mâ—zen and so droue a sterne for a while till the floating Iland gaue way then wee filled out top-sayle and attempted diuers places where to passe but had repâ—lse and fell asterne againe notwithstanding at the length we preuayled and with much adoe we attayned an open Sea at a North and by West Sunne parting very gladly from these ill neighbouring Ilands which at our parting from them gaue vs or rather receiued from vs some knockes but whilest we remayned amongst them they seemed much more perillous then they proued hurtfull so wee praysed God for our safe deliuerance wishing that the rest of the ships which we left in the Ice were as cleere out of it as was the Thomasine Hauing attayned the open Sea to the Westwards we proceeded to the Northwards keeping the Ice still on our starboord side and met with â—he Mary An-Sarah that got also free of the Ice the same day that we came forth of it we kept company together till the next day when being as high as Prince Charles Ilands we both stood in for the shoare the Mary An-Sarah going for Bel-sound her assigned Harbour but we proceeded to the Fore-land where when wee came the sixt of Iune wee met with two shallops that belonged to the Desire wherein was Cuthbert Appleyard and William 〈◊〉 Harponiers by whom we vnderstood that the Prosperous and the Desire had more desiredly prospered then all the rest of the Fleet they escaped the danger that all the rest fell into and came to the Fore-land the third of Iune finding the Harbour open Here was yet no worke begunne for they had not seene one Whale since their comming into the Harbour so that for vs there was no cause of stay to bee helpfull vnto them and therefore we proceeded to the Northward hoping to find the shoare still as free from Ice as it was at this place but it fel out contrary to our expectations for being come as farre as Maudlen Sound in the latitude of 79. degrees 34. minutes we met with some stragling Ice and from the mayne top we saw much Ice lye betwixt vs and Hackluytâ— Head-land which seemed to bee close to the shoare therefore we sent some men in a shallop to Maudlen Sound to see if it were open that wee might harbour our ship there and search for a leake which wee found her subject vnto in foule weather The Sound was open and we anchored in a good Harbour but the Ice was not gone cleere from the shoare therefore we could not hale our ship aground but we carined her and set vp our Biscaine shallop which we carried with vs out of England in pieces The next day after our comming hither I went forth in a little shallop the other being then vnset together to see how the Ice lay at Hackluyts Head-land and whether we might passe with our ship that way or no. Being come forth of the Harbour we perceiued that it was very foule weather at Sea notwithstanding I proceeded into Faire Hauen where the South Harbour was then open but much Ice lay then in the Sound vnbroken from shoare to shoare otherwise wee might haue passed that way to Hackluyts Head-land betwixt the Iland and the mayne Land we stayed here till the next morning then the weather beganne to cleere vp and wee put forth to Sea againe intending to goe without the Ilands but being out of the Harbour wee found the foule weather to be such as our little weake shallop was not able to endure therefore we returned againe to our ship into Maudlen Sound where we killed two Female Morses and took their Teeth Hides and Blubber On the tenth of Iune we set sayle out of Maulden Sound and coasted along to the Northward till we were past Hackluyts Head-Land but then we saw the Ice lye before vs extending close to the shoare so that for vs to passe further that way it was not possible therefore wee turned to the Westward to see if wee could finde passage further from the shoare Wee sayled as the Ice trended West and West South-west till the thirteenth day and keeping still alongst it we found it to trend neerest South and South South-west we proceeded well thus far till we came vnder the latitude of Prince Charles his Iland in 78. degrees 40. minutes being eight and twentie leagues from shoare but then we altered our course and stood in for the Fore-land to goe and be helpfull to the other ships there for the furthering of their Voyage according to our Instructions as some did vnderstand them but contrary I am sure to some of our desires When we came neere the Fore-land we saw eleuen ships of Hollanders vnder sayle plying to the Southwards one of them came roome towards vs and strucke her top-sayles twice whereby we supposed they tooke vs for some of their Fleete which they wanted but wee held on our course still into Sir Thomas Smiths Bay where we came to an anchor the fifteenth of Iune by the Iohn-Anne-Francis and the Desire the Mary Margaret being then vnder sayle to go to the Fore-land Here was yet no need of any helpâ— that we could make them for they had hitherto neyther killed nor seene one Whale since their first comming in hither therefore we thought it best not to stay here but rather goe to Faire Hauen where wee should bee more readie to proceed on our Discouerie when the Ice would giue vs leaue and in the meane-time wee might bee helpfull to the two ships thither assigned for the making of their Voyage and so much the rather wee hasted because we vnderstood that the Hollanders also set forth a ship on Discouerie We set sayle the seuenth of Iune and met with the Prosperous that came from Crosse-road and was going into Sir Thomas Smiths Bay there to get some Bricke and Lime to mend their Fornace as Nicholas Woodcocke the Master told vs then we went forth to Sea and being about foure leagues from the shoare the winde began to blow so hard
shoare we searched two little Beaches which had some wood on them but nothing that we found of better value About two leagues within the Sound on the East side there is an Harbour where shippes may ride in good ground Land-lockt but if other yeeres be like this I cannot say that it is an Harbour fitting for ships because it is late ere the Sound breake vp for euen now there lay much Ice at the bottome of it insomuch that I was forcst to leaue the shallop because I could not passe with her for Ice and walke two miles ouer stonie Mountaynes with another man in my company to bee satisfied concerning a point of Land that shot into the Sound whether it were an Iland or no as by all likelihood it seemed to bee but when I came to the farthest part of it I saw it joyne to the mayne Land wherefore I called it Point Deceit because it deceiued mee so much From hence wee proceeded toward our shippe and came aboord of her in the North Harbour of Faire Hauen on Friday night being the nineteenth of August where she rid alone for Master Marmaduke was gone forth to Sea that day The two and twentieth of August Iohn Mason Master of the Gamaliell came ouer from the South Harbour for helpe to hayle vp a Whale which had beene sunke fourteene dayes in one hundred and twentie fathome depth or else to pull the Wâ—rpe and Harping Iron out of her for now it was time to take her or forsake her Master Sherwin our Master caused our long Boate to bee manned and went with him when they came where the Whale was sunke they haled and shee presently rose bolting suddenly vp with a thundring cracke made with the bursting of her bodie and notwithstanding shee had layen so long yet had shee all her Finnes fast Whilst this was in doing the Hartsease was comming into the Harbour from the Northward and anchored by our ship an houre after Here wee stayed till the seuen and twentieth of August and since my last returne hither in the shallop from the Eastwards the weather hath beene commonly warme and the Mountaynes were now more cleere of Snow then they had beene any time this yeere notwithstanding there had much snowe fallen since the beginning of this moneth but it was quite consumed and a greater signe of warmth and thaw was now to bee obserued then any time of the yeere heretofore namely by the often falling of the Ice into the Sea from the huge snowie bankes making a noyse like Thunder so that the time was very hopefull but thus wee made vse of occasion offered The seuen and twentieth of August it was faire and warme weather calme till noone then had wee a gale of winde from the South South-west wherewithall wee set sayle out of Faire-hauen in the company of the Hartsease with whom wee had beene in termes of consortship but nothing was concluded About sixe a clocke at night wee were sixe leagues from Cape Barren which bore from vs South-west and by South Wee proceeded still to the North-eastward and on the eight and twentieth day in the morning wee had runne about twentie leagues from Cape Barren in an East North-east way by the ordinary Compasse being open of Sir Thomas Smiths Inlet nine or tenne leagues from the shoare at which time wee were come to the Ice that trended East South-east and West North-west but the Sea being very rough wee stood off againe from the Ice in the afternoone it fell calme and at night we had a gale of winde at East and the ship was steered West and then South-west homewards The nine and twentieth day the winde Easterly an easie gale at foure a clockâ— in the afternoone Hackluyts Head-land bore from vs South-east by East foure leagues distant 〈…〉 was very warme The thirtieth day the winde at North-east an easie gale at foure a clocke in the afternoone Maudlon Point bore East North-east halfe a Point Easterly about three leagues distant 〈◊〉 the Euening it fell calme the weather not cold The thirtieth day faire Sunne-shine weather and calme till noone and then we had a good gale of winde from the North-east being fiue leagues distant from the Fore-land which bore South-east now wee altered our course and stood to the West-ward therefore to keepe vs still in the parallel that now wee were in which was 79. degrees 8. minutes West North-west course was directed in respect of the Variation to make good a true West way This course wee held till we had runne about twentie leagues and then wee ranne twentie leagues more in a West and by North course till one a clocke on Friday morning at which time it fell calme and wee heard the Sea make a great noyse as if wee had beene neere Land but wee rather iudged it to bee Ice as indeed it proued to bee for in the morning when it was light and cleere wee saw the Ice about a league from vs which trended Southerly hauing now a gale at East North-east wee steered away South and South South-east but in the afternoone we were embayed with a long banke of Ice which wee could not weather therefore wee were faine to tacke about and the winde hauing come more Southerly then it was in the morning wee stood off from the Ice North-east and North-east and by North and then to the Southwards againe making sundrie boardes to get forth to wind-wards of the Ice The third day before noone wee had sight againe of Ice to Westwards of vs and at noone were vnder the parallel of 78. degrees 27. minutes according to my Obseruation then wee stood a way South to keepe cleere of the Ice for wee had a great homing Sea although but little winde and therefore durst not be to bold to edge too neere it especially the wind being Easterly as then it was On the fourth day our men saw the Ice againe from the mayne top-mast head and therefore wee still maintayned a Southerly course the next day it began to be foggie and continued close weather and hazie for three dayes so that wee had no more sight of the Ice neyther could wee at this time receiue any further satisfaction concerning the same therefroe wee kept a Southerly course so neere as wee could although wee had but little winde and the same very variable till the ninth day but then wee had a good gale of winde at West North-west On the tenth day beeing Saturday wee were by my reckoning fiftie leagues distant from Low-foot which bore from vs East South-east halfe a Point Southerly this day the wind shifted to the South-west and at night came to the South with much raine then came backe againe to the West North-west and began a great storme This night the Master and others saw a light vpon the Fore-bonnet which the Saylers call a Corpo Santo it appeared like the flame of a Candle and as
Sea-men obserue it alwayes presageth an ensuing storme which to verifie this foule weather continued the next day and grew to be so vehement on Sunday night that the Sea oftentimes ouer-raked our ship and wee were faine to lye aâ—ry with our fore course onely and our Mayne top-mast also strucke which last thing as Sea-men say is seldome done at Sea then about one a clocke we were forced to take in our fore course and to lye a-hull for fiue houres The fourth day of October the shippe came to Wapping with the whole number of men that shee carryed forth my selfe excepted that was come before being sixe and twentie all in perfect health CHAP. VII A true report of a Voyage Anno 1615. for Discouerie of Seas Lands and Ilands to the Northwards as it was performed by ROBERT FOTHERRIE in a Pinnasse of twentie tunnes called the Richard of London set forth at the charge of the Right Worshipfull Sir THOMAS SMITH Knight my very good Master and Master RICHARD WICHE Gouernours and the rest of the Worshipfull Company of Merchants called the Merchants of New Trades and Discoueries trading into Moscouia and King IAMES his New Land BY the prouidence of Almightie God I went forth of Harwich Harbour in the foresaid Pinnasse the twelfth of May in the company of eight shippes of the Fleet for King Iames his New Land who in foule weather out-fayled me in the latitude 71. degrees or thereabouts So I proceeded alone towards King Iames his New Land and met with Ice in latitude 73. degrees 30. minutes I stood North-eastwards for the wast of King Iames his New Land and had sundry conflicts with the Ice in rainie and wet foggie weather and had sight of Land the eleuenth of Iune and on the nineteenth of the same I anchored in Faire Hauen Here I stayed till the third of Iuly for the Pinnasse had receiued some hurt amongst the Ice which to amend I was faine to hale her aground besides diuers other things necessary to be done which detayned mee longer then willingly I would haue stayed there From hence I sayled Northward but met with Ice in latitude 79. degrees 50. minutes being six leagues from Hackluyts Head-land then I coasted the Ice as it lay in Points and Bayes to the Westwards and South-westward and being thirtie leagues from the Land in latitude 79. degrees 10. minutes I found it to trend Northward and North-westwards and coasted it to the latitude of 79. degrees 50. minutes but then I was embayed with Ice and was faine to stand out againe and sailed aboue ten leagues before I got cleere when I was out of this Bay I proceeded South Westerly with the Ice on the starboord to the latitude 78. degrees 30. minutes where being fortie leagues from the shoare I was againe embayed with the Ice and hauing had faire Sun-shine weather all the day which made mee the bolder to stand so neere it the weather on a sudden fell foggie and the wind beganne to blow hard at South which put vs to great trouble and no small perill but the Almightie power who hath mercifully deliuered vs heretofore out of as great dangers preserued vs also from this when wee were gotten cleere off the Ice we had the Sea much growne and the storme increasing but beeing desirous still to keepe the Sea I stood close by the wind vnder a payre of coarses till the Pinnasse waxt leake with bearing too much sayle and there was forced to lye atry vnder a mayne coarse only and although shee stemmed South-east and South-east by South yet was she hurried violently to the North-eastwards and by the mercifull prouidence of God we fell right with the Fore-land in latitude 79. degrees then I stood ouer Sir Thomas Smiths Bay for harbour in Crosse-road where I anchored the thirteenth of Iuly being Thursday I stayed here foure dayes in which time my men mended the Sayles and ships tackling that had receiued hurt by the late storme and made a new mayne Sayle to serue in time of need and on the seuenteenth of Iuly I weighed out of Crosse-road and sayling Westwards from thence came to Ice againe in latitude 78. degrees 40. minutes which I coasted as it lay neerest South-west or more Westerly but with many Points Bayes wherewith I was sometimes intangled yet God be thanked got cleere againe either by helpe of Oares or Sayles without any hurt In this sort I proceeded with good satisfaction although not with so good content till I came to the latitude of 76. degrees beeing aboue one hundred leagues from Point Looke-out but then was crossed with a contrarie storme from the South-west and South South-west which droue me to the South-eastward till I came in the latitude of 74. degrees and then I made my way Westward againe so neere as I could lye close by the winde and ouer-ranne the formerly supposed Land of Groynland which some haue layd downe in plats and extended to 75. degrees When I came into the latitude of 73. degrees I stood West and North-west and fell with Ice againe in latitude 73. degrees 50. minutes and thought indeed at that time that I was neere Land by abundance of Fowle which we saw in great flockes but such thicke fogges haue continued for three or foure dayes together that we might sooner heare the Land if anywere then see it and so did we first find this Ice by hearing the rut thinking till we saw it that it had beene Land so that we were embayed with it before we thought that we had beene neere it then I stood out againe and coasted the Ice still to the Westwards Southerly but could see no Land as I expected to haue done vntill wee came vnder the latitude of 71. degrees thirtie minutes and then we espyed a snowie Hill very high in the cloudes for this day was very cleere at Sea but the fogge was not yet cleered from the Land so that we could see no part of it but only the top of a snowie Mountayne which appeared very high although wee were fourteene or fifteene leagues distant from it bearing off vs South-east and by South Then I stood in for the shoare supposing it had beene part of the Mayne of Groynland for the fogge lay on each side of this Mount as if there had beene a great Continent vnder it but it proued otherwise for as we came neerer to it the fogge dispersed more and more and when wee were fiue leagues distant the Land appeared in forme like an Iland When I came neerer the shore I could find no Harbor to anchor in Notwithstanding the weather being faire calme I hoist out my Boat went ashore with three men more and set vp the Kings Armes then we searched a Sandie Beach which was abundantly stored with drift wood but yeelded no other fruits that we could find worth the taking vp so I returned aboord againe and sent ashoare my Boat to fetch some
South-west and sometimes West South-west till I had runne one hundred and thirtie leagues and was by account in latitude 72. degrees 30. minutes where hauing the wind contrarie to proceed further Westward I stood Eastward till I had runne thirtie leagues in which course I should haue seene this Land if credit might be giuen to Hudsons Iournall but I saw not any And hauing a hard gale of winde still Northerly I conceiued no course so good to be taken at this time as to sâ—eed homewards and so stood to the Southwards directing my course for England this beeing the eight and twentieth of August After which time the wind continued Northerly till the sixt day of September and then wee were on the coast of Scotland in latitude 57. degrees and on the eight day of September had sight of the land of England on the coast of Yorkeshire Thus by the great mercy of God haue we escaped many dangers and after a cold Summer haue some taste of a warme Autumne All glorie therefore be to God the Father the Sonne and the Holy Ghost Amen By this briefe Relation and by the plat wherein I haue traced the ships way vpon each seuerall trauerse it may plainly appeare how farre the state of this Sea is discouered betwixt 80. and 71. degrees of latitude making difference of longitude 26. degrees from the Meridian of Hackluyts Headland Now if any demand my opinion concerning hope of a passage to bee found in those Seas I answer that it is true that I both hoped and much desired to haue passed further then I did but was hindred with Ice wherein although I haue not attayned my desire yet forasmuch as it appeares not yet to the contrarie but that there is a spacious Sea betwixt Groinland and King Iames his New-land although much pestered with Ice I will not seeme to disswade this worshipfull Companie from the yeerly aduenturing of 150. or 200. pounds at the most till some further discouerie be made of the said Seas and Lands adjacent for which purpose no other Vessell would I aduise vnto then this Pinnasse with ten men which I hold to bee most conuenient for that action although heretofore I conceiued otherwise but now I speake after good experience hauing sayled in her out and in aboue two thousand leagues RO. FOTHERBY A Letter of ROBERT FOTHERBY to Captaine EDGE written in Crosse-rode Iuly 15. 1615. MAster Edge By the mercy of God I came into Crosse-road on Thursday last being driuen from Sea neere shoare by extreme tempest At the beginning of the storme I was vnwittingly eâ—bayed with Ice aboue fortie leagues from land in latitude 78. degrees and 30. minutes but thankes be to God I got cleare of it yet not without much trouble and great danger Hauing plyed vnder two coarses to and againe so long till my Pinnasse was made leake with bearing I tryed it vnder a mayne coarse and stem'd South-east and South-east and by South notwithstanding I was hurried to the Northward and fell right with the Foreland which by reason of the misty storme we could not set till we were within a league of it then I stood ouer the Bay and came to an anchor here where I must be forced to stay till our sailes be mended and a new mayne coarse be made if not a fore coarse also Then I purpose to goe to Sea againe and to proceed in coasting the Ice to the Westward if it hinder me to proceed Northward I haue already coasted it from Hackluyts Headland to the latitude aforesaid and intend to beginne againe so neare as I can at the place where I was put off with the storme I came from Faire Hauen the fourth of Iuly and then had there beene killed twelue Whales besides one found dead and another brought in by Fra. Birkes which he found at Sea before he came into Faire Hauen When I came in hither here were three Ships and a Pinnasse of the King of Denmarks they rid in deepe water about a league and a halfe from the Road but weighed from thence and the Admirall came to an anchor close by me and sent to intreat me to come aboord of him I went aboord and was courteously entertayned by the Generall who questioned me of the Country and asked me by what right the English Merchants did resort and fish in this place I told him by the King of Englands right who had granted a Patent to the Muscouie Company of Merchants whereby he authorizeth them and forbiddeth all others to frequent these places Then he entreated me to goe with him to Sir Tho. Smiths Bay to the two Englâ—sh ships there I told him it would be losse of time to me because I had some businesse here to doe and then to goe forth presently to Sea againe to prosecute my Discouery He said that he would haue me goe with him to be witnesse what passed betwixt him and you for he had matters of importance to acquaint you withall which concerned our King and theirs and therefore intreated me to giue direction presently to weigh and set saile for I must needs goe with him I replyed againe that it would be a great losse vnto me of time and I knew not how to answer it but he told me peremptorily that I must goe with him So seeing no remedie I bad the Master be readie then he presently weighed and kept me aboord him but afterwards meeting with the two Captaines that came from you he returned and anchored againe in Crosse-road I receiued very courteous entertaynment of the Admirall Vice-admirall and of Captaine Killingham but Captaine Killingham being aboord of me went away as he seemed discontented because I would not giue him a young Morse I haue aboord which I denyed to doe because I writ to my Master from Faire Hauen that such a thing I haue and will bring aliue into England if I may When he went off aboord of me he said he would shoot downe my flag And soone after there came a shot which flue ouer vs out of the Admirall and I expected another but soone after there came a man aboord of me out of the Admirall to see if any of your men that came in the Shallop would goe with them into the Bay and he swore vnto me that the shot was made to call their Boat aboord because they were ready to weigh As farre as I can perceiue their purpose is to see what Grant the King of England hath made vnto the Companie for they seeme to pretend that the right of this Land belongs to the King of Denmarke and neither to English nor Hollanders Thus with my heartie commendations to your selfe and Master Bredcake together with my praiers for your prosperous voyage I commit you to God CHAP. VIII Diuers other Voyages to Greenland with Letters of those which were there employed communicated to mee by Master WILLIAM HELEY An. 1616. Edges Iland was discouered and a prosperous voyage was made all the
demeanour like to bruâ—t beasts whom the King kept a long time after Two yeeres after I saw two of them at Westminster apparelled like English c. Master Robert Thorne writes that his Father and Master Hugh Eliot a Merchant of Bristoll were the first discouerers of New-found Land and if the Mariners would haue beene ruled and followed their Pilots minde the West Indies had beene ours so that it seemeth this Discouerie was before that of Columbus Master Hakluyt hath published the particulars of these things more fully as also diuers Treatises touching the North-west of Sir Humphrey Gilbert and others to which I referre the Reader and no lesse for the Voyages made by diuers English into those parts three by Sir Martin Frobisher in the yeeres 1576 77 and 78. Two of Captaine Iohn Dauies in 86 and 87. that of Master Hore An. 1536. that of Sir Humphrey Gilbert 1583. that of Master Charles Leigh to Ramea An. 1597. and before in 1593. that of George Drake with those of Iaques Cartier and diuers others My purpose is not to steale Master Hakluyts labours out of the World by culling and fleecing them for our purpose but by this Index to instruct men where they may haue festiuall store in this kinde I had rather giue you new things Such are to the World these that you had before in Hudsons voyages set together as also those of Greenland and such are those of Waymouth Knight Hall Baffin c. And first as Foreman of our Quest we will giue you Sir Humphrey Gilberts Letter written with his owne hand from New-found Land whereof he tooke formall possession to the Crowne of England and was as a Martyr of those Discoueries It was written to Sir George Peckham a great Aduenturer in that voyage and a greater in one of longer life his written Treatise of Westerne planting extant in Master Hakluyts third Tome and I haue here inserted it being hitherto vnprinted as a memorial of both their worths and after it though in time before wee will recreate you with a plaine Mariners Letter endorsed in homely phrase To the Honorable Kings Grace of England here as I thinke giuen you from the Originall I haue also another written to Cardinall Wolsey touching the same voyage in Latin by Albertus de Prato for the antiquitie rather then any remarkable raritie worthy here to be mentioned SIr George I departed from Plymouth on the eleuenth of Iune with fiue sailes and on the thirteenth the Barke Rawley ran from me in faire and cleere weather hauing a large winde I pray you solicite my brother Rawley to make them an example of all Knaues On the third of August wee arriued at a Port called Saint Iohns and will put to the Seas from thence God willing so soone as our ships will be ready Of the New-found Land I will say nothing vntill my next Letters Be of good cheare for if there were no better expectation it were a very rich demaynes the Country being very good and full of all sorts of victuall as fish both of the fresh water and Sea-fish Deere Pheasants Partridges Swannes and diuers Fowles else I am in haste you shall by euery Messenger heare more at large On the fifth of August I entred here in the right of the Crowne of England and haue engrauen the Armes of England diuers Spaniards Portugals and other strangers witnessing the same I can stay no longer fare you well with my good Lady and be of good cheare for I haue comforted my selfe answerable to all my hopes From Saint Iohns in the New-found Land the 8. of August 1583. Yours wholly to command no man more HVM GILBART I mentioned before Master Thornes fathers finding New-found Land with Master Eliot These animated King Henrie the eight to set forth two ships for discouerie one of which perished in the North parts of New-found Land The Master of the other Iohn Rut writ this Letter to King Henrie in bad English and worse Writing Ouer it was this superscription Master Grubes two ships departed from Plymouth the 10. day of Iune and arriued in the New-found Land in a good Harbour called Cape de Bas the 21. day of Iuly and after we had left the sight of Selle we had neuer sight of any Land till we had sight of Cape de Bas. PLeasing your Honorable Grace to heare of your seruant Iohn Rut with all his Company here in good health thanks be to God and your Graces ship The Mary of Gilford with all her thanks be to God And if it please your honorable Grace we ranne in our course to the Northward till we came into 53. degrees and there we found many great Ilands of Ice and deepe water we found no sounding and then we durst not goe no further to the Northward for feare of more Ice and then we cast about to the Southward and within foure dayes after we had one hundred and sixtie fathom and then wee came into 52. degrees and fell with the mayne Land and within ten leagues of the mayne Land we met with a great Iland of Ice and came hard by her for it was standing in deepe water and so went in with Cape de Bas a good Harbor and many small Ilands and a great fresh Riuer going vp farre into the mayne Land and the mayne Land all wildernesse and mountaines and woods and no naturall ground but all mâ—sse and no inhabitation nor no people in these parts and in the woods wee found footing of diuers great beasts but we saw none not in ten leagues And please your Grace the Samson and wee kept company all the way till within two dayes before wee met with all the Ilands of Ice that was the first day of Iuly at night and there rose a great and a maruailous great storme and much foule weather I trust in Almightie Iesu to heare good newes of her And please your Grace we were considering and a writing of all our order how we would wash vs and what course wee would draw and when God doe send foule weather that with the Cape de Sper shee should goe and he that came first should tarry the space of sixe weeks one for another and watered at Cape de Bas ten dayes ordering of your Graces ship and fishing and so departed toward the Southward to seeke our fellow the third day of August we entered into a good Hauen called Saint Iohn and there we found eleuen saile of Normans and one Brittaine and two Portugall Barkes and all a fishing and so we are readie to depart toward Cape de Bas and that is twentie fiue leagues as shortly as we haue fished and so along the coast till we may meete with our fellow and so with all diligence that lyes in me toward parts to that Ilands that we are commanded by the grace of God as we were commanded at our departing And thus Iesu saue and keepe your honorable Grace and all your honourable Reuer in
could with our Shallop and did tench her in some places but neither calkeâ— her nor pitched her Then did wee take her and bring her downe close to the Shippe and there shee did stand all night On Munday the thirtieth day in the morning we went to worke to cut the Ice with Axes and Pick-axes to get our Shippe for all about the Iland was nothing but Ice and no place to ride free neither with Shippe nor Boate. That night it pleased God that wee got her out and came away rowing with our Oares but she was exceeding leake and our Shallop too and which was worse we had neuer a Rudder to stirre our Ship withall Wee rowed all that night among the Ice The first and second dayes of Iuly we continued also rowing vp and downe among the floting and driuing Ice with little hope of recouering our Countrey The third of Iuly we had a gale of winde at North and a great current setting to the Southward Then made we fast our Ship to an Iland of Ice and went to worke and to stow her things within boord to make her stiffe for wee had neuer a whit of balast in her Then did our Carpenter make what shift he could to hang our Rudder hauing nothing conuenient in our Ship to make Gudgins nor Pintels Then were we forced to breake open our Masters Chest and to take all the Iron bands off it to make fast two Pick-axes for two Pintels and to binde our Rudderâ— withall So as it pleased God that night we hanged our Rudder hauing but two Pintels and a Cable through the middle of it to keepe it to with two tacks Then were we in good hope to get cleare of the Ice because wee had some steerage though it was but bad for before we durst beare but little sayle our Ship being so leake and her stemme so sore beaten with the rocks and Ice and hauing no steerage but were forced to rowe with our Oares till wee were all sore and weary The next day about tenne of the clocke in the morning the winde came to the West North-west and was faire weather so we steered away East and by North to get vs out of the Bay And at noone the watch being out which was the third watch that we had after we came out of the Countrey for before continually we did watch all to keepe our Shippe cleare of the Ice as neere as we could we began to Pumpe our Shippe but could not make her sucke in a thousand stroakes if she had stood but one halfe houre vnpumped Then were wee forced to vnromage our Ship to see if we could finde our leakes We soone found a great many of leakes but not that which caused vs to Pumpe so sore At the last we found it close abaft our forefoot where her keele was splintred in two or three places where the Sea came running in so fast that it was not possible to keepe her free with both our Pumps and wee could not come to it to stop it for it was vnder the timbers Then did wee take our maine Bonnet and basted it with Occom and put it ouerboord right against our leake which eased vs some foure or fiue hundred stroakes in an houre Then vpon consultation had among our selues wee resolued to shape our course towards Newfound Land to see if we could get any place to mend our Ship hoping there to meete with some English or French men At this time we had one of our men very sicke and another had his hand very sore splitted and most of vs all were so sore with rowing and pumping that we were scarce able to stirre but that we must perforce The fift of Iulie wee shaped our course for New found Land with the winde at West South-west The one and twentieth the winde was at South South-west and we fell with the Land being nothing but broken Ilands Then we stood to the Westward being in the latitude of 49. degrees and an halfe The two and twentieth was faire weather and the winde very variable and about sixe of the clocke at night the winde came to the West North-west Then we steered in among the Ilands to see if we could finde any harbour to mend our Shippe for she was very leake When we were come in among them we found nothing but broken Ilands and a great current which did set from Iland to Iland and had no ground at an hundred fathoms That night we were very sore intangled with sunken Rocks and in great danger of casting away our Ship hauing very thicke weather wherefore we kept to and fro all that night The foure and twentieth of Iuly in the morning we spied some dozen Shallops which were fishing some two leagues from vs. Then wee made what way wee could toward them c. We remained in this Bay of Fogo in repairing our Shippe and refreshing of our selues vntill the two and twentieth of August Then taking our leaues of our kinde and louing friends with giuing them most heartie thankes for their goodnesse towards vs we put forth to the Sea and with an indifferent and reasonable good passage we arriued safely in Dartmouth in Deuonshire and sent word to London vnto our owners of the losse of our Master and his three companions and of the dolefull successe of our Voyage the foure and twentieth day of September 1606. The rest of this Iournall from the death of Master Iohn Knight was written by Oliuer Browne one of the Company CHAP. XVII The fourth Voyage of IAMES HALL to Groeneland wherein he was set forth by English Aduenturers Anno 1612. and slaine by a Greenelander Written by WILLIAM BAFFIN WEdnesday the eight of Iuly 1612. in the morning I perceiued the Sunne and the Moone both very faire aboue the horizon as I had done diuers times before At which time I purposed to finde out the longitude of that place by the Moones comming to the Meridian Most part of this day I spent about finding of the Meridian line which I did vpon an Iland neere the Sea hanging at the extreames of my Meridian line two threeds with Plummets at them instead of an index and sights Thursday the ninth day very early in the morning I went on shoare the Iland being a faire morning and obserued till the Moone came iust vpon the Meridian At which very instant I obserued the Sunnes height and found it 8. degrees 53. minutes North in the eleuation of the Pole 65. degrees 20. minutes By the which working by the doctrine of sphericall triangles hauing the three sides giuen to wit the complement of the Poles eleuation the complement of the Almecanter and the complement of the Sunnes declination to finde out the quantitie of the angle at the Pole I say by this working I found it to be foure of the clocke 17. minutes and 24. seconds Which when I had done I found by mine Ephemerides that the Moone came to
at night wee were come againe into much Ice this Ice being more thicker and bigger then any wee had beene among this place where we began to be inclosed againe is sixe and twenty leagues distant from the small Iland we were at last and our true course North-west by West after wee were fast in the Ice we made but small way yet we perceiued a great tyde to set to and fro The next day wee sounded and had ground at one hundred twentie fathoms soft Osey ground standing more Northerly the next morning we had ground at eightie fathoms then the winde came to the North and we setting somewhat Southward had ground at a hundred and ten fathoms Thus seeing this great abundance of Ice in this place and the more we got to the North-west ward the shoalder it was the Ice also being foule and durtie as not bred farre from shoare our Master determined to stand to the Eastward to be certainely informed of the tide The sixt day in the morning we brake in a planke and two timbers in our Ships bow which after we had mended we proceeded for to get to the East side which we called the North shoare because it is the Land stretching from the Resolution on the North side of the Straits The seuenth day we saw the land it being but low land and the Sea is shoald in respect of other places hauing ten or twelue fathom about a league off from shoare some thirty fathoms fiue or six leagues off shore but further off some twenty or eighteene leagues there is a hundred or a hundred and fiue fathoms hauing very good channell ground as small stones shels some twelue or foureteene leagues from shoare but the further off the more Osey and also here is a very great tide runneth to the Northward which this euening we found to be the tyde of ebbe for comming with our Shippe neere the shoare about seuen a clocke we hoysed out our Boate then I with fiue other went on shoare and found it to ebbe we staied on shoare about an houre and a halfe in which time the water fell about three foote and a halfe and a South-south East Moone maketh a full Sea or halfe an houre past tenne as Sea men account we saw no signe of people to be here this yeare but in yeares heretofore they haue beene as we might well see by diuers places where their tents had stood and perchance their time of fishing was not yet come there being such great abundance of Ice as yet The eight day the winde was at West and the ninth almost calme wee reeking neere to this shoare the tenth day our Master determined to stand for Nottinggams Iland to make triall of the tide there yet the winde was at South-west so that we were forced to turne but towards night it came to the North North-west so that then we stood away to the West wards leauing the search of Nottinggams I le hauing a great swelling Sea come out of the West with the winde which had blowne which put vs in some hope the eleuenth day in the morning we saw Land West from vs but had no ground at one hundred thirty fathoms so standing along by the Land which here lay about North-west by North the next morne we were thwart of a Bay then standing ouer to the Northwards towards a faire Cape or head land which we saw in the afternoone it was almost calme and being about a league from shoare we hoysed out our Boat and sent some of our men in her to see what tide it was by the shoare and from whence it came they went from the Ship at fiue a clock and came aboord againe at eight who brought vs word that it was falling water and that it had eb'd while they were on shoare somewhat aboue two foot also they affirmed that the floud came from the Northward in this place the which we also perceiued by the setting of our Ship she setting a pace to the Northward although no whit of winde also we might see by the rocks that the water was now falne this put vs in great comfort and hope of a passage in this place Then our Master called this Cape or head land Cape Comfort for the reasons beforesaid also we had one hundred and fortie fathoms in depth not a league from the shoare and here a South by East Moone maketh a full Sea the latitude of this Cape is 65. degrees 00. min. and 85. degrees 20. minutes West from London But this our sudaine comfort was as soone quailed for the next day hauing doubled the Cape and proceeded not past ten or twelue leagues but we saw the land trending from the Cape to the Westward till it bare from vs North-east by East and very thicke pestered with Ice and the further we proceeded the more Ice and the more Northerly the shoulder water and small shew of any tide At six a clocke this afternoone we sounded had ground in oâ—e hundred and thirty fathoms soft Osey hauing had at noone one hundred fiftie fathoms This was the farthest of our Voyage being in â—he latitude of 65. degrees 26. minutes and longitude West from London 86. degrees 10. minutes for seeing the land North-east by East from vs about nine or ten leagues off and the Ice so thicke our Master was fully perswaded that this was nought else but a Bay and so tacked and turned the Shippes head homewards without any farther search The fourteenth day the winde was for the most part at South-east that we could make but small way backe againe and the next morning very foule weather we comming to an Anchor in a small Inlet neere the Cape Comfort on the North-west side thereof here wee found as on the other side a South by East Moone to make a full Sea but from whence the floud came we could not well see it being so foule weather at Sea in the afternoone the winde came to North by West then we waied and stood along to the Southwards by the shoare with a stiffe gale of winde and very hasey By the sixteenth day at noone we met with a great quantitie of Ice lying some few leagues within the point of the Land among this Ice we saw a great number of Sea Morse not seeing any more in all the Straits but here and these very fearefull not suffering a Ship or Boat to come neere them by eight a clock we were come to this Southern point which I called Sea Horse point where we came to anchor open in the Sea the better to try the tide here most apparently we found to all our companies sight that in this place the tide of floud doth come from the South-east and the ebbe from the Northwest We weighed and stood ouer with a stiffe gale of winde which continued all this day and toward night very foule weather a sore storme by tenne a clocke we were come to Anchor
want of time to stay in the Countrey may bee some let yet they may well tarry till the last of August in which space much businesse may be done and good store of Oile made neuerthelesse if store of Whales come in as no feare to the contrarie what cannot bee made in Oile may bee brought home in Blubber and the Finnes will arise to good profit Another hinderance may bee because the bottome of the Sounds will not be so soone cleere as would be wished by meanes thereof now and then a Whale may be lost the same case sometime chanceth in Greenland yet I am perswaded those Sounds before named will all be cleere before the twentieth of Iuly for we this yeere were in Whale Sound the fourth day among many Whales and might haue strooke them without let of Ice Furthermore there is little wood to bee expected either for fire or other necessaries therefore Coles and other such things must bee prouided at home they will bee so much the readier there Thus much I thought good to certifie your Worship wherein I trust you will conceiue that much time hath not beene spent in vaine or the businesse ouer carelesly neglected and although wee haue not performed what we desired that is to haue found the passage yet what wee promised as to bring certaintie and a true description truth will make manifest that I haue not much erred And I dare boldly say without boasting that more good discouerie hath not in shorter time to my remembrance beene done since the action was attempted considering how much Ice we haue passed and the difficultie of sayling so neere the Pole vpon a trauerse and aboue all the variation of the Compasse whose wonderfull operation is such in this Bay increasing and decreasing so suddenly and swift being in some part as in Wostenholme Sound and in Sir Tho. Smiths Sound varied aboue fiue Points or 56. degrees a thing almost incredible and matchlesse in all the world beside so that without great care and good obseruations a true description could not haue beene had In fine whatsoeuer my labours are or shall be I esteeme them too little to expresse my thankefull minde for your many fauours wherein I shall be euer studious to supply my other wants by my best endeuours and euer rest at Your Worships command WILLIAM BAFFIN A briefe and true Relation or Iournall contayning such accidents as happened in the fift voyage for the discouerie of a passage to the North-west set forth at the charges of the right Worshipfull Sir Tho. Smith Knight Sir Dudly Digges Knight Master Iohn Wostenholme Esquire Master Alderman Iones with others in the good ship called the Discouerie of London Robert Bileth Master and my selfe Pilot performed in the yeere of our Lord 1616. IN the Name of God Amen The forenamed ship being in full readinesse vpon the twentie sixe of March we set saile at Grauesend being in number seuenteene persons hauing very faire weather which continued till the second of April by that time we were off Portland then the winde comming Westward with foule weather we kept Sea till the fourth day then being not able to fetch Plimouth bore roome for Dartmouth where wee stayed eleuen dayes in which time was much foule weather and westerly windes The fifteenth day of Aprill being cleere of Dartmouth we were forced the next day to put into Plimouth The nineteenth day we set saile from thence and the twentieth in the morning we past betweene the Lands end and Silly with a faire winde Continuing our course as in the briefe Table or Iournall is set downe with euery particular from noone to noone that here I need not make a tedious repetition nothing worthy of note hapning but that we had a good passage and the first Land we saw was in Fretum Dauis on the coast of Groinland in the latitude of 65. degrees 20. minutes On the fourteenth of May in the forenoone then sixe of the people being a fishing came to vs to whom we gaue small pieces of Iron they keeping vs companie being very ioyfull supposing wee had intended to come to anchor but when they saw vs stand off from shoare they followed vs a while and then went away discontented to our seeming We prosecuting our Voyage were loth to come to anchor as yet although the winde was contrarie but still plyed to the Northward vntill we came into 70. degrees 20. minutes then wee came to anchor in a faire Sound neere the place Master Dauis called London Coast. The twentieth of May at euening the people espying vs fled away in their Boates getting on Rocks wondring and gasing at vs but after this night we saw them no more leauing many Dogs running to and fro on the Iland At this place we stayed two dayes in which time wee tooke in fresh water and other necessaries here we had some dislike of the passage because the Tydes are so small as not arising aboue eight or nine foot and keepe no certaine course but the neerest time of high water on the change day is at a quarter of an houre past nine and the Flood commeth from the South The two and twentieth day at a North Sunne wee set saile and plyed still Northward the winde being right against vs as we stood off and on Vpon the sixe and twentieth day in the afternoone we found a dead Whale about sixe and twentie leagues from shoare hauing all her finnes Then making our ship fast wee vsed the best meanes wee could to get them and with much toile got a hundred and sixtie that euening The next morning the Sea went very high and the winde arising the Whale broke from vs and we were forced to leaue her and set saile and hauing not stood past three or foure leagues North-westward came to the Ice then wee tacked and stood to the shoare-ward a sore storme ensued By the thirtieth day in the afternoone wee came faire by Hope Sanderson the farthest Land Master Dauis was at lying betweene 72. and 73. degrees and that euening by a North Sunne we came to much Ice which we put into plying all the next day to get through it The first of Iune we were cleere of the Ice before named and not farre from shoare the winde blowing very hard at North North-east then we put in among diuers Ilands the people seeing vs fled away in all haste leauing their Tents behinde and vpon a small Rocke they hid two young Maides or Women Our ship riding not farre off we espyed them to whom our Master with some other of our companie went in the Boate they making signes to be carried to the Iland where their Tents were close adioyning When they came thither they found two old women more the one very old to our esteemation little lesse then fourescore the other not so old The next time we went on shoare there was another Woman with a child at her back who had hid
glorious memory confirming this opinion Sir Martin Frobisher also from a Portugall in Guinie receiued intelligence of such a passage he saying he had past it The Pilots of Lisbone are said generally to acknowledge such a thing and the Admirall of D. Garcia Geoffrey Loaisa of Cite-Real in the time of Charles the fifth is reported by the Coast of Baccalaos and Labrador to haue gone to the Moluccas Vasco de Coronado writ to the Emperour that at Cibola he was one hundred and fiftie leagues from the South Sea and a little more from the North. Antonio de Herera the Kings Coronista Maior part of whose worke followeth maketh with vs also in the distances of places by him described But to produce some authority more full I haue here presented Thomas Cowles a Marriner and Master Michael Lecke Merchant and after them a little Treatise ascribed to Master Brigges together with his Map And if any thinke that the Spaniard or Portugall would soone haue discouered such a passage these will answere that it was not for their profit to expose their East or West Indies to English Dutch or others whom they would not haue sharers in those remote treasures by so neere a passage First Thomas Cowles auerreth thus much I Thomas Cowles of Bedmester in the Countie of Somerset Marriner doe acknowledge that six yeares past at my being at Lisbon in the Kingdome of Portugall I did heare one Martin Chacke a Portugall of Lisbon reade a Booke of his owne making which he had set out six yeares before that time in Print in the Portugale tongue declaring that the said Martin Chacke had found twelue yeares now past a way from the Portugall Indies through a gulfe of the New found Land which he thought to be in 59. degrees of the eleuation of the North Pole By meanes that hee being in the said Indies with foure other Shippes of great burden and he himselfe in a small Shippe of fourescore tunnes was driuen from the company of the other foure Shippes with a Westerly winde after which hee past alongst by a great number of Ilands which were in the gulfe of the said New found Land And after hee ouershot the gulfe he set no more sight of any other Land vntill he fell with the Northwest part of Ireland and from thence he tooke his course homewards and by that meanes hee came to Lisbone foure or fiue weekes before the other foure Ships of his company that he was separated from as before said And since the same time I could neuer see any of those Books because the King commanded them to be called in and no more of them to be printed lest in time it would be to their hindrance In witnesse whereof I set to my hand and marke the ninth of Aprill Anno 1579. A Note made by me MICHAEL LOK the elder touching the Strait of Sea commonly called Fretum Anian in the South Sea through the North-west passage of Meta incognita WHen I was at Venice in Aprill 1596. happily arriued there an old man about threescore yeares of age called commonly Iuan de Fuca but named properly Apostolos Valerianos of Nation a Greeke borne in the Hand Cefalonia of profession a Mariner and an ancient Pilot of Shippes This man being come lately out of Spaine arriued first at Ligorno and went thence to Florence in Italie where he found one Iohn Dowglas an Englishman a famous Mariner ready comming for Venice to be Pilot of a Venetian Ship named Ragasona for England in whose company they came both together to Venice And Iohn Dowglas being well acquainted with 〈◊〉 before he gaue me knowledge of this Greeke Pilot and brought him to my speech and in long talke and conference betweene vs in presence of Iohn Dowglas this Greeke Pilot declared in the Italian and Spanish languages thus much in effect as followeth First he said that he had bin in the West Indies of Spaine by the space of fortie yeeres and had sailed to and from many places thereof as Mariner and Pilot in the seruice of the Spaniards Also he said that he was in the Spanish Shippe which in returning from the Ilands Philippinas and China towards Noua Spania was robbed and taken at the Cape California by Captaine Candish Englishman whereby he lost sixtie thousand Duckets of his owne goods Also he said that he was Pilot of three small Ships which the Vizeroy of Mexico sent from Mexico armed with one hundred men Souldiers vnder a Captain Spaniards to discouer the Straits of Anian along the coast of the South-Sea and to fortifie in that Strait to resist the passage and proceedings of the English Nation which were feared to passe through those Straits into the South Sea And that by reason of a mutinie which happened among the Souldiers for the Sodomie of their Captaine that Voyage was ouerthrowne and the Ships returned backe from California coast to Noua Spania without any effect of thing done in that Voyage And that after their returne the Captaine was at Mexico punished by iustice Also he said that shortly after the said Voyage was so ill ended the said Viceroy of Mexico sent him out againe Anno 1592. with a small Carauela and a Pinnace armed with Mariners onely to follow the said Voyage for discouery of the same Straits of Anian and the passage thereof into the Sea which they call the North Sea which is our North-west Sea And that he followed his course in that Voyage West and North-west in the South Sea all alongst the coast of Noua Spania and California and the Indies now called North America all which Voyage hee signified to me in a great Map and a Sea-card of mine owne which I laied before him vntill hee came to the Latitude of fortie seuen degrees and that there finding that the Land trended North and North-east with a broad Inlet of Sea betweene 47. and 48. degrees of Latitude hee entred thereinto sayling therein more then twentie dayes and found that Land trending still sometime North-west and North-east and North and also East and South-eastward and very much broader Sea then was at the said entrance and that hee passed by diuers Ilands in that sayling And that at the entrance of this said Strait there is on the North-west coast thereof a great Hedland or Iland with an exceeding high Pinacle or spired Rocke like a piller thereupon Also he said that he went on Land in diuers places and that he saw some people on Land clad in Beasts skins and that the Land is very fruitfull and rich of gold Siluer Pearle and other things like Noua Spania And also he said that he being entred thus farre into the said Strait and being come into the North Sea already and finding the Sea wide enough euery where and to be about thirtie or fortie leagues wide in the mouth of the Straits where hee entred hee thought he had now well discharged his office and done the thing which he
to the South from 60. degrees of Septentrional altitude vnto fiftie three Austral which are 1977. leagues of ground which hath in breadth at the broadest 1300. and thence downewards vnto eighteene which is the narowest by Nombre de Dios or Portobelo vnto Panama whereby Nature diuided this Land leauing almost the halfe of it to the North and the rest to the South which are the two parts of these bounds The third is the Ilands and firme land that lye to the East of Mallaca where through passeth the Line of the partition betweene the two Crownes of Castile and Portugall the which although they are part of the East India they are named of the West in respect of Castile as shall bee seene in the generall Map that followeth And because the Discouerie of all these Regions from whence so great Riches haue beene brought to these Kingdomes is due vnto the Load-stone I will set downe heere a wonderfull effect of his discouered by Don Antonie Ossorio a Gentleman of Valladolid and it is that it doth communicate to the Iron more attractiue vertue then naturally it hath of it selfe seeing that applying an Iron to the part of the stone that hath most force much more weight will bee raysed with the Iron then with the stone it selfe so it bee ioyned with it in sort that to a Loadstone that weigheth no more then two pound one quarter and hath no naturall vertue for to lift more then sixe ounces weight it made the Iron in my presence to lift fourteene pound of Iron and this vertue hath not the Load-stone of Spaine a thing that causeth the Philosophers to muse much vpon The Author had here inserted a Table or Generall Map of America the defect of which wee haue supplyed with this farre more complete of Hondius HONDIVS his Map of AMERICA AMERICAE DESCRIP THe Ocean that is toward the East is called the North Sea and that which falleth to the West Mar del Sur or the South Sea this washeth Noua Hispania and Peru that washeth those Regions which are situated on the South coast of Brasile toward the Magellan Streight and especially the North coast from Brasile toward Castile and other Septentrional parts These two vast Seas are diuided into other lesser Seas and Gulfes and are sayled by foure principall Nauigations The first and most ancient from Castile to Terra firme and to Noua Hispania The second from Castile to the Riuer of Plate and the Streight of Magellan The third from the coast of Noua Hispania to Guatimala and Panama to Peru Chile and the Streight And the last and newest from Noua Hispania to the Ilands of the West and trafficke of China as it is seene in the Table preceding The first Nauigation because it is most vsed called Carrera de las Indias The course of the Indies is diuided in two one to the port of Saint Iohn of Vlua in Noua Hispania whitherto from Siuil is sayled about one thousand and seuen hundred leagues in two moneths and an halfe and another to Nombre de Dios and now to Porte bello which is in the Kingdome which they call Terra firme of one thousand and foure hundred leagues in two moneths large and both goe by one course till they come to the Ilands of the North Sea from Saint Lucar of Barrameda whence yee cannot take Sea without a Pilot skilfull in the Channell a fit winde and spring Tydes and light of the day or lights for to see the markes of the Barre The Times for to begin these Nauigations are diuers For Noua Hispania the winter being past from the beginning of April vnto the end of May and not after that they may not come to the Ilands of the North Sea after August when the North windes begin to reigne and the Vracanes doe begin which are stormes and great gusts arising of contrarie windes And to Terra firme the Nauigation is before the entring of the Winter in all August and September that they may come to Porte bello from Nouember forward when by the beginning of the North windes that Coast is alreadie least diseased and more healthfull From Saint Lucar they goe to the Canaries whither there is about two hundred and fiftie leagues of Nauigation of eight or ten dayes through the Gulfe de las Yeguas which in winter is very dangerous for stormes and in the Port of Canarie they cast anker when they thinke it good or else in the Port of Gomera which is the best of those Ilands From the Canaries they saile to Desseada which stands in 15. degrees and little more and to Dominica whither they make seuen hundred leagues through the great Ocean and they stay fiue and twentie dayes whereby they cannot returne because the Brises are ordinarie and contrarie at their returne The Brises are windes which comprehend all the Easterne windes with all their quarters and are so ordinarie and firme because the swift motion of the First Moouer doth carry after him the Element of the Aire as the other superior Orbes and so the Aire followeth alwaies the motion of the Day going from East to West neuer varying and the effectuall motion of the Aire carrieth after him also the vapours and exhalations that doe arise from the Sea and therefore the Brise winde which runneth from the East is so continuall in those parts This voyage from the Canaries to Dominica Peter Arios of Auila which was called Gentill and the Iuster made the first the yeere of 1514. when hee went with an Armie for Gouernour and Captaine generall of the Kingdome of Golden Castile now called Terra firme since which the Nauigation hath beene ordered that vntill then went out of order Because it is now ordered that fresh water and wood be not taken in the Iland of Desseada and in Dominica the Fleet of Noua Espanna goe hence to Occoa a Port of the Iland Hispan-yola to take refreshing and they stay long because the stormes from Cuba doe ouertake it And they that goe for Noua Espanna doe water in the Iland of Guadalupe and there they diuide the courses The fleet of Noua Espanna goeth in demand of the Cape of Saint Antonie which is in the furthest part and most Occidentall of the Iland of Cuba to which place they saile about fiue hundred leagues in twentie dayes ordinarily in sight of Saint Iohn of Porto Rico and of Espannola two leagues off the Port of Saint Domingo running along the coast by the Point of Nizao and betweene the Ilands of Cuba and Iamayca they goe with great heede of the shoales which are called the Iardines neere to the middest of the coast of Cuba where many ships haue beene lost passing afterward in sight of the Iland of Pinos and Cape Correntes twelue leagues short of the Cape of Saint Antonie From whence there are two courses to the Port of Venacruz both of ten or twelue dayes one which
they call Within Land of two hundred and fiftie leagues for the Summer time from May to September when there bee no North windes which are crosse windes on the coast of Yucatan whereby they passe and another which they call Without for the time of Winter of about two hundred and eightie leagues somewhat higher in altitude and the best Nauigation for to goe to the Port of Saint Iohn de Vlua is to leane to the coast of Florida and the Playnes of Almeria that no contrarie wind stay him from seasonable attayning the Port of Saint Iohn de Vlua The fleets that went from Dominica and now goe from Guadalupe to Terra firme whither is about foure hundred leagues voyage of fifteene dayes they goe in demand of Cartagena farre off the coast of Terra firme where the Brises are almost perpetuall and contrarie to the returne and the Southerne windes continuall in Summer and the Northerne in Winter which are crosse windes They doe reknowledge by the way the Cape de Vella between Santa Martha and Venezuela and the Cape del Aguja neere Cartagena where they vnlade the merchandise that are to goe to New Kingdome and those which are to passe to Peru are carried to Porte bello whitherto from Cartagena are ninetie leagues foure or sixe dayes sayling reknowledging the Point of Captina and from the Canaries to Cartagena is fiue and thirtie dayes sayling Those that goe to Hunduras and Guatemala goe in companie with them of Noua Espanna vnto Cape Tiburon the vtmost Westerne part of Espannola from whence running along by the Iland of Iamayca on the North side vnto the Point of the Negrillo the vttermost of it they put to Sea in demand of the Cape of the Camaron the beginning of the Gulfe and Prouince of Hunduras from whence they goe to anker to Truxillo fifteene leagues to the West from the Cape where the merchandize are vnladen that are to remaine there and the rest doe passe to the Port of Cauallos and to Golfo Dulce along the coast by the Gulfe of Hunduras to transport them to Guatemala THe returne from the Indies to Spaine cannot be made by the course which they take in going thither and therefore they must come to a greater height going out of the Tropicks to seeke fresh windes which doe blow from towards the North all the Fleetes doe meete in the Port of Hauana about the moneth of Iune to come to Spaine before Winter for the East winde is against them and is trauerse in the Channell and the South also is trauerse in the Coast from the Cape Saint Vincent to Saint Lucar The fleet of Terra firme departeth from May forward from Porte bello when the North windes doe alreadie cease and returneth to Cartagena to take the freight of Siluer and Gold from the new Kingdom of Granada and also for to auoid the Coast of Veragua and the streame of Nicaragua whence they can hardly get out if they ingulfe themselues by reason of the Brises and contrarie and dangerous Currents that are in the way From Cartagena they goe for Cape Saint Antonie the furthest West of Cuba about two hundred leagues voyage of ten dayes with care of the shoales that are in the way of Serrana and Serranilla and Quitasueno and from the Cape of Saint Antonie to the Auana are neere fiftie leagues and the ships that come from Hunduras doe come also to reknowledge the Cape of Saint Antonie The fleetes of Noua Espanna doe depart in the beginning of May while the North windes doe last which doe serue for the returne to the Auana ascending a little in altitude vnto the Sound which they call las Tortugas vnto which place they saile about three hundred leagues in fifteene dayes The ships of Santa Martha and Venezuela to come to Castile came out betweene Cuba and Hispaniola to reknowledge the Cape of Saint Nicholas in the Western part of it from whence through the middest of the Iles of the Lucayos they goe take the course of the fleets and when they come in sight of the Cape of Saint Antonie they goe to the Auana for feare of Pirates From the Auana to Castile hauing past the Channell of Bahama which the Pilot Antonie of Alaminos sayled first of all the yeere 1519. they doe saile through the Gulfe which is called of the North or of the Sagarzo about nine hundred or a thousand leagues or more a sayling of fiue and twentie or thirtie dayes with ordinarie windes by two wayes one for Summer in a greater height till they come to thirtie eight or thirtie nine degrees in the which stand the Ilands of Azores and another for Winter by a lesser height because of the stormes and showres which doe come alwayes neere vnto it whereby they goe vnto thirtie nine degrees no more wherein standeth the Iland of Santa Maria one of the Iles of Azores and they ascend one degree more for to touch in the Tercera where the fleets doe alwayes come to take refreshing without permitting any one to goe ashoare And from the Ilands of Azores vnto Saint Lucar of Barrameda the Mariners make three hundred leagues of Nauigation in fifteene dayes others in thirtie for the many Brises that doe reigne in this Gulfe of the Azores whereby they saile till they come vpon the Coast of Portugal and the doubling of the Cape Saint Vincent and after in sight of the Coast vnto the Port of Saint Lucar The Nauigation from Castile to the Riuer of Plata whitherto there is one thousand and sixe hundred leagues and to the Streight of Magelanes neere two thousand hath beene much longer in the time then in the distance of the way because being necessarie to come to those Prouinces in their Summer which is from September forward they cannot depart from Castile at such time as not to passe the Equinoctiall by Iune or August when in it the Calmes are many and very great and therefore they stay fiue moneths in the Voyage which might bee made in two or three if from Siuil they did depart by August or before and touching in the Canaries they goe North and South to eight or nine degrees on the other side of the Equinoctiall from whence some doe saile East and West to reknowledge the Cape of Saint Augustine in Brasile and afterward in sight of the Land vnto the Riuer of Plate and the Streight Others from the eight degrees haue gone straight through the South Sea to the Streight although few haue come to passe it before the Summer bee ended which is very short and full of stormes because it stands in so great a height whereby this Nauigation is very difficult The Nauigation of the South Sea hath alwayes beene along the Coast and because the South windes are very continuall and the Current of the Streight ordinarie to the North The Nauigation of Panama to the Citie of The Kings is wont to continue two
not to hinder the exceptions which Nature hath giuen to this Rule making some Regions of the burning Zone extremely drie The which is reported of Ethiopia and wee haue seene it in a great part of Peru where all that Land or Coast which they call Playnes wants raine yea land waters except some Vallies where Riuers fall from the Mountaines the rest is a sandie and barren soile where you shall hardly finde any Springs but some deepe Wells But with the helpe of God we will shew the reason why it rayneth not in these Playnes the which many demand for now I onely pretend to shew that there are many exceptions to naturall Rules whereby it may happen that in some part of the burning Zone it raines not when the Sunne is neerest but being farthest off although vnto this day I haue neither seene nor heard of it but if it be so we must attribute it to the particular qualitie of the Earth and also if sometimes the contrarie doth chance we must haue regard that in naturall things there happens many contrarieties and lets whereby they change and dissolue one another For example it may be the Sunne will cause raine and that the windes will hinder it or else cause more abundance then hath beene vsuall When I passed to the Indies I will tell what chanced vnto mee hauing read what Poets and Philosophers write of the burning Zone I perswaded my selfe that comming to the Equinoctiall I should not indure the violent heate but it fell out otherwise for when I passed which was when the Sunne was there for Zenith being entred into Aries in the moneth of March I felt so great cold as I was forced to goe into the Sunne to warme me what could I else doe then but laugh at Aristotles Meteors and his philosophie seeing that in that place and at that season when as all should be scortched with heat according to his rules I and all my companions were a cold In truth there is no Region in the world more pleasant and temperate then vnder the Equinoctiall although it be not in all parts of an equall temperature but haue great diuersities The burning Zone in some parts is very temperate as in Quitto and on the playnes of Peru in some parts very cold as at Potozi and in some very hot as in Ethiopia Bresil and the Molucques This diuersitie being knowne and certaine vnto vs wee must of force seeke out another cause of cold and heat then the Sunne beames seeing that in one season of the yeere and in places of one height and distance from the Pole and Equinoctiall we finde so great diuersitie that some are inuironed with heat some with cold and others tempered with a moderate heat Considering this matter generally I finde two generall causes which maketh this Region temperate the one is that before mentioned for that this Region is very moist and subiect to raine and there is no doubt but the raine doth refresh it for that the water is by nature cold and although by the force of the fire it be made hot yet doth it temper this heat proceeding onely from the Sunne beames The which wee see by experience in the inner Arabia the which is burnt with the Sunne hauing no showres to temper the violence thereof The cloudes and mists are the cause that the Sunne offends not so much and the showres that fall from them refresh both the Aire and the Earth and moisten likewise how hot soeuer it be They drinke raine water and it quencheth the thirst as our men haue well tried hauing no other to drinke So as reason and experience doth teach vs that raine of it selfe doth temper the heat and hauing by this meanes shewed that the burning Zone is much subiect vnto raine it appeares that there is matter in it to temper the violence of the heat To this I will adde an other reason which deserues to be knowne not onely for this matter but for many others for although the Sunne be very hot and burning vnder the Equinoctiall yet is it not long so as the heat of the day being there shorter and of lesse continuance it causeth not so violent a heate the which it behooues to specifie more particularly Such as are practised in the knowledge of the Spheare teach very well that the more the Zodiake is oblique and trauersing our Hemisphere the more vnequall are the dayes and nights and contrariwise where the Spheare is straight and the signes mount directly there the dayes and nights are equall And therefore in all that Region which is betweene the two Tropicks there is lesse inequalitie then without them and the more wee approch the Line the lesse inequalitie we finde the which wee haue tried in those parts Those of Quitto for that they are vnder the Line haue not throughout the whole yeere the dayes and nights more short at one season then at an other but are continually equall Those of Lima being distant almost twelue degrees finde some difference betwixt the dayes and the nights but very little for that in December and Ianuarie the dayes increase an houre or little lesse Those of Potozi finde much more difference both in Winter and in Summer being almost vnder the Tropicke But those that liue without the Tropicks finde the dayes in Winter shorter and in Summer longer the more remote they are from the Equinoctiall and come neere the Pole as wee see in Germanie and in England the dayes are longer in Summer then in Italie and in Spaine It is a thing which the Spheare doth teach and experience doth plainly shew vs. Wee must adde an other Proposition which is likewise true and very considerable for all the effects of Nature to vnderstand the perseuerance and continuation of the efficient cause to worke and mooue This presupposed if any one demand of me why vnder the Equinoctiall Line the heat is not so violent in Summer as in some other Regions as in Andelousia in the moneths of Iuly and August I will answere that in Andelousia the dayes are longer and the nights shorter and as the day being hot inflames and causeth heat so the nights being cold and moist giue a refreshing According to the which at Peru there is no such great heat for that the dayes in Summer are not long nor the nights short so as the heat of the day is much tempered by the freshnesse of the night Being a thing concluded that the two fore-named properties are common and vniuersall to all the Region of the burning Zone and yet in the same there are found some places very hot and other exceeding cold Also that the temperature is not there equall in all places but vnder one climate one part is hot another cold and the third temperate all at one season wee are forced to seeke out other reasons whence this great diuersitie should proceede in the burning Zone Discoursing therefore vpon this question I doe finde
them I caused two graues to be opened wherein was nothing found but a vessell full of the graine of Maiz and a bundle of Iucca as I haue said And demanding the cause hereof of the King and the other Indians they answered that they that were 〈◊〉 there were the labourers of the ground and men skilfull in sowing of seedes and makiâ—â— of bread and seruants to the Kings father and to the end that their soules should not dye â—ith their bodies they slue themselues at the death of the King their Master to liue with 〈◊〉 heauen and to the intent that they might serue him there in the same office they reserue that Maiz and Iucca to sowe it in heauen Whereunto I answered them in this manner 〈◊〉 how your Tuyra deceiueth you and how all that he teacheth you is false You see how 〈◊〉 so long a time since they are dead they haue not yet taken away this Maiz and Iucca which is now purified and worth nothing and not like to be sowen in heauen To this the King replied saying In that they haue not taken it away nor sowen it in heauen the cause is that they chanced â— finde enough there by reason whereof they had no neede of this To this errour many thing were said which seemed of little force to remoue him from his false opinion and especially any â—uch as at that age are occupied of the Diuell whom they paint of the selfe same forme and 〈◊〉 as he appeared vnto them in diuers shapes and formes They make also Images of Gold Coâ—per and Wood to the same similitudes in terrible shapes and so variable as the Painters are aâ—â—â—stomed to paint them at the feete of Saint Michael the Archangell or in any other place 〈◊〉 they paint them of most torrible portrature Likewise when the diuell greatly intendeth 〈…〉 them he threatneth to send them great tempests which they call Furacanas or 〈◊〉 and are so vehement that they ouerthrow many houses and great trees And I haue seenâ— Mountaines full of many and great trees that for the space of three quarters of a league the â—â—â—ntaine hath beene subuerted and the tree ouerthrowne and plucked out of the earth with 〈…〉 The gulfe of Vraba is distant from the Equinoctiall line from an hundrâ—â— and twentie to a hundred and thirty leagues and three quarters of a league after that accompt of seuenteen leagues and a halfe for euerie degree from Pole to Pole thus for a little more or lesse goeth all the coast By reason wherof in the Citie of Sancta Maria Antiqua in Dariena and in all that course of the foresaid gulfe of Vraba at all times of the yeere the daies and nights are in manner of equall length and if there be any difference betweene them by reason of this small distance from the Equinoctiall it is so little that in foure and twentie houres making a naturall day it cannot be perceiued but by the iudgement of speculatiue men and such as vnderstand the sphere From hence the North Starre is seene verie low Of diuers particular things as Wormes Serpents Beasts Foules Trees c. I Will first speake of certaine little and troublesome Beasts which may seeme to be engendred of nature to molest and vexe men to shew them and giue them to vnderstand how small and vile a thing may offend disquiet them to the end that they may remember the principall end for the which they were created that is to know their maker In manie parts of the firme Land by the which as wel the Christians as the Indians do trauaile there are such marishes waters in the way that they are faine to go without breeches among the hearbes weeds by reason wher of certain small beasts or wormes which they call Garapates much like vnto Ticks cleaue fast to their legs These worms are as little as the pouder of beaten Salt cleaue so fast that they can by no meanes be taken away except the place be nointed with oyle after that the legs be nointed a while with oyle or the other parts where these little Tickes are fastened they scrape the place with a Knife so take them away But the Indians which haue no oyle smoake them and burne them with fire and abide great paines in taking them away by this means Of other little Beasts which trouble men and are engendred in their heads or other parts of their bodies I say that the Christian men which trauaile into these parts haue them but seldome times and that not past one or two and this also very seldome For passing by the line of the Diameter where the compasse maketh difference of sailing by the winde called Greco that is North-east and Magistral that is South-west which is in the course of the Ilands of Azori they saile but a little way following our voiage by the West but that all the Lice which the Christians carrie with them or are engendred in their heads or other places of their bodies die and vtterly consume by little and little and are not engendred in India except in the heads of little children in those parts as well among the children of the Christians which are borne there as also among the naturall Indians who haue them commonly in their heads and sometimes in other parts of their bodies and especially they of the Prouince of Cuena which is a region containing more then a hundred leagues in length and embraseth the one and the other coast of the North Sea and of the East When these Indians are infected with this filthinesse they dresse and cleanse one another And they that exercise this are for the most part women who eate all that they take and haue herein such dexterity by reason of their exercise that our men cannot lightly attaine thereunto There is also another thing greatly to be considered and this is how the Christian men being there cleane from this filthinesse of India as well in their heads as the rest of their bodies yet when they returne to come againe into Europe and begin to arriue in that place of the Ocean Sea where we said before that these Lice died and forsooke them sodainely in their repassing by the same clime as though these Lice had tarried for them in that place they can by no meanes auoide them for the space of certaine daies although they change their shirts two or three times in a day These Lice are at the first as little as Nits and grow by little and little vntill they be of the bignesse that they are in Spaine This haue I oftentimes proued hauing now foure times passed the Ocean Sea by this voiage Beside these wormes and vermin wherof we haue spoken there is another little mischieuous worm which we may number among the kindes of Fleas this Pestilence the Indians call Nigua and is much lesse then a Flea it pearceth the flesh of a man and so
rung on it 275.30 New-yeares feasting like to our Christmasse lasts fifteene dayes 374.60 New-yeares gifts 343.30 New-yeares gifts in China 202 10 Nicaragua Prouince in the West Indies the Iurisdiction Commodities Tributary Indians Lake of that name Cities Riuers c. 880 Nicenesse ridiculous 375.20 Nidrosia is Dronten in Norway 651.30 A Prouince it is 660.1 Saint Nicholas the Russes great Saints his three hundred Angels 452.50 Saint Nicholas day how kept in Russia 553.40 Saint Nicholas the towne in Russia in 63. degrees 50. minutes 415 Nicolo and Maffio their Voyages to the Tartars 65.50 66. sons Ambassadours from Cublai Chan to the Pope 66.40 Returne to Tartary 67.40 They goe into India 68.20 Night none at all where 218.60 483.10 574. c. Night none in Greenland from May the three and twentieth to Iune the fourth 716.40 Night none in ten weekes together 580.50 Night one and twenty houres long 613.20 For three moneths together 617.40 Nights long in Island 647.30 When and when no night at all ibid. Night shall be as cleere as the day say the Chinois 275.50 Night see day Nightingales sweetest in Russia 415 10 Night-Sparrowes fight with the Bats in the West Indies 995 50 Nigua a small Indian Verminâ— bites off mens feet c. 975.50 Nilus in Norway 630.60 Nine a number of esteeme in Tartary 84.60 The reason 112.50 113.20 Nyse-Nouogrod in Russia 231 Nixiamcoo in China taken by the Tartars 278.30 Noahs Arke where it rested 50.10 The City Câ—mainum or Eight built in memory of it ibid. Armenian Fables of those Hilles ibid Noble Families decayed relieued by the Prince in Tartary 88 10 Nobles of Russia oppresse the people 421 60. They exercise absolute authority 422.40 The priuiledge lost ibid. Nobility of Russia their foure sorts 423.40 The ancient Houses enforced to write themselues the Emperours Villaines ibidem How still kept vnder and made away 424. The Names of the chiefe Families 424.50 The second degree of Nobles 425.1 The third and fourth degrees 425.30 Nobilitie of Russia are sometimes made Bishops They change their names then 769.20 Slaine 770 780.20 Nobilitie and power not suffered to meete in Ruâ—sia 436.40 Nobilitie of the Crim Tartars their Seruice in the Emperours Warres with two Horses 441 Nobilitie of China 346.50 Nocueran a Sauage Iland of Spices 104.10 Nombre de Dios first peopled and discouered distance from Porto bello 883.1 Noone sacrificed vnto in Mexico 1049.20 North not alwayes the coldest and why 472.30 474.10 North parts of Europe last peopled 661.50 North-starre from about the Aequinoctiall Line is seene very low 975.1 North-starre not seene in Iaua Maior 103.30 Where seene againe 106.20 North wind causes Raine in Africa 922. Where misty and vnholesome 923.10 c. North winds at certaine Monthes 307.50 308.40 North Sea which 858.1 The seuerall courses of Nauigation in it ibid. 600. iles in it 860.50 North and South Seas of the West Indies but eight leagues distant why not let one into another Where each begins 929. The Tydes of both rise encounter and retire at the same time 930.20 Northerne Seas and Passages why so long concealed the occasion of discouering that way 462.40 North Cape 223.10 The latitude 699.60 marg North Cape the variation there 574 60. The latitude 58.20 Northerne Passage beyond 80. degrees the probabilitie of it What ship conuenientest to discouer it 731.10 Voyages and Obseruations towards the North Pole 699 700. c. North-east Passages giuen ouer 463.20 North-east parts the right way to discouer them 529.40 North-west Passages attempted 463.20 The commodity of it 806 North-west Passage the greatest hopes of it 811.1 813.40 841.30 Discouered as farre as the latitude of 65. Deg. 26. Min. by Baffin 841.40 Hope 's another way 843. marg Sir Thomas Button satisfied the King concerning the hopes of the Passage 848.40 A Discourse about the probabilities 848.849 Concealed by the Spaniard 849. A Treatise of it by M. Brigges 852 Norus the manner of Norway 659 40 Norway some of the Coasts described 518. Barren 630.60 Norway sometimes subiect to England 621.50 Seuerall Expeditions of the English Kings thither 623. The King of Norway inuades England 623.20 Trafficke betwixt England Norway 623. Matthew Paris his Voyage thither ibid. Norwegians Expedition to the Holy-Land ibid. Monasticall Houses and Orders destroyed there and reformed 624. Peopled by King Arthur out of Brittaine 624.40 Norwegian Iles peopled by Brittaines 619.30 The people setled here ibid. Norwegian Antiquities some 656 40. 661.20 Norwegians their first breaking out and their exploits 644.50 Nosegayes a great present in India 958.60 Nosegay of Siluer giuen for a Reward 293.30 Noua Albion of Sir Fran. Drake 849.1 Noua Hispania first discouered why so named it is the North Indies the Natiue Commodities of it 860.30 40 Noua Hispania called the best Countrey in the World a high Land 935.60 Rich in pastures 937.60 The temperature Graine Siluer Mynes c. 870.40 The customes of the people 1000 Noua Zembla discouered 463.20 The Sea frozen there 473.50 Nothing green in it 474.1 How farre from the Low Countries 474.20 Why so cold 527.50 And why that way vnpassable 528.1 No passage that way to the East Indies 577.30 See also 578.40 579.30 The Hollanders misplace it in their Maps 579.40 Called Costing Sarch ibid. Whence the Ice comes thither 579.30 The Eleuation and Decliâ—ation of the Sun there 474.30 c. Ice there in Iuly and August 477.10 Ilands by it 478.60 The length of it 498 60. The difference in longitude from Venice 500.30 The longitude of Noua Zembla ibid. The distance from Russia 514.50 Day and Night for many Moneths together there 494. 505 The stretch of the Land from one point of the Coast to another exactly set downe and so forth to Russia 509 Nouda in China taken by Portugals 258. The rich spoyle 259 Noueltie China will admit none 197.10 Nouogrode or Gratanoue 214 10 Nouograd in Russia as bigge as London 418.60 The vsurping Slaues defeated here by the Whip 419.10 Noyses horrible in Island whence 649.1 Nunez the Iesuite his landing in China 319.40 His reportes of China ibid. Nunnes of the Gentile Indians 1034.20 They were either sacrificed or made Concubines ibid. And in Mexico and their Offices ibid. By what the people ghessed that the Nunne had bin dishonest ibid. Nunnes of the Chinois 274.40 Nunneries in the Greeke Church 449.20 Noble women thrust into them ibid. O O Come let vs worship c. The Psalme said before the Psalmes for the Day in the Russian Seruice-booke as we do 450 Oares like fishes finnes 354.20 Oathes of seuerall Nations 202 50 Oath of olde Island the manner 665.10 Oath of the Chinois 258.30 Oathes Witnesses in China not examined vpon and why 188.20 202.50 Oath vpon the Crosse 434.10 Vpon the Crosse and the Euangelists 795.1 Oath vpon the holy Fount 783.20 40. Vpon Wheate Eares 264.30 Oathes taken in Temples 397 40 Ob the Riuer in the
where and how made 72.10 Spoone the Russian Nobility weare at their Girdle 459.40 Spots blacke seene in the via lacteâ— where 918.40 Spring of water which conuerts it selfe into a stone kils those that drinke of it 894.20 Another Spring conuerted into white Salt ibid. Spring of fresh water in the sea 997 30. On the top of a hot Spring ibid. Springs of seuerall vertues 933.20 c. Some congealing its owne water into stone Others sending forth Pitch Others becomming good Salt Some good for the French Poxe and why Another fuming out smoke some of the Colours of Inke or Bloud 933 Spring-tydes whaâ— 930.1 Spring why it comes on a sudden in very cold Countries 415.10 Squirrels that flye 418.1 Stad in Norway 518. The latitude 52â— 30 Staffe falling this way or that way Why of old accounted a direction 657.30 Stanfew harbour where 212.10 Starres begotten of the Gods 274 30. They dye when Starres fall ibid. Seuerall Stars worshipped by the Mexicans their â—dde conceits of them 1027.40 More and greater in our Northerne Heauens then in the Indies 918 20 Starres continually seene in the day time where and when 496 50 Start Iland one of the Orkneyes 810.10 The latitude States Iland 478.10 481.30 Many Hares there ibid. The Sea frozen there 482.10 Stealing one of the eight Commandements among the Tartars 443 10 Stealing how punished amongst them 79.30 Steele-glasses where made 72 Stephanoâ—etia or Iaffi the chiefe Towne of Walachia 633.1 Sticks instead of meate-forkes 180 201.30 Stock-fish instead of Money 616 40 Stone in Groneland to make pots which the fire cannot hurt 520.1 40 Stones mighty ones in a Bridge 294 40 Stones round and hollow and fowles hanged in them 600.1 Stone-workeâ— of the Indians 1056 1.10 Stones cast out of burning Mountaines in Groneland 610.40 They make Lâ—me and walls indissoluble ibid. Stone a disease vnknowne in China 391.50 Stone Disease a remedy for it 988.20 China good for it 953 60 Stones medicinable for the Spleene Mâ—lt Kidneyes and Flixe where 867.50 Storax where it growes 959.40 Stoues in Island the manner 663.1 And in Groneland 651.40 Strangers made Slaues in Tartary 443.10 Strangers not willingly suffered in Russia 433.10 Strangers prouided against in China 197.20 Why not admitted into China 268.10 The custome of China concerning them 39â— Strangers in China haue a Gouernour â—19 50 Why so suspected there 359.30 Strangers of what sorts are admitted China 399. Being once in must not goe out againe ibid. Stratageme a fine one of distressed Tartars 102.40 Another of theirs to finde the way in the darke 107.20 Stratageme of the Tartars against the Soldan 122.60 Stratagemes of the Crim Tartars vpon the Hungarians and in their owne Inuasions 440.30 50 Of Demetrius the Russiâ—n to rayse a siege 757.10 Of the Spaniaâ—ds to follow one another in the darke vnseene to their Enemies 983.20 Of the Mexicans 1016 50. A prety story vpon that 1017.1 Streame of Riuers still aboue and swift at the bottome 1056.30 Streets plâ—nked and not paued 419 10 Streight of land but eight leagues betweene the North and South Seas Streights Magellane are not Streights but broken Ilands Streights of Florida but imagination 929 Streight of Mecca or the Red Sea 252.50 in marg Stromo one of the Ilands of Farre 582.10 Students free from tribute 381 10 Sturgeons store and cheape in Russia 231.10 233.1 30 Style of the Russian Emperour his and his Subiects pride in it Quarrels for not repeating it all 421.40 50 Style ridiculous of the great Chans Letters 45.50 c. 46 Style of the King of China 254 40 256.1 258.40 260 20 Su-moal 40 Su in Tartarian is water Subo the Iland 285.50 Christiaâ—â— ibid. Sucana Riuer 224.1 Succuir the City described 164.30 Suceu in China another Venice 343.10 Described ibid. Sucheo in China the incredible trading there and tribute it payes 363.20 Sueui Hiberi the people in Tartaria not subiect to the Tartars 2.20 Sugar cheape in China 365.10 great store 411.20 Sugar-houses in China 270.20 Sugar how refined 101.30 Sugar-canes first carried to the West Indies 860.60 Suiskoy the Russe takes part against Demetrius the Impostor is taken and pardoned by him 757.40 Conspires against Demetrius kils him 763.10 His Oration to the Lords he â—s chosen Emperour of Russia 763.50 764.40 His care of the English ibid. His letters to King Iames describing his Predecessours Acts 765. Other writings of his name ibid. in margine Iâ—â—eighâ—s against the King of Poland ibid. 766.767 Cals himselfe Vaâ—lâ— Euanowâ—ch 769.10 Crowned ibid. Chosen by lot and the manner of it 769.60 Makes away the Nobility and consults with Witches Sends an Embassage into Poland to complaine and threaten Aided by the English and Sweden 770. 771. A second Impostor Demetrius sâ—t vp against him 770. Forsaken he renounces the Empire it giuen into the hands of the Pole who imprisons him in Poland where he dyes 780 Sumbreroâ—es vsed in China 394 40 Sumerkent or Astracan the Village vpon Volga in 46. degrees of latitude 48. marg Sumhepadan a Riuer 260.50 Summer and winter when they beginne and end in Brasill 903 40 Summer and Autumne not discernable in the Ilands of Barlouente and why 938.10 Sunne and Moone vsed for Engsignes by the Tartars 82.1.40 Sunne is the Chinois chiefe Deity 148.30 The King stiles himselfe Lord of the World and Child of the Sâ—nne 152.50 The Ceremonies performed to it by the Chinois before their Feasts 302.20 Sunne worshipped in Groneland 820.10 Adored by the Mexicans 1027.10 Pretily denyed by an Indian 1028.40 His Image 1032 Sunne seene both night and day in Noua Zembla where it beginnes to doe so 505.1 Sunne fiue Degrees 35. Minutes high at midnight 574. seuen degrees high in what heigth of the Pole 575.20 576.40 580 Sunne going downe North and rising North North-east where and when 596.30 Sunne but little aboue the Horizon in Winter where and when 494 20.30 Where it riseth and setteth there ibid. When it appeared no more there ibid. The Moone after that seene continually ibid. When the Sunne began to appeare againe 499 60. A Philosophicall discourse vpon it 500 Sunnes three foure Raine-boweâ— at once 483.10 Suoliâ—tan in Persia 70.50 Supererrogation beleeued in China 271.10 Superstitious Religion best agrees with tyrannicall gouernment 422 10 Surgouâ— Towne vpon the Riuer Ob what Nations trade thither 552.10 The Russian Emperours Customes of Merchants there for one yeare ibidem Surplâ—sse the Priests in Russia â—iâ—ested with it at their Ordination 447.50 And worne in Seruice time at Church 448 Swallowes found in the bottome of the Sea which reuiued at the fire 626.1 Sweden Villanage 631.10 They sell their Tenants Daughters for Salt ibid. Swiftnesse admirable in some Tartars 33.50 Swords of wood with edges of flint 1129.40 Their strength and making ibid. Sword-fish described 988.30 T TAbab a mightie Riuer 526 1 Tabasco Prouince in the West Indies the tribute of Cacao paid by the
Barge Glorious Varnish Abundance of all colours in Iapon and China Painted Figures Very great Oares and the excellent vse of them Musike Manner of petitioning the King Eunuch estranged They stayed three months Lincin This was the thirteenth of October Couetousnesse iniurious Images A Crosse and Reliques A Chalice A Crucifixe Suspicion Dying dreadfull The force of Winter This was till the bâ—ginning of Ianuarie 1601. The King sends for them Their iourney They came to Paquin in 4. dayes trauell The present is deliuered to the King Clockes and Pictures admired They are sent for to the Court. Eunuches are taught to vse the Clockes The Pictures The King of China his questions Three kindes of Kings The Escuriall Saint Markes Sepulchers Death of King Philip the 2. The King neuer suffereth himselfe to be seene of the common people Bad Picture-drawers Eunuches preferred Iesuites offered to be Mandarins A Moneth Mandarin offâ—nded They are shut vp some three moneths Mandarins Petition A Turke kept there They hyer an House Visited by Mandarins China ignorance oâ— the worâ—d Vse of Maps Ill Cosmographie Ignorance mother of arrogance Mathematicks Ethikes Foure months Hopes of Christianitie The basenesse of the Bonzi Indeuotion Almost Atheists Bookes of Philosophers aboue 2000. yeeres old Sacrifices to Philosophers Some Christians made there Closensse of Women Some relations of Conuersions are heere for breuitie omitted Multitude of people Desire of Learning and Morall vertue Marke this zeale China foure square The Description Two notable errours of our newest Maps Paquin in 40. degrees The Kingdom of China goeth not past 42. degrees North-ward China and Catayo are all one Cambalu and Paquin aâ—e all one Very Merchants It is so in Moscouie Iasper stone a great merchandise· x Almizcte Span. the Latin hath Muske y Como buche Span Latin Stomachum Rhubarb See before in Chaggi Memet p. 164 A Sea of sand Diuision Chorographicall Bookes Chinâ— populous Villages as great as Townes Walls Nanquin in 32. degrees and an halfe Three walls Streets long Palaces Circuit 200000. houses Hancheo and Sucheo Quinsay Ciuitas coeli Reuenue Building not beautifull compared with European Vniformitie in China Cities Fertilitie Commodious Riuers In 600. leagues but one day by land This is more exactly measured by Ricius a more exact and mature obseruer of all things sup §. 5. cap. 5. Mighty Riuer perhaps Quâ—â—n mentioned by Polo Fishing with a kinde of Rauens or Cormoraâ—ts Muddy Riuer Alume vsed in clarifying of water Shipping Ship-houses Multitude of ships The excellent beauty of the Mandarines Barges Tributes in money and in kinde 10000. Vessels at Nanquin for Tribute of Victuals and 1000. for other Tributes and others many for workes Path-way of ships Sluces or locks Silkes and perfumes Vessels for workes Siluer in greatest request in China The great store of merchandise in China Cheapnesse A caution for strange Merchants Victuall store and cheape Sixe pence One halfpeny Herbs Two and three Haruests in one yeere Plaine Countrey Plaine of 100. leagues Spare feeding Herb-eaters Horses eaten Wines diuers Neatnesse Iesuites Benefit of hot drinke Oile made of an herbe Cold Prouinces Timber plenty Much Gold to be bought in China Brasse money vsed in China * Sarcos laâ— ferruginei Trades Seruants cheape Sale of children vile None very rich Yet as rich as ours very rich Few idle Surnames Knights Nobilitie only in Learning No Lord but the King Extortion Marriage Polygamie Inheritance Funerals and mournings Three yeares mourning in white Linnen Keeping the dead at home Other Funerall Rites Funerall day Funerall Figures Coffâ—n Buriall place Vnluckie to burie in the Citie Transition of soules Metempsuchicall Superstion Idolatrie Of Hell See in Pinto Lots Wicked Bonzi Diuiners and diuinations Studies to prolong life Bookes of Alchimie Souldiers many and few Basenesse Armour and Armes The barrels of their Pieces but a span long The causes of bad Souldiers dis-respect dis-use and their choise from the tonâ—â—e Exercises Militarie No Ordnance Tartarian conquest Feare of Tartars Mahometans No weapons in houses Not bloudie Studious Many Characters Monosyllable language Pensil-writing Rhetorike sole Art Here followed of their Degrees which is more exact in Trigantius and therefore here omitted Glory of Doctors They Print yeerely great store of bookes in China Easie Printing Printing white Most can write and reade Pootrie Painting and Musicke Noble Spirit of the Mandarins Sinceritie of some The present Kings disposition Heroike zeale Kings Wiues and Children Question of the Successor Thousands of Court Mandarins The Prince Proclaimed Gouernment good if well executed Lawes lawlesse Bribes Dance in a Net naked Court Mandarins Chiefe Mandarin or of Heauen See or these after in the diâ—course of Riccius and Trigantius The second The third c. Counsell of State or the Colai Their wealth and wages meane Whipping State and pompe Visitors Punishment by death rare The great frosts of Winter in Paquin Bookes of newes Complements of courtesie and entertainment That which is in a little letter is added out of Trigautius * When they salute in the street they turne to the North side to side at home to the head of the house which is against the doore Northward also their Temples and Halls for entertaynment being made with the doore to the South Cha or Chia a drinke made with a certaine herbe Paytre or visiting paper These Libels consist of 12. pages of white paper a palme and halâ—e long c. see Ric. pag. 66. Salutation or visitation-garments Taking leaue Head place of the house Great Letters for great persons First acquaintance Sending Presents Banquetting Inuitations Feasts to taste and bride it Chinois Complemental and almost all complement New-yeere A Turke dis-respected The Hierarchy applauded by Chinois Ridiculous nicetie Palace Polygamie litigious Closenesse of Women Apparell Small feet Histories of their Kings Knowledge of the Flood Moralitie made a King and Nature made a Mandarine contrary to innumerable Scripture c. Mathematicall Instruments The China vindex New Lords new Lawes Rebellion preuented by the policie Reuenue 100. Millions others say 150. Expences Nâ—ighbour Kingdomes Corea or Corai A Paradoxe Contentednes Corea ioyned to the Continent of China Queenes closenesse Eunuches The yard and all cut away Their numbers and choice Seruice Ignorance Couetousnesse The common people neuer see nor speake with the King Law of Nations contemned Embâ—assages Royall Palace Yellow is the Kings Colour Riuer and Bridges Fire from Heauen No peace to the wicked Mounts and Groues Third partâ—tion King a home Prisoner Temple of Heauen and Earth Barbarous vsage of the Kings Children Kings Affinitie and Consanguinitie little worth Maps of China Here in the author begins l. 1 cap. 2. the first being a place The diuers names of this Kingdome The China custoâ—â— of changing names yet this name China Sina or Cathay vnknowne to them Conceit of the Earths forme The Kings Title Largenesse of the Kingdome of China The temperate Climate * Some say many more see the Map and notes Chap. 3.
The commodities of China Fruits of all sorts Flesh for food Passages by water Store of shipping and water dwellers Horses Fish Wilde beâ—sts Cotton Sale of cloth Metalls Porcellane Glasse Buildings Hard Timber and Reeds Sea-cole Rhubarb China Muske Salt Sugar Home-waxe Paper Their drinke Cha Chia or Cia Sandaracha a rich Varnish Spices Chap. 4. Of their Arts in China This is not to be vnderstood of Temples c. as may appeare by Nanquin Temple c. Printing Antiquitie and manner of it Another way Painting grauing founding Bells Musicall Instruments Want of Hour-glasses Clocks and Dials Comedies Seales Various substance esteemed lâ—berall Inke-making Pensils in stead of Pens Fannes Cap. 5. Monosyllable Language as also our proper English is almost wholly 70000. Characters Equiuocations Fiue Accents Hardnesse of China Speech Eloquentia fine eloquio Many Nations and Languages haue the same Characters Court Language Their writing Morall Philosophie Confutius His heroike honours Mathematikes Phoenomena Colledges Eclipses Physicians Confutius his fiue Bookes Tetrabiblion No Vniuersity Degrees Tihio the Proposer Sieucai a Bachelors degree or as Master of Art with vs. Ornaments Their Priuiledges The second degree Kiugin as Licentiates or Bachelors in Diuinitie if we compare them with ours Examinâ—rs Palace of examination Dayes of Examination Theames giuen Seuen writings Care to auoid corruption Creation and Priuiledges Third degree as of Doctors called Cinfu Colai First and second place gloriou Ambition will be highest or nothing Military degrees Threefold tryall Chap. 5. Polo hath related the Conquest of Mangi by Cubla Can whose successor and perfecter haply of that Conquest was Temur or Tamor sup 83. 126. about 100. yeares before Tamerlane yet it seemes they were not fully subiect for Mandeuile serued in the warâ— of Echiant Can against Mangi sup 135 till Tamerlane of whom seâ— sup 154. But to ascribe it to Tamerlane and to end the Tartars Reigne at 1368. argues small skill in History of the Tartars Tamerlane then beâ—ng but young if so soone borne The time how euer is 〈◊〉 â—â—â—-reckoned Magistrates Quonfu and Lau Ye or Lau Sie Mandarin a Portugal name Kings Reuenues 150. Millions How dispensed Bookes of Officers 1. Li pu or Court of Magistrates 2. Ho-pu 3. Li-pu 4. Pimpu 5. Cumpu 6. Himpu The President or Ciam Ciu. Cilam Colai or Counsell of State Choli and Zauli Magistrates extraordinary See Pantoia Colledges Han lin Yuen Cause of the remouing the Seat Royall from Nanquin to Pequin Prouinciall Gouernment Pucin-su Naganzasu Tauli Diuision of Prouinces Regions or Shires Ceu and Hien Title fu mistaken Cifu Cihien and Ciceu Appeales Tutam Cia yuen or Chaen Militarie commands Magistrates fees Robes and Ornaments See in Goes Cap. 4. Vmbelle Conâ—entednes Philosophers Empire Beautie of Order No Office aboue 3. yeeres Appearing at Pequin Seuere Iustice 4000. Iudges iudged 1. Couetous 2. Cruell 3. Remisse 4. Rash. 5. Vngouerned Care to preuent rebellions factions and bribes Strangers Weapons Brawles Succession and royall kindred Cap. 7. Courtesie in mutuall veneration and circumspect behauiour to others Side-reuerence Respect of persons See Thaosos Epistle sup 344 Visiâ—ing one another Tedious courtesie China banquetting Feeding Hot drinke The Stone vnknowne in China which so tormenteth Europeans both in the Kidney Vreters Bladder this last depriued me of my honorable Patron and best friend B. King Anno 1621. and Anno 1622. Master Bifield my neighbour the painefull Minister at Thistleworth dyed of a Stone which I weighed and found a miracle in Nature much aboue 32 Ounces whiles these our China relations are in the Presse therefore here mentioned My selfe also hauing stone passions am therefore not stonie in compassion The Guests courtesie to the Host. Sipping oft not drinking one draught King obserued Petitions New yeere New Moone Birth-day Kings colour yellow Sun-like Dragons The Palace and gates Kings gate Time Title Widowes Old men Arches Pequin Funerals of Kings Honour of Magistrates * As in the doulia and latria of Saints worship and that of God Honour of parents See in Pantoia of Funeralls and mournings Mourning by booke Buriall Marriages Sur-names few In England antiently were few or none See Cam. Remaines Affinitie and conâ—anguinity Portion Birth-day Virilis pileus Candlemas Fire-workes Cap. 8. Chinois persons descriâ—ed Women Haire Rings Apparell Name-ceremonies Women haue none Fathers name Schoole-name Letter-name Grâ—â—t name Religious name Greater thâ—n Christian name Seales of Magistrates Seats in which they are carryed on mens shoulders Boates ships Masters respect Games Chesse Theft punishment Chap. 9. Obseruation of times Two fold Almanacke Impostors Diuinations and telling of Fortunes Strength of imaginations Deuils consulted Dreames of Dragons Geologers Augurie Cruell vices and vnnaturall Chinois Child-selling Child-killing Pittilesse pitie Transmigration of soules Selfe-slayers Eunuches Whip-killing Slauish feare Kings kindred China suspicions Strangers contemned Souldiers base Studies of Alchimie and long life Chap. 10. China Gods What pitie is it that Lutherans and Caluenists may not aswell be saued without the Pope as these Idolaters without God and Christ and worshipping that which by Nature is not God God supposed the souâ—e of the world Persians had no Temples Two Temples Royall King high Priest Magistrates inferiour Obite Confutius Temple and Rites Temple of tutelar Sprrits Tribunall Temple Oath of Magistrates Fiue combinations Second Sect began A.D. 65. Democritians Sythagorâ—ans Likâ—nesse of Popish riâ—es and those of China in opinion oâ— â—esâ—iteâ— Many and costly Temples Steeples Bells Images Their Priests many and miserable Monasteries Innes Râ—demption of wilde creatures See Pâ—nâ—â—s Riuer faire Fasters Nicu or Nuns Third Sect. Lye of Lauzu Leus Legend See before of Leus Hill neere the great Lake Way to fooles Paradise Ciam Prelate Multiplication of Sects This is also testified by Mons. de Monfart Many Mahumetans in China Christians See sup in Pinto 269. See sup pag. 115 Siaâ— Chaifamfu Iew at Pequin his report Israelites dispersion Iewes at Hancheu 1. Tim. 4.8 Io. 4.23 24. 1. Cor. 1.21 17. 1. Cor. 2.1 2 3. Haiton c. 1. Tâ—m 1. l. 4. c. 1. 2. 3. The Chinois iealous of Strangers Benefit of this Map in confuting others Coray no Iland * Perhaps this is Sciansi n These leagues seeme doubtfull Pequin o This note of degrees is false if the Iesuits be true and I thinke rather â—he guesse of the Portugall Interpreter then that there was any such note in the Map For the Chinois were scarsly so good Cosmographers to obserue degrees p Sciantum q Honan· r Or Quicheu Nannuin Iacâ—â— Conâ—â—ellâ—tionum Trig. Epist. Note of Souldiers Peeces Pantoia mistaken perhaps the Printers fault Pictures Prouinces and their names * Three or 4. to the South-west Degrees Quian * Mandeuile oâ—hers speake of the irregularitie of Caramoran P. Pil. l. 4. c. 12. §. 2. Riâ—ij Expedition l. c. 13. Atrium Kings Throne reuerenced and guarded Elephants * See the like sup 23. Rites to the Throne Kings politike pietie Their libertie and allowance
445. 1583. Sir H. Gilbert Hak. to 3. p. 143. 1585. Master Dauis Hak. to 3. p. 98. seq 1586. 1587. Fretum Dauis Hak. Tom. 1. pag. 297. 25. 1553. 1578. 25. 1594. These Voiages follow 1595. 1596. I haue by me a French Storie of Spitsbergh published 1613 by a Dutchman which writeth against this English allegation c. but hotter arguments then I am willing to answer William Hudson Discouereth to 81. Degrees Whale Bay Hackluits Headland Hudsons Toutches Thomas Welden 1609. Thomas Edge the Author 1610. Ionas Poole first Namer of Greenland * See Bâ—ffins North-west Discouerie Vnicorne a Sea fishes Horne 1611. First Whale-killing Biscayners vsed 500. Morses killed Shipwracke by Ice Hull Ship Cherie Iland Ship ouer set 1612. Hollanders Allen Sallowes Spanish Ship Woodcocke Imprisoned 1613. Beniamin Ioseph Fifteene ships Intâ—rlopâ—rs Hope Iland 1614. Thirteen â—hâ—ps and two Pinnâ—ssâ—s armed Eighteene Dutch ships 80. Degrees discouered Sherwin and Baffin 1615. Fast in Ice in Iune fourteene dayes King of Denmarke demands Toll Vn English English to serue Dutch Spanish Dane against their owne 1616. Edges Iland 1617. Witches Iland Hull men 1618. Zelanders Marmaduke Sir Iohn Cunningham East India Aduenturers ioyne Dutch assault the English 1619. 1620. 1621. 1622. Shipwracke * The ordinarie growne Whale Finnes Small eyes Some kinds haue greater Stow mentions one taken on Tenet shoare the eye of which was a Cart-loade a man might stand in the hole vpright The like wee may ghesse of the throat c. Nature being herein luxuriant and diuersified You may see this Story of the Whale-killing presented liuely in the Map which Captaine Edge hath liberally added to this Relation Whale Finnes Eight kinds of Whales known 1. Grand bay Whale 2. Sarda 3. Trumpa Spermacoete 4. Otta Sotta 5. Gibarta 6. Sedeua 7. Sedeua Negro 8. Sewria Antiphrastical appellation I haue found this description of Greenland with other notes written by Ro. Fotherby Deere Yet in China euen neere the Sea and farre neerer the Sun betwixt 30. and 40. the Winters are extreme â— Foth * Prolegomena ad Hudsoni Detect edit Amstelodami per Hos. Gerard. 1611. A thing not continued cannot bee effected All things are effected in conuenient time The first finding is hard but the second attempt is easier A comparison of the heate vnder the line with the cold vnder the North Pole The resoluâ—e intent and opinions of William Barents Iune 5. The particulars beeing knowne to many of our Mariners I omit Langenes Lombsbay Admirals Iland Cape Negro Black point Williams Iland Sea-horses oâ— Morses Beeren-fort white Beare terrible Iland of Crosses Cape Nassaw Cape Trust. Ice point Gold Stones Orange Ilands Morses described There returne backe againe Oliuer Brunell Blacke Iland Crosse-point Saint Laurenâ—â— Bay Sconce point Colgoyen Matfloe and Delgoy They meet with their companie States Iland Iames Hemskerke famous for the Gibralter exploit Image point Samoyeds land Traen Bay They goe oâ— Land Images They speake with Samoyeds Sea open Samoyeds apparell Haire person stature Their King Their Sleds Departure Image Hundreds of ill shapen Images States-Iland A Beare killâ— two men Her stoutnesse They kill the Beare Twist-point Matfloe and Delgoy Iune Three Sunnes and foure Rain-bowes The like hath beene seene in England about the time this worke entred the Presse Ice Greene water Beares or Cherie-Iland Egges Danger escaped Variation of the Compasse Great white Beare Fight with her Beares skin 12. foot long Dead Whale 80. Degrees and 11 minuts Another fight with a white Beare Beares skin 13. foot long Red Geese Egges Red Geese breed their young Geese vnder 80. Degrees in Greenland Fable of Barnacles Note Beare assaults them Variation of the Compasse 16. Degrees Store of Birds Iuly Cherie-Iland They part companie Willoughbies Land conceited from some Maps Noua Zembla Admirals Iland Crosse Iland in 76. degrees 20. minutes Two Beares Their sent Variation 26. degrees perhaps 16. August Point Nassaw Trust-point Ice 52. fathom deepe Snow Beares assault Icie thunder Beare killed Orange Iland Point Desire Earth on the top of Azure Ice Boat broken with Ice Inclosed with Ice Escape of three men Ship lifted vp and beset with Ice Another danger Rother broken September Riuer of fresh water and Wood. Ship fastned in Ice They determine to winter there How God in our extremest need when we were forced to lie all the Winter vpon the Land sent vs Wood to make vs a house and to serue vs to burne in the cold Winter Three Beares It freezeth in the salt water two fingers thicke in â— night House builded Hard and violent frost Ground not to be thawed May-pole of Snow Extreme Snow Hence it may seeme that the course of the Tides and Sea is from the North. Beere melted Sea couered with Ice Beare assaultâ— the ship Barrels and Iron hoopes broken with Ice All come to the House Fight with Beares White Foxe Beares fat for Lampe Nouember Sun Moone Sun riseth South South-east and goeth downe South South-west not full aboue the Earth Foxes succeed Beares They see the Sun no more after the third of Nouember Stilo nouo or our Octob. 24. Moone continually seene in the Sunnes absence Darknesse Bread shared and Beere Beere strength lesse with frost Ship ballast couered with water Fox-trap Wine shared Drinke water Ill washing Bathing and purging Store of Snow Fox-skin-caps December Lye still in Cabins Stone heated to heat them Cold and Smoake Ice cracking noyse Ice in the House Clock frozen Doore digged open Cold stronger then fire and Sacke Sea-coale fire Swounding stifling by the Cole-vapour and closenesse Benefit of cold Shooes on feet frozen within They weare no shooes Clothes on their backes frozen Cold blisters Extreame and terrible freezing Sunnes comfort House inclosed with snow Sun in Tropicus Capricorni 24. Decem. Stilo nouo Cold Christmasse Ill signe indeed Cold inuincible Burne before freeze behind Snow higher then the house Snow-steps Fire conquered heat smelt before felt An. Dom. 1597. Ianuary Vane Three Kings of Cullen King of Noua Zembla Day-light espied Beares in the ship Oculus Tauri Aurora blusheth to lie so long in bed Cold relenteth Sunne appeareth againe Ian. 24. Sun fully seen How the Sun which they had lost the 4. of Nouember did appeare to them againe vpon the 24. of Ianuary which was very strange and contrary to all learned mens opinions Difference of longitude betwixt Venice and their wintring place Note for deg of longitude Beares returne with the Sun Sicke man dieth The Summer Beare February They goe out at the chimney Heat of the Sunne Beare slaine 100. Pound of fat taken out of a Beare vsefull for Lamps March Note Sol in Aries Shoots of Felt and Rugge Aprill Beare assault the house Beares Den. May. Burgers of Noua Zembla Bucke Beares Liuer venomous Iune Beare slayne They depart The Letter is omitted It was subscribed by Iacob Hemskerke Peter Peterson Vos Master Hans Vos Laurence Willimson Peter Cornelison Iohn Remarson William Barents
of a Biscay ship The fourth and fifth Whales killed The sixt whale killed Three hundred Morses Biscainers enuie The seuenth Whale killed The eight Whale killed The ninth and tenth Whales killed The eleuenth twelfth and thirteenth Whales killed Ascension day Greenland attayned in eighteene dayes A ship of Saint Iohn de Luz Eight Spaniards on the coast The Generall was Captaine Beniamin Ioseph after slaine in fight with a Carrike Dutch ship No night the 23. of May. Diuers strangers Lat. 78. deg 24. minut Ship of Biscay Snowe Greene harbour Low sound His Maiesties Armes and a Crosse set vp at Low-nesse Snowe Thomas Bonner English man Master and Pilot. 76. deg 55. min. declination 67. deg 30. min. Variation 12. deg 14. min. Abundance of Ice An Iland in 72 degrees on the Coast of Groinland Three and twentie whales killed A man slaine Latitude 78. deg 7. min. Note A South South west Moone maketh a full Sea here A Biscayn ship of 700. tuns Many rockes full of Fowle Lisets Ilands Eighteene Whales killed Three Whales killed by the English Eight thirtie Whales killed August 1. Latitude 77. degrees 40. minutes Variation 13. degrees 11. minutes Latitude 79. degrees 14. minutes This was Maâ— Cudners ship of London Latitude 79. degrees 8. minutes Sunnes refraction Note M. Cudner of London William Gourdon Variation 1. degree 5. min. Rost Ilands or Rosten 68. dâ—g no min. Thâ— variâ—tion 4 degrees 8. minutes East Variation 5. dâ—g 3. minutes East The lying of the land about Scoutsnesse We went forth to Sea We met with Ice in 75. deg 10. minutes Eleuen Sayles fast in the Ice M. Th. Sherwin Iune We goe cleere off the Ice Wee met with the Mary An-Sarah We came to the Fore land We proceeded to the Northwards Maudlen Sound Hackluyts Head-land We anchoreâ— in Maudlen Sound I went forth in a shallop We set sayle out of Maudlen Sound and followed the Ice Prince Charles Iland in 78. degrees 40. minutes Wee stood againe for shoare Eleuen Holland ships We anchored in Sir T. Smiths Bay We went forth of Sir T. Smiths Bay We were driuen backe againe into Crosse-road We set sayle out of Crosse-road One shallop to the Northward The other into Maudlen Sound The Kings Armes set vp in Trinitie Harbour Trinitie Harbor is vnder the parallel of 79. degrees 34. minutes We came to an anchor in Faire Hauen No Whales were yet come in The shallop returned from the Northwards Cape Barrèn Saddle Iland A Storme Iulie The Whales began now to come in Two Whales escaped We came forth of Faire hauen We met with Ice and stood to the Northwards Our Shallop came to vs. We returned towards Faire hauen We intended to discouer in Shallops I went forth in the one Shallop Master Baffin came to me in the other Shallop Red-beach Wee hailed our Shallop vpon the Ice We returned to our Shallop We were vnder saile and came to an anchor againe We killed a Whale August We went to the Northwards with our Shallops We got to the shoare of Red Beach with out Shallops We walked ouer Red-beach The Kings armes are set vp at Wiches Sound We passed ouer Wiches Sound We found Beach Finâ— We met with the Hartsease Shallop Note The end of Sir Thomas Smiths Inlet discouered We returned towards our Ship A storme began when we were amongst Ice We get forth of the Ice We came aboord our ship The Holland Discouerers go homewards Our Ship went forth to Sea We met with Ice eight leagues from the Shore We plyed off and on the Ice two dayes Wee anchored againe in the North Harbor I went to the Eastwards in a shallop Ice was newly frozen in Red-cliffe Sound I intended to go once to Point Desire A great snow began I could not passe for Ice The originall cause of Ice at Sea I went backe againe to Red-beach I returned towards our ship Point Welcome The Kings Armes are set vp againe at Point Welcome I went into Red cliffe Sound Point Deceit I came aboord our ship A Whale lay sunken fourteene dayes The Hartseasâ— anchored by vs. Warme weather in the end of August We set sayle to the Eastward The Thomasinâ— returnes for England We stood to the westwards Wee met with Ice We left the Ice and came for England A storme beganne A Corpo Santo It is often seen at the end of stormes Hackluyts Headland Perill and escape Note Errour of Grouland Fogges High Hill Drift wood Note Sir T. Smiths Iland Mount Hackluyt Hudsons Hold-with-hope questioned as before also Ships of the King of Denmarke Terrible Disaster Flemmings Peter Goodford drowned Cold and heate strangely variable Tobacco lighted by the Sun at midnight Gods mercy to England whiles warres haue infested thâ— rest of the World A. Thuan-bister l. 135. Iam. 3. Exod. 1. Al. Gwagninâ— descript Mosc George brother to the Emperor done to death Hee addes principal Nobles here omitted * 700. women at one time 378. prisoners at another 500. Matrons and Virgins of noble bloud exposed to be rauished by the Tartars in his sight at another time c. * A Secretarie cutting off his priuities he died presently which the Emperour construing to be done purposely caused him there instantly to eate whâ—t he had cut off * Or Theodor Sir Ierom Horsey The death of Iuan Vasiliwich 1584. April 18. Lord Boris adopted as the Emperors third sonne The day of Pheodor his coronation Iohn de Wale Chare Sibersky Prince of Siberia taken prisoner brought to Mosco Sophet Keri Alli King of the Crims arriuall at Mosco The new Emperor Pheodore Iuanowich his Lâ—tters and Requests to the Queene Master Horseys voyage from Mosco to England ouer land 1586. Thuan. hist. lib. 120. Diuorce vrged D. Fl. S.I.H. Boris his plot Thuan. hist. lib. 135. sec. Demetrius slain some tell that one pretended his colâ—er stood awry in mending it cut his throate * It was in the Northern parts at Duglets * Some write that he caused diuers places in Mosco to be fiâ—red and then afterwards out of his owne cost repaired them D. Flet. Death of Theodore The Empresse succeedeth Russians vse of fortie dayes mourning for an Emperours death The Queene turneth Nun. Boris his willing vnwillingnesse Boris his speech Boris Emperor His Wife Son Daughter Tartars Russian New yeere Boris crowned His policies P. Basman * Where the censorious bitternesse also seemeth too much to insult on Bâ—ris his dâ—sasters Tedious Title Strange request His audience P. Basman Emperours glorie Princes splendour Pollaxes Counsell and Nobilitie Plate Dining roomâ— Change of Rayment Two hundred Nobles guests Three hundred noble Seruitors Garlike and Onions Drinkes Meads Memory of Q. Elizabeth Gifts Newes of Demetrius Princes pomp Peter Basman Oucsinia the Princesse Second audience Citizens Souldiers Golden Seale Great dinner Ambassadors departure Sled-passage Emperor Boriâ— his death New christened Emperors person His respect to his sonne * Because he had done more for him then might lawfully be commanded
c. must be vnspeakably more then here there can be and yet here is more variation then about Iapan or Brasil Peru c. Caries Ilands * This Map of the authour for this and the former Voyage with the Tables of his iournall and sayling were somewhat troublesome and too costly to insert Alderman Iones Sound Sir Iames Lancasters Sound They see Land and find themselues embaied Cumberlands Iles. Cockin Sound Scuruy Grasse Six men Plenty of Salmon Baffins death The King satisfied touching the passage Hubbarts hope * This easily appeareth in obseruing his Voiage comparing that before of 〈◊〉 Gaul therewith Some of our Merchants are said not to be so willing for like causes with this discouerie Captaine Candish Land trending in 47. degrees The mouth of the Straight where he entred 30. or 40. leagues broad The straight to be discouered in 30. dayes The Ship Santa Anna. The Streight of Noua Spania thirtie dayes iourney in the Streight * I found this Worke translated in M. Hakluyts Papers but I can scarsly call it English it had so much of the Spanish garbe in lieterall and verball affectation and obscuritie I haue examined it with the Spanish Originall and compared it also with the Latine Translation with great paines for thy greater pleasure profit correcting and illustrating the phrase and sence being before very rude obscure and in very many places vtterly sencelesse But hauing none to write for mee but my owne hands I rather chose to amend this as I could then to translate it anew I haue seene it also in French The Latine is exceeding false in some numbers as 2000. for 20000. diuers times c. which I note for their sakes which reade that and haue not the Spanish I haue not contracted â—â—is as I haue done diuers other Relations because it is a briefe contraction of the Spanish-Indian Contractation presenting the Spanish Proceedings Colonies Townes Officers and Gouernment Spiritual and Temporall in the Indies This Author hath written eight Decades of the Spanish Acts in the West Indies which giue great light to those parts but would be too long for this Worke. Ramusio vncharitably taxed for he doth but blame the folly of Spanish Authors which are more curious to set downe the names c. of those which haue there done any thing though but rebellions then the description of the beasts fishes fowles plants Earth Heauen c. in the Indies for which hee there commends Ouiedo Chap. 1. Of the bounds and diuision of the West Indies l The Spaniards haue surpassed all Nations of the World in Nauigation of high built ships Remember that a Spaniard speakes it Pallos is to say staues or stickes m The Spaniards did not or would not know any Passage n How the degrees of longitude are reckoned What is discouered and nauigated The English haue discouered far more From 81. in Greenland and from 78. in Groinland to 57. of South latitude A maruellous effect of the Loadstone Don Antonie Ossorio discouereth a great secret of the Loadstone Chap. 2. Of the Nauigation of the Indies How many Nauigations there bee to these Indies Difficultie in going out of the Barre of Saint Lucar In what times these Nauigations are to be made Monsons The voyage of the Fleets till they come to the place wher they goe What thing the Brises are They take water alreadie in the I le of Guadalupe where the Courses are diuided Which is the best Nauigation from that Cape of S. Antonie to S. Iohn de Vlua a Of little Venice b Or of the Needle The voyage of Hunduras and Guatemala c Or little black Moore Chap. 3. Wherein hee prosecuteth the Nauigations of the Indies The Fleets doe returne to Castile by another way When the fleets ought to depart to come for Castile Whither the Fleets doe goe from Cartagena d Or take away sleepe The ships of Hunduras reknowledge the Cape of Saint Antonie When the Fleets of Noua Espanna doe depart thence The voyage of them of Santa Martha and Venezuela Nauigation from the Auana to Castile Nauigation from the Ilands of Azores vnto Saint Lucar Nauigation to the Riuer of Plata Nauigation of the South Sea Nauigation of Panama to the Citie de los Reyes Nauigation of thâ— West Indies Chap. 4. Of the Indies of the North. Here was inserted a Map of the North parâ—s of America But Master Briggs hath in the former booke giuen you a farre farre better to which I referre you Which bee the Indies of the North and which of the South Wherefore it was called New Spaine Great pastures in New Spaine * The weathermost or vpper Ilands Chap. 5. Of the bounds of the iurisdiction of Saint Dominicke Chap. 6. Of the Iland Hispaniola and of Cuba Cazabi bread Ten Spanish Townes The Citie of Saint Domingo * Peso is foure shillings English Salualyon of Yguey The Village of Zeybo El Cotuy Azua Who carried to the Indies the sugar Canes La Yaguana Concecion de la Vega. The wood of the Crosse of the Valley Saint Iago de los Caualleros Puerto de Plata Monte Christe La Isabella La Verapaz Saluatierra The Maguana Villanueua El Bonao La Buenauentura 14000. Spaniâ—rds there were in the Hispaniola at her beginning Ports Points most notable Puerto Hermoso * Or Gnats Where they tooke armes the first time against Indians Cuba S. Iago Baracoa Bayamâ— Puerto del Principe Sancti Spiritus El Albana or the Hauana Puerto de Carennas Wherefore it was called the Slaughters * Or Slaughters f Or Red. Chap. 7. Of the Ilands of Iamayca S. Iohn the Lucayos the Caniballs Siuill Melilla Oriston inhabitings of Iamayca Cape of Moranta The first ciuill warre among the Spaniards was in Iamayca n Or Lizards o Or Negrillo p Or open the eye S. Iuan de puerto Rico. S. Iohn The Arrecibo Guadianilla S. German The tree Tabernacle The hauens of this Iland Who carried the Ginger to the Ilands of Barlouento The Ilands of the Lucayos Where the Channell of Bahama is Admirable Current Baxos de Bimini Guanahani the first Land that was discouered in the Indies * Or Indian â—anibals What a Caniball signifieth The Canibaâ—â— Men hunters Frier vnwholsome food The discouery of the Iland of the Trinitie the yeare 1498 Arrogancie of Americus Vespucius Wherfore men do say that the fishing of the Pearles passed from the Iland of Cubagua to the Margarita Iland of Cubagua * Or the Friers Chap. 8. Of Venezuela riuer of Hacha new Florida and Gulfe of Noua Hispania which is the rest that remaineth of the limits of this Counsell Wherefore it was called Venezuela or little Venice The Citie of Coro Our Lady of Carualleda S. Iago de Leon. Xerez Segouia Tucuyo Trucillo The Lake Maracaybo The ports and points of the Gouernment of Venezuela Riuer Morauion The Iland of Cubagua Strange Hogs An earthquake in the coast of Terra firme the yeare 1530. very admirable
Language Holgoi that were had in as great estimation amongst them as be the Priests amongst Christians These did talke ordinarily with the Deuill and many times in publike and doe Deuillish Witch-crafts both in wordes and deedes into whom it is to bee beleeued that that the Deuill did enter for that straight-wayes they did answere vnto all things that were demanded of them although for the most part they would tell a Lye or else such words that might be giuen diuers interpretations of and of diuers vnderstandings They did also vse to cast Lots they were great Agorismers or obseruers of times in so much that if they beginne any Iourney and at the beginning they meete with a Cayman or Lizard or any other sauage Worme they know it to be a signe of euill fortune whereupon they would straight-wayes leaue off their Iourney although it did import them very much and returne vnto their Houses saying that the Heauen will not that they should goe forwarde on that Iourney but all these lyes and falsenesse haue beene taught them and they perswaded to by the Deuill are ouerthrowne and taken away by the Law of the Gospel as aforesaid and haue now amongst them many Monasteries full of Religious men of the Order of Saint Austine Saint Francis and of Iesuits According vnto the common opinion at this day there is conuerted and baptized more then foure hundred thousand soules which is a great number yet in respect of the quantitie that are not as yet conuerted there are but a few It is left vndone as aforesaid for want of Ministers for that although his Majestie doth ordinarily send thither without any respect of the great charge in doing the same yet by reason that there are so many Iland and euery day they doe discouer more and more and being so farre off they cannot come vnto them all as necessitie requireth Such as are baptized doe receiue the faith with great firmenesse and are good Christians and would be better if that they were holpen with good ensamples as those which haue beene there so long time are bound to doe that the lacke thereof doth cause some of the Inhabitants so much to abhorre them that they would not see them once painted vpon a wall For proofe whereof and for to mooue such as haue power and authoritie to put remedie in the same I will declare vnto you here a strange case the which royally did passe of a truth in one of these Ilands and is very well knowne amongst them that is there chanced to dye an Ilander a principall man amongst them a few dayes after that he was baptized beeing very contrite for his sinnes the which he had done against God before he was baptized and after hee dyed So after by the Diuine permission of God he appeared vnto many of that Iland whom hee did perswade forthwith to receiue the Baptisme with reasons of great efficacie and declared vnto them as one that had experienced the same the reward of that good deed which without all doubt should be giuen vnto them if they would receiue the same and liue after conformable and according vnto the Commandements of Christ for the which he told them and said that forth-with so soone as he was dead he was carried by the Angels into glory there whereas all things were of delight pleasure and content and did communicate onely in the sight of God and that there was none that entred therein neither could enter except he were baptized according vnto the preaching of the Spaniards of whom and of others that were like vnto them there was an infinite number Therefore if so be that they would goe and enjoy of those benefits and delights it is necessary that first they should be baptized and afterwards to obserue and keepe the Commandements that be preached vnto them by the Fathers that are amongst the Castillas and therewith he vanished away and they remayned treating amongst themselues concerning that which they had heard and was the occasion that some of them forth-with receiued the Baptisme and that others did delay it saying that because there were Spaniard Souldiers in glorie they would not goe thither because they would not be in their company All this hurt is done by one peruerse or impious man and with one euill ensample the which amongst many good as you haue in those parts but especiall amongst them in particular it ought to bee reprehended and punished seuerely with rigour These Ilands at the first discouery of them had the fame to be Mal Sauos or vnwholesome but since experience hath shewed and proued it to the contrary It is a Countrey maruellous fertill and yeeldeth very much Rice Wheate Goates Hennes Deere Buffes Kine and great store of Hogges whose flesh is so sauourie as the Mutton they haue in Spaine there be also many Cats that yeeld Ciuet great store of fruits which be very good and sauourie great abundance of Honey and Fish and all sold at so small a price that almost it is sold for nothing Also there is great store of Cinamom but no Oyle of Oliues but that which is carried thither out of the Nuoua Espania they haue much Oyle of Algongoli and of Flaxe-seed the which they doe spend ordinarily in that Countrey so that the Oyle of Oliues is not missed with them There is great store of Cloues Saffron Pepper Nutmegs and many other Drugges great store of Cotton and Silke of all colours the which is brought vnto them by Merchants of China euery yeare a great quantitie from whence commeth more then twentie ships laden with pieces of Silkes of all colours and with Earthen Vessell Powder Salt-peter Iron Steele and much Quick-siluer Brasse Copper Wheate Flowre Walnuts Bisket Dates Linnen Cloth Counting Chests very gallantly wrought Calls of Net-worke Buratos Espumillas Basons and Ewres made of Tinne Parchment Lace Silke Fringe and also of Gold the which is spunne and twisted after a fashion neuer seene in all Christendome and many other things of great curiositie and all this aforesaid is sold very good cheape Likewise such things as the Ilands doe yeeld are sold very good cheape for you shall haue foure Roues of Wine which commeth of the Palme-tree for foure Rials of Plate the which for lacke of that made of Grapes is very good twelue Haneges of Rice for eight Rials of Plate three Hens for one Riall a whole Hogge for eighteene Rials a whole Buffe for foure Rials a Deere for two Rials and yet it must bee both great and good foure Roues of Sugar for sixe Rials and the like §. II. First Plantation of the Philippinas by MICHAEL LOPEZ DE LEGASPI MIchael Lopez de Legaspe Generall of the Spanish Armada on Tuesday the one and twentieth of Nouember Anno Dom. 1565. set forth of the Hauen of Natiuitie in New Spaine and sayled betwixt the South and the West and after West-ward till he came in nine degrees in that height seeking the